Advertisement for orthosearch.org.uk
Orthopaedic Proceedings Logo

Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings

Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings

View my account settings

Visit Orthopaedic Proceedings at:

Loading...

Loading...

Volume 84-B, Issue SUPP_II July 2002

Full Access
R. Brunner

The neurogenic clubfoot is composed of several deformities – such as cavus and equinus, hind foot varus, supination and adduction of the forefoot – which develop due to the neurological disease leading to muscle imbalance. Whereas over-activity and spasticity occur after damage of the central nervous system, flaccid paralysis is the result of damage of the spinal motor neuron or the nerve itself. Local overload at the lateral border of the foot, poor stability and small supporting area may interfere with function and hence require treatment of the deformity. The primary aim is a functioning foot. Treatment options are conservative means or surgical procedures.

Insoles are applied to correct the foot position: a lateral support forces the foot into valgus and pronation being effective only when loaded and worn in reinforced shoes. They can also be used to distribute pressure in case of local overload and sores. An individually manufactured foot orthosis provides more stability. If the forces are still overly big, the lever arm of an ankle foot orthosis is required.

Surgical procedures may be carried out in addition to or instead of conservative means. Skeletal surgery should not be performed early because the neurological disease persists despite the local correction and increases the risk for recurrences. Stiffening of the foot needs to be avoided in order to preserve function. Stiffness due to cavus is reduced by a Steindler release of the plantar fascia. Equinus should not be overstressed. If necessary, it is corrected by heel cord lengthening resulting in a persistent loss of force, or by aponeurotomy maintaining force but being less efficient to gain length. To balance supination, split or complete transfer corrects the pull of hyperactive anterior or posterior tibial muscles. Lacking skeletal deformation is a prerequisite for these soft tissue procedures. Thus their presence requires bony correction alone or in addition to soft tissue surgery. The varus of the os calcis is best corrected by an original or modified Dwyer valgus osteotomy. Cavus, supination and adduction deformity can all be corrected at the midfoot. These procedures preserve mobility and hence function of the foot. Severely contracted feet, however, may need corrective fusions. Nevertheless, stiffness is badly tolerated. An alternative is application of an external fixater of the Ilizarov type to correct the skeletal deformity and followed by an additional corrective osteotomy.

Botulinum toxin A paralysing a muscle for three months can be used to switch off overactive anterior or posterior tibial muscles in order to delay surgery or to prevent pull out after transfer. Application of casts to stretch overly short muscles can help to keep the deformity under control, but they need to be followed by splints in order to avoid early recurrence.


J. Chomiak P. Dungl

We present the treatment protocol of congenital clubfoot in different age groups that has been widely used in Bulovka Orthopedic Clinic since 1984. Conservative treatment begins immediately after delivery and corrects all presented deformities on the principle of subtalar derotation of the calcaneus. The correction is applied and an above-knee cast is changed every 48 hours. After five corrections and changes of casts, the casting and correction is then repeated weekly. After achieving reduction of deformities, the cast is changed at intervals of two to three weeks. Cast immobilisation should be continued for two to three months for postural clubfoot, and six to seven months for congenital clubfoot. After retention in the cast, a polypropylene above-knee splint is applied up to the age of two to three years. In addition, passive stretching exercise and stimulation of the lateral part of the foot should be provided in order to achieve muscle balance between the evertors and invertors.

Surgical treatment: When conservative treatment is unsatisfactory, the goal of operative treatment is to reduce all deformities in a one-step procedure. Posterior capsulotomy at the age of three to six months is indicated when the forefoot has been corrected by conservative treatment but the hindfoot remains fixed in the equinus and mild varus, or at the age of six to 12 months for residual hindfoot equinus.

Complete subtalar release according to McKay is required at the age of over six months to three years. Post-operative treatment is the same as for the abovementioned conservative treatment.

Treatment between the age of three and seven: The choice of surgical procedure must be individual according to the deformity, but surgical correction of severe deformity principally includes extensive subtalar release, and lateral column shortening by cuboid enucleation.

Treatment between the age of seven and ten: Individual procedures (Ilizarov method; Dwyer osteotomy of the calcaneus, or osteotomy of the mid-tarsal bones) are chosen to treat deformities. These procedures are usually combined with soft tissue release, but not with complete subtalar release.

Treatment after the age of ten (skeletal maturity of the foot): The same methods as in the previous group are used. When severe or unsatisfactory results after previous surgical treatment are obvious, a triple subtalar arthrodesis is the appropriate salvage method of correction.

Treatment of residual deformities: For treatment of dynamic deformities due to muscle imbalance after the age of four, a temporary lateral transfer of the whole tendon of the anterior tibial muscle is performed. For the same age group, forefoot adduction and supination are corrected with a ball and socket osteotomy of the base of metatarsals I-V.

This therapeutic concept was applied to 397 operated feet. 60% of the cases were primary surgical corrections, and 40% were repeated surgical corrections. 95% of primary surgical procedures and 75% of secondary surgical procedures were classified as satisfactory, indicating that the foot was sufficiently mobile, with plantigrade weight bearing.


Full Access
B. Bartoníèek

Diaphyseal fractures can be divided into three groups comprising the basic types of fractures: fractures of both bones (radius and ulna), fracture dislocations, i.e., fractures of one of the bones accompanied by dislocation of the head of the other bone in the respective radioulnar joint, the Galeazzi fracture or the Monteggia fracture, and isolated fractures of one of the two bones – the radius or the ulna.

Photographs are decisive for diagnosis of the anteroposterior and lateral projections. Each must simultaneously visualize the elbow and wrist joints in order not to neglect potential injuries located there.

The basic aim is full restoration of the function of the forearm with emphasis on supination-pronation movement. This requires anatomical union particularly in regard to the ulna, which has a critical importance for the function of the forearm. In fracture dislocations, it is also necessary to restore stability in the respective radioulnar joint.

For the above-mentioned reasons, almost all diaphyseal fractures (except for non-dislocated or minimally dislocated fractures of the ulna) are indicated for surgery. Our procedure depends on the condition of the fracture and the general condition of the patient.

Plate fixation represents the gold standard for closed fractures – open fractures of Degrees I and II and some Degree III fractures classified according to Tscherne. More extensive defects of soft tissues require cooperation with a plastic surgeon.

The standard implants are dynamic compression plates (3, 5 DCP) with holes for 3.5 mm cortical screws. The surgical approach to the ulna is relatively simple. In fractures of the proximal half of the radius, we prefer the Henry approach in fractures of the proximal half of the radius because, unlike the Thompson approach, it allows safe dissection up to the radial head without damaging the deep branch of the radial nerve. The main principle is a 3 + 3 fixation, meaning that the plate must be fixed to each of the two main fragments, minimally by three screws. An exception can be made in the vicinity of the joint when the fragment is too short to accommodate three screws.


A. Biasibetti D. Aloj P. Gallinaro

The choice of treatment for open fractures is conditioned by the care of bone and soft tissue. Grade I open fractures can be treated as closed fractures, according to the centre’s protocol. In Grade II open fractures skin wounds must be left open, and the suture should be delayed for at least a week. Most authors perform fixation by means of intramedullary nails.

In our opinion, external fixation is the best choice in these cases. The skin cannot be closed in Grade III open fractures, and the basic point of treatment is adequate surgical debridement. The fixation must be done by external fixation. To achieve the treatment in an emergency situation, the device to be used must be quick and simple like a monolateral device that can be changed into a more complex one, such as an Ilizarov.

The Ilizarov technique uses distractional osteogenesis that can fill bone and soft tissue loss without further bone or soft tissue grafting.

Following these general guidelines, each district has its own particular approach to treating open fractures. Internal fixation by DCP plates is always indicated for forearm fractures. For a humerus fracture, simple direct shortening and external fixation can fill bone loss. Patients with fractures of the femur usually have multiple injuries. The problem is to provide a quick fixation in order to allow for easier intensive care. External fixation is the most indicated technique.


F. Delepine G. Delepine N. Delepine E. Guikov S. Alkallaf B. Markowska

A “hands-on” composite gives a similar functional result as a custom-made prosthesis and has a much better function than alternative techniques. Less expensive and more flexible than custom-made prostheses, it can be used even when no part of the iliac wing remains. The use of cement permits the adjunction of antibiotics needed for these complicated cases.

After peri-acetabular resection for bone sarcoma, a reconstructive procedure is necessary to stabilize the hip, avoid limb discrepancy, and permit full weight bearing. This procedure needs to be easy to perform because resection of the area is time and blood consuming. This leads to the use of a “hands-on” composite prosthesis.

Our reconstructive procedure uses a titanium cup with a long screw that is fixed in the remaining bone (sacrum or spine). When the cup is firmly fixed to the bone, the gap between the cup and bone is filled with cement loaded with antibiotics, and the polyethylene component is cemented on the innominate prosthesis. The femoral component of a usual hip total prosthesis is then implanted.

Since 1990 we have used this reconstructive procedure in 50 patients, 27 with bone sarcomas involving the acetabulum (11 chondrosarcomas, 9 Ewing’s sarcomas and 7 other sarcomas) and 23 for metastatic disease. Thirty of these patients were already metastatic when operated. The average duration of the reconstructive procedure was 45 minutes. Walking started from the fourth to tenth day after operation, but full weight bearing was usually authorised after six weeks.

Postoperative complications were frequent. Seven deep infections occurred, four required ablation of the prosthesis, and one would benefit from a saddle prosthesis. 33% of the patients had postoperative dislocation of the hip prosthesis and 13 patients had to be reoperated. Only two loosenings have been observed – one after deep infection and one after local recurrence in the sacral bone. Oncologic results: With a mean follow-up of five years, 28 patients died of disease and one from an unrelated disease. Four others with disease are still living. Seven local recurrences were observed (four in chondrosarcomas with a contaminated resection). The difficulty in obtaining wide margins explains the high rate of local recurrence (14 %). For patients with localised disease, the five-year overall survival rate is 75% and the five-year disease-free survival rate is 60%.

According to the Society for Musculoskeletal Oncology criteria, orthopaedic results were excellent in 7 patients, good in 30, fair in 6, and bad in 6. The mean functional score of 46 patients who still have their prostheses is 83% with usually no pain, excellent acceptance, length discrepancy of less than 1 cm, average flexion of 100 degrees, and unlimited walking without support.

We conclude that the rapidity and flexibility of this procedure are the positive aspects of this reconstructive technique. However, perfect positioning of the prosthesis remains difficult in a very large peri-acetabular resection. A computed guide is of great help to specify safe margins and prosthesis positioning. Longer follow-up is needed to ensure that the rate of late loosening will not be too high.


N. Delepine G. Delepine F. Delepine E. Guikov

Nowadays 80% of patients with bone sarcomas can benefit from limb salvage. Their disease-free life expectancy is not jeopardised by conservative surgery as long as safe margins are obtained. For this reason, the oncological result relies on the accuracy of pre-operative and per-operative surgical measurements. Pre-operative evaluation of tumours is now quite accurate with digital margins (computed tomography, MNR, digital angiography). However, surgeons are still using centimeters or conventional radiographs with their own technical limitations for per-operative evaluation. A more accurate technique is needed.

The system is composed of three components: 1) a color, graphic computer workstation with software to calculate and present the location of the surgical instrument on a three-dimensional, reconstructed bone image, 2) a complete set of hand-held instruments containing infrared emitters, 3) an infrared receiver linked to the work station. This measuring system enables determination of the position and incidence of a surgical instrument in real time during surgery, with an accuracy of less than one mm.

The system requires four steps: 1) recording data with C.T., N.M.R. or angiography, 2) creating a three-dimensional image displayed on the computer screen for preoperative simulation of a virtual operation, 3) recording the very important anatomical points of the patient and optimal incidences of the surgical instruments, 4) preoperative location of surgical instruments and control of their location on bone.

This system is very useful for resection of bone tumours when the conventional location is uncertain (innonimate bone, rib), when very sharp accuracy is needed to preserve the growth plate of the distal femur in young children, and to avoid medullary damage in a spinal tumour.

The frameless stereotactic device is also very accurate in the reconstructive phase of limb salvage. After an internal hemipelvectomy, the device permits localisation of the acetabular prosthesis in the precise location before resection.

In our practice, the accuracy of the video guiding system is always within two mm as compared to conventional measurements usually between one or two cm for long bones and three to five cm for innominate bone.

The use of a video guidance system is very beneficial for limb salvage surgery for pelvic bone tumours.


J. Correl W. Scharl

In the most severe clubfeet, especially in relapse, traditional operations are not helpful any longer. In these cases the Ilizarov method (IM) can correct even the worst deformities by gradual correction. Up to the age of about eight years, traditional operations can be performed in most cases of relapsed clubfoot. A disadvantage of the traditional operation is the shortening of the foot if a wedge is resected. With the IM the patient need not be immobilised postoperatively for a long period, which is important especially for those children with neurological diseases. We report on our 18 years experience with the IM.

We have operated 99 clubfeet with the IM. The first 91 consecutive cases in 79 patients are included in this retrospective study. The mean age of our patients was 14.2 years. The mean follow-up was two years, five months. The etiology was 28 congenital, 51 neurological, five rheumatological and seven with posttraumatic clubfeet. The mean number of operations per patient before presenting to us was 1.6 (range 0 to 8). The mean healing time – the number of days from application of the external fixator until its removal – was 115 days. Using the classification of Dimeglio we found 12 type 3 feet and 79 type 4 feet (stiff-stiff).

In 37 feet we observed a superficial infection, in seven a deep infection, and an ostitis in one. At the end of a seven-year follow-up period, clinical, radiological and laboratory tests of the patient with ostitis showed no signs of infection. In the beginning we had some torn wires, but this was a problem that could be solved with increasing experience.

We classify the patients into three groups. Feet that have a normal or almost normal shape and permit weight bearing and walking without pain are rated as good. Radiologically the foot is well corrected. A residual deformity without skin damage or complaints is rated as fair. A relapse, overcorrection or severely restricted walking capacity is rated as bad.

In our study we found 52 good, 33 fair and 6 bad results. All feet with a preoperative infection due to long lasting skin breakdown and ostitis healed well during treatment with an external fixator.

The IM is a safe procedure even in the most severe cases and allows correction if traditional methods can no longer be used. The results show that many good and at least fair results can be achieved. Normal function cannot be expected in these severely deformed feet, but the aim is to allow weight bearing and walking even in severe cases. The IM is especially helpful in neurologically relapsed clubfeet. The IM is an efficient tool in the hands of an experienced orthopaedic paediatric surgeon.


G. Delepine N. Delepine F. Delepine E. Guikov B. Markowska S. Alkallaf

The purpose of this study was to investigate the importance of the timing of surgery for disease-free survival (DFS). The increasing efficacy of neo-adjuvant chemotherapy in Ewing’s sarcoma modifies the prognostic factors. In a recent monocentric study the classical prognostic value of size and location of the primary disappeared (Delepine G, Alkallaf S. J. Chem.1997;9:352–63.). This study confirmed the value of histologic response and pointed out the importance of dose intensity of VCR and ACTD. However, the role of local treatment could not be significantly demonstrated because the number of patients was too small.

Seventy-five patients with an average age of 19 years (range 4 to 40) years with Ewing’s sarcoma of bone fulfilled the inclusion criteria for this study: localised tumour at first screening (CT of lungs + bone scan) and location of the tumour in resectional bones (limb, scapula, innominate, rib, maxilla, skull). Metastatic patients and vertebral locations were excluded. The patients received multi-drug chemotherapy and were treated by surgery and radiotherapy in cases of bad responders and/or marginal surgery. The histologic response was evaluated according to Picci’s criteria (Picci, A. J Clin Oncol.1993;11:1793–99). The duration of local treatment was calculated from biopsy to surgery in weeks.

After a mean follow-up of 54 months, 41 patients were in first complete remission. Patients operated before the tenth week had a higher chance (68%) of first complete remission than patients operated later (DFS: 43%). The difference is significant (p< 0.03). Further analysis shows that the difference is due to late local control, which causes a dismal prognosis for bad responders.

Local treatment must be performed early, especially when histologic response is incomplete or uncertain. Preoperative chemotherapy that is too long increases the risk of metastases in bad responders. These factors must be taken into account when analysing multicentre protocols.


E. Gautier A.J. Shuster S. Thomann R.P. Jakob

Minimally invasive plate osteosynthesis is a technically feasible surgical alternative to treat displaced diaphyseal fractures of the tibia. In recent years, this technique has evolved in response to the poor results following tibial fracture stabilization using the traditional open method of plate fixation. Devascularisation with periosteal stripping of bone fragments using open reduction and internal fixation to ensure adequate fracture visualisation led to a substantial percentage of complications including deep infection, delayed union or non union, and refractures after plate removal. Using the technique of minimally invasive plate osteosynthesis, fracture management is achieved with closed reduction followed by stabilisation using a subcutaneous epiperiosteal LC-DC-plate.

Twenty-four patients with 25 tibial fractures were treated by minimally invasive plate osteosynthesis at the Kantonsspital, Fribourg, Switzerland, between 1997 and 1999. These cases were retrospectively reviewed.

There were 11 male and 13 female patients with a mean age of 41 years (range 16 -64). Nineteen tibial diaphyseal fractures (7 type A, 11 type B, and 1 type C) and six tibial epiphyseal-metaphyseal fractures (4 type A, 1 type B, and 1 type C) were surgically treated. Three fractures were open (grade I). Twenty-four fractures were treated using a 4.5 mm titanium LC-DC-plate, and in one fracture a 4.5 mm stainless steel DC-plate was used for tibial fixation. Open reduction and internal fixation of the fibula was necessary in eleven fractures, nine of which were stabilized with a one-third tubular plate and two with a 3.5 mm LC-DC-plate. The postoperative regimen included partial weight bearing for eight weeks followed by progressive and protected weight bearing until fracture union was achieved. Fracture union was confirmed with radiographs obtained at six to eight weeks, twelve to sixteen weeks, and at final follow-up. The mean time to final follow-up was eighteen months.

All fractures had solidly united within four months postoperatively. Radiographically, healing was characterised by callus formation located on the lateral and posterior aspects of the tibial diaphysis, and was similar to that which is usually seen after stabilisation of tibial fractures using an intramedullary rod. Both ankle and knee range of motion were similar to the uninjured side by final follow-up. There were eight cases of residual valgus malalignment of less than five degrees, and were associated with distal third tibial diaphyseal fractures with concomitant fibula fractures which were not rigidly stabilised. Postoperative complications included two deep wound infections and one postoperative compartment syndrome.

Overall good results were obtained by using minimally invasive plate osteosynthesis of diaphyseal fractures of the tibia. Although this technique is more technically demanding than standard open reduction and internal fixation of tibial diaphyseal fractures, preservation of the soft tissue envelope and periosteal blood supply is beneficial for fracture healing. Surgical indications for minimally invasive plate osteosynthesis of the tibial diaphysis include a narrow tibial medullary canal as well as distal and proximal metaphyseal fractures not suitable for intramedullary rodding, and associated intra-articular tibial fractures. Minimally invasive plate osteosynthesis should be considered as a surgical alternative for the treatment of displaced diaphyseal fractures of the tibia.


P. Dungl

Postdysplastic ischaemic necrosis of the proximal femoral epiphysis has its origin in the vascular crisis during conservative or operative treatment of DDH and in the majority of cases has an iatrogenic origin. The severity of the symptoms and functional disability is dependent on the anatomic changes of the proximal femur and the whole hip joint respectively, which were caused by previous conservative or operative treatment, including repeated surgery. The symptoms such as limping from leg length discrepancy and abductor insufficiency, pain and restricted ROM are less apparent in small children, but become more conspicuous with the approach of the end of growth. For the classification of the patterns of ischemic necrosis of the femoral head, the classification according to Bucholz and Ogden was used.

Four principal types of this deformity are recognised. There are three main problems which are to be solved by surgical treatment. 1. The acetabular dysplasia with a pelvic osteotomy 2. Improving the bio-mechanics by distalisation of the greater trochanter and by the lengthening of the femoral neck with or without valgisation 3. Lengthening of the shorter extremity.

The decision on the type of surgery to be performed depends on the age of the patient and the severity of the anatomic deformity, as well as the functional disability. A very useful method for treatment was found to be a double intertrochanteric osteotomy with a trochanteric advancement, and almost invariably in combination with a triple or Salter pelvic osteotomy. The lengthening osteotomy of the femoral neck follows the principles of Müller and Wagner. A similar technique was also proposed later by Morscher.

My own contribution has been to modify the operation by an oblique execution of the osteotomy, and a method of fixation of the greater trochanter by means of an angle plate – providing a lengthening of the limb by up to 3 cm. In the case of acetabular dysplasia, a pelvic osteotomy should be performed as a first procedure in order to obtain better stability of the hip joint. A femoral osteotomy can follow at a minimal interval of three months. If the femoral osteotomy is performed as a first step without enlargement of the actabulum, there is the risk of further deterioration of the covering of the femoral head, even in a dislocation. This philosophy of treatment of sequel of postdysplastic necrosis has been used since 1979.

Up to 1984, we operated on 48 hip joints in 46 patients, 39 girls and 7 boys aged 4 to 21, with a follow- up of at least 15 years. In 12 cases, 10 girls and 2 boys aged 4 to 8, a Salter and valgus osteotomy was performed. Thirty-four patients (29 girls and 5 boys) had a triple pelvic osteotomy, with 2 girls being operated bilaterally. In 22 hips, a lengthening osteotomy of the femoral neck was added as a second stage procedure. Five parameters were used for clinical evaluation: pain, limping, range of motion, Trendelenburg sign, and leg length discrepancy. For radiological assessment, we used an AP X-ray of the entire pelvis taken before and after osteotomy, and also during follow-up. CE angle, Sharp’s angle, ACM angle, and lateralisation were recorded. Hip score was measured on all hips, but we found that CE, Sharp and lateralisation were of greater value. In a group of 12 cases operated on up to the age of 8 by combining Salter and valgus osteotomy, a cementless THR was necessary for a young woman of 25. The remaining 11 patients are up to the present time without any major problems. In a group of 14 patients operated for sequel of postdysplastic necrosis Type II deformity (all with triple pelvic osteotomies and five in combination with femoral neck lengthening osteotomy), all have a normal quality of life, including having natural childbirths. From 22 Type III hip joints in 20 patients operated for sequel of postdysplastic necrosis, a cementless THR was implanted in three cases 14, 17 and 18 years after original surgery. Fourteen patients (15 hip joints − 67%) can be considered as good results without needing to have any therapy. Three patients (4 hips) suffer from degenerative arthritis and are candidates for THR.


Full Access
W. Friedl

Proximal femur fractures are usually low-energy injuries of elderly patients, but they can also occur after highenergy trauma in young adults and children. The proximal femur shows very special biomechanical (high load) and biological (blood supply) characteristics. These factors, the patient’s age, and the implant characteristics (weight bearing capacity and cut out risk) are determinants for the surgical management of proximal femur fractures.

There are two main fracture groups that require a different approach because of the difference in blood supply: 1) medial femoral neck fractures and 2) lateral femoral neck, trochanteric, and subtrochanteric fractures.

Medial femoral neck fractures occur in about 90% of dislocated adduction fractures. Because of the high risk of pseudarthrosis and head necrosis (~30 %) in older patients, a hip joint prosthesis should be used. A total hip prosthesis is used (mainly cementless) for patients in good biological condition; in elderly patients (> 80 Y.) a hemiarthroplasty is performed. Because prospective studies have not shown any benefit for bipolar hemiarthroplasty, we use a unipolar hemiarthroplasty.

In non-dislocated fractures of the elderly and in all medial femoral neck fractures in younger patients, a joint-preserving osteosynthesis is used. The most used therapy is three canulated screws. Because of implantrelated complications (dislocation, cut out) particularly in steep fracture lines, comminution zones, and noncompliant patients, a stabler fixation with an intramedullary device should be used. We prefer the gliding nail because of the rotation stability and minimal cut out risk of the I-beam profile femoral neck component.

Lateral femoral neck, trochanteric, and subtrochanteric fractures have a minimal risk of femoral head necrosis. Intramedullary locked nail systems such as the gliding nail and gamma nail have a much lower bending movement and therefore allow full weight bearing in all types of fractures. The gliding nail also gives rotation stability to the head and neck fragment in unstable fractures because of the I-beam-profile of the femoral neck component, and has an over 50% reduced cut out risk as compared to screw profiles.

Extramedullary implants like the DHS do not allow full weight bearing in unstable trochanteric fractures and are unsatisfactory in subtrochanteric fractures. They can be safely used only in stable fractures. Prostheses should not be used in primary management of trochanteric fractures because of the very low re-operation rate in modern intramedullary implants (< 4 %). The operation time, possible late complication, blood loss, and costs are higher for a hip prosthesis.


Full Access
F. Grill

Clubfoot is medically defined as luxatio pedis sub talo. The process of dislocation mostly caused by muscular imbalance results in bony deformities and soft tissue contractures, which in the majority of cases – even after meticulous conservative treatment – have to be corrected by surgery. In children before school age, surgical corrections should always address the main pathology. To achieve normal alignment of the fore and hindfoot, a complete reduction of the talus within the acetabulum pedis has to be done by soft tissue release.

Analysing the pathomorphology, a clubfoot is characterised by equinus, varus, forefoot adduction, and horizontal subtalar medial rotation. Regarding bony deformation, the medial side of the talus is narrowed by the navicular, the medial malleolus, and the fibrocartilage between. Growth expansion is limited on the medial side and there is more growth expansion on the lateral convex side, leading to external rotation of its body (~ 10-25°) and internal inclination of the neck (~30-50°). The calcaneus is internally rotated 20-30°.

Regarding joint dislocation, there is a displacement of the navicular medially and plantarward towards the medial malleolus. The cuboid bone usually follows the position of the navicular and dislocates gradually to the medial side.

Soft tissue contractures are located medially (Lacinate Lig., M. Add. hallucis, Spring Lig., talo navicular Lig., Master knot of Henry) and posterior (lat. fibulo calc. Lig, post. capsule of the ankle joint). There is also a shortening of muscles e.g. short plantar flexors, M. tib. post., M. flex. hall. longus., M. flex. digit. comm., M. tib. ant.

The method of treatment depends on the severity of a clubfoot, the preoperatively achieved results of conservative treatment, and how extensive a subtalar release has to be performed. If the navicular can be reduced conservatively, a posterolateral surgical approach is indicated.

A transversal incision is performed starting laterally at the calcaneal cuboid joint and ending medially below the medial malleolus. A dorso lateral release of the subtalar joint, Tendo Achilles lengthening, and dorsal release of the ankle joint is performed.

At the age of three to six months, it is possible to correct subtalar malalignment to move the calcaneus away from the fib. Malleolus by external rotation in relation to the talus (Mini Cincinnati technique). If the talonavicular and the calcaneo-cuboid joint are dislocated, a complete subtalar release has to be done in order to reduce the talo-navicular, calcaneo-cuboid and talo-calcaneal joint. To avoid overcorrection, the talo calcaneal interosseous lig. should be kept intact whenever possible (Mc Kay-Simons procedure). This type of surgery should not be performed before the age of six months.

The subtalar release technique described by McKay was introduced in our hospital in 1983. Since then, 362 clubfeet have been treated by the above-mentioned techniques: 249 by the Mini Cincinnati (Group 1) and 113 by the McKay-Simons procedure (Group 2). Age at the time of surgery ranged from 2 to 12 months in Group 1 and 5 to 52 months in Group 2.

In Group 1, the results were excellent in 42%, and good (residual forefoot adduction) in 49%. A second surgical intervention had to be done in only 9%. Regarding shape and appearance of the foot in Group 2, results were excellent in 46%, good in 38% and insufficient in 16% (overcorrection 3%, relapse 13 %). Concerning functional outcome, the feet of Group 2 presented much more stiffness than those of Group 1, which was also found pre-operatively.

The treatment of clubfoot is still a matter of controversy because of different severity of deformity and different treatment philosophies.

According to our experience, the McKay-Simons procedure has proved to be ideal for simultaneous correction of various components of the deformity from one single approach. In particular, correction of subtalar horizontal rotational deformity in the subtalar joint can be easily performed.

Based on the survey, the danger of damaging nerves, blood vessels, tendons and joint cartilages can be kept to a minimum by using the Cincinnati approach. In the majority of cases, the foot appears normal, moves without pain, and is flexible enough to enable the child to walk on his toes or heels and to participate in sportactivities.

Limitation of mobility is nevertheless the main problem of all extensive soft tissue procedures in clubfoot surgery, and it is not known at this time if this will cause subtalar osteoarthritis in early adulthood.

Complete subtalar release develops less osteonecrosis, fewer changes in the navicular, and less cavus and adductus than the use of other surgical techniques.

Overcorrection and poor functional results were seen in patients less than six months old at the time of surgery. We recommend that a complete subtalar release be delayed until the child is aged 6 to 12 months. Treatment should ideally be completed by the time the child is ready to walk.


G. Hartofilakidis

For better communication, treatment planning and evaluation of results, a generally accepted classification is needed for determining the different types of congenital hip disease (usually referred to as developmental dysplasia of the hip) in adults. We have proposed the use of the following classification: Dysplasia, Low Dislocation, and High Dislocation. Knowledge of the local anatomical abnormalities in these three types of the disease is mandatory.

Total hip arthroplasty in all three types (especially in high dislocation) is a demanding operation and should be decided when there is an absolute indication. The acetabular component must be placed at the site of the true acetabulum, mainly for mechanical reasons. After the reaming process, if the remaining osseous cavity cannot accommodate a small cementless cup with at least 80% coverage of the implant, the cotyloplasty technique is recommended. This technique involves medial advancement of the acetabular floor by the creation of a controlled comminuted fracture, autogenous bone grafting, and the implantation of a small acetabular component with cement, usually the offset-bore acetabular cup of Charnley.

In order to facilitate reduction of the components and to avoid neurovascular complications, the femur is shortened at the level of the femoral neck, along with release of the psoas tendon and the small external rotators.

We believe that this operative technique of total hip arthroplasty is effective for the treatment of difficult conditions of highly dislocated hips.


K.P. Günther

Appropriate clinical studies that address the efficacy and effectiveness of orthotic treatment in general are difficult to identify, particularly in postoperative treatment of congenital clubfeet. Clinical experience, however, seems to necessitate casting and splinting for a certain time after surgical correction to prevent relapses.

Although treatment recommendations range from three months to two years after surgery, duration and intensity of orthotic therapy may depend on the severity of the clubfoot deformity, underlying disorders and the surgeon’s experience.

Knee-ankle-foot orthoses with a knee flexion of 90 are most commonly prescribed after the removal of postoperative casts. They allow appropriate abduction of the foot, and daily stretching exercises that can be performed by the parents in combination with physical therapy. Most splints are made of polyethylene or polypropylene, and current designs include static or rigid ankle and forefeet.

Some authors also recommend significantly smaller orthoses that are used in metatarsus varus treatment: Denis-Browne bars and orthoses with locking or elastic swivel joints that allow the hindfoot and forefoot components to be adjusted in relation to each other. However, since they do not have a moulded heal, they tend to slip off and cannot prevent recurrence of the equinus. Their application is also restricted to pre-walking infants unless considered for use at night.

Outflare shoes (anti-varus shoes) also keep the forefoot in the “corrected position”. To obtain a necessary 3-point correction, however, certain construction principles are mandatory. The hindfoot must be kept in high heel cup and the first metatarsal is pushed laterally against the counter-pressure that is exerted on the cuboid by the most distal and lateral part of the heel cup.

After introduction of continuous passive motion (CPM) into the treatment of congenital clubfeet, some groups have published encouraging results. Although the advocates of this treatment state that the duration of plaster cast immobilisation can be shortened after surgery, further evaluation of outcome and cost-effectiveness of this approach is necessary.


G. Hansson Y. Aurell

The value of ultrasonography (US) was assessed for studying the position of the navicular and the cuboid in children with clubfeet (CF). In most studies on the management of CF, more than 50% of the patients have required surgical treatment for correcting foot deformities. In addition, repeat surgery is commonly needed for correction of residual foot deformities, especially persistent forefoot adduction usually due to medial displacement of the navicular and sometimes also the cuboid. These conditions have often been overlooked at the initial surgery.

The authors examined 50 CF and 100 normal feet by US in children during the first year of life. With the transducer, the position of the navicular was studied along the medial border of the foot, and the position of the cuboid along the lateral border of the foot.

The results indicated that 1) Severe medial displacement of the navicular towards the medial malleolus, which might not be possible to reveal by clinical examination, was commonly seen in children with CF and 2) severe medial displacement of the cuboid was seen considerably less frequently.

Ultrasonography, using the most recent type of equipment, is a helpful tool when deciding if the navicular and the cuboid need to be re-aligned by open reduction in children with CF during the first year of life.


C. Hasler

Modern concepts in paediatric fracture respect individual, social and economic needs:

the patient’s demand for early mobility and capability to play

the requirement to achieve an optimal end result (no posttraumatic deformity, full range of motion, no leg length discrepancy) with a minimum of total expenditure and costs: primary treatment should be the definitive treatment. Thus, redo-procedures, unnecessary irradiation, and long hospital stays are prevented.

the spontaneous remodelling capacity should be anticipated for each specific fracture and be part of the treatment algorithm of fractures of the upper extremity. In the lower extremities a long lasting remodelling period leads to stimulation of the adjacent physis and thus to posttraumatic leg length differences.

The decision between conservative and operative treatment is based on the radiological assessment of fracture stability. Fractures with fragments in contact and at most with some angulation but no shortening may be termed stable. Conservative treatment on an outpatient basis is adequate: plaster immobilization and wedging of the plaster in case of a primary or secondary angulation. Fully displaced fractures or long oblique fractures with a strong tendency for shortening as well as comminuted fractures are unstable. Stable fixation with a child-adapted implant is required: closed reduction, minimal approach, satisfying scars, early full weight bearing, short hospital stay, and a minimal procedure for metal removal are achieved either by external fixation or elastic intramedullary nailing dependent on the fracture pattern and the surgeon’s preferences.

Humeral shaft fractures are the domain of non-operative treatment: immobilization e.g., with a U-plaster followed by functional bracing (Sarmiento) is efficient and more comfortable than a heavy hanging cast. Retrograde intramedullary nailing is indicated in open fractures, multiple injury patients, arterial injuries and compartment syndromes, or if conservative treatment does not lead to a satisfactory alignment. Concomittant radial nerve palsies: since natural history is excellent, observation instead of primary exploration is recommendable. Forearm: in case of complete fractures, closed reduction and plaster immobilisation is only justified if one of both bones is stable. If not, primary elastic intramedullary nailing prevents posttraumatic deformities and loss of function. Femur: Non-displaced fractures (less than 10° angulation in the sagital plane, no varus or valgus deformity, no malrotation) as well as displaced fractures in children younger than four years can be treated with a hip spica. In older children closed reduction followed by external fixation or elastic intramedullary nailing provides early stability and a quick return to play and school. Shortening and angulations with a subsequent high remodelling activity should be avoided in order to prevent femoral overgrowth. Lower leg: Most isolated tibial fractures (intact fibula) are managed conservatively in a long leg plaster. Radiological monitoring is recommended to detect secondary varus deformites which can be easily reduced by wedging of the plaster after 8 to 10 days. Fully displaced transverse tibia fractures and unstable fractures of the tibia and fibula – oblique fractures with shortening or fully displaced fractures – are either stabilised by external fixation or elastic intramedullary nailing.


L. Jani H. Schroeder-Boersch

Only someone with good common sense paired with a grain of fortune-telling might be able to foresee further improvements of THR implants adequately. After carefully reviewing the studies of the past, we have evolved our personal belief of what future improvements could look like. A new, improved stem should be made of titanium alloy, have a sandblasted surface structure with a tapered proximal fit stem design. Further advantages would be to allow a certain amount of bony restitution in the metaphyseal region and minimise the stress shielding effects on the femur. As an example of the often-difficult way from the idea on the drawing board to a commercially exploitable implant, we demonstrate the development of our newly designed “hollow-stem” prosthesis.

In an animal study a tapered cementless hollow-stem prosthesis was implanted in 10 foxhounds and subsequently analysed after 12 and 24 weeks. As a result, mineralisation occurred between the titanium stays of the prosthesis, as well as in the central hollow area as early as two to four weeks after implantation. After 12 weeks, density of cancellous bone between the titanium stays and in the hollow centre was considerably higher than on the contralateral untreated side. Load bearing within the centre of the stem was obvious due to the regular orientation of the trabecular bone.

After these positive results we began the conversion to a production line human stem prosthesis. With the help of a finite-element analysis, the stem was then modified in critical areas, resulting in an improved prototype which was subjected to a fatigue test according to ISO 7206-3 of 10.000.000 cycles without any damage. After careful deliberation with our ethics committee, we were finally able to commence with our pilot study consisting of the implantation of 20 hollow-stems and 20 Spotorno stems as a matched pairs study design.

The clinical and radiological evaluation after a minimum 12-month follow-up shows comparably good clinical results in both groups. Radiologically, some degree of subsidence was seen in three hollow stems compared to two Spotorno stems without being clinically relevant. The next step will be a larger randomized study using the hollow-stem as well as a solid stem of the same design. We will consider a more widespread utilisation of the hollow-stem only if this randomised study proves the hollow-stem to be superior.


R. Krauspe P. Raab

The goal of clubfoot management, regardless of the method applied, is still to improve function and form as close as possible to normal values. Since the final outcome of any therapy will only become evident at the end of growth, long-term follow-up studies are necessary to evaluate the results and methods. The aim of this study was to evaluate long-term results of corrective surgery for clubfoot deformity in a selected group of patients. Other congenital or acquired abnormalities like neuromuscular disease, arthrogryposis or others were excluded in order to identify the factors associated with the success or failure of the treatment.

A retrospective clinical and radiological study of 64 patients with 104 treated feet with a follow-up of 8 to 35 years (mean: 19.2 years) is presented. All of the patients were operated on by Scheel′s technique. In this technique the Achilles tendon was lengthened and combined with a dorsal arthrolysis. In some cases medial structures such as the tibialis posterior, long-toe flexors tendon sheaths and the medial ligaments of the talonavicular joint were released. A calcaneal traction was applied for four weeks and a plaster cast for six weeks.

The patients were grouped according to the duration of follow-up (< 10, 10–20 and > 20 years) and the results were compared. Clinical evaluation followed the criteria according to the McKay Score, a score of 180 from which points for sequela (either morphologic or functional) are subtracted.

There was an inverse relationship between the functional rating score and the length of follow-up. Acceptable results decrease over time as the patient approaches skeletal maturity. In the group with a follow-up of > 20 years, only 5% were rated as good, 34% as satisfactory, 28% as poor and 33 % as failure.

Radiographic evaluation of the last group showed marked deformities of the talus and navicular bones, as well as advanced osteoarthritis. The degree of bone deformity of the talus (flat-top-talus) and navicular seems to depend on the degree of persistent residual joint subluxation after surgery and contribute to the development of secondary osteoarthritis of the ankle and subtalar joint over time. Considering the goal of treatment is to restore form and function, assessment and approach of all the components of the individual deformity is required.

A complete subtalar release to realign the calcaneus to an externally rotated position is followed by a reduction of the talonavicular joint. To achieve full reduction, release of the calcaneocuboid joint is necessary because it is linked with the talonavicular joint.

Preliminary results of 89 congenital clubfeet treated with a complete subtalar release with an average follow- up of five years show 12.4% excellent, 41.6% good and 39.3% satisfactory according to the McKay-Score. The results of this series underlines the importance of careful and complete derotation and anatomic realignment of the talocalcaneonavicular joint complex in order to have a lifelong functional foot with the least amount of deformity and disability. The results of any treatment for clubfoot deformity should be judged after skeletal maturity, making a follow-up of at least 20 years necessary.


M. Kerboull

Eighty-nine patients (8 males, 81 females) with an average age of 52 years had 119 high dislocations (Crowe IV, 30 bilateral and 59 unilateral). The patients underwent 118 total hip arthroplasties between 1970 and 1986 using original or modified Charnley prostheses. Only 39 patients had not had a previous operation. Pain in the hip associated with stiffness and limitation in activity was the main indication for surgery. Back or knee pain was the chief complaint of 11 patients. Pre-operatively and post-operatively, a thorough assessment of the patients was made including hips, pelvis lumbosacral spine, knee, leg length discrepancy and static body balance.

The operation was performed through a transtrochanteric approach. A small socket was always inserted and cemented into the true acetabulum augmented by an autogenous graft, and a straight femoral component implanted at the level of the lesser trochanter. Muscle releases and tenotomies were not performed. Twenty-nine patients (35 hips) had died or were lost to follow-up. Sixty patients were still alive at the last examination in 1996, and regularly seen with a mean follow-up of 16 years. The mean follow-up of the whole series was 12.8 years.

At the last examination, clinical results according to the d’Aubigne rating system were classified as excellent 59.3%, very good 15.2%, good 15.2%, fair 5.1%, and poor 5%. Only 10 patients had a persistent waddling gait and a positive Trendelenburg sign. The results were slightly less good when a major femoral angulation needed an alignment osteotomy.

One femoral and seven acetabular loosenings were revised. In addition, five hips were revised for severe polyethylene wear and osteolysis before definite loosening, and two hips for heterotopic ossifications. The rate of revision was 12.7%. At twenty years, the survival rate was 99% for the femoral component and 87% for the socket, cemented fixation as end point, whereas the cumulative survival rate of the prosthesis was 78%, revision as end point.

The leg shortening, mean 4.84 cm (range 3-8 cm), was accurately corrected 63 times and within 1 cm 42 times. The lengthening was an average of 3.80 cm (2 to 7 cm). Leg length discrepancy was, on the whole, reduced as much as possible (mean 2.6 cm pre-operatively, 0.4 cm post-operatively). Of the 18 pre-operative painful knees, 10 were greatly improved, but four of these needed an operation.

Lateral pelvic tilt was corrected in more than 50%, pelvic frontal asymmetry was substantially reduced, as well as lordosis and lateral curve of the lumbar spine. As a result, low back pain has been relieved in 40 patients, but two required a laminectomy for a lumbar canal stenosis.

Total hip arthroplasty on high riding hips may be a wonderful operation, but this operation is full of pitfalls, technically demanding, and may represent a serious risk of complication. A successful result depends on a complete pre-operative assessment of the patient, a perfectly performed surgical procedure, and a reasonable selection of its indications.


E. Morscher

The longevity of the fixation of implants in a formerly dysplastic hip is compromised by several risk factors:

Young age.

Severity of the dislocation.

Previous surgery. Hip arthroplasty after a previous intertrochanteric osteotomy is technically more demanding but not necessarily associated with a higher rate of complications.

Distortion of the acetabulum. Fixation of the socket in a dysplastic hip joint acetabulum (one of the main aims of a THR) is compromised both by using a small implant and an insufficient containment of the socket in the bony acetabulum.

Small cups (small implant/bone contact area, thin polyethylene wall). Small cups are especially used in cases where the implant must be positioned higher up in the iliac bone.

High hip center and lateral placement of the cup. A high hip center is not to be considered as a risk factor as long as there is no simultaneous lateralisation of the cup. Upward displacement of the center of rotation must be compensated for by changing muscle length and the arms of the abductors with a longer neck in order to preserve muscle power. The acetabular component, i.e., the center of rotation of the hip articulation should be positioned as medially as possible.

Insufficient containment of the acetabular socket. As a rule, the positioning of the socket into the original acetabulum creates normal mechanics of the hip and provides the best bone stock for fixation of the cup, especially in complete dislocations. However, placement of the cup into the original acetabulum of a subluxated femoral head in an angle that is not too vertical leaves a supero-lateral void. Enlargement, i.e., reinforcement of the roof of the acetabulum with screws and bone cement has not proven to be adequate. Acetabuloplasty, i.e., grafting with an autologous cortico-cancellous graft taken from the resected femoral head or using an acetabular reinforcement ring (ARR) is indicated if 20 and more degrees of the weight-bearing surface of the cup would otherwise remain uncovered.

Massive cortico-cancellous bone grafts. The use of bulky autologous or homologous cortico-cancellous grafts which would be loaded over 50% or more of the weight-bearing surface of the cup is not recommended.

Excessive anteversion, narrow medullary cavity, and capsular contractures on the femoral side. The most typical deformity of the proximal end of the femur in hip dysplasia is an excessive anteversion angle of the neck of the femur. Anteversion angles of 45 degrees and more are corrected by a derotational osteotomy of the femur. To avoid overlength of the leg by positioning the cup into the original acetabulum, a subtrochanteric shortening osteotomy may be indicated.

Preoperative planning is mandatory. Procedure, choice of method, and availability of appropriate equipment and endoprosthetic implants must be ensured. Computerised tomography with 3-D reconstruction is recommended for more complex anatomical situations.


Full Access
J.P. Metaizeau

The treatment of fractures in children is essentially conservative because young bone heals rapidly and growth remodels many malunions. In addition, we do not have implants which respect the biomechanics of the growing bone. The techniques perfected for the adult skeleton have adverse effects in children and their disadvantages still outweigh their advantages.

Fixation which is too rigid encourages cortical union but inhibits the formation of periosteal callus which is of prime importance in the child. This approach evacuates the fracture haematoma, damages the periosteum, increases local devascularisation, and encourages infection and secondary hypertrophy. The rigidity of a plate also produces a rapid thinning of cortices in young bone, adding the risk of recurrent fractures.

However, conservative treatment does not always give perfect results. Some injuries are liable to sequellae which are not corrected by growth. Children with polytrauma, severe brain injuries, osteogenesis imperfecta, and neurological problems cannot always be treated orthopaedically and require surgery.

Stable intramedullary nailing (SIMP) seems to be particularly adaptable to growing bone. SIMP is carried out with two pre-bent pins that allow stabilisation of nearly all diaphyseal and metaphyseal fractures and also respects the healing process and the unique biomechanical properties of young bone. This technique presents many advantages and few disadvantages but it is not designed to supplant conservative treatment. The aim is primarily to treat fractures that cannot be treated conservatively without adding iatrogenic complications.

Pre-bent pins are placed in the medullary canal of the bone. Each pin gives a three- point fixation and the three points press on the bone. Two extremities of the pin press on metaphyseal cancellous bone, and the apex of the curve presses on the inner aspect of the cortex.

The principal feature of this osteosynthesis is its elasticity. If one deforms the pin, it resists by developing a force which opposes the deformation. This force returns the pin to it’s original form upon removal of the deforming force. Because the pinning is performed without opening the fracture site, the hematoma and the periosteum are preserved, which is essential for bone consolidation. The elasticity of the pinning allows slight movements in compression and distraction which are particularly favourable for consolidation.

A child is discharged from hospital after two days for fractures of the humerus, forearm or tibia and after five days for femoral shaft fractures. Cast immobilisation is not necessary. Function is recovered rapidly, with a minimal absence from school. If complications occur, they are infrequent and rarely severe.


M. Napiontek

The assortment of primary operative techniques starts with posterior release and ends with the most sophisticated ones such as complete subtalar release. The proper selection of one of them is a key to success and has to be done on the basis of clinical and radiographic parameters.

Posterior release: The indication for this procedure is determined by persistent equinus. On AP and lateral radiographs the normal talocalcaneal angle is visible AP greater than 20; lateral greater than 35 degrees). On the lateral radiograph in corrected equinus or standing, the angle between the calcaneus and tibia should be smaller than 80 degrees. A physical examination con- firms equinus position more precisely. Attention should be paid to the possibility of iatrogenic rocker bottom deformity. In such cases posterior release should be combined with dorsal release of the calcaneocuboid and talonavicular joint.

Posteromedial release: Clinical indications for this procedure are hindfoot equinus and varus and passively corrected medial spin measured with a bimalleolar angle less than 85 degrees. This angle should be checked during surgery when the posteromedial release is completed. If overcorrection is not achieved, the procedure has to be extended in sequence to lateral release or complete subtalar release. Radiographic indications are as follows: diminished talocalcaneal angle on AP (less than 20 degrees) and/or on lateral radiographs (less than 35 degrees), as well as partial overlap of the talus and calcaneus on AP radiographs.

Posteromedial-lateral, posterolateral-medial and partial subtalar release: Indications for these techniques are the same as for posteromedial release. The difference concerns the not corrigible medial spin. The decision about which technique should be used is made before surgery, but its conversion during surgery to another one is possible and depends on obstacles appearing during release. Intraoperative radiographs may help in making the decision.

Complete subtalar release: The clinical indication for this technique is primarily stiff varus and medial spin. The selection of this procedure may be the result of the primary decision or incomplete correction after less extensive procedures. To overcome the obstacles, the talocalcaneal interosseous ligament must be completely cut. Radiographic indications are the same as for posteromedial- lateral or partial subtalar release. Complete overlapping of the talus and calcaneus on AP radiograph inclines the surgeon to choose this method.

All techniques mentioned can be extended to the correction of forefoot adduction. A metatarsal first ray angle lower than 70 degrees is indicated for correction. For small children, the opening of the cuneonavicular and first cuneometatarsal joint with a slight transposition of the tibialis anterior is preferred. In older children, open wedge osteotomy of the medial cuneiform is done. For correction of calcaneocuboid displacement, no open reduction is performed even if a +2 displacement of the cuboid is seen on AP radiograph, because self-existent reduction occurred. However, closed stabilisation of this joint by K-wire is performed. A stable subtalar complex can be rotated as a block during partial or complete subtalar release.


F. Langlais J.C. Lambotte L. Montron

For unstable fractures of the femoral shaft, the current interlocking nails are the most reliable fixation. However, these procedures require the use of an image amplifier for targeting the distal screws, and are expensive, ancillary instrumentation and an extensive stock of numerous nail sizes with various diameters, sides, and lengths is necessary.

We report a consecutive series of 60 unstable femoral fractures treated with the Endolock nail. This closed 11 mm diameter nail is introduced after little or no reaming. Distal fixation is achieved by means of a spur that unfolds from the nail and fixes into the posterior metaphysis. Radiological control during the procedure is recommended but not mandatory.

Fusion was achieved in all cases but three (5%). Two were aseptic in the same patient who presented two upper limb non-unions, and one with infection (little or no reaming was used in the nine open fractures). Eight moderate mal-unions were observed (angulation < 10°, external rotation < 20°, shortening < 20 mm) but did not require re-operation. All of these were the consequence of insufficient reduction of the fractures. No secondary displacement occurred between operation and fusion. No complications related to spur penetration or removal were observed.

The Endolock nail allows satisfactory interlocking without the mandatory use of an image amplifier, with little or no reaming, and at a low cost.


Full Access
M. Leunig K. Siebenrock R. Ganz

Acetabular dysplasia is the most common cause of secondary osteoarthritis of the hip joint resulting in many young adults requiring total hip replacement (THR). Although THR has a predictably good functional result, the longevity of prosthetic replacement in this young cohort of patients has been notably inconsistent. Therefore, there has been an increasing interest in better methods for treating acetabular dysplasia in young adults with the emphasis shifting from the femoral to the acetabular side during the last 10 years.

For reorientation of the acetabular fragment to improve coverage, various pelvic and periacetabular osteotomies have been proposed. Most necessitate more than one incision and change of patient position. The Bernese periacetabular osteotomy (PAO) combines complete and incomplete osteotomies, as well as a controlled fracture requiring only one approach. This is beneficial for the vascular supply of the acetabular fragment and allows an additional anterior capsulotomy without restrictions.

The osteotomies of the PAO are close to the joint and therefore allow a pronounced acetabular reorientation similar to juxta-articular triple osteotomies. Moreover, anteversion and medialization/lateralization of the center of rotation can be corrected with only minimal changes of the pelvic geometry. This enables a normal delivery in young females. The partially remaining posterior column protects the sciatic nerve from iatrogenic damage. The polygonal shape of the osteotomy and avoidance of soft tissue stripping (abductors) are advantageous for the stabilization of the reoriented fragment, thus facilitating early mobilization and rehabilitation.

Seventy-five dysplastic hips with a minimal follow-up of 10 years after PAO were evaluated. There were good to excellent result in 73% of these patients. The mean lateral center edge angle increased from 6° to 34° and the mean anterior center edge angle improved from 4° to 28°. The post-osteotomy index angle was successfully reduced from an average of 26° to 6°. Lateralisation of the femoral head was reduced from an average 16° to 10° compared to 11° on the contralateral side. Femoral head cranialisation also normalized from 9° to 4° compared to 5° on the opposite hip. Poor results were correlated with older patients, pre-existing arthritis, labral pathology, and mal-correction. Treatment of labral lesions was performed only as a supplementary measure if the labrum was unstable and included either refixation or resection.

The PAO is a technically demanding procedure, and is unforgiving of seemingly minor imprecision. With the fact that 85% of our major complications occurred within the first fifty osteotomies, it is obvious that a learning curve exists for this procedure. It is imperative that surgeons undertaking this procedure do so with a full understanding of each stage and have the necessary patience, attention to detail and adequate cadaveric experience with the technique.


V. Stìdry P. Dungl

We examined a group of 26 patients (28 hip joints) with postdysplastic osteoarthritis who were operated in 1995 and 1996.

The Zweymüller Bicon prosthesis was used in all cases. Only patients with dysplasia Type B and C according to Eftekhar were included. By the method of Ranawat and Pagnana, the true acetabular region and the approximate femoral head centre were determined on preoperative and postoperative radiographs. The patients were controlled in 1999 with HHS. Antero-posterior radiographs of the pelvis and lateral radiographs of the acetabulum according to Zweymüller were made in all hips.

In most of the operated hip joints the true center of the rotation differed from the ideal centre, with the maximal difference being 18 mm cranially. Cranial placement of the cup occurred more frequently in Type C. No patient was reoperated, and as determined by radiographs, there were no indications of loosening in the acetabular and femoral components.

The Zweymüller Bicon total hip joint endoprosthesis is suitable in most cases of postdysplastic osteoarhritis of the hip. No special or individual implant was necessary in 1995 and 1996. Good primary stability and a good result was achieved in all cases. We consider this type of hip implant as especially useful in CDH osteoarthritis.


K. Zweymüller

Patients with hip dysplasia that are to be managed with total hip replacement constitute a special group of arthroplasty candidates. Each patient will need to be treated according to his or her anatomical pattern. The important point to remember is that dysplasia in itself is not a contraindication to cementless hip replacement. However, there are certain points that need to be taken into account in the management of this special patient population.

The surgical technique must be appropriate; in particular, cup medialisation is an important feature. The implant system used should be modular so as to permit a large number of combinations, and it also should provide cups for hard bone and cups for soft (osteoporotic) bone, as well as anti-dislocation inserts. Such a system will also allow limb length to be corrected, usually without reference to the centre of rotation of the hip joint. The primary objective is the positioning of the cup in the native bone stock at a site that will ensure optimum primary stability. If an adjunctive shelf procedure is considered necessary, any buttressing done will have to be performed after the cup itself has been stably implanted.

In our centre between 1993 and 1995, 122 were patients with dysplastic hips. One hundred and eleven of these hips were clinically and radiologically followed-up by the author. Mean follow-up was 4.1 years (range 2.1 to 6.1 years). Typically, there were more women than men: 88 cups were implanted in female patients and 23 in male patients. The average age at surgery was 53 years. The youngest patient in the series was 19 years of age and the oldest was 77. Coxa vara osteochondritica (25 cases) was treated as a separate diagnostic and management group. In 17 cases previous acetabuloplasties had been done, usually a Chiari osteotomy. In terms of severity of the dysplasia, 67 hips were Grade I, 36 were Grade II, and eight were Grade III according to Randelli.

All patients were managed with our biconical threaded cup made of commercially pure titanium. In 91 cases the Standard version, designed for use in normal or in hard bone, was employed. The Porosis type of cup, with a 46% greater thread surface area, was chosen in 20 cases. Antidislocation inserts were used in two cases. Conical cups are inserted with prestress and do not therefore require additional fixation with screws or lugs. The most important instrument for the achievement of optimum implant positioning is the medialising reamer with an aggressive front-cutting action. The use of this instrument allows sufficient bony coverage to be obtained to allow fixation of the titanium cup in the host bone with a good primary stability.

The following standard radiographs were used in the analysis: (1) AP view of the operated hip and the contralateral hip; (2) AP and axial views of the operated femur; (3) monitor-controlled AP view of the cup. In 110 cases the position of the cup had not changed during the follow-up period and cranial migration was seen in one case. This case and an additional one were judged to be “at risk” since the patients were pain-free and the position of the implants had remained unchanged for the past two years. These two patients also had more than 2 mm Zone III lucencies. In both cases a superior (Zone I) sclerotic area was found to have developed postoperatively. This pattern differed from the one observed in patients with stable implants, in whom the extent of preoperative sclerosis was significantly reduced following arthroplasty. This regression of sclerosis around a stable implant suggests that the implantation of the titanium cup results in an improvement of the periacetabular stress pattern. In 84 cases there was evidence of increasing integration of the implant; in 22 cases no bony response could be detected, i.e., there was neither apposition of new bone nor loss of existing bone stock. In one case part of the rim of the titanium cup was found to have broken off superiorly. This patient has been recently revised with an exchange of the cup. At revision the cup was found to be so soundly osseointegrated to the extent that it could be removed only after being cut up with a diamond tool. None of the other patients have required revision to date, and none are scheduled for revision as a result of follow-up.


Full Access
M. Porter

The clinical results of cemented hip arthroplasty in patients with DDH are excellent in terms of pain relief and implant longevity. The survivorship of the femoral stem in young patients less than 40 years of age is 97% at ten years and falls to 89% at 25 years. In comparison, survivorship of the acetabular component is 97% at ten years but falls to 58% at 25 years. The excellent survivorship of the femoral stem can be explained by a favourable canal flair index, competent cancellous bone, and secure fixation with acrylic cement. The inferior results of the acetabular component are explained by the distorted pelvic anatomy and lack of bone support for the acetabular component. We continue to recommend cemented hip arthroplasty in this cohort of patients. Our current practice is to use fourth generation cementing techniques and to employ autografting of the acetabulum to address some of the anatomical deficiencies of the original anatomy.


V. Vécsei M. Greitbauer

Classification systems for open fractures help the surgeon to follow guidelines for treatment, to predict the prognosis, and to allow comparison of results. The systems of Gustilo and Anderson and of Oestern and Tscherne are most widely used. Although both systems have undergone several revisions, the crucial factors have not changed. They deal with the size of the wound, level of contamination, extent of soft tissue injury, and comminution of bone.

In recent years additional classification systems have been created to classify severe open fractures (type III), mainly of the lower extremity. The Mangled Extremity Severity Score (MESS) became the most practicable score for establishing a dividing line between possible functional limb salvage and the need for primary amputation.

Management: The principle of surgical debridement of all necrotic tissues has to be followed. Nowadays, soft tissue coverage and restoration of lost bone can be achieved secondarily by different means. However, the method of primary skeletal stabilization has a high impact on the final outcome after open diaphyseal fractures.

Upper extremity: Most open fractures of the humerus and forearm can be stabilized sufficiently with plates. Because of the good soft tissue coverage of the humerus and proximal forearm and the good blood supply of this region, coverage of implants can usually be achieved in cases with vast soft tissue destruction and severe bone comminution. External fixation with the option of primary shortening and secondary bone transport is a good alternative in cases of humeral fracture. Indications for intramedullary nailing are limited to minor open fractures that do not require radial nerve exploration. At the distal forearm, the thin soft tissue layer and the necessity of two approaches often make coverage of plates impossible. External fixation is the method of choice in these cases.

Lower extremity: Femoral fractures are a domain for intramedullary nailing. The indications for nailing are restricted more by systemic factors rather than by the extent of soft tissue injury. The advantages of intramedullary nailing are based on the closed surgical procedure that leaves the actual fracture site untouched. Static interlocking ensures axial and rotational stability and warrants early functional treatment and weight-bearing mobilisation. External fixation is indicated as emergency treatment, and plating should be restricted to condylar and supracondylar fractures.

Tibial fractures leaving 7 cm intact bone proximally and 5 cm distally can be sufficiently stabilized by intramedullary locking nails. In cases of open fractures, small diameter nails can be inserted in the unreamed technique without deterioration of the endosteal vascular supply. This method has better reported results concerning time to union, axial alignment, joint function, and infection rates in comparison with the use of external fixation devices. However, external fixation is an adequate method, especially in cases with extreme proximal and distal fractures. If insufficient stabilization or delayed union with the use of unreamed nails or external fixators occurs, reamed nailing can be performed in a second step with good results. Plating should be restricted to tibial head and pylon fractures.


K. Bachfischer L. Gerdesmeyer W. Mittelmeier R. Gradinger

The cranial cup is now a standardised implant in acetabular revision surgery. In order to illustrate the positive results of a standardised implant in acetabular revision surgery in comparison to other possibilities of reconstruction, we analysed results of all data in our study group.

Aseptic loosening of implants often causes segmental and cavitary acetabular deficiency. Experiences gained in radical tumour surgery with reconstruction by custommade endoprostheses induced the development of the cranial cup for revision total hip arthroplasty. This new cementless revision cup has an oval shape and a special cranial flap, as well as an intramedullary rod if necessary.

This type of cranial cup has been used since 1993. From 9/97 to 1/99, we implanted 30 cranial cups in revision hip surgery and collected all data of these patients prospectively. Clinical and x-ray follow-up was documented on a regular basis.

Acetabular deficiency occurred twice in type 1, five times in type 2, twenty-two times in type 3 and once in type 4. The AAOS D’Antonio score was used. Cranial cups were implanted without cranial flap in 10 cases, with cranial flap in 20 cases and once using the intramedullary rod additionally. Only 28 patients were included in our last examination because one patient had died and one was bedridden because of a reason other than the hip. The Harris hip score increased from an average of 32 points preoperatively to 63 points postoperatively. Twenty-one patients are satisfied or very satisfied with their surgery. Radiograph examinations showed an average inclination angle of 42.5° in all cranial cups.

Up to now there have been complications in four patients who suffered luxations, but only one required a change of inlay. One intraoperative injury of the urinary bladder had to be revised later. Three implants showed a change of position in x-ray. One was the patient with the urinary bladder injury and possible septic loosening, the second was a patient with extreme osteoporosis, and the third was a patient who did not receive an intramedullary rod for a type 4 lesions. Currently, these three patients do not have any complaints.

We have always achieved primary stability. Morselised bone autografts or bone substitute materials were used to fill remaining defects. An intramedullary rod should be used in pelvis discontinuity and is obligatory to achieve the necessary stability. Developed from the experiences of custom-made tumour endoprostheses, the cranial cup with all possible variations is an appropriate intraoperative variable implant in revision acetabular surgery.


R. Ascherl M. Tauber H. Albersdorfer G. Werding

We report our clinical experience with the first 54 cases of long bone fractures treated with the Fixion IM Nail. This innovative nailing system eliminates the need for interlocking screws and reaming of the medullary canal when the nailing of a long bone fracture is needed, offers a minimally invasive procedure for intramedullary nailing, and significantly reduces fluoroscopy exposure. Biomechanically, the nail assumes the hourglass shape of the medullary canal by its abutment to the medullary walls. The formation of a supporting forces entity, that could be defined as “the bone-nail supporting forces system entity,” becomes practically an integral part of the medullary walls at the points of attachment.

In order to avoid using interlocking screws and reaming of the medullary canal when the nailing of a long bone fracture is required, the “FIXION IMN” system was proposed.

Since March 1999 we have implanted 54 Fixion Intramedullary Nails for traumatic and pathological fractures in 50 patients with a mean age of 52 years (18 to 85). Among these patients, 33 had humeral fractures, 13 had tibial fractures, and 8 had femoral fractures; the pathological fracture cases consisted of 4 humeral cases and 1 femoral case. The Fixion IM Nail system consists essentially of four longitudinal bars connected radially by four thin membranes. The nail is sealed proximally with a unidirectional valve. During insertion, the nail is connected to a driver handle which assists with insertion and serves as a conduit for the saline during the expansion process. Inflation of the nail is by means of a pump that connects to the driver handle. Once in position, the nail is expanded by inflation under controlled pressure with saline. The expansion causes abutment of the longitudinal bars to the inner surface of the canal along the entire length, resulting in fixation of the fracture. The procedure is monitored fluoroscopically and clinically to ensure accurate reduction of the fracture.

The surgeries were uneventful. Postoperative complications were not reported in any of the cases. The nail was inserted easily and good fixation was achieved. The patients made a complete recovery with early pain-free mobilisation and full range of motion.


O. Adamec P. Dungl R. Hart

The outcomes of the Berman-Gartland osteotomy in 26 feet (20 children) from 1995 to 1999 were evaluated. Average age at time of operation: 8 years, 3 months (range 37 to 194 months). Average age at follow-up: 2 years, 5 months (range 2 to 70 months).

The osteotomy is performed in tourniquet from three lengthwise incisions and fixed by Kirschner wires and plaster of Paris for six weeks. Only patients with idiopathic PEC were included in this study. Average age at time of primary operation was ten months. For analysis, the type and percentage of preceding operations were: pantalar release (40%), posterior release (12%), and tendo calcaneus elongation (8%). Eight feet (30%) were not primarily surgically treated. Indicated for metatarsal osteotomy were: footwear difficulty (92%), gait instability (65%), and muscle spasm (56%). Average adduction deformity of the forefoot was clinically assessed as 30 degrees (20 to 45 degrees). Forefoot rigidity was evaluated according to Black as grade II (14 feet) and grade III (12 feet).

Radiograph assessment was made by the use of T-I.MTT and C-V.MTT angle changes in the dorsoplantar weight-bearing view. We succeeded in correcting the average values of T-I.MTT angle from 28 degrees (range 20 to 43 degrees) preoperatively to 4 degrees (range 2 to 15 degrees) postoperatively, and C-V.MTT angle from 16 degrees (range 8 to 24 degrees) to 2 degrees (range -5 to 7 degrees). Isolated metatarsal varus deformity was found in 12 feet, in combination with talo-navicalar joint hypercorrection in nine feet, and in combination with residual talo-navicular joint subluxation in five feet.

Calcaneocuboid joint displacement was classified as grade I and II in 16 and 3 feet respectively. Preoperative residual displacement was not found in seven feet.

Complications were noted in three metatarsal nonunions (2% of 130 osteotomized metatarses), four pin migrations, one superficial infection, and one persistent forefoot swelling.

At final follow-up, clinical findings and outcomes were assessed as excellent in 16 feet (62%) and good in 10 feet (38%). We recorded no inferior result. An apparent relationship was not found between the type and timing of preceding operations and varus forefoot deformity persistence. In 19 feet (73%), residual grade I and grade II tibial subluxation of the cuboid bone was found.


M. Ambroziak M. Zgoda D. Chmielewski R. Gòrski

The purpose of our study was to estimate the influence of previous fractures and operative procedures around the hip, the follow-up period from the arthroplasty, and effect of the age of patients at the time of surgery on the results of total hip replacement in patients with a history of fracture of the hip.

Forty-six patients were analysed after a mean follow-up of 6 years after arthroplasty. There were 34 females and 12 males. Mean age at the time of operation was 65 years (range 32 to 82). The reasons for arthroplasty were displaced subcapital femoral neck fracture in 23 patients (50%), failure of internal fixation for femoral neck fracture in nine patients (20%), and posttraumatic osteoarthritis of the hip in 14 patients (30%) that included six patients with a history of fracture of the acetabulum. Results were assessed with the Merle d’Aubigne Postel scale (evaluation of gait, range of motion, pain). Radiographic findings were classified according to the Moreland Grouen scale. Quality of life after arthroplasty and subjective assessment of patients was recorded.

Results were: 33 (71%) satisfactory, 14 (30%) excellent, and 19 (41%) good. Thirteen (29%) were classified as unsatisfactory: 9 (20%) fair and 4 (9%) poor. Patients with acute fracture or non-union of the femoral neck showed the best results: 11 excellent and 8 good. The poorest results were in the group of patients with osteoarthritis following acetabular fracture treated by total hip replacement: 3 were classified as fair and 3 as poor. Twelve cases of internal fixation of the femoral neck before arthroplasty had no influence on the final outcome. Although none of the patients returned to their previous occupation, subjective assessment showed 27 (59%) and 14 (30%) with excellent and good results, respectively. There was no significant relationship between age of patient and the final outcome of total hip arthroplasty.

Total hip arthroplasty following hip injury provided satisfactory long-term results. Previous history of internal fixation had no influence on final outcome. The poorest results were achieved in patients with a history of acetabular fracture. Patients’ subjective assessment was satisfactory in most cases despite radiological evidence of loosening of the prosthesis in a statistically insignificant number of patients.


L. Bálint Á. Bellyei T. Illés Z. Koòs

The goal of the present study was to evaluate the results of a one-stage operation performed on dislocated hips in children with infantile cerebral palsy. Our data indicate that the one-stage operation is a quite useful method to treat hip dislocation in children with infantile cerebral palsy. Based on our experience we emphasize the use of an individual operation plan in every instance. In selected cases it seems to be justified to ignore an element of the method.

We used the radiological findings for evaluation by comparing the geometric parameters in the affected hips before and after surgery.

During the last ten years, 21 dislocated hips in 13 patients were operated on by the one-stage surgical technique used at the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery of University Medical School of Pécs. The technique consists of the following steps: open reduction, iliopsoas tendon transfer, and femoral varus derotational osteotomy with shortening, modified Tönnis acetabuloplasty, and open adductor tenotomy. Spastic diplegia occurred in eight children and hemiplegia in five. During this period, eight girls and five boys were operated, with 12 procedures on the right hip and 9 on the left. Mean age was 11.4 years. The average age of the children at the time of operations was 6.5 years. In eight hips of five children, all elements of the surgery were carried out in one sitting; in six hips of four children the surgery was performed without acetabuloplasty. In nine hips of seven children there was no need for open reduction, and in six hips of five children we used deep frozen allograft to perform acetabuloplasty. A varus derotational femoral osteotomy with shortening was a part of the surgical approach in all cases.

We evaluated Hilgenreiner (H), Wieberg (CE) and collodiaphyseal (CCD) angle preoperatively and postoperatively. The average preoperative H angle decreased from 39.7 to 24 degrees postoperatively. The average preoperative CE angle increased from minus 18.6 to 31.9 degrees postoperatively. The minus means that all of the patients had dislocation in their hips. The average preoperative CCD angle decreased from 165.2 to 131.4 degrees postoperatively. The results were evaluated by the modified Severin classification based on age and anatomical changes of hips: 17 cases were evaluated as excellent, 2 as good, and 2 as acceptable.

We did not see any complications such as avascular necrosis of the femoral head, absolute revalgisation (compared to the opposite side), subluxation, re-dislocation, or disturbed development of the acetabulum.


L. Bálint J. Kránicz M. Czipri

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the longterm results of 736 cases of operatively treated clubfeet, and to examine if there is any difference in the results between our patients and referred patients.

A follow-up examination was carried out in 736 cases of clubfeet operated on between 1966 and 1990. The average follow-up period was 14.7 years. Treatment was based on three pillars: well-organized care, conservative treatment and early operative treatment. In all of the reviewed cases, posteromedial soft tissue release was performed. Surgical intervention was indicated in cases of residual deformity after conservative treatment, cases of recurrent deformity, and cases of untreated clubfeet. Clinical evaluation contained the examination of residual deformities and the passive and active motions of the foot. In the radiological assessment, the anteroposterior talocalcaneal angle, the lateral talocalcaneal angle and the talometatarsal angle was measured.

In the clinical evaluations equinus deformity was found in 3.35%, varus in 7.23%, valgus in 8.55%, adducted forefoot in 30.8%, inflexion of the forefoot in 7.14%, and overcorrection to the vertical talus in 3.35%. Range of motion was normal in only 36% of the cases. Average anteroposterior talocalcaneal angle was 13.05 preoperatively and 22.13 postoperatively. Average lateral talocalcaneal angle was 10.78 preoperatively and 27.66 postoperatively. Average talometatarsal angle changed from 26 to 5.5 after the operation. The overall success rate of the operated cases was 65%.

After long-term follow-up, 65% of the cases were classified as successful. When comparing our patients with referred patients, there were considerable differences found in the rate of reoperation, age at the time of the first operation, and also in the results. These differences point out the importance of the early beginning of operative treatment, with regular follow-up and care.


L. Bálint J. Kránicz M. Czipri

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the longterm results of 736 cases of operatively treated clubfeet, and to examine if there is any difference in the results between our patients and referred patients.

A follow-up examination was carried out in 736 cases of clubfeet operated on between 1966 and 1990. The average follow-up period was 14.7 years. Treatment was based on three pillars: well-organized care, conservative treatment and early operative treatment. In all of the reviewed cases, posteromedial soft tissue release was performed. Surgical intervention was indicated in cases of residual deformity after conservative treatment, cases of recurrent deformity, and cases of untreated clubfeet. Clinical evaluation contained the examination of residual deformities and the passive and active motions of the foot. In the radiological assessment, the anteroposterior talocalcaneal angle, the lateral talocalcaneal angle and the talometatarsal angle was measured.

In the clinical evaluations equinus deformity was found in 3.35%, varus in 7.23%, valgus in 8.55%, adducted forefoot in 30.8%, inflexion of the forefoot in 7.14%, and overcorrection to the vertical talus in 3.35%. Range of motion was normal in only 36% of the cases. Average anteroposterior talocalcaneal angle was 13.05 preoperatively and 22.13 postoperatively. Average lateral talocalcaneal angle was 10.78 preoperatively and 27.66 postoperatively. Average talometatarsal angle changed from 26 to 5.5 after the operation. The overall success rate of the operated cases was 65%.

After long-term follow-up, 65% of the cases were classified as successful. When comparing our patients with referred patients, there were considerable differences found in the rate of reoperation, age at the time of the first operation, and also in the results. These differences point out the importance of the early beginning of operative treatment, with regular follow-up and care.


H. Behensky J. Landauer M. Krismer

This study was performed to evaluate whether derotation and/or translation are the correct mechanisms of bracing with the Chenau brace in treatment of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Bracing in the treatment of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis is an accepted procedure. Variable types of braces with different correction principles are in use. The Boston and the Milwaukee brace correction mechanisms seem to be clear, but not for the Chenau brace which is said to be an inspiration/ derotation device.

Curves were measured according to Cobb and rotation of the apex vertebra was determined according to Perdriooe. Translation of the apex vertebra perpendicular to the centre sacral line was measured according to Mason and Carango. Measurements were performed on standing radiographs AP and were taken immediately before starting therapy, six months afterwards to ascertain initial correction, and at least one year after treatment. Compliance was judged as follows: regular and frequent control examinations, an obviously used brace, and visible skin signs. Two groups were formed (Group A: good compliance, n=33, Group B: bad compliance, n=22).

In Group A, continuous curve correction of 6° Cobb angle was evident. Patients in Group B showed a mean curve progression of 4° (t=test, p=0.003). After six months of therapy, both groups demonstrated signifi- cant apex translation (Group A: p=0.0001, Group B: p=0.0003). The difference between the groups was not significant, but no significant derotation of the apex vertebrae.

At follow-up patients with good compliance showed almost the same apex distance as before therapy, whereas deterioration was evident in Group B (p=0.01). The difference of p=0.04 between the two groups was significant. Apex rotation was significantly increased in both groups (Group A: p=0.02, Group B: p=0.03) and the difference between the two groups was not significant.

Curve correction in idiopathic scoliosis with the Chenau brace is a translation process and can be determined as a shift of the apex vertebra to the centre sacral line. Therefore, the Chenau brace is not a derotation device.


H. Behensky S. Doering M. Krismer G. Rumpold B. Roessier B. Hofstötter G. Luz-Kuehbacher

The aim of our study was to determine whether preoperative preparation by means of a video film could influence postoperative hip motion. The video shows a patient undergoing total hip replacement surgery covering the time period from admission to discharge, and keeping strictly to the patient’s perspective.

In 1958 Janis opened up the field of research on preoperative psychological states and postoperative recovery. Since then, numerous studies have been performed and a variety of variables were demonstrated to influence postoperative outcome. Our study takes into consideration the results of previous research and provides a new combination of methods for psychological preparation prior to surgery.

One hundred patients scheduled for elective total hip replacement surgery for osteoarthritis of the hip joint were randomly assigned to a control group (n=54) and a preparation group (n=46). The preparation group was shown the videotape on the evening before surgery. The video gives the pre-surgical patient the opportunity to identify with a patient who had successfully undergone surgery before. Physical examination, including motion analysis of the hip, was performed. Range of hip motion was documented in degrees with reference to neutral joint position.

Flexion/extension, abduction/adduction, and external/ internal rotation in 90° hip flexion were investigated. For range of motion analysis, sum scores were calculated.

Motion analysis revealed no preoperative difference between the groups. Three months after surgery, the increase of joint mobility (preoperative versus postoperative) in prepared patients was significantly better for internal rotation (32%, p=0.005), rotational range of motion (21%, p=0.03) and abduction (22%, p=0.04). Heterotopic ossifications were identified on plain AP radiographs and were judged according to the score of Brooker, et al. Incidence did not differ between groups. Twelve months postoperatively, the increase (preoperative versus follow-up) of rotational range of motion (24%, p=0.01) remained unchanged in prepared patients, whereas an increase of abduction could no longer be revealed. Flexion/extension and sagittal range of motion did not show any differences three and twelve months postoperatively.

Our videotape preparation led to an increase of motion after total hip replacement. Regarding rotational range of motion, this effect still remained twelve months after surgery.


L.C. Biant R.W.J Carrington J.C.S. Tsui N.I. Garlick

This study examined the reliability of pre-operative templating of the femur in total hip replacement (THR), and the accuracy of the templates provided by leading arthroplasty manufacturers. Templates are provided by arthroplasty manufacturers to be used with pre-operative radiographs as an aid to selecting the appropriate size of prosthesis that will allow an optimal cement mantle in THR. These templates vary in magnification from 10-20% (Mode 15%).

A retrospective review of the pre- and post-operative AP pelvis radiographs of 50 randomly selected patients who underwent THR in 1998 was performed. The radiographs were taken using the uniform standard technique. The magnification of the post-op radiograph was calculated by measuring the femoral head size. This was compared to the magnification of the pre-op radiographs using the ratio of the inter-teardrop distance. The post-operative radiographs were templated using a 15% template and compared to the size of prosthesis inserted.

The mean radiograph magnification was 22.5% (range 10.7 to 32.6%), with the majority (74%) between 20–25%. The 15% template oversized the prosthesis in 68% of cases. A 10% template would have been inaccurate in 96% of our sample group.

In a standard AP pelvis radiograph, the only variable that affects magnification is the extent to which the patient’s soft tissues raise the bony structures away from the plate. This variation in magnification renders preoperative templating of the femur in THR unreliable. Accuracy could be improved by using templates with a magnification of 22.5%.


S.D. Burtt M. Pater G. Scott

This report concerns an operative technique using inexpensive pre-polymerised cement discs as a means of addressing the bone loss from the posterior femoral condyles found during revision total knee replacement.

Bone lost from the posterior condyles in the loosened femoral component of a total knee replacement enlarges the flexion gap at revision. Downsizing the femoral component to fit the remaining bone requires a thicker tibial insert and a proximalised new femoral component to maintain balanced gaps in flexion and extension. Patella infera results from this proximalisation of the joint line and interferes with the extensor apparatus.

Some knee systems offer customised components with thickened posterior femoral condyles or provide the surgeon with the option of adding metal augments to the femoral component to manage the posterior femoral bone loss.

This technique has been applied to ten cases (follow- up ranging from 15 to 46 months) in which inexpensive pre-polymerised cement spacers were incorporated into the posterior femoral cement mass. This allowed the use of primary stemmed components with preservation of the original joint line position.

No case has resulted in loosening although two cases have required further revision due to recurrence of their original infection. At revision of these cases the cement discs remained firmly incorporated in the cement mass.

We conclude that this technique is reliable, inexpensive and could be applied to other prosthetic varieties.


A. Biasibetti D. Aloj P. Gallinaro

The choice of treatment for open fractures is conditioned by the care of bone and soft tissue. Grade I open fractures can be treated as closed fractures, according to the centre’s protocol. In Grade II open fractures skin wounds must be left open, and the suture should be delayed for at least a week. Most authors perform fixation by means of intramedullary nails.

In our opinion, external fixation is the best choice in these cases. The skin cannot be closed in Grade III open fractures, and the basic point of treatment is adequate surgical debridement. The fixation must be done by external fixation. To achieve the treatment in an emergency situation, the device to be used must be quick and simple like a monolateral device that can be changed into a more complex one, such as an Ilizarov.

The Ilizarov technique uses distractional osteogenesis that can fill bone and soft tissue loss without further bone or soft tissue grafting.

Following these general guidelines, each district has its own particular approach to treating open fractures. Internal fixation by DCP plates is always indicated for forearm fractures. For a humerus fracture, simple direct shortening and external fixation can fill bone loss. Patients with fractures of the femur usually have multiple injuries. The problem is to provide a quick fixation in order to allow for easier intensive care. External fixation is the most indicated technique.


R. Brown K. McHugh V. Novelli D. Jones

The aim of the study was to review the role of Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the spine in discitis in the toddler age group (one to three years).

Discitis presents differently in different age groups of children. It is most difficult to diagnose in the uncommunicative non-compliant toddler. The clinical features are often non-specific and laboratory and microbiological tests can be unhelpful. A highly sensitive test is required to aid in making the diagnosis. Although MR Imaging has been used in discitis for several years, we reviewed its actual effectiveness in this specific difficult age group.

At a mean of 21 months at follow-up (range 10 to 40), MR imaging of the disc was variable, with partial recovery after 15 months and complete recovery after 34 months. Routine follow-up MR imaging was not recommended.

We reviewed the role of Magnetic Resonance Imaging in eleven consecutive cases, both at presentation and at a follow-up clinic.

MR imaging was diagnostic in all cases, reduced the diagnostic delay, and often avoided a disc biopsy. It demonstrated any paravertebral inflammatory collection, which helped in determining the duration of the oral therapy given after the initial intravenous antibiotics.


R. R. Brown T. Bull

Objective scoring techniques for back pain are increasingly being used both in the pre-operative selection of patients and as a post-operative outcome measure. Our aim was to determine the strength of correlation between three main scoring techniques used to quantify the severity of the back or leg pain on presentation to a chronic back pain clinic.

The Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), the Medical Outcomes Study 36 item Short Form Health Survey (SF36), and the Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) were competed by 130 patients between July and December 1999. There were 65 males and 65 females with the mean age of 49 years. The patients were divided into three groups: with back pain only, sciatic leg pain only, and those with both. The correlation was analysed using the Pearson correlation test.

There was a good correlation between the Oswestry Disability Index and Visual Analogue Scale for patients with back pain (r=0.641, p< 0.001) and with sciatic leg pain (r=0.469, p< .001). The physical component of the SF36 strongly correlates with the VAS in back pain (r=0.364) and sciatic leg pain (r=1). However there is a poor correlation between the ODI and VAS and all other components of the SF36.


P. Chobanov M. Todorov

The purpose of our study was to compare the mechanical nature of nails with different cross-sections in order to optimise the elasticity-stability ratio. There is no doubt that elastic intramedullary osteosynthesis is a successful choice for treating femoral shaft fractures in children. However, misalignment is a potential problem connected with stability of the fixation.

The mechanics of two types of nails with the same type of surface, but with different kind of cross sections – a circle (Ender) and an ellipse – was examined using the “finite elements” method.

The standard configuration of the two nails was put under four kinds of deforming forces: bending in the frontal plane and the sagital plane, torsion, and axial compression. Strength coefficient and stiffness were calculated in each particular situation.

In respect to angular stability (frontal plane) and axial compression, the mechanical characteristics of the two types of nails are similar. The stability of the elliptical nail is higher in bending in the sagital plane and in torsion. The elliptical implant has better intramedullary cohesion because the large half-axis is perpendicular to the sagital plane.

Nails with an elliptical cross section provide the opportunity for redistribution of stiffness. As a result, better mechanical properties are achieved. The elliptical cross section assures better intramedullary cohesion.


A. Croce P.F. Bottiglia Amici-Grossi C Balbino R. Milani

The various surgical prosthetic solutions in coxarthrosis on a dysplastic basis were evaluated in a critical way.

In our institute more than 3,750 hip prostheses were implanted from 1994 to 1999, and 366 (9.76%) were used for dysplastic coxarthrosis. This high percentage can be explained by the particular geographical position of our institute that has patients coming from the Lombardia region area where CDH is endemic.

Our evaluations consider the highest number of possible parameters in order to realize which is the most modern and reliable surgical solution. Of course, each case is individual and our advantage is to have a prosthesis that is the most suitable for each patient.

The number and type of prostheses used were: 27 ABG, 35 CONUS, 25 CUSTOM MADE, 7 HN, 5 MALLORY, 35 OMNIFLEX, 3 PARHOFER PLASMAPORE, 4 PERSONALISED CUSTOM MADE, 3 RIPPEN, 18 RMHS, 45 SAMO PG, 130 ZWEYMULLER, 18 P507, 6 OMNIFIT, and 5 GYPSE.

From our unique perspective we can consider that in the last several years the use of a cemented prosthesis is progressively disappearing (less than 13%). The use of a cementless prosthesis in young patients (age range 20 to 65) preserves bone stock during implantation, placement and replacement when necessary. If the patient’s age and general conditions allow, we generally operate both dysplastic hips in one stage.

All cases were evaluated with DEXA, which provides qualitative and quantitative data about the periprosthetic bone stock. Various parameters were studied, including restoration of normal biomechanics, centre of rotation, equalisation of limb-length, the Trendelenburg sign, and nerve complications.


F. Delepine G. Delepine N. Delepine E. Guikov S. Alkallaf B. Markowska

A “hands-on” composite gives a similar functional result as a custom-made prosthesis and has a much better function than alternative techniques. Less expensive and more flexible than custom-made prostheses, it can be used even when no part of the iliac wing remains. The use of cement permits the adjunction of antibiotics needed for these complicated cases.

After periacetabular resection for bone sarcoma, a reconstructive procedure is necessary to stabilize the hip, avoid limb discrepancy, and permit full weight bearing. This procedure needs to be easy to perform because resection of the area is time and blood consuming. This leads to the use of a “hands-on” composite prosthesis.

Our reconstructive procedure uses a titanium cup with a long screw that is fixed in the remaining bone (sacrum or spine). When the cup is firmly fixed to the bone, the gap between the cup and bone is filled with cement loaded with antibiotics, and the polyethylene component is cemented on the innominate prosthesis. The femoral component of a usual hip total prosthesis is then implanted.

Since 1990 we have used this reconstructive procedure in 50 patients, 27 with bone sarcomas involving the acetabulum (11 chondrosarcomas, 9 Ewing’s sarcomas and 7 other sarcomas) and 23 for metastatic disease. Thirty of these patients were already metastatic when operated. The average duration of the reconstructive procedure was 45 minutes. Walking started from the fourth to tenth day after operation, but full weight bearing was usually authorised after six weeks.

Postoperative complications were frequent. Seven deep infections occurred, four required ablation of the prosthesis, and one would benefit from a saddle prosthesis. 33% of the patients had postoperative dislocation of the hip prosthesis and 13 patients had to be reoperated. Only two loosenings have been observed – one after deep infection and one after local recurrence in the sacral bone. Oncologic results: With a mean follow-up of five years, 28 patients died of disease and one from an unrelated disease. Four others with disease are still living. Seven local recurrences were observed (four in chondrosarcomas with a contaminated resection). The difficulty in obtaining wide margins explains the high rate of local recurrence (14 %). For patients with localised disease, the five-year overall survival rate is 75% and the five-year disease-free survival rate is 60%.

According to the Society for Musculoskeletal Oncology criteria, orthopaedic results were excellent in 7 patients, good in 30, fair in 6, and bad in 6. The mean functional score of 46 patients who still have their prostheses is 83% with usually no pain, excellent acceptance, length discrepancy of less than 1 cm, average flexion of 100 degrees, and unlimited walking without support.

We conclude that the rapidity and flexibility of this procedure are the positive aspects of this reconstructive technique. However, perfect positioning of the prosthesis remains difficult in a very large periacetabular resection. A computed guide is of great help to specify safe margins and prosthesis positioning. Longer follow-up is needed to ensure that the rate of late loosening will not be too high.


N. Djordjevic-Marusic Z. Vukasinovic S. Slavkovic

We compared the clinical and radiological effects of the Salter and the Chiari pelvic osteotomy on congruent dysplastic adolescent hips with mild symptoms and free of degenerative changes.

The Salter innominate osteotomy has a significant role in the surgery of paediatric hips with significant elasticity of triradiate cartilage, while the Chiari procedure is reserved for incongruent dysplasia with mild or moderate arthrosis in adolescents or young adults. Neither of these operative procedures is an ideal indication for congruent dysplastic adolescent hips free of arthrosis. Hypothetically, the residual remodelling potentials of immature congruent dysplastic adolescent hips can be sufficient to overcome the disadvantages of the Salter and the Chiari osteotomy and give good, long-lasting results. The effects of these quite different procedures in two homologous groups were compared.

There were 30 hips treated with Chiari and 25 hips corrected by Salter osteotomy. All hips were congruently dysplastic according to the distance between the centres of the femoral head and the acetabulum (Klaue et al., classification). Groups were homologous considering mean age (14.5 years), follow-up period (8.5 years), presence of preoperative pain, Trendelenburg sign, and degenerative changes. Assessment for pain and Trendelenburg sign was made at follow-up. Radiological measurement was made of the central-edge angle of Wiberg (CE), acetabular angle of Sharp (AAS), and the femoral head coverage index of Heyman and Herndon (FHC). Progression of degenerative changes was analysed according to the criteria of Kellgren and Lawrence.

At follow-up in the Chiari group, presence of pain was reduced from 54% to 6.6%, and from 35% to 12% in the Salter group. The presence of Trendelenburg sign was reduced 3% in the Chiari group and remained the same in the Salter group. At control, mean values of radiological parameters were normal in both groups (Salter: CE-27.8°, AIS-36.8°, ING-82.8%; Chiari: CE-36.8°; AIS-39.7°; ING-90.8%). Individual analysis showed 16% of dysplastic hips in the Salter group, and none in the Chiari group. Only one hip (4%) had grade 1 arthrosis after Salter osteotomy. There were five grade 1 hips (17%) in the Chiari group and one (3%) grade 2 arthrotic hip.

At follow-up (mean 8.5 years) greater reduction of pain was found in the Chiari group than in the Salter group, but the presence of Trendelenburg sign remained almost unchanged in both groups. There was normalisation of the mean values of radiological parameters in both groups, but the Salter osteotomy was unable to correct dysplasia in 16% of the adolescent hips. Progression of degenerative changes was more rapid in the Chiari group.


G. Delepine N. Delepine F. Delepine E. Guikov B. Markowska S. Alkallaf

The purpose of this study was to investigate the importance of the timing of surgery for disease-free survival (DFS). The increasing efficacy of neo-adjuvant chemotherapy in Ewing’s sarcoma modifies the prognostic factors. In a recent monocentric study the classical prognostic value of size and location of the primary disappeared (Delepine G, Alkallaf S. J. Chem.1997;9:352–63.). This study confirmed the value of histologic response and pointed out the importance of dose intensity of VCR and ACTD. However, the role of local treatment could not be significantly demonstrated because the number of patients was too small.

Seventy-five patients with an average age of 19 years (range 4 to 40) years with Ewing’s sarcoma of bone fulfilled the inclusion criteria for this study: localised tumour at first screening (CT of lungs + bone scan) and location of the tumour in resectional bones (limb, scapula, innominate, rib, maxilla, skull). Metastatic patients and vertebral locations were excluded. The patients received multi-drug chemotherapy and were treated by surgery and radiotherapy in cases of bad responders and/or marginal surgery. The histologic response was evaluated according to Picci’s criteria (Picci, A. J Clin Oncol.1993;11:1793–99). The duration of local treatment was calculated from biopsy to surgery in weeks.

After a mean follow-up of 54 months, 41 patients were in first complete remission. Patients operated before the tenth week had a higher chance (68%) of first complete remission than patients operated later (DFS: 43%). The difference is significant (p< 0.03). Further analysis shows that the difference is due to late local control, which causes a dismal prognosis for bad responders.

Local treatment must be performed early, especially when histologic response is incomplete or uncertain. Preoperative chemotherapy that is too long increases the risk of metastases in bad responders. These factors must be taken into account when analysing multicentre protocols.


N. Delepine G. Delepine F. Delepine E. Guikov

Nowadays 80% of patients with bone sarcomas can benefit from limb salvage. Their disease-free life expectancy is not jeopardised by conservative surgery as long as safe margins are obtained. For this reason, the oncological result relies on the accuracy of pre-operative and per-operative surgical measurements. Pre-operative evaluation of tumours is now quite accurate with digital margins (computed tomography, MNR, digital angiography). However, surgeons are still using centimeters or conventional radiographs with their own technical limitations for per-operative evaluation. A more accurate technique is needed.

The system is composed of three components: 1) a color, graphic computer workstation with software to calculate and present the location of the surgical instrument on a three-dimensional, reconstructed bone image, 2) a complete set of hand-held instruments containing infrared emitters, 3) an infrared receiver linked to the work station. This measuring system enables determination of the position and incidence of a surgical instrument in real time during surgery, with an accuracy of less than one mm.

The system requires four steps: 1) recording data with C.T., N.M.R. or angiography, 2) creating a three-dimensional image displayed on the computer screen for preoperative simulation of a virtual operation, 3) recording the very important anatomical points of the patient and optimal incidences of the surgical instruments, 4) preoperative location of surgical instruments and control of their location on bone.

This system is very useful for resection of bone tumours when the conventional location is uncertain (innonimate bone, rib), when very sharp accuracy is needed to preserve the growth plate of the distal femur in young children, and to avoid medullary damage in a spinal tumour.

The frameless stereotactic device is also very accurate in the reconstructive phase of limb salvage. After an internal hemipelvectomy, the device permits localisation of the acetabular prosthesis in the precise location before resection.

In our practice, the accuracy of the video guiding system is always within two mm as compared to conventional measurements usually between one or two cm for long bones and three to five cm for innominate bone.

The use of a video guidance system is very beneficial for limb salvage surgery for pelvic bone tumours.


A. Davidson G. Bentley

We clinically and radiologically reviewed 79 uncemented PFC acetabular components inserted by our unit during a seven-year period, June 1991 to June 1998. Of these, 50 (63.3%) were primary and 29 (26.7%) were revision arthroplasties. The mean follow-up was five years (60 months), with a range of 12 to 95 months. Sixteen (20%) were excluded from the study, leaving 63 (26.7%) for review. Three (4.7%) cases were deemed to have failed (at 63, 69, 79 months), all of which were primary arthroplasties. One of them was found to be loose at revision and the other two cups had 2 mm of periacetabular radiolucency in only one zone, but had no definite evidence of loosening.

The remaining 60 (95.3%) cases showed no radiological evidence of migration of any cups, and no hip had a radiolucent line in all three zones of the acetabulum. Clinical review gave a mean Harris hip score of 96.5. Fifty (79.4%) reported no pain from the hip. One case (1.6%) had undergone recent revision of the stem, at which time the cup was found to be stable. Three (4.7%) reported slight, occasional pain. Another three (4.7%) described mild pain that did not compromise their average activities and was relieved by simple analgesia. Two cases (3.2%) complained of moderate pain that placed some limitations on their activities and required regular analgesia, and one elderly patient who had an ankylosed contralateral hip and ipsilateral sciatic nerve palsy described marked pain (1.6%), and these were considered poor outcomes. In all of these cases the cups were clinically and radiologically stable.

In conclusion, 81% of outcomes were excellent, painfree THRs. A further 4.75% had good and 4.75% fair results. 4.75% had poor outcomes and 4.75% of cases failed. We conclude that the PFC cup merits continued use and follow-up, and together with other uncemented cup designs, may produce benefits in the form of quality and longevity of results in total hip arthroplasty.


J. Fabula F. Greksa P. Kellermann T. Mészáros

The aim of the study was to determine the mid-term clinical result of the patient operated by Chiari pelvic osteotomy.

A mid-term evaluation of the Chiari pelvic osteotomy performed on 65 hips in 58 patients is presented. Indications were: 1) congenital hip dysplasia in cases where conservative or other surgical treatment had failed, 2) deformed, laterally uncovered femoral head due to Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease, 3) age between 10–40 years, 4) no signs of advanced osteoarthritis.

Patients were classified according to pain, limp, Trendelenburg sign, range of motion, abductor muscle strength, and radiographic appearance (Wiberg and Idelberger angles). A mean follow-up of five years revealed relief of pain and an increase of hip motion in many cases. However, limping and a positive Trendelenburg sign frequently persisted. The radiographic appearance showed that the Wiberg angle had increased from the preoperative average of 6 degrees to 30 degrees postoperatively. The Idelberger angle decreased from the preoperative average of 72 degrees to an average of 60 degrees postoperatively.

The Chiari osteotomy is a technically exacting procedure which provides adequate femoral head coverage. This coverage facilitates pain relief and increased function. However, the results were less consistent in the cases of Perthes disease.

Considering the indications and contra-indications, the Chiari pelvic osteotomy has good clinical results in the reduction of painful standing and walking of young adult patients with DDH.


B. Fink M. Protzen W. Rüther

The aim of this study was to analyse the long-term results of a cementless conical threaded cup with elevated inlay-rim, without bone grafting in joint replacement of dysplastic compared to non-dysplastic hips, and concerning the survival rate and the rate of cup migration.

Most techniques of joint replacement of dysplastic hips contain bone grafting with more or less large-scale procedures. Without bone grafting, medialisation of the cup is often necessary. The conical threaded Link-V cup has the opportunity of stabilising the joint by using a polyethylene inlay with an elevated rim so that implantation in high angles of flexion and anteversion is possible. This is a technically easy procedure in dysplastic hips, but higher rates of loosening and cup migration are possible.

A cementless conical threaded cup (Link V) with elevated inlay-rim was followed in 36 dysplastic hips (DH) and 167 non-dysplastic osteoarthritic hips (OA) over a minimum follow-up of five years. Mean follow-up in DH-hips was 8.4 2.3 years and in OA-patients 8.6 3.2 years. Survival analysis was performed and cup migration was radiographically analysed using the method of Nunn et al.

The 10-year survival rate of the cup was 87% in DHhips compared to 92% in OA-hips. Luxation occurred in three OA-joints and none in DH-hips. Radiological cup migration was seen in 75% of DH-hips and in 70% of OA-joints. A change of the angle of flexion (mostly decrease) of more than two degrees was found in 50% of DH-hips and in 72% of OA-joints. There was vertical migration of more than 2 mm in 75% of DH-hips and in 70% of OA-hips, and a horizontal migration of more than 2 mm in 45% of DH-joints and in 40% of OA-hips. A radiolucent line of minimum 2 mm was seen in one case of each group.

Using a cementless threaded cup with elevated inlayrim is a practicable and technically easy procedure for treatment of destroyed dysplastic hips. Although cup migration is frequent in dysplastic and non-dysplastic hips, failure-rate is still acceptable but tends to be higher in dysplastic than in non-dysplastic hips.


A. Eren A. Faik A. Evren U. Ender

The purpose of our study was to evaluate the necessity of blood transfusions in operations for neglected DDH. It is generally known that blood transfusion is necessary in neglected DDH operations. Because of transfusion complications, Erythropoetin and autologous blood donation are proposed for blood replacement. However, these two methods are expensive and not useful in children.

We evaluated Hb-Hct levels in 48 children (52hips) operated on from 1992 to 1997. Mean age was 5.7 years (range 1.5 to14). Open reduction and pelvic osteotomy was performed in 40 hips, and open reduction, femoral shortening, and pelvic osteotomy in 12 hips.

The authors performed all of the operations. We approached the surgical technique and haemostasis carefully by using a curved ostetom instead of a gigly saw and left the medial apophisis and periosteum intact until the roof surgery. Dissection of the posterior-superior part of the ischiadic notch was avoided, and without using a drain. Oral supplemental ferrum (5 mg/kg) was prescribed to all patients until the Hb value increased to 12mg/dl. There was close clinical status follow-up of the patients for ten days after surgery and Hb–Hct levels were recorded periodically.

In the open reduction and modified Salter osteotomy group there were 4/40 hips respectively (10%). In the combined surgery group (open reduction, femoral shortening, pelvic osteotomy) there were 16 hips (33%) that required transfusion. We preferred packed red blood cell transfusion for blood substitution. Transfusions were made within one to five days. Mean loss of Hb was 4.7g/dl. Up to 7g/dl Hb level was well-tolerated by the patients. Digitalisation was required for one patient. There were no mortalities or infections in our patients up to the time of follow-up.

The process requires experienced surgeons, a meticulous surgical technique, a shortened operation time by modification of the pelvic osteotomy, and without using a drain. This is one of the most effective and less expensive ways to perform an operation for neglected DDH with a minimal loss of blood.


C. Gaebler U. Berger P. Schandelmaier M. Greitbauer H.H. Schauwecker B. Applegate G. Zych5 V. Vécsei

A multicentre trial of four Level One trauma centres retrospectively analysed complications and odds for complications in complex open and closed tibial fractures stabilised by unreamed, small diameter nails.

467 tibial fractures were included in the study. There were 52 proximal fractures (11.1%), 219 mid-shaft fractures (46.9%), and 196 distal fractures (42%). Breakdown into different AO/OTA groups revealed 135 type A fractures (28.9%), 216 type B fractures (46.3%), and 116 type C fractures (24.8%). 265 were closed fractures (56.7%) and 202 were open fractures (48 Gustilo grade I (10.3%), 80 grade II (17.1%), and 74 grade III (15.9%).

Analysis revealed five (1.1%) deep infections (with a 5.4% rate of deep infections in Gustilo grade III open fractures), 43 delayed unions (9.2%), and twelve (2.6%) non-unions. Compartment syndromes occurred in 62 cases (13.3%), screw fatigue in 47 cases (10%), and fatigue failure of the tibial nail in three cases (0.6%). Fracture distraction of more than 3 mm should not be tolerated when stabilizing tibial fractures with unreamed, small diameter nails as this increases the odds to acquire delayed union by twelve times (p < 0.001), and the odds to acquire non union by four times (p = 0.057).

There was a significant increase of complications in the group of grade III open fractures (p < 0.001), AO/OTA type C fractures (p = 0.002), and to a lesser extent in distal fractures. However, the rate of severe complications resulting in major morbidity was low compared to other methods of stabilisation in these severe fractures.


E. Fernandez M. Juanto

The authors call attention to the fact that puncture wounds of the foot are often considered simple, but can have potentially serious complications and sequelae.

In the majority of the cases, osteomyelitis in children is a haematogenous infection and the microorganism involved is a gram-positive coccus. The role of the puncture wound in osteomyelitis has been overlooked in the past. We present our experience with six cases of osteomyelitis following deep puncture wounds of the foot.

We reviewed six cases (1990–1999) of pseudomonas osteomyelitis in children. At the time of the injuries, five cases were boys younger than the age of seven and one was 12 years old. The sites affected were: metatarsal (2), phalanx (2) and calcaneous (2). The cause of injury was tree splinter (2), fork (1), needle (2) and nail (1). At the time of injury, all of the wounds contained foreign matter that was not initially completely removed and osteomyelitis developed as a result. The time interval until definitive diagnosis ranged from 5 to 730 days.

There is a similar history in all of the cases. For two or three days following the injury, the symptoms showed improvement and the injured site became swollen, tender, and painful afterwards. Treatment in all cases was hospitalisation, debridement and parenteral antibiotics for 18 to 22 days. After hospitalisation, an oral antibiotic (ciprofloxacin) was taken in two cases for three months and in four cases for four months.

After treatment, mean follow-up was 60 months (range 8 to 98 months). We have had no sequelae, recurrences or early growth arrest, and we consider the results to be good in all of the cases.

Puncture wounds of the foot should not be considered as “simple” injuries. Proper initial treatment is critical for the prevention of subsequent and potentially serious complications.


J. Gil-Albarova J. Bregante-Baquero I. Monton A. Herrera

The records of 82 patients (129 feet) with resistant clubfoot deformity treated surgically by means of different releases were retrospectively reviewed. There are many treatment regimes for clubfoot. Some authors recommend manipulation with minimal multi-stage surgery, whereas others recommend neonatal corrective surgery. However, objective comparison of different treatment programs is not easy because different criteria are used to evaluate the results.

Teratologic or neuromuscular clubfeet were not included in this revision. Between 1982 and 1998, 82 patients (27 girls, 55 boys) with 129 clubfeet underwent surgical treatment. All feet were initially treated with a serial long-leg cast for a minimum of four months. Mean age at the time of first surgery was 5.5 months (range 3.5 to 24). Minimum follow-up was two years.

Primary posterior release was performed on 105 feet. Subsequent medial release was performed on 16 feet, posteromedial release on three, and a subtalar (Cincinnati) release on three. Primary isolated posteromedial release was performed on 14 feet, and two of these required a subsequent subtalar (Cincinnati) release. Primary isolated medial release was performed on seven feet.

Primary isolated lateral release was performed on one foot and primary isolated subtalar (Cincinnati) release was performed on two feet. Subsequent derotative tibial osteotomy was performed in seven cases, wedge tarsectomy on four feet, triple arthrodesis on five, and calcaneocuboid fusion on one foot.

Residual varus was present in seven feet. Calcaneal gait caused by overlengthening of the Achilles tendon occurred in one foot, and residual equinus in two feet. Residual valgus heel was observed in three feet.

The surgeon must assess each foot and plan the surgery accordingly. A total release is not required for every foot.


T. Gautheron K. Zouaou N. Benammar

In order to define the operative indications, we compared the post-operative complications, time of consolidation, incidence of compartment syndrome, and fat embolism in centro medullary nails made from two different metals.

This study includes approximately 234 centro medullary nails (TARGON System) used for treatment of diaphysal fractures of the leg or femur after a skiing injury. Steel nails were used before 1998 and titanium nails after 1998.

The time of consolidation was the same for steel nails and titanium reamed nails. We remain faithful to limited reaming which avoids destruction of bone, and cortical and exothermic damage, but enables easier insertion of the titanium nail for leg fractures and bone grafts in sitù.

The incidence of compartment syndrome with use of a titanium nail is reduced threefold. Regarding femoral fracture, the insertion of the nail without wire is more complicated and the operative stage is extended by 25%. The time of consolidation is the same for titanium or steel nails, and there were no failures with either type.

However, we advise using titanium reamed nails for leg fractures and steel reamed nails for femoral fractures. If there is a suspicion of fat embolism, it is better to use femoral titanium nails.


T. Gosens E.J. van Langelaan

The purpose of the study was to analyse the clinical and radiological results of cementless HAP-coated Mallory- Head hip replacement in dysplastic hips. The collective included 20 males and 30 females (64 hips), with a mean age of 52.6 (range 20–68) years at operation. We also included two patients (4 hips) with spondyloepiphy-seal dysplasia (dwarfism). All patients were operated by one surgeon (EvL) during the period 1991–1997. A majority had “champaign flute” type femur. A minority had a normal or “stove pipe” type femur (Dörr). Most patients had acetabular dysplasia classified as A or B (Eftekar); some were classified as C and one as D (after Schanz osteotomy). Previous operations included: derotating varous osteotomy (11), acetabular shelf plasty (9), Salter or Chiari pelvic osteotomy (4) and tenotomy of the hip adductors (2).

After a mean follow-up of 57 (range 32 to 97) months, a clinical and radiological analysis was performed by an independent investigator (TG). Postoperatively no or only mild pain was reported by 89% of all patients. The VAS for pain (0–10) was excellent: 1.70 (0–7). Limping was reported in 23% and 75% used no support when walking. The HHS increased from 42 to 90 points.

Complications were marginal and there were no infections. One patient developed habitual dislocation and a revision of the cup was perfomed. We saw two periprosthetic fractures of the femur: once during surgery (treated conservatively) and once after a fall (treated by plating). We saw one case of temporary ischiadical nerve palsy after leg lenghtening of 5 cm. There were two cases in which we had used 32mm heads, and PE-wear necessitated revision of the cup after seven and eight years follow-up, respectively.

Cortical hypertrophy indicating stress transfer was found in 28% and located mostly on the borders of Gruen-zones 2, 3 and 5, 6. This cortical hypertrophy (“ballooning”) started to appear after 0.5 to 1 year and did not disappear after a longer follow up. Endosteal spotwelds were infrequently seen (9%) and in 13% of all patients we saw some form of halo- or shelf-formation at the distal stem. The criteria of Enghs fixation scale are not signs of loosening in the Mallory-Head HAP-coated femoral prosthesis.

No radiolucent or radiodense lines were seen around the acetabular cup. In all cases but one (Schanz osteotomy) the anatomical centre of rotation could be restored.

We conclude that the cementless Mallory-Head HAPcoated femoral prosthesis has shown, up to present time, excellent clinical and radiological results in hip dysplasia.


T. Gosens G.J. Harsevoort

Today more and more papers are published about the operative treatment of femoral fractures in children and even uncomplicated and isolated fractures are treated by using elastic nails, plates or an external fixator. Advantages are said to be a shorter stay in the hospital, easier handling by parents and nurses, less costs and better control of rotational disorders, and without complications from anaesthesia or an operation. We summarised our results in treating conservatively 50 femoral fractures in 49 children treated between 1992 and 1997.

The mean age was 6.2 years; male/female ratio was 30/19. We included five children with minor polytraumatisation (including one girl with a bilateral femoral fracture) and two children with complicated fractures (grade I). Children younger than three years of age were treated by Bryant-traction (18), and children older than three years were treated by Weber-traction (23). In both groups the callus was palpable after 2 to 3 weeks and a “one-legged” hipspica-plaster-cast was applied. Full weight bearing was permitted. Children needing surgery (major polytraumas, brain damage, etc.) were excluded. Seven cases had a fracture without dislocation and were treated by early casting. One boy was treated by Russell-traction.

An unacceptable dislocation of the fracture still existed in two cases after one week with Weber-traction. Peroperatively, interposition of the soft tissues appeared to be the reason. There were no problems of alignment and rotation, but differences in leg length or problems in consolidation were seen in the group treated with Bryant- traction. In the Weber-traction group, the girl with the bilateral femoral fracture developed a mild endorotation in the left leg, but we saw no further complications.

We think that these results in treating femoral fractures conservatively are satisfying and there is still a place for conservative treatment of femoral fractures in children. In our hospital we try to advance this type of conservative treatment by selecting cases that are appropriate for home traction, which is better for children and their parents and also less expensive for the Health Care System.


J. M. Gutiérrez Carrera T. Ruiz Valdivieso E. Imaz Corres

Nineteen periprosthetic fractures above 835 total knee arthroplasties (748 primary and 87 revision) in an eight-year period (1992–1999) were studied retrospectively. In six cases the fracture was situated in the proximal metaphysis of the tibia, 11 cases in the femur and two cases in the patella. Fourteen fractures were intraoperative (9 fractures during primary implantation and 5 fractures during revision arthroplasty). Some intraoperative fractures were not observed either by the surgeon or in postoperative radiograph control. There was trauma in three cases (1 tibia, 1 femur, 1 patella). Two cases were secondary to osteolysis (1 patella, 1 femoral condyle). Non-operative treatment was performed in eight fractures (traction and/or cast bracing). Operative treatment was performed in 11 fractures (3 plate osteosynthesis, 1 external fixation, 7 internal fixation with screws).

The results of this study show that the greater part of the fractures occur intraoperatively in relation to revision arthroplasty and technical mistakes during the osteotomy, the component test, and aggressive impaction. Undetected fractures occur in radiograph control because of low quality or insufficient view of the bone around the prosthesis.


A.R. Harvey M.G. Uglow N.M.P. Clarke

From a cohort of 110 idiopathic clubfeet, 26 feet in 18 children requiring surgery for severe relapse have been studied. Surgery was comprised of a lateral column shortening procedure (Lichtblau) plus or minus a plantarmedial release. Surgery was staged to avoid wound complications.

Pre-operatively, feet were prospectively categorised into one of four grades according to a system reported by Dimeglio. Children were reviewed on two subsequent occasions. At review, feet were again graded. In addition, appearance and functional outcome was analysed and included an assessment of gait, activity and functional limitation.

Three children were lost to follow-up, leaving 22 feet in seven male and eight female patients available for review. The mean age at surgery was 43 months (23–82). The mean time from surgery to first and second reviews was 35 and 56 months, respectively.

There was a significant improvement in grading at first review compared to pre-operative grading (Wilcoxon signed ranks test). Although there remained a significant improvement in grading at second review compared to the preoperative grading, there was a significant reduction in the number of feet in which grading had improved when compared to first review.

There was no significant change in function between the two post-operative reviews (Chi-square tests), with the majority of children experiencing little functional limitation. There were no wound complications.

Relapse surgery, involving a lateral column shortening procedure for severe clubfoot, results in a significant initial improvement when assessed using a grading system. This improvement in grading subsequently decreases over time. However, the functional outcome in such cases remains favourable.


R. Hart P. Dungl O. Adamec J. Chomiak

The authors reviewed a group of 24 patients (26 hips) who had been managed with open reduction through an anterolateral approach from 1981 to 1985. Eight patients with an inadequate clinical (6) or roentgenographic (2) follow-up were excluded from the study. The purpose was to evaluate 18-year results of nine hips operated in pre-walking age up to 12 months and nine hips operated later. All patients were operated by the senior doctor. The goals of management are concentric reduction and its maintenance in order to provide the optimum environment for development of the hip joint.

The average age of the children at the time of operation was seven months (range 3–10 months) in the first group and 32 months (range 15–60 months) in the second group. Open reduction was performed if a stable reduction could not be achieved with traction as demonstrated with arthrography.

Evaluation of the first group: marginal dislocation was found in one hip (11.1%) and in the rest of cases the head was highly dislocated. A simultaneous derotational femoral osteotomy was added in the course of four reductions (44.4%) and in three of these cases a subsequent Salter osteotomy was performed. Five hips (55.6%) were reduced without additional femoral osteotomy and in three of these cases, a subsequent combination of Salter and derotational varisation osteotomy was performed. Average age at the time of the subsequent operation was 31 months (range 19–44 months).

In the second group, only high dislocations were found and each procedure was accompanied with simultaneous and subsequent interventions. At the final follow-up of the first group, the clinical findings were evaluated as Severin class A in eight hips (88.9%) and class B in one hip (11.1%). Three hips (33.3%) were Severin roentgenographic class I, and six hips (66.7%) were class II. Six hips (66.7%) showed avascular necrosis classified as Ogden-Bucholz Type I (3) and Type II (3). No significant degenerative changes were found. In the second group, the results were worse – two patients had already had THAs implanted.

The results are excellent or good in children operated in the pre-walking age. The results in patients operated later are worse. We consider this method to be useful for the treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip.


C.B. Howard A. Simkin Y. Tiran S. Porat D. Segal Y. Mattan O. Elishuv

We tested the hypothesis that it is possible to accelerate fracture healing by changing the mechanical environment used in current methods i.e., from initial rigidity or micromovement followed by dynamisation to initial macromovement followed by rigidity (micro-movement).

It is accepted that callus formation requires movement at the fracture site and this callus response is limited to the first few weeks after fracture. Logically, early macromovement at the fracture site would be beneficial for callus formation. Additional callus is not produced by further movement. Indeed, it may be counter-productive, just as continuing movement around two ends of a wooden stick bonded with glue will retard and even prevent “union”. We postulate that continuing movement at the fracture site after the callus response has ceased will also delay union. As a result, rigidity rather than dynamisation is required in the later stage of fracture healing.

After testing an animal model, we built an external fixator which allowed 5 mm of axial movement without “self-locking” and could be compressed at a later date in order to prevent further movement.

A trial containing 15 patients with unilateral tibial shaft fractures (closed or grade 1 open) was undertaken after permission was obtained from the Helsinki Ethical Committee.

So far, 13 patients have been entered into the trial. They have completed therapy and are at least one year post-fracture (12 months to 22 months). Age range is from 20 to 49. The group is composed of nine males and one female.

Under general anaesthetic, an external fixator was applied and the fracture reduced. The patients started ankle exercises (active and passive) the following day, with as much weight-bearing on the fractured leg as possible on the day after. The patients were seen every two weeks and AP and lateral radiographs were taken. The fracture was compressed two to six weeks later. The percentage of body weight that the patient was able to tolerate through the fractured limb was measured by using the scales of Meggit’s step test. The fixators were removed when there was radiographic union and the patient could take at least 80% of body weight through the fractured limb. Mean time duration up to removal of the fixator was 10.8 weeks (range 7 to 15.4 weeks).

We conclude that it is possible to increase the speed of bone healing by changing the mechanical environment to initial macromovement followed by elimination of movement.


H. Huber

Little is known about the risk of later development of osteoarthritis after operative clubfoot correction. There are only a few long-term reports of 30 years and more after operative correction with a standard technique.

Slight deformity after correction of an idiopathic clubfoot may be well tolerated by children and young adults. However, if these slight deformities become symptomatic with advancing age remains unsettled. To answer this question, a long-term follow-up of more than 30 years is needed. Functional and radiological correlation is poor in the adult foot with a slight under-corrected clubfoot deformity. A computer-assisted foot scan will provide the exact static and dynamic measurement of the pressure under each part of the foot at every moment of gait. This instrument allows better analysis of residual clubfoot.

Between 1962 and 1966 we operated 15 children with the standard operative technique of Phelps-Codivilla. In all cases there was a persistent deformity after continuous casting since birth. In two cases a heal cord lengthening procedure had been previously performed. Mean age at operation of the four girls and 11 boys was four (1 to 8) years. Six had unilateral involvement, whereas the remaining nine patients required bilateral surgery. In four cases there was a second medial release for relapse. A Steindler procedure was used in two cases and in two cases correction of clawtoes was necessary. Operative technique: Two separate incisions were made. One was longitudinal posterior that enabled lengthening of the heel cord, the tendon of the tibialis posterior and long flexors, as well as release of the posterior capsule. A second incision was made on the medial aspect of the foot in order to release the talonavicular and navicularcuneiform joints. The reduced navicular was fixed with a K-wire.

Twelve patients were examined clinically, radiologically and by functional testing after a mean follow-up of 33.5 (34 to 38) years. Eight patients had no pain and were not disturbed. There was a slight malreduction of the subtalar joint, but without any signs of joint degeneration. The foot pressure showed overpressure of the lateral forefoot. Four patients had pain and functional limitation. Their complaints had begun only two to four years earlier, and had been asymptomatic until then. All patients developed osteoarthritis of the subtalar joint, and their foot scans were abnormal.

Definitive assessment of the successful treatment of idiopathic clubfoot deformity is only possible with a long-term follow-up study. A slight undercorrection can be functionally well tolerated for a long period of time. The first occurrence of pain is still possible at the age of 35 years and older. A computer-assisted assessment of foot pressure by using a foot scan is a sensitive diagnostic tool.


M. Halici H. Örgü S. Kabak S. Karaoglu V. Sahin

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the role of locked intramedullary nailing without reaming for the treatment of open tibial and femoral shaft fractures that has recently been widely used all over the world, and recently evaluated.

Seventy open femoral and tibial shaft fractures were treated by meticulous wound excision and early inter-locking nailing without reaming between 1996 and 1999 in our department. The average follow-up of the patients was 20.2 (12–36) months. Thirty-six were fractures of the tibia, and 34 of the femur. Ten (14.3%) were classified as Grade I., 32 (45.7%) as Grade II, and 28 (40%) as grade III according to Gustilo-Anderson. Most of the fractures were the result of high-energy trauma.

In patients fixed with locked intramedullary nails due to no immobilisation, rehabilitation began just after the operation. Hip, knee and ankle functions were regained rapidly. All fractures were united in an average of 17.1 (10.1–36.6) weeks. There were six (8.6%) delayed unions and four superficial infections (5.7%). One patient developed deep infection (1.4%) and required further surgical treatment. Locking screws broke in one tibia (1.4%) and two femurs (2.8%), but the breakage did not result in loss of reduction. Although there was no nail breakage observed, two (2.9%) had between eight and twelve degrees external rotation, four (8.5%) shortening of 1.1 to 2.5 cm., and three (4.3%) valgus seven to ten degrees. Of the seventy fractures, 52 (74.2%) were classified according to Folleras as excellent, 8 (11.4%) as good, 6 (8.5%) as fair and 4 (5.7%) as poor.

Early unreamed intramedullary interlocking nailing is a very effective and safe treatment method for open tibial and femoral shaft fractures.


J. Jochymek J. Skotáková

Clubfoot (CF) is a congenital deformity of the foot with a multi-factorial etiology. The question of the best therapy is still open. The aim of our study was to compare the formerly used limited posteromedial release (PMR) with the recent extensive complete subtalar release (CSR).

From 1989 to 1997, 473 children were treated surgically. Our cohort contained 101 patients (129 affected feet) with CF confirmed by radiographs and physical findings. Forty-eight patients (59 feet) were operated with PMR, and 53 (70 feet) with the method of CSR after McKay. Both groups were comparable to Dimeglio’s classification concerning this type of deformity. All feet were operated on primarily with either no preceding therapy or with some conservative therapy. Average age at the time of surgery was 9.3 months.

The radiographic parameters (Kite’s angle, lateral TC angle, TC index, T-I.MTT angle, lateral tibiotalar angle) were evaluated according to Simons. The physical parameters (heel position, forefoot adduction, range of motion in the tibiotalar joint, range of motion in the subtalar joint, the process of taking off, the general shape of the foot, assessment of wearing shoes, and plantogram) were also evaluated. Assessment of the radiographs and the physical parameters showed substantially better results in the group with complete subtalar release.

A three-grade evaluation was used for assessment of the combined physical and radiographic assessment: good, fair, and poor. In the group with PMR, 54% were classified as good, 31% as fair and 15% as poor. In the CSR group, good results were achieved in 72%, fair in 17%, and poor in 11%.

The lower occurrence of re-operation in the group with subtalar release was apparent. With suitable timing, excellent results can be achieved with this operation. We conclude that extensive complete subtalar release is one of the best methods to correct this type of clubfoot. Subtalar release as described by McKay produces significantly better long-term statistical results than posteromedial release, in both clinical evaluation and radiograph assessment.


P. Janicek S. Ondrusek Z. Rozkydal O. Jelinek

In the First Department of Orthopaedics of St. Anna University Hospital in Brno, Czech Republic, a total number of 9,393 total hip replacements (THR) were performed from 1964 to 2000. Since 1986, the cementless technique has been used primarily for young patients suffering from late DDH. Within the last ten years we have implanted 5,574 THRs, including 440 cementless systems and 2,122 hybrid THRs.

We focused on cases of patients with late DDH where dysplastic acetabulum was found and where the smallest available cementless CLS acetabular cup was implanted through the anterolateral approach.

We present five to seven years follow-up of 41 hips with dysplastic acetabulum that was evaluated by coxometry and where the expansion acetabular cup of diameter 46 mm was implanted together with different types of femoral stems.

After five to seven years no significant aseptic loosening has been found. None of the Harris grafts of the superior acetabulum used in 10 (24.4%) implantations have failed. We have had good medium-term results with this type of cementless acetabular cup. A few case reports from our earlier history include acetabular components under 40 mm in diameter, or intercalar shortening osteotomy of the proximal femur due to the high post-dysplastic dislocation of the hip combined with implantation of a THR.


D. Jahoda A. Sosna L. Landor

The aim of this paper is to present a new solution in treating osteoarthritis after congenital dysplasia. In the First Orthopaedic Clinic in Prague, we have obtained, by using oval-shaped cups, excellent results in the treatment of acetabular deficiency occurring in THA loosening. These positive results have also encouraged us to use the implants in THA for secondary coxarthrosis.

In severe acetabular defects, an endoprothesis is very difficult to implant. A whole range of methods has been described for fixing the acetabular component. We prefer not to use cemented implants with middle-aged patients. Methods using bulk bone grafts are being scaled down. Cup implantation to the neoacetabulum is disadvantageous because forces inherent to the hip joint are considerably higher in the superior lateral position. Cotyloplasty and controlled fracture impair the medial wall with the enhanced risk of implant protrusion to the pelvis. The implementation of an oval cup eliminates the above-mentioned disadvantages.

During the period of 1994 to 1998, we applied the LOR cup in treating secondary coxarthrosis eight times in six women (mean age: 54 years). 83% had already been operated for congenital hip dislocation. The stage of the dysplasia was classified as Crowe II in two hip joints, Crowe III in four, and Crowe IV in two. An average of four screws were used for a 52x64 cup. Mean follow-up was 4.8 years.

The mean Harris hip score at follow-up was 92 points. There were no infections, luxations, implant migrations, or screw failures. The radiograph evaluations revealed just one case of a translucent line 1 mm wide in the b,c zone. Osteointegration was perfect with the other implants.

Using the oval-shaped cup does not usually require implementation of bulk bone grafts. Implant shape and the option of implementing an eccentric inlay enables preservation of the rotational centre, which is advantageous in terms of biomechanics. Implantation of the cup is easy and fast. Because of the good results, we suggest introducing the oval-shaped cup as a standard method of THA primo-implantation with patients who have acetabular dysplasia. The LOR cup was designed as a revision implant, but a disadvantage is the insufficient size scale and the 32 insert. For widespread application, it is therefore necessary to design a smaller size 28 inlay cup. We are currently developing our own acetabular component with a more suitable size scale and a plasma-sprayed hydroxyapatite ceramic coating.


S. Kabak M. Halici F. Balka B. Ergun

We designed a prospective randomised trial to compare traditional conservative management with reaming, closed intramedullary nailing. Our aims were to compare early functional and the rehabilitation period between and of the two groups.

The trial had strict criteria for entry: Group A) All patients were skeletally mature, Group B) All fractures were at least 50% displaced or angulated at least 10° in any direction, Group C) All patients had a displaced fracture of the tibial shaft more than 5 cm away from either knee or ankle and with no other significant injury, Group D) Only grade I compound fractures were admitted; grade II and III compound fractures were excluded.

Group A was treated by manipulation of the fracture and the application of a long-leg plaster cast. Group B had closed intramedullary nailing of the fracture, with either dynamic or static locking as indicated. A total of 79 patients entered the trial: 37 in Group A and 42 in Group B. The criteria for fracture union was pain-free, unaided walking. There were two cases of non-union in Group A and none in Group B.

Mean time to union was significantly shorter in Group B, as was the mean delay before return to work. There was significantly more angular deformity and shortening in Group A. Two patients in Group B had been nailed in significant external rotation (8 degrees). Movement at the knee, ankle and hindfoot was regained in the final control. Group B spent longer in hospital than group A. Group A had no cases of infection or wound problems. There was failure of conservative treatment in five of the 37 patients. These patients required late operation. Group B had one case of deep infection. In one case the distal locking screw was broken but no problem was encountered during follow-up. Autogenous bone grafting was performed in one case with non-union.

We have concluded that displaced fractures of the tibial shaft are better and more efficiently treated by closed intramedullary nailing. This method has an acceptable complication rate when compared with conservative treatment.


S. Kabak M. Halic F. Balka B. Ergun

We designed a prospective randomised trial to compare traditional conservative management with reaming, closed intramedullary nailing. Our aims were to compare early functional and the rehabilitation period between and of the two groups.

The trial had strict criteria for entry: Group A) All patients were skeletally mature, Group B) All fractures were at least 50% displaced or angulated at least 10° in any direction, Group C) All patients had a displaced fracture of the tibial shaft more than 5 cm away from either knee or ankle and with no other significant injury, Group D) Only grade I compound fractures were admitted; grade II and III compound fractures were excluded.

Group A was treated by manipulation of the fracture and the application of a long-leg plaster cast. Group B had closed intramedullary nailing of the fracture, with either dynamic or static locking as indicated. A total of 79 patients entered the trial: 37 in Group A and 42 in Group B. The criteria for fracture union was pain-free, unaided walking. There were two cases of non-union in Group A and none in Group B.

Mean time to union was significantly shorter in Group B, as was the mean delay before return to work. There was significantly more angular deformity and shortening in Group A. Two patients in Group B had been nailed in significant external rotation (8 degrees). Movement at the knee, ankle and hindfoot was regained in the final control. Group B spent longer in hospital than group A. Group A had no cases of infection or wound problems. There was failure of conservative treatment in five of the 37 patients. These patients required late operation. Group B had one case of deep infection. In one case the distal locking screw was broken but no problem was encountered during follow-up. Autogenous bone grafting was performed in one case with non-union.

We have concluded that displaced fractures of the tibial shaft are better and more efficiently treated by closed intramedullary nailing. This method has an acceptable complication rate when compared with conservative treatment.


G.A. Macheras K. Tsiamtsouris A. Kostakos N. Poullis

The capacity of the lumbar spine canal has direct relation to space-compromising conditions. Primary narrowing of the canal may produce no symptoms, but a slight reduction in capacity as a result of degenerative lesions, age, or disc bulging may result in symptomatic spinal canal stenosis. We studied the dimensions in the adult Greek population in order to find the variability factor in the capacity of the lumbar spinal canal.

The dimensions of the lumbar spinal canal were measured in 27 adult men and 42 adult women, all under the age of 50. MRI was used to measure four levels of the spine (L2 through L5). The AP and transverse diameters, as well as the cross section area, were measured at each level. Mean age (sd) of females was 34.8 (6.8) years. Mean age for males was 35.2 (7.3) and was comparable to women (P0.8). Mean age of a third group of 11 males over the age of 50 was 54.5 (2.6). All individuals included in the study were healthy and without any apparent degenerative changes in the lumbar spine or any symptoms related to it. Hotelling’s tests (Anderson, 1958), in terms of multivariate measurements of the spinal canal, were used to compare both genders and the two age levels. Tests for trends in the lumbar levels L2 through L5 were based on the exact binomial distribution for the number of cases exhibiting a complete trend from L2 to L5. The reported significance levels are adjusted for multiplicity of tests.

The relation of spinal width to lumbar levels is shown separately for the groups of males and females women under the age of 50 and for the group of males under over the age of 50. In all four lumbar levels, the group of men over 50 years old had a narrower spinal canal compared with men under 50 years old (2=0.005). This was particularly evident in levels L2 and L5 where the spinal canal for older men was narrower by factors of 15.5% and 13.1%, respectively. In the two gender groups of comparable age, spinal width was found to differ between men and women (2< 0.0001). In particular, the females had a wider spinal canal than males in levels L2, L3 and L4 and a narrower canal in level L5. Spinal width was found to exhibit a decreasing trend in lumbar levels L2 through L5. The evidence for this trend was strong for all three groups: females under the age of 50 (P< 0.0001), men under 50 (2< 0.005), and the older men (P< 0.0001). A similar trend was present for the anteroposterior diameter, as well as for the Transverse diameter. A numerical summary (mean, sd) of all spinal measurements is reported.

We believe this study to be an important one that provides useful information regarding the capacity of the lumbar spinal canal, thus helping the surgeon to properly evaluate the stenotic patient.


I.. Kaftandziev I. Todorov S. Stojmenski B. Gavrilovski

The purpose of this study was to compare intramedullary nailing and plate fixation in the operative treatment of acute humeral shaft fractures.

The operation time, amount of blood transfusion, time to union, complications, and functional outcome were compared. At the Traumatology Clinic, Medical Faculty Skopje from 1995 to June 1999, 46 patients with acute humeral shaft fractures were operatively treated. The patients were divided into two groups: Group A – 24 patients treated with open reduction and internal fixation with dynamic compression plate, and Group B – 22 patients treated with closed reduction and intramedullary nailing (most of them with the Marchetti-Vicenci intramedullary nail). All of the fractures were classified according AO classification. The follow-up period was 6 to 12 months.

Intramedullary nailing of acute humeral shaft fractures offered a less invasive surgical procedure with less complications than open reduction and internal fixation. The results showed that the intramedullary nailing surgical procedure had a shorter operating time and less blood transfusion. There was no significant difference between the two groups regarding time to union. In Group A there was one patient with delayed union, two with deep infection and two with postoperative radial palsy. In Group B there were two patients with delayed union. Functional outcome for uncomplicated fractures was the same in both groups.


L. Kolodziej M. Kolban S. Radomski W. Lach

The aim of the work was to evaluate long-term results of posteromedial release in the treatment of congenital clubfoot. The posteromedial release – which includes capsuloligamentothomy of the tibiotalar and tibio-calcaneal joints from the posterior and medial aspects and “Z” lengthening of the Achilles and posterior tibial muscle tendons with Steindler procedure – has been the basic treatment of choice for many years in cases of congenital clubfoot in the Child Orthopaedic Clinic of the Pomeranian Medical Academy. In some cases transfer of the anterior tibial muscle tendon was also included in that procedure.

Between 1979 and 1990, a total of 135 children were treated with posteromadial release at the author’s institution. Thirty-five patients were excluded from the study because of incomplete medical documentation or because of a possible different origin of the deformity, i.e., subtle spastic cerebral palsy or arthrogryphosis, etc. The study group consisted of 100 patients with 135 clubfeet. At the final follow-up, 46 patients were evaluated with 61 clubfeet. Mean age at the time of surgery was 12.3 months (5–48). All patients had been treated conservatively at the author’s clinic before operative treatment started. Average age of the beginning of the manipulative treatment (followed by cast application in weekly intervals) was 4.3 weeks (1 to 48). Mean follow-up period was 15.7 years (range 20.4–10.1). The patients’ age at the last follow-up ranged from 11 to 21 years old.

The final evaluation based on the criteria of Magone, et. al., gave us the following results: Excellent: 17 feet (28%); Good: 17 feet (28%); Fair: 11 feet (18%); Poor: 16 feet (26%).

Posteromedial release with the Steindler procedure added gives us more than 50% excellent and good results when applied early and with proper pre- and post-operative conservative treatment.


Z. Koòs J. Kránicz L. Bálint

Conservative management of talipes equinovarus has a good effect on adductus deformity of the forefoot, whereas equinus deformity cannot usually be treated well conservatively. However, adductus is the most common recurrent deformity after operations. The aim of the study was to use radiological analysis to explore the reasons that lead to recurrent adductus.

In 86.7% of the cases, either a correction was evaluated as radiologically inadequate but seemed to be good physically, or compensation for an operative over-correction resulted in recurrent adductus some years later. In spite of adequate correction from both a physical and radiological view, recurrent adductus developed in 13.3% of the cases. In our opinion, these recurrences were due to persistent muscle imbalance.

In our department, 458 children were operated on for clubfoot from 1982 to 1997. The patients involved in this study were those managed by medial and posterior soft tissue release after an ineffective six to nine month period of conservative treatment that was started when they were one to two weeks old. Children treated previously in another hospital were excluded from the study. We controlled 228 feet and 42 cases of recurrent adductus were found 2 to 16 years (mean 6.8) after the operations. The radiographs were examined at the end of ineffective conservative treatment, during the early postoperative days, and finally at the follow-up. The anteroposterior talocalcaneal (ATC) angle, the talometatarsal (TM) angle and the naviculometatarsal (NM) angle were measured in all of the radiographs. Based on the measured angles, three main groups of patients were formed.

Recurrent adductus in 24 feet (Group A) was caused by inadequate operative corrections, including inappropriate correction of either the hind foot (reduced ATC angle) or the forefoot (reduced NM angle), or both. Although the talocalcaneal and talometatarsal positions were normal in early postoperative radiographs, adductus developed again two to five years later in seven cases (Group B). In these cases, we think that persistent muscle imbalance was responsible for the recurrent deformity.

In 11 feet the ATC angles were in normal range or increased (Group C). These adductus deformities were caused by either an overcorrected talocalcaneal position resulting in compensatory metatarsal varus or medial subluxation of the talonavicular joint, which had been only partially compensated by the lateral deviation of the 1st ray.


K. Koudela J. Ferda

In cases of severe postdysplastic coxarthosis, it seems to be impossible to recognize acetabular geometry and the real femoral position on a plain X-ray because the real diameters and angles can be disfigured when projected. Computed tomography (CT) provides important information to the surgeon about the concavity, shape and stereotomy of the acetabulum.

It is quite difficult to correctly evaluate severely changed hips. CT displays more precise acetabular diameters and angles than a plain radiograph. Because of the high density of bony tissue, the CT makes it easy to produce a three-dimensional display of the hip.

From September 1995 to December 1998, 224 patients (148 female, 76 male) underwent arthroplasty using a non-cemented prosthesis according to Zweymüller. A total of 236 hip joints were operated and classified as Crowe Group I (76 hips), Crowe Group II (149 hips), and Crowe Group III (11 hips). There were no Crowe Group IV hips.

A total of 96 patients were examined by 3D CT in preoperative planning. Based on CT results, four joints were not recommended for an operative solution.

CT protocol: scanner Elscint TWIN II, slice 2.5 mm, 120 kV, 285 mAs, matrix 3402,

No. of slices: 40–50, incremental dual acquisition. Postprocessing: axial images, multiplanar reconstructions, 3D SSD.

Acetabular stereometry: superoinferior diameter, anteroposterior diam., depth, bottom thickness, femoral neck anteversion angle and subtrochanteric marrow diameter.

A three-dimensional CT of the hip is a very effective tool for preoperative assessment.


G. Kovacs D. Fleega

In 1990, after many years of experience with 150 repairs, an arthroscopic transhumeral rotator cuff reconstruction technique was developed and used by the authors to treat all sizes of rotator cuff tears. This technique allowed the same type of repair to be performed as with the open procedure, thus providing the possibility to achieve the same success rate as an open repair with the advantages of minimally invasive surgery.

We reviewed a total of 307 arthroscopic rotator cuff repair procedures performed on 304 patients between December 1990 and March 1994. There were 150 cases with arthroscopic transhumeral fixation and 157 with tendon end-to-end. Of the 150 transhumeral repair cases studied, 18 cases were traumatic, 124 were Impingement III tears, and eight were defects after calcium removal. The tears were classified as 42 – small, 66 – medium, and 42 – large. Average age was 56 years.

An anterior acromioplasty and an arthroscopic tendon to bone repair using the bone cutting giant needle was performed in all of the cases. An AC joint plasty was done in 20 cases and a tendon transposition in five cases. Postoperatively, the patients started full passive motion a day after surgery and active motion six weeks later.

Of the 150 cases with arthroscopic transhumeral repair cases, it was possible to evaluate 132 patients having 133 procedures. Mean follow-up was five years. The results were evaluated according to the classification of Neer. There were 64% classified as excellent, 34% as satisfactory, and 2% as unsatisfactory. The UCLA average score improved from 15.8 preoperatively to 31.5 postoperatively. Full reconstruction was done in all cases except three.

Arthroscopic transhumeral reconstruction of rotator cuff tear reduces morbidity without having to perform open surgery. This procedure can be performed in an outpatient setting. After the learning curve, repairs are easier than the open method and have fewer complications.


G.A. Macheras K. Tsiamtsouris A. Kostakos N. Poullis

We present our experience with HA-coated total hip prosthesis in a minimum follow-up of eight years.

From 1989 to 1991 we performed 92 THRs in 83 patients. The mean age was 62 years (range 32–75). The preoperative diagnosis was: O.A. 68, AVN 12, CDH 8, and post-traumatic arthropathy 4. Pre-operative mean was HHS 43.

A posterior approach was used. The ARC 2F Cup, an HA coated spherical cup with thread around the equator, was used. Initial stabilisation is achieved by screwing the cup into the acetabulum. If necessary, a secondary fixation is enhanced by one or two bone screws to the ilium. The Omnifit stem is HA-coated in the proximal third and gives good immediate metaphysical fixation and optimal filling of the metaphysis. Three doses of Cefuroxime for prophylaxis and low molecular weight heparine were used in all cases. All patients had non-weight-bearing on the second postoperative day, partial weight-bearing in six weeks and full weight-bearing in 12 weeks.

Four patients were lost to follow-up. Mean H.H.S. was 91 in the first six months, 93 in the first year, and 95 in the second and third year. In the fifth year 97.93% were symptom-free in the first six months and 97% from the third to the fifth post-operative year. 3.7% of the patients complained of mild or moderate activity related to hip pain.

No patients suffered marked or disabling pain. Four patients complained of thigh pain six and eight months post-operatively. There were no major complications except for two superficial and two symptomatic deep vein thromboses. All patients returned to their prior activities within four to six months post-operatively. Radiographic evaluation of acetabular components revealed bone condensation in all three Charnley zones. We had no component migration or screw breakage. Calcar resorption was detected on the femoral side in seven patients. During the first post-operative year, AP radiographs of eleven patients indicated cortical hypertrophy in zones 3 and 5. There was no subsidence of the femoral stem.

We believe our results are encouraging although the follow-up period is short. We have had no revisions and the functional results are quite good. All patients are asymptomatic and satisfied with the result.


W. Morgenstern

In order to overcome high intra-observer and inter-observer reliability, there is a new classification system for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis (AIS). The type C (King II) of this system describes pronounced lumbar curves in which the center sacral vertical line (CSVL) lies outside the lumbar apical vertebra on the concavity of the curve. It has been proposed that selective anterior thoracic fusion (ATF) is not possible in these cases because of insufficient spontaneous correction of the lumbar curve or postoperative lumbar progression. This retrospective study analyses the results of a group of patients who received selective ATF for type C curves. The purpose of the study was to analyze the ability of the new classification system to predict the outcome of anterior thoracic fusion in the combined AIS type Lenke C, and to define predictive parameters revealed in the study.

From 1989 to 1994, 407 patients underwent anterior fusion for scoliotic deformities of different etiologies. There were 174 patients with anterior thoracic fusion. Twenty-one patients (< 19 years old) had combined AIS with a Risser sign < 5 with the criteria of a Lenke type C curve. Fourteen patients had a minimum follow-up of two years. The parameter analysis included coronal and sagittal corrections. Horizontalisation of lumbar and thoracic endvertbrae and correction of both curves were measured on pre-op bending and Cotrel traction films.

Fourteen female patients with a mean age of 15.4 years were followed for an average time period of 3.3 years. Mean correction of the lumbar curve and the thoracic curve was 46.0% (±18.5) and 54.7% (±16.4) respectively. Patients with preoperative horizontalisation on Cotrel traction films of the lumbar endvertebra of less than 6° had an average correction of the lumbar curve of 60.1% (±8.1) and an average loss of correction of 3.6% (±14.6); those with more than 5° had 27.2% (±9.7) and 19.4%(±11.5) respectively. Horizontalisation of the thoracic endvertebra of less than 10° on preoperative Cotrel traction films had an average correction of the lumbar curve of 62.7% (±8.7) and −2.8% (±10.4) loss of correction; those with more than 9° had 44.6%(±13) and 12.8%(±13.6) respectively. Preoperative correction of more than 50% of the thoracic curve on Cotrel traction films had an average correction of the lumbar curve of 53.1% (±18.3); loss of lumbar correction was −1.9% (±8.9); less than 50% had 38.9% (±15.7) and 22 % (±10.7) respectively.

Patients with combined AIS and pronounced lumbar curves (type C) can be treated with selective anterior thoracic fusion. Horizontalisation of the thoracic and lumbar endvertebrae and correction of the thoracic curve on preoperative Cotrel traction films have an important predictive value for the unfused lumbar curve and are superior to bending films in this context.


N. Maruthainar D. Graham F.M. Surace G. Bentley

The issue of preservation or sacrifice of the posterior cruciate ligament in total knee arthroplasty remains unresolved.

We report the results of 200 consecutive total knee arthroplasties performed at our hospital under the direction of the senior author. Pre-operatively, patients were randomly chosen to receive either a Kinemax (posterior cruciate retaining) or a Press-Fit-Condylar (posterior cruciate sacrificing) prosthesis. We implanted 97 Kinemax and 103 Press-Fit-Condylar prostheses which were prospectively followed-up by clinical and radiographic assessment. Review at mean follow-up of 2.7 years showed a satisfactory clinical result in both groups [Surace, et al., 1994].

We present the results of our further review, with maximum follow-up of over nine years (mean: 5.9 years). Revision of the implant has been performed in five knees (three Kinemax and two Press-Fit-Condylar). The polythene spacer had to be replaced in one patient with a Press-Fit-Condylar implant.

Patients were assessed with the Hospital for Special Surgery Knee Score and radiologically assessed with the Knee Society Roentgenographic Evaluation and Scoring System. Pre-operative demographics and disease states of the patients were similar, with an average Hospital for Special Surgery Knee Score of 63. At the latest assessment the average knee score was good (85). Remarkably, the mean knee score for the posterior cruciate sacrifice and the PCL groups remains similar (mean: 85). Radiographic evaluation demonstrated that the prosthetic components of both groups were in comparable alignment. The posterior cruciate ligament retained (Kinemax) patient group showed a mean 5.9 degrees of the valgus angle at the knee. The angle in the posterior cruciate ligament sacrifice (PFC implant) group was 6.2 degrees. Evaluation of the radiolucent depths below the femoral, tibial and any patella component showed a mean total depth of 1.5 mm (pcl retaining) and 1.7 mm (pcl sacrificing).

Our study presents a quantitative perspective of the results of total knee replacement with proven implant systems and performed in a general orthopaedic unit by both consultants and surgeons in training. The Kinemax (Howmedica) and Press-Fit-Condylar (DePuy Johnson and Johnson) implant systems have both previously demonstrated good results and continue to be available with little subsequent modification.

To our knowledge, there have been no other large prospectively randomised studies of posterior cruciate ligament preservation or sacrifice in total knee replacement.


A. Moroni G. Magy J. Heikkila C. Faldin S. Giannini

We compared thirty-eight patients from three orthopaedic centres who had external fixation of the femur or the tibia. Patients were randomised to receive standard (tapered 5/6 millimeter) pins (Group A) or OsteoTite (hydroxyapatite coated tapered 5/6 mm) pins (Group B).

In Group A there were 18 patients who received 71 pins. Average age of the patients was 49±12 years. Three patients had external fixation in the femur and 15 in the tibia. External fixation was used in three types of treatment: fracture fixation (4), knee osteotomy (12), and bone-transport (2). Two different fixator frames were used: a unilateral fixator was mounted in 15 patients and a circular fixator in three patients. In Group B, 20 patients (average age: ± 48 years) received 86 pins. Four patients had external fixation in the femur and 16 in the tibia. External fixation was used in three types of treatments: fracture fixation in three patients, knee osteotomy in 13 patients, and bone-transport in four patients. Two different fixator frames were used: a unilateral fixator was mounted in 16 patients and a circular fixator in four patients.

No significant difference regarding sex, age, external fixation treatment type, external fixation frame, and length of treatment were observed between the two groups. Mean final pin insertion torque was 477 ± 214 Newton cm in Group A and 339 ± 184 in Group B (p< 0.01). Mean pin extraction torque was 205 ± 169 Newton cm in Group A and 532 ± 211 in Group B (p< 0.01). Pin extraction torque was significantly lower compared to the corresponding insertion torque in Group A (p< 0.01). Pin extraction torque was significantly higher compared to the corresponding insertion torque in Group B (p< 0.01). Pin tract infection rate was lower in Group B compared to Group A (p< 0.01).

This study shows that hydroxyapatite coating was clinically effective in the improvement of the bone pin interface strength of tapered pins. By using these pins, deterioration of the bone pin interface strength can be avoided and external fixation complications minimised.


K. Mulhall P. Kelly W.A. Curtin H.F. Given

The authors wished to determine if macrophage activation and the release of osteolytic cytokines in response to orthopaedic wear debris could be suppressed pharmacologically with the use of anti-inflammatory and anti-oxidant agents.

The current long-term results of total joint arthroplasty are limited by mechanical wear of the implants with an associated immune mediated bone lysis with subsequent loosening and eventual failure. It has been demonstrated that the osteolysis seen in cases of aseptic loosening is mediated by the immune system both directly and indirectly by activated macrophages. Macrophages indirectly cause osteolysis through release of the osteoclast activating cytokines TNFα, IL-1 and PGE2. They also directly resorb bone in small amounts when activated by wear particles.

We utilised established cell culture models of both peripherally derived monocyte/macrophages and lymphocyte enriched co-cultures and examined the effects of polymethylmethacrylate particles alone on the cells in culture. The effect of anti-inflammatory and anti-oxidant agents (dexamethasone, diclofenac and n-acetyl cysteine) in varying concentrations was then examined using ELISA of cytokine release and electron microscopy to examine ultra structural responses.

Cell viability was also measured in cultures over 24 hour periods (at 6, 12 and 24 hours) using Trypan blue exclusion and Coulter counter, while cell type and morphology were determined cytologically, including-naphthyl acetate esterase cytochemical identification and electron microscopy.

The use of N-acetyl cysteine was associated with very significant suppression of TNF, IL-1 and PGE2 in both macrophage and lymphocyte enriched co-culture with no effect on cell viability. While diclofenac was also associated with significant decreases in cytokine expression, it was associated with a decrease in cell viability that approached significance. Dexamethasone did not have a reliable effect on these cytokines. Ultra-structural electron microscopic examination of the cells also demonstrated signs of definite down-regulation of cytoplasmic and nuclear activation.

Novel anti-oxidant therapies and possibly other immune modulating drugs can eliminate the activation of macrophages in response to periprosthetic wear particles without any associated decrease in cell viability and thus may provide a means of reducing the incidence of loosening and failure of total joint arthroplasty.


M. Muschik D. Schlenzka C. Kupferschmidt

The goal of the present study is to investigate if one of the two dorsal operative procedures (rod-rotation versus translation technique) leads to a better radiographic correction of idiopathic adolescent thoracic scoliosis after operative treatment.

The operative technique in scoliosis surgery introduced by Cotrel and Dubousset attempts to achieve an improvement of the sagittal profile and a derotation of the vertebrae, in addition to a correction of the main curvature of the scoliotic spine by rotation of the convex-side rod (rod-rotation). The technique of segmental correction was described by Luque. Correction of the scoliosis is performed after fixation of each vertebral body with wire cerclages, followed by segmental correction of the deformed spine. The Universal Spinal System was introduced and an operating technique was developed to take advantage of the principle of segmental correction of scoliosis (translation technique).

The radiographic outcomes in two groups comprising a total of 69 adolescent patients treated for idiopathic thoracic scoliosis with dorsal instrumentation by the use of a unified implantation system (Universal Spinal System) were compared retrospectively by an independent observer. In 30 patients an intraoperative correction of the scoliosis was performed by translation technique (translation group) and in 39 patients the correction was achieved by Cotrel-Dubousset instrumentation (rod-rotation group). The mean follow-up interval was 40 months with a minimum of 12 months. The preoperative radiographic measurements of the scoliotic spines showed no significant differences between the two groups.

In both patient groups, the thoracic primary curve, lumbar secondary curve, and apical rotation of the thoracic curve were improved by the operation. The thoracic primary curve was corrected from 50 6° to 24 7° (p< 0.01) in the translation group and from 54 11° to 22 11° (p< 0.01) in the rod-rotation group. The extent of the correction of the thoracic curve was significantly greater in the rod-rotation group than in the translation group (59% versus 52% correction; p< 0.01). Thoracic apical rotation was corrected from 21 ± 9° to 16 ± 10° (p< 0.01) in the rod-rotation group and from 19 ± 9° to 17 ± 7° (p< 0.05) in the translation group. Lumbar apical rotation and the sagittal profile were unchanged in both groups.

Based on the results of this study with a small number of patients, the ability of the translation technique to correct the thoracic major curvature seems to be less than that of the rod-rotation technique. No differences are to be expected in the correction of the lumbar minor curvature or of the rotation of the thoracic apex. Neither procedure is expected to influence the sagittal profile or lumbar rotation.


T. Noshpal J. Kamnar

We wanted to solve the problem of acetabular dysplasia with a cementless total hip endoprothesis by using a smaller acetabular cup in order to fit the size of the dysplastic acetabulum without using any additional bone transplantation for superstructure of the acetabulum.

By using this type of acetabular reconstruction we can preliminarily conclude that the bone superstructure of the acetabulum can be avoided and that problems may occur if remodelation of the bone transplant has failed. Irregular biomechanical bending in the supraacetabular region can also be avoided.

Uncured developmental dysplasia of the hip joint (DDH) is a huge problem to solve in elderly patients. DDH can be expressed in several forms according to stage, i.e., in young and elderly patients we can find different consequences, from slight to moderate supraacetabular dysplasia combined with anterior dysplasia, valgus and anteversion of the proximal femur, to high hip luxation.

In efforts to find a better way to solve slight and moderate supraacetabular dysplasia (in some cases combined with high luxation), we have tried to use a smaller acetabular cup that will fit the dysplastic acetabulum, combined with a higher hip centre, dysplastic polyethylene, and a longer femoral neck to avoid leg length discrepancy and weakness of the gluteal musculature.

From January 1999 to January 2000 we performed the above-mentioned type of operation in 33 patients (25 females, 8 males) with dysplastic coxarthrosis of the hip. Age range was from 32 to 63 years. In all cases we performed the application of a Zimmer or Biomet smaller acetabular cementless cup after reaming the acetabulum near the internal lamina of the iliac bone. Good primary fixation of the acetabulum was achieved in all of the cases. Supraacetabular reconstruction was not used. In some cases where the dysplasia was very expressive, we left the acetabular cup uncovered for about 0.5 cm. In the postoperative period we advised the patient to load the operated leg over two crutches without full weight bearing for approximately six weeks. After that time period and according to clinical and radiographic findings, we prescribed walking with one crutch, and walking without crutches four months later.

The follow-up period is short but preliminary results of our study are satisfactory. There were no early postoperative complications. Incorporation of bone was good in the acetabular cups measured with radiographs and in some cases with Tc99m. In some cases where we left part of the cup uncovered, there was supraacetabular formation of new bone after six months.


L. Nevsímal P. Míka M. Skoták

Until recently, diaphyseal fractures in children aged 4–12 years were treated conservatively. Although Prof. Havránek recommended oblique bilateral skin traction in his monograph entitled Split Russell Traction, he is currently inclined to use skeletal traction through the proximal tibia (Goteborg traction). The author himself stresses that this therapy requires great expertise from the medical staff. In addition, patients are immobilised for several weeks in hospital.

The Pediatric Traumatology School in Nancy, France prepared a method of intramedullar elastic ostheosynthesis according to Métaizeau and Prévote.

After our experience with intramedullary fixation using Prévote’s nails in diaphyseal fractures of adults and diaphyseal forearm fractures, we also decided to use this ostheosynthesis in diaphyseal femoral fractures of children.

Our group includes four patients (2 boys, 2 girls) with a mean age of 4.2 years (range 4–11). Average time from injury to operation was eight hours.

The patient is in a supine position and given a general anaesthesia. After repositioning, two or more Prévot nails are inserted above the distal physis from the medial and lateral side towards the femoral diaphysis. The nails cross distally and proximally to the fracture line and are anchored in the intertrochanteric area. The operative procedure usually lasts approximately thirty minutes.

The patient is hospitalised from two to five days. The child walks with crutches after discharge, and trains the operated lower extremity. According to the parents, these children began to load the extremity spontaneously after two weeks. After four weeks we perform a radiographic check and permit full loading. The bars are removed in eight weeks in children up to the age of seven years, and 12 weeks in older children.

All of the children recovered without any problems. The schedule for follow-up is from nine to twelve months. The extremities do not appear to have a tendency to overgrow.

The method of mini-invasive osteosynthesis of diaphyseal femoral fractures in children aged from four to twelve years is a modern alternative to conservative treatment. It is more comfortable for the patients, avoids the skin complications of traction therapy, and significantly shortens the time of treatment. This method will also be particularly useful in treating polytraumatised patients.


T. Pavelka M. Linhart J. Zeman

The incidence of non-union in the long bones varies with each bone and with the methods of treating acute fractures. Several factors have been implicated as the cause of non-union, most of which are inherent in the nature of the fracture. High-velocity open fractures with skin or bone loss, distraction at the fracture site, and an inadequate external or internal fixation increase the incidence of non-union in fractures.

Weber and Cech classify non-unions as two types – hypervascular and avascular. Hypervascular non-unions can be treated by stable fixation of the fragments alone, whereas the avascular type requires decortication and bone grafting for healing. Reamed intramedulary nailing is an effective technique for management of the tibial shaft aseptic non-union for both types.

Twenty tibial non-unions were treated with a reamed intramedullary nail. The initial fracture management consisted of a cast in seven patients (35%), external fixation in four (20%), plate osteosynthesis in four (20%), and unreamed nailing in five (25%). The time from injury to nailing averaged 32 weeks. Patients were followed for an average of 16 months.

All non-unions united uneventfully and functional results were excellent. Contraindications are a history of prior acute infection or excessive shortening due to bone loss.

Reamed intramedullary nailing is an effective, relatively low-risk technique for the management of non-union of the tibia. The closed technique should be used when possible. When necessary, open alignment should be executed with minimal dissection. Osteotomy of the fibula is a necessary component of this technique and bone grafting is indicated in cases of avascular non-union.


J. Ostrowski J. Karski M. Okoñski M. Dugosz

The outcome of surgical treatment for congenital clubfoot depends, among other things, on obtaining correct repositioning of the tarsus in relation to the talus, i.e., peritarsal correction. This correction includes successfully repositioning the navicular, which is dislocated medially in relation to the head of the talus.

Evaluation of talonavicular repositioning is possible in older children when it is possible to observe the navicular bone on a radiograph. In radiographs of younger children between the ages of three and five, the navicular bone cannot be seen. USG examination may be helpful in the evaluation of talonavicular positioning, enabling better planning of the surgical procedure and its range.

In the Paediatric Orthopaedic Department of Medical Academy in Lublin from 1995 to 1999, 225 children (256 feet) were surgically treated. The peritarsal correction method (Turco) was used to manage 221 feet, and 31 feet by the subtalar release method according to Crawford by the incision of Cincinnati. Fifty-two feet were re-operated because of recurrent deformation.

USG examinations revealed incorrect positioning of the navicular bone. There was medial displacement in 24 feet (recurrent deformations), and wedge-shaped navicular bone in 18 feet and connected with dorsal displacement (overcorrection).

Medial displacements were observed in residual adductus deformation, whereas dorsal displacements were observed in feet with cavus or calcaneal deformity, which is connected with excessive lengthening of the calcaneal tendon (overcorrection).

USG examination in recurrent clubfoot enables the evaluation of talonavicular repositioning (not possible on radiographs) in younger children two to five years old, and is helpful to better plan the range of the operation.


F. Picek

The purpose of our study was to evaluate several specific methods of skeletal stabilisation and soft-tissue treatment of open fractures in the orthopaedic department in a district hospital.

After stabilisation of the patient and diagnosis of concomitant injuries, the basic initial evaluation of the fracture type, soft-tissue laceration, and neurovascular status is made. Deformities of the legs are realigned promptly. Sterile wound dressing and early intravenous administration of antibiotics are applied. Prophylaxis against tetanus is considered.

Radiograph diagnostics are made and the Tscherne, Gustilo and Anderson classifications of open fractures are used. All devitalised tissue is removed in the operating theatre. The following methods of bone stabilisation are used: immobilisation in a cast, external fixation, and intramedullary nailing. Repeated debridement of soft-tissue is carried out. Postoperatively, time duration for bone-healing and deep infections were analysed.

During the past five years, 159 patients with a tibial shaft fracture were treated. Twenty-six were open fractures Type I (8), Type II (9), Type IIIA (7), and Type IIIB (2). Methods of stabilisation were cast (5), external fixation (7) and intramedullary rod (14).

Deep infection in Type III fractures was reported in two cases and a non-union in one case. Bone grafting was performed in two cases. Nailing followed short-term use of an external fixator in three cases. No amputations were necessary. The average time (in months) for union was 5 (Type I), 5.8 (Type II), and 8 (Type III).

Our experience agrees with the principle that the method of choice is intramedullary nailing that may follow the short-term use of an external fixation. Open fractures of the tibial shaft represent a limb-threatening and potentially life-threatening emergency. Optimum treatment involves appropriate initial evaluation, the administration of antibiotics, urgent operative debridements, skeletal stabilisation, and early soft-tissue closure or flap-coverage.

The type of treatment depends on the individual characteristics of the fracture and the concomitant soft-tissue injury. Fractures with a higher degree of comminution and soft-tissue laceration have more complications.


D. Pokorny A. Sosna

We present the results of treatment of complicated comminutive fractures and fracture dislocations of the proximal humerus at the First Orthopedic Clinic of Prague in the last ten years. We also compare the results using two different methods of treatment: shoulder arthroplasty and non-anatomical shoulder reconstruction.

Treatment of complicated fractures of the proximal humerus is difficult. The results are not always good because the moving apparatus of the shoulder is often destroyed. The common method of treatment is shoulder arthroplasty with reconstruction of the rotator cuff. In our clinic we use (especially in young patients) the so-called non-anatomical reconstruction of the shoulder that enables us to save the humeral head. This reconstruction is suitable when three-fourths of the joint surface is preserved with the technical possibility of further fixation to the distal fragment.

From 1990 to 1999 we operated on 42 acute fractures not suitable for anatomical reconstruction or conservative treatment. Shoulder arthroplasty was performed in 22 patients and non-anatomical reconstruction in 20 patients. It was possible to maintain partial blood supply of the humeral head in seven patients. Evaluation of functional results was made by the method according to Constant and radiographs were also evaluated. In non-anatomical reconstruction we paid particular attention to the observation of the onset of necro-biotic rebuilding of the humeral head.

In the 22 patients who underwent shoulder arthroplasty, we recorded results of three excellent, fourteen good, four satisfactory and one unsatisfactory. In patients who had non-anatomical shoulder reconstruction, the results were four excellent, eleven good, four satisfactory and one unsatisfactory. Out of this group there were three excellent and four good results in patients with a partially saved blood supply to the humeral head. There are signs of necro-biotic changes of the humeral head in four patients, but its presence clearly has no direct effect on the final shoulder function.

There are significantly worse results from arthroplasty in trauma cases than in other diagnoses such as osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis. According to our own method, non-anatomical reconstruction of the shoulder has comparable results. In addition, this procedure enables saving the humeral head. There is also the advantage of no problems that are associated with arthroplasty (infection, migration of components, etc.). We have achieved remarkably good results in non-anatomical reconstruction with partial saving of the blood supply of the humeral head. The development of necro-biotic rebuilding of the head has no direct influence on the functionality of the shoulder.


T. Paavilainen

There are some special features involving replacement surgery of totally dislocated or severely dysplastic hips (Eftekhar Stage C and D). To achieve abduction strength strong enough to balance the pelvis and reliable fixation of the acetabular component, the cup must be seated near the anatomic level or even lower. Therefore, the femoral component in most cases is to be mounted below the intertrochanteric level in order to get the prosthesis reduced and the greater trochanter with intact attachment of the gluteus medius muscle distally advanced. At these levels the femoral diaphysis is straight and requires a straight stem. We started these techniques over 15 years ago with Lord’s madreporic prosthesis, but the stem – especially the calcar part – was too curved. A totally straight cementless, collared stem was designed with Biomet Inc. and has been used since 1988.

For this stem the femur was prepared with broaches, but it was far too easy to get a proximal split when rasping the cortical bone or inserting the stem. For this reason a new stem with a tapered, oval proximal part was designed in 1993. The femur is prepared with reamers and no broaches are needed. Because the stem is collarless, vertical/rotational stability is achieved by the oval wedge shape of the proximal stem, and not by the collar. Therefore, rotational instability and loosening of the stem are avoided.

We present the operative methods. The collarless stem has been used since 1993 in 58 hips of 43 patients. Mean age of the patients was 54 years (range: 21 to 71). Only six of the patients were men. The most common cause of hip deformity was DDH (47 hips). Five hips had congenital coxa vara, two cases had tuberculosis of the hip, and two patients had diastrophic dysplasia. There was one arthrogryphosis multiplex patient and one congenital proximal femoral deficiency. Schanz osteotomy had been performed in 11 of the DDH cases. Forty-four of the 47 DDH hips were high dislocations (Eftekhar C or D).

Complications: There were three dislocations, three late fractures of the greater trochanter fixed with a hookplate, two splits of the proximal diaphysis fixed with a cable, and one late fracture dislocation revised with a collared stem. Deep infection occurred in one case and removal of the prosthesis was necessary. In two cases the stem migrated 3 to 7 mm but stabilised spontaneously with osteointegration. In one case the stem migrated 15 mm. Fibrous union remained, but it is painless.

The final outcome was good in all other cases, but the patient with deep infection is waiting for a rearthroplasty, and the case with fibrous union is likely to be revised when it becomes symptomatic. Pain relief and the functional results including improvement of gait and abduction strength were generally good. Most of the patients were highly satisfied.


Full Access
K. Saniukas D. Galvydiene D. Rugienyte S. Bernotas

The authors provide an analysis of the results of surgery for clubfoot at the Vilnius University Children’s Hospital in Lithuania from 1979 to 1999.

We operated 565 clubfeet in 464 patients. Average age of the patients was 4.1 years. From 1979 to 1993, 172 feet were operated. Most patients had the so-called Zacepin procedure for clubfoot release that contains a multi-stage release of different clubfoot components, but without attention to bony alignment restoration. At that time most patients were operated from 1.5 to 4 years of age. In that group 45% of the patients had a recurrence of the deformity and an additional operation was necessary.

From 1993 to 1999, 393 clubfeet were operated. Mean age of the patients was 2.7 years (range 6 months to 7.4 years.). A more extensive release was introduced using the Cincinnati approach and restoration of normal talocalcaneal and talonavicular alignment following adequate soft tissue release. In this group 14% of the patients had a recurrence.

The main goal of the clubfoot surgery was an exact reposition and fixation of the talocalcaneal and talonavicular alignment with adequate soft tissue release. The Cincinnati approach was the most effective and safe for correcting all of the components of the deformity. The best results were found in the patients who were operated at the age of six to eight months. In order to get a better functional outcome, at three to four years of age a number of our operated patients required an additional procedure such as a split tibialis anterior tendon transfer, a lateral column shortening, or a medial column lengthening. An excessive reposition of the talus produces a strange and severe foot deformity that is difficult to manage.


V. Saraph E. B. Zwick G. Steinwender

The results of the Baumann procedure (intramuscular lengthening of the gastrocnemius and soleus in the proximal part of the muscle) for correction of fixed gastrosoleus contracture in diplegic children are presented.

Eleven ambulatory children with diplegic type of cerebral palsy (mean age: 10 years) were operated for correction of fixed gastrosoleus contracture by the Baumann procedure as part of a multi-level, single-session surgery for gait improvement. Evaluation included clinical examination and gait analysis. Mean follow-up after surgery was 2.7 years.

Clinical examination demonstrated significant improvements in active and passive ankle dorsal flexion with maintenance of ankle plantar flexor power. Ankle kinematics showed an increase in the dorsal flexion at initial contact, an average angle in single limb support, and maximum dorsal flexion in swing. Although there was an increase in dorsal flexion at the beginning of push-off, the total range of motion during push-off was not affected. Ankle movement demonstrated better loading in stance, manifested by significant improvement in maximum flexor movement in the second half of single stance. Post-operatively there was a change from abnormal generation of energy to normal energy absorption in mid-stance. Positive action during pushoff was significantly increased.

It is known that the growth of muscle occurs at its musculo-tendinous junction. Anatomic and simulation studies have demonstrated differences in the muscle fasicle length and pennation angles. With the Baumann procedure, an intramuscular lengthening gives the best chance for functional adaptation in the muscle. When needed, the soleus can also be lengthened. Multiple incisions permit stretching of the muscle fibres even in severe deformities.


I.T. Sharpe N.J. Talbot P.J. Schranz

We present a retrospective clinical and radiological review to assess the use of the AO unreamed femoral nail and spiral blade in the treatment of subtrochanteric fractures. Treatment of the subtrochanteric fracture remains a challenge. A combination of high stress concentration, poor cortical bone quality and comminution leads to a high incidence of problems. The abovementioned implant has been recommended for use in such fractures. However, several authors have reported mechanical failure and spiral blade migration. We have used the unreamed femoral nail since 1996 in 65 femoral fractures, and of these 32 were subtrochanteric fractures. A retrospective clinical and radiological study was undertaken to assess the use of the implant.

Clinical notes and radiographs were obtained for patients with subtrochanteric fractures treated with the AO unreamed femoral nail from November 1996 to November 1999. Fracture pattern was classified according to Seinsheimer. Assessments were made of callus formation and fracture healing. Any complication or implant failure was noted.

Thirty-two patients required an unreamed femoral nail. There were 20 females and 12 males, with an average age of 75 years. There were 16 fractures due to a fall, 15 pathological fractures, and one due to a car accident. Classification was: Type I: 6; Type II: 13; Type III: 6; Type IV: 3; Type V: 1. Mean follow-up was five months (range 3 to 18). Eight deaths occurred within one month. There were two pain-free non-unions, one revision with bone graft for non-union, and one spiral blade back out. No breakage of implants occurred.

We found that this implant provides stable fixation in these difficult fractures if adequate reduction is obtained. We have not experienced the implant failures reported in other series. We recommend the use of the implant, especially in those patients who are elderly or have pathological fractures.


A. Raimann C. Saavedra G. de la Fuente M. Díaz J. Garrido

We evaluated long-term follow-up clinically and radiologically of patients with developmental dysplasia of the hip operated between 1956 and 1971 with adductor tenotomy and open reduction of the hip.

Ninety-six patients with developmental dysplasia of the hip were operated between 1956 and 1971. Their ages were from 10 months to 44 months. Eighty-eight patients (88.5%) were girls and 11(11.5%) were boys. There were 58 unilateral cases and 38 bilateral cases for a total of 134 operated hips. The cases with bilateral involvement were operated simultaneously. For all patients, the surgical team used the same technique consisting of open reduction through a Smith Petersen incision together with an adductor tenotomy and lengthening or tenotomy of the Psoas muscle. Postoperative immobilization was a pelvic-toe cast for one month followed by two plaster casts with abduction rod for three to five months. Postoperative follow-up was from 15 years to 44 years, 4 months (mean: 24 years, 4 months).

The clinical outcome evaluated pain, range of motion, limp, muscle strength, and leg length discrepancy. Radiological evaluation included Mose index, acetabular head index, Wiberg’s CE angle, medial articular space, Sharp’s angle, acetabular index of the weight-bearing zone, acetabular depth, radial quotient in unilateral cases, width and shape of teardrop, collodiaphyseal angle, Shenton line, and degenerative changes of the hip.

The results of clinical evaluation were: Excellent – 60 (44.7%), Good – 35 (26.1%), Fair – 26 (19.4%), Poor – 13 (9.7%). Radiological results according to a modified Severin classification were: Class I – 60 (44.7%), Class II – 33 (24.6%), Class III – 31 (23.1%), Class IV – 9 (6.7%), Class V – 1 (0.7%), Class VI – 0 (0%).

Complications were: infections in six hips (4.4%), three (2.2%) being deep ones. Avascular necrosis according to Bucholz and Odgen occurred in 38 hips (28.3%). Four hips (3%) were Type I, 31 hips (23.1%) were Type II, three hips (2.2%) were Type III. Degenerative changes occurred in 29 hips (21.6%) of which seven hips (5.22%) were Grade I, 12 hips (8.95%) were Grade II, and 10 hips (7.46%) were Grade III.

Our conclusions were: 1.) Open reduction of developmental dysplasia of the hip is a valid method in late treatment or failure of orthopaedic treatment. 2.) Clinical results are better than radiological results. 3.) The rate of degeneratives changes increases with long-term follow-up. 4.) The best radiological results are achieved in patients who are younger than one and half year of age at the time of surgery. 5.) There was a significant rate (23.1%) of avascular necrosis Type II according to the Bucholz and Odgen classification, but this can only be realized with long-term follow-up.


M.A. Rauschmann N. Hailer K.D. Thomann

This study presents an historical review of the treatment of talipes equino-varus during the last centuries. The aim of the study was to show how knowledge about the pathogenesis and the progress of new techniques in orthopaedic surgery (plaster of Paris, anaesthesiology, asepsis, antisepsis) have influenced the treatment of this disease during the centuries.

This investigation is based on a study of the library of the German Orthopaedic and Science Museum that has more than 3000 historical books and theses from the middle of the 19th century to the present time.

In the 18th and 19th century there were different theories about the pathogenesis of clubfoot. For example, Paré was of the opinion that secondary forces were responsible for the deformity. Camper and Wolff were convinced that intrauterine pressure on the extremities was the reason for pes equinovarus. Little, Stromeyer and Delpech believed that shortening of the muscles was the origin. The pathogenesis of the clubfoot is still obscure.

The concept of therapy with redression and retention during the first month has not changed since Hippocrates. However, the techniques of redression and retention have changed during the decades. Machines and rural instruments were used for redression until the end of the 19th century (Lorenz, Thomas). Retention was improved by the development of new splints (Arceo, Venel, Scarpa). The introduction of plaster of Paris (Mathysen) in the treatment of the clubfoot led to a further improvement of retention in early treatment.

A new era began with asepsis and anaesthesia. These techniques allowed progress in the operative therapy of the tendons. The open and subcutaneous tenotomy was developed by Delpech, Dieffenbach, and Stromeyer.

In spite of the operative possibilities, we conclude that conservative treatment still has a major role in the concept of treatment for equinovarus.


Full Access
M. Repko

This contribution presents the analysis of a group of 14 patients with a serious form of meningomyelocele associated with equinovarosity of the foot. The severity of the condition depends on the neurosegmental level of the lesion as well as the seriousness of the essential malady.

The primary treatment of these patients is aimed at early surgical management of meningomyelocele. It is fundamental that the patient should undergo a thorough neurological examination in which the prognosis of the illness and the expected degree of immobility of the patient should be determined. If full immobility is expected, radical correction of the foot deformity should be deferred. If, at any age, a tendency to verticalise occurs, immediate correction of the foot deformity is required in order to prevent decubitus and provide for posture stability.

The treatment of paralytic clubfoot is above all adversely affected by skin hypaesthesia which tends to cause decubitus and aggravate healing of the wound after the surgery.

Our group consists of 14 patients who were operated for a serious form of lumbar meningomyelocele associated with L2-S2 areflexia soon after birth. The current mean age of the group is 14 years (range 6 to 20). Four patients aged from two to six years were operated. Serious complications of wound healing after surgery occurred in one patient. All four patients are able to walk with a stagger and clumsily with the help of crutches. The remaining ten patients have been left immobile without hope of stable standing.

The treatment of paralytic clubfoot demands intensive cooperation of neurologists and neurosurgeons. It is necessary to carefully think about all aspects of a patient’s prognosis before radical surgical treatment of the foot is considered.


I. Shpilevsky G. Brodko

The aim of this research was to elaborate indications for application of some methods of surgical treatment of DDH in teenagers.

There are some significant problems with surgical treatment of DDH in teenagers. The most serious one is that the results of routine reconstructive methods usually satisfy neither the patients nor the orthopaedists. In addition, in most of the cases it is too early for total hip arthroplasty.

From 1985 to 1996, we operated twenty teenagers with late stages of DDH. Group A was eight patients (12 to 14 years old) with marginal hip luxation (acetabulum angle was more than 40°). Group B was seven patients (10 to12 years old) with iliac hip dislocation (acetabulum angle was more than 50°) and Group C was five patients (11 to 14 years old) with iliac hip dislocation (plane acetabulum).

In Group A we performed our first two-stage method of surgical treatment. For the first stage we performed corrective transtrochanteric femur osteotomy (AO plate fixation) and partial acetabuloplasty, and corrected not more than half of the acetabulum angle deficiency. The second stage was performed four to six months later. We removed the femur AO plate and again performed a partial acetabuloplasty. A spherical acetabulum with normal angle and stable hip joint were the results of this method.

In Group B we performed our second two-stage method of surgical treatment. For the first stage we performed a corrective and shortening (2 to 3 cm) transtrochanteric femur osteotomy (AO plate fixation), open reduction of the hip and partial acetabuloplasty and corrected not more than half of acetabulum angle deficiency. The second stage was performed 4 to 6 months later and we removed the femur AO plate and performed a Salter osteotomy. A spherical acetabulum with normal angle and a stable hip joint were also the results of the application of this method.

In Group C we performed the well-known Ilizarov technique of femur reconstruction (modification of Schanz osteotomy with correction of femur shortening). Normalisation of gait and reduction of the Trendelenburg sign were the results of the application of this method.

The results of these methods were studied 3 to 10 years after the end of postoperative rehabilitation. Good results were obtained in 16 cases, satisfactory in four (one in Group A, two in Group B and one in Group C).


K. Siebenrock W. Morgenstern R. Ganz

The study reviews 24 patients with 27 total hip arthroplasties in which an acetabular reinforcement ring with hook was used for primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) due to underlying hip dysplasia.

There were 19 female and 5 male patients with a mean age of 50.6 years (31 to 70) at the time of surgery. A bulk autograft for acetabular reconstruction was used in four cases with Crowe Type III and IV dysplasia. In eight cases cancellous bone alone was used to fill the gap between the reinforcement ring and the acetabulum. All patients had a polyethylene cup cemented into the ring and 22 cases had a straight Müller CDH stem cemented into the shaft.

Mean follow-up was 10.7 years (range: 8.1 to 12.7). No clinical or radiographic signs of loosening of the reinforcement ring were found in 24 (88.9 %) of the 27 THAs. Two revisions (7.4%) were performed for aseptic loosening and one acetabular component had radiographic signs of loosening. The Merle D`Aubigné score had increased from 7 to 15 points.

The acetabular reinforcement ring continues to have favourable results in this specific patient group and may also prevent graft resorption and cup migration.


P. Sponer K. Karpas

The aim of this study was to compare the results of resection arthroplasty with two-stage re-implantation procedure performed for peri-prosthetic infection of the hip. Patients who have had a resection arthroplasty can expect to have less pain, but their functional recovery is inferior to that which can be obtained after a two-stage re-implantation. Resection arthroplasty is usually unacceptable as a definitive solution for relatively young and active patients.

Possible options for the operative treatment of a periprosthetic infection include debridement with retention of the prosthesis, immediate one-stage exchange arthroplasty, and excision arthroplasty – either as a definitive procedure or as the first of a two-stage reconstructive procedure. The choice of a particular treatment is influenced by a number of factors.

At the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery in Hradec Králové we performed resection arthoplasty of the hip in 67 patients between 1984 and 1998. Mean age was 67 years (range 44–91). We were able to follow-up 33 of these patients in 1999. At follow-up, replacement of the total hip prosthesis in two stages had been carried out in 10 of the 33 patients. In 23 patients (11 male, 12 female) the resection arthroplasty had been present for an average of five years. In the remaining ten patients (3 male, 7 female) a total hip reimplantation had been performed after an average of 17 months (range 3 to 63). Mean follow-up after reimplantation was four years. The Harris hip score was calculated for the individual patients during follow-up.

The Harris hip score was 66 in the re-implantation group compared to 57.5 in the patients with resection arthroplasty. Personal satisfaction and hip function were better after the two-stage re-implantation procedure.


P. Sponer K. Karpas

The aim of this study is to compare the results of resection arthroplasty with two-stage re-implantation procedure performed for peri-prosthetic infection of the hip. Patients who have had a resection arthroplasty can expect to have less pain, but their functional recovery is inferior to that which can be obtained after a two-stage re-implantation. Resection arthroplasty is usually unacceptable as a definitive solution for relatively young and active patients.

Possible options for the operative treatment of a periprosthetic infection include debridement with retention of the prosthesis, immediate one-stage exchange arthroplasty, and excision arthroplasty – either as a definitive procedure or as the first of a two-stage reconstructive procedure. The choice of a particular treatment is influenced by a number of factors.

At the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery in Hradec Králové we performed resection arthoplasty of the hip in 67 patients between 1984 and 1998. Mean age was 67 years (range 44–91). We were able to follow-up 33 of these patients in 1999. At follow-up, replacement of the total hip prosthesis in two stages had been carried out in 10 of the 33 patients. In 23 patients (11male, 12 female) the resection arthroplasty had been present for an average of five years. In the remaining ten patients (3 male, 7 female) a total hip reimplantation had been performed after an average of 17 months (range 3 to 63). Mean follow-up after reimplantation was four years. The Harris hip score was calculated for the individual patients during follow-up.

The Harris hip score was 66 in the re-implantation group compared to 57.5 in the patients with resection arthroplasty. Personal satisfaction and hip function were better after the two-stage re-implantation procedure.


G. Szõke S-H. Lee J. Lakatos AHRW. Simpson

It has been shown that the bone, nerve, tendon, and muscle can generate new tissue when a leg is lengthened. In this study we have examined the muscles to see whether the proliferative response occurs uniformly along the fibres or whether it is a disproportionate occurrence, and also to see whether the muscles of animals of different age responded differently.

In five adult (more than 25 weeks) and five young (8 to 9 weeks) New Zealand White rabbits, a mid-diaphyseal tibial osteotomy was created and stabilised with an Orthofix (M-100) external fixator. After seven days, lengthening was carried out at a rate of 1.6 mm/day until a 20% increase in the tibial length had occurred. One hour prior to sacrifice, all of the animals were injected with bromodeoxyridine (BrdUrd, 40mg/kg).

Proliferative response of muscle tissue was assessed by measuring the positive staining index (PSI) of BrdUrd in a two-step indirect immunohistochemistry using the monoclonal antibody Bu20a. We accomplished this staining in transverse sections (between the proximal and middle third, and between the middle and distal third of the muscle belly) and in longitudinal sections along the proximal, middle and distal third of the myotendinous junction (MTJ) of the lengthened flexor digitorum longus muscle belly. The opposite limb was used as a control for each animal.

All of the muscles showed a proliferative response that was significantly higher on the experimental side. There was no difference between the PSI of the proximal transverse sections and the distal transverse sections. The young animals demonstrated significantly increased PSI in all sections compared with the adult animals (immature distal transverse section PSI: 4.91%; mature distal transverse section PSI: 1.67%). The PSI of the longitudinal sections of MTJ showed significantly higher values than in the muscle belly (PSI at the MTJ in adults: 5.23%; PSI at the MTJ in the young: 13.2 %). The PSI result was increased at the distal third of the MTJ in mature and immature rabbits (p0.05).

The muscles show a proliferative response to elongation forming new muscle tissue. The proliferative reaction to lengthening is far greater in the muscles of growing animals compared to adults. The myotendinous junction demonstrates much more intensive proliferative activity than the muscle belly. The distal third of the myotendinous junction shows the highest PSI results. The results of this study help to interpret the results of the animal model for clinical studies and also indicate an advantage in carrying out lengthening on young individuals.


K. Siebenrock W. Morgenstern R. Ganz

The study reviews 24 patients with 27 total hip arthroplasties in which an acetabular reinforcement ring with hook was used for primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) due to underlying hip dysplasia.

There were 19 female and 5 male patients with a mean age of 50.6 years (31 to 70) at the time of surgery. A bulk autograft for acetabular reconstruction was used in four cases with Crowe Type III and IV dysplasia. In eight cases cancellous bone alone was used to fill the gap between the reinforcement ring and the acetabulum. All patients had a polyethylene cup cemented into the ring and 22 cases had a straight Müller CDH stem cemented into the shaft.

Mean follow-up was 10.7 years (range: 8.1 to 12.7). No clinical or radiographic signs of loosening of the reinforcement ring were found in 24 (88.9 %) of the 27 THAs. Two revisions (7.4%) were performed for aseptic loosening and one acetabular component had radiographic signs of loosening. The Merle D`Aubigné score had increased from 7 to 15 points.

The acetabular reinforcement ring continues to have favourable results in this specific patient group and may also prevent graft resorption and cup migration.


P. Závitkovsky T. Malkus M. Trnovsky

The purpose is to present our experiences with the conversion of external fixation to an intramedullary nail in the treatment of open fractures and fractures in polytraumatised patients. These are traumatological cases where primary use of an intramedullary nail is difficult or impossible.

References in the world literature to the two-stage treatment of the fractures of the tibial shaft are more than 2O years old and are considered as unsuccessful. However, later papers presented conversion as an advantageous procedure. A higher stability of the fracture and better comfort of the patient are acquired by the use of conversion.

From 1995 to 1999 in the Orthopedic Clinic Bulovka in Prague, Czech Republic, ten patients (8 male, 2 female) were treated by the method of conversion of external fixation to an intramedullary nail. The group of patients was composed of eight open fractures: one Gustillo-Anderson 1, two Gustillo-Anderson 2, three Gustillo-Anderson 3A, two Gustillo-Anderson 3B, one closed fracture Tscherne CIII, and one closed fracture Tscherne CII in a polytraumatised patient. Conversion was performed from 6 to 48 days after primary stabilisation by external fixation (mean 21.2 days). We currently use the UNI-fix clamp external fixator. Conversion by standard procedure is performed up to the 21st day to the 28th day after primary stabilisation. Injury of soft tissues and skin covering must be solved at the time of conversion.

Analysis of the results in the ten cases was made from three months to 4.5 years. All of the cases were subjectively classified as excellent or very good. There were no deep infections. In three cases there was prolonged secretion from the screw holes of the external fixator. For one patient, bone grafting into a fracture bone defect was necessary after six months. ROM of the knee and ankle joint was without reduction of function. When the period of follow-up was more than one year, all patients had perfect healing of the fractures.

This method gives very satisfactory therapeutic results with a minimum of complications, and covers the spectrum of the treatment of complicated fractures of the tibial shaft. However, the indications are very strict. If conversion is not able to be performed before the 21st to the 28th day after primary stabilisation, it is more advantageous to continue with treatment by external fixation because of the risk of deep infection. After the 28th day following primary stabilisation, conversion to an intramedullary nail is not indicated.


T.D. Tennent P. Calder R. Salisbury P. Allen D. Eastwood

The purpose of the study was to perform an independent assessment of the results of open reduction and internal fixation (ORIF) on a selected group of displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures from two centres.

It still remains controversial whether to manage intraarticular calcaneal fractures conservatively or operatively with few long-term results. The identification of patients who may benefit from the procedure is still undecided.

Fifty fractures in 46 patients with a defined significant displacement of an intra-articular fracture of the calcaneum underwent ORIF by one of the two senior authors. Mean age at operation was 46 years and mean follow-up was 44 months. 88% of the injuries were due to a fall from a height. 30% of the patients had contralateral foot/ankle injuries, and 20% of the patients developed a superficial wound infection. The infection rate was significantly higher in patients whose surgery was delayed more than 14 days.

All patients were independently reviewed after a minimum two-year follow-up. A clinical, radiographic and subjective assessment of the outcome was made. The results were correlated to the original fracture type. The mean Atkins score was 88 (out of 100). Bilateral injuries fared worse. Heel pain at follow-up correlated with a poor score. Atkins scores over 90 occurred in 77% of Saunders Type II, 50% in Type III, and 43% in Type IV fractures. 94% returned to work at a mean of 10 months post-injury. Three patients have undergone a subtalar arthrodesis – two for persistent pain and one for a significant malunion. One patient required a flap but there have been no cases of chronic osteomyelitis.

In patients with significantly displaced fractures, ORIF is a worthwhile procedure with 90% of patients satisfied and 94% returning to work. Gross articular comminution does not preclude a good/excellent result if hindfoot alignment is restored. ORIF after fourteen days should be avoided due to the high risk of infection.


L. Zahradníèek

The following report is focused on the principles and results of management of proximal femoral fractures in the Orthopaedics and Traumatology Department of Kladno Hospital. The observed file includes patients treated from 1998 to 1999.

Proximal femoral fracture is the most frequent diagnosis in traumatology hospitalisation. Correct management is very important from a medical point-of-view not only because of the frequency, but also with regard to economics.

We strive to operate on traumas indicated for operation as soon as possible, but we often treat them in the regular operation program the next day. For pertrochanteric fractures, the Dynamic Hip Screw is most often used. We use cervicocapital endoprostheses for cervical fractures of elderly patients, total endoprostheses for younger patients, and osteosyntheses for patients with the joint in good condition. Subtrochanteric fractures are treated by a reconstructional nail, or rarely by a Gamma nail because of its financial demands. As a preventive measure, patients are given antibiotics for 24 hours. Drains are extracted on the third postoperative day and patients are verticalized on crutches. The stitches are removed on the tenth to twelvth post-operative day and patients are transferred to out-patient treatment. It is worth mentioning that an attempt is made to stabilise subtrochanteric fractures by external fixation for a patient contraindicated for operation.

From 1998 to 1999, 283 patients (217 female, 66 male) with proximal femoral fracture were hospitalised. The types of fracture were: 137 cervical (11 were undislocated, wedged, and primarily indicated for conservative therapy), 104 pertrochanteric, and 31 subtrochanteric. There were also four false-joints, two periprosthetic fractures and three luxation of endoprostheses. We conservatively treated 11 patients with stable cervical fractures, with good results. There were 21 patients contraindicated for operation and only four of them are mobile. In the observed file there were seven deaths prior to operation, ten in the immediate postoperative period, and no mors in tabula.

There were 283 patients with proximal femoral fractures hospitalised in the studied period. From the total of 216 operations, 186 (86%) are independently mobile and satisfied with the result.


T.D. Tennent P. Calder R. Salisbury P. Allen D. Eastwood

The purpose of the study was to perform an independent assessment of the results of open reduction and internal fixation (ORIF) on a selected group of displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures from two centres.

It still remains controversial whether to manage intraarticular calcaneal fractures conservatively or operatively with few long-term results. The identification of patients who may benefit from the procedure is still undecided.

Fifty fractures in 46 patients with a defined significant displacement of an intra-articular fracture of the calcaneum underwent ORIF by one of the two senior authors. Mean age at operation was 46 years and mean follow-up was 44 months. 88% of the injuries were due to a fall from a height. 30% of the patients had contralateral foot/ankle injuries, and 20% of the patients developed a superficial wound infection. The infection rate was significantly higher in patients whose surgery was delayed more than 14 days.

All patients were independently reviewed after a minimum two-year follow-up. A clinical, radiographic and subjective assessment of the outcome was made. The results were correlated to the original fracture type. The mean Atkins score was 88 (out of 100). Bilateral injuries fared worse. Heel pain at follow-up correlated with a poor score. Atkins scores over 90 occurred in 77% of Saunders Type II, 50% in Type III, and 43% in Type IV fractures. 94% returned to work at a mean of 10 months post-injury. Three patients have undergone a subtalar arthrodesis – two for persistent pain and one for a significant malunion. One patient required a flap but there have been no cases of chronic osteomyelitis.

In patients with significantly displaced fractures, ORIF is a worthwhile procedure with 90% of patients satisfied and 94% returning to work. Gross articular comminution does not preclude a good/excellent result if hindfoot alignment is restored. ORIF after fourteen days should be avoided due to the high risk of infection.


H. Zehetgruber A. Grübl C. Wurnig

The purpose of this study was to evaluate if there was a difference in the outcome of operative treatment for rotator cuff-tears in patients younger and older than the age of 60.

Thirty-eight patients (19 male, 19 female) underwent 40 procedures and were postoperatively evaluated 15 and 42 months after surgery. At the time of follow-up they had a physical examination that included the Constant score, radiograph in three planes and a questionnaire focused on the need for analgesics, nocturnal pain, and return to full activity (work and sports). Cuff tears were classified by the Harryman classification. Corresponding to the study design, patients were divided into two age groups: under the age of sixty years (51a, min. 44a, max. 58a, n=22) and patients sixty years of age and older (68,3a, min. 60a, max. 82a, n=16).

Active range of motion increased significantly in both age groups (p< 0.05) from 101° to 152° in abduction after the first 15 months after surgery and in anteversion from 117° to 155°. By the time of the second evaluation, abduction had decreased to 136° for abduction and 149° for anteversion. The results of functional assessment by the Constant score was 72 points after 16 months and after 42 months decreasing to 62 points in the group of patients under the age of 60, and from 71 to 66 points in the group of patients 60 years of age and older.

In both age groups there was a continuous increase in muscle force: from 4.35kp after 15 months to 4.5kp after 42 months in patients younger than 60, and from 2.24kp to 3.75kp in the older age group. Pain and the use of analgesic medication decreased significantly (p< 0.0001 and p=0.0003) in both age groups during the first 15 months after surgery and after 42 months had remained at the same low level. There was a correlation between extent of the cuff tear and results of functional assessment by the constant score. For patients with Harryman Type I cuff tears, mean score after 15 months was 78 points decreasing to a mean score of 65 points after 42 months. Harryman Type II cuff tears decreased from 74 to 70 points, with Type III cuff tears decreasing from 63 to 57 points.

Patients in the age group of 60 years and older had more similar benefits from operative treatment for rotator cuff-tears than the group under the age of 60. The best clinical result in both groups appeared during the first two years after surgery and decreased an average of 3.5 years postoperatively. The results of the Constant Score were influenced primarily by the size of the cuff tear.


H. Zehetgruber C. Wurnig

The aim of this study was to evaluate how three different scoring systems (Constant, Reichelt, and UCLA scores) perform in individuals with normal shoulder function.

Scoring systems to evaluate the outcome of surgical treatment around the shoulder are well established. A total of 201 individuals were enrolled in this study. They were divided in four age groups and divided by sex: Group 1: Under 50 years of age: 25 female, 21 male; Group II: From 50 to 59 years of age: 17 female, 21 male; Group III: From 60 to 69 years of age: 18 female, 12 male; Group IV: 70 years of age and older: 24 female, 15 male.

All underwent clinical examination, ultrasound examination for detection of cuff tears, and radiograph examination in three planes. In all cases the dominant arm was enrolled. Twelve patients were excluded from the study because ultrasound depicted cuff tear or radiograph showed more than mild osteoarthritis according to the criteria of Hawkins, et al. (1990).

The main factor influencing the over-all score was the age-dependent decrease of muscle force measured in forward arm flexion (max. 12.5kp). The score was also influenced by the limitation of internal rotation (Group I: 13%, Group II: 26%, Group III: 40%, Group IV: 41%). According to the Reichelt and UCLA scores, males in Groups I, II and III reached a 100% top score in the UCLA and Reichelt scoring systems. In Group IV composed of older male patients, 20% scored less that the top score because of loss in active motion and muscle force. Only females in Groups I and II scored maximum results. Females in Group III scored 11% and in Group IV composed of older female patients, 50% scored less than the top score because of loss in active motion and muscle force.

Due to the natural aging process, males and females in Group IV could not accomplish maximum scores. We recommend that the top scores for the oldest age group be adjusted in order to avoid drawing erroneous conclusions from the scores in this age group.


A Bayan J Matheson

Eighty-one patients treated surgically for non-insertional Achilles’ tendinopathy between 1987 and 1999 by one surgeon were reviewed by a comprehensive postal questionnaire. Fifty-six patients (73 tendons) returned a questionnaire at an average of 58.7 months after surgery. The duration of preoperative symptoms averaged 24.6 months. In all cases, conservative treatment was first attempted but failed to alleviate symptoms. Twenty (35.7%) of these patients were involved in competitive or serious recreational sport. There were 34 men and 22 women with a mean age of 42.5 years (range: 23 to 66). All patients who had insertional tendinopathy or retrocalcaneal bursitis were excluded from this study. The surgical procedure consisted of excision of the paratenon circumferentially and early mobilisation. All patients had the same post operative treatment. There were 77.5% excellent, 6.4% good, 6.4% fair and 6.4% poor results. Eleven percent developed complications post operatively. We concluded that surgical decompression of the Achilles’ tendon is a very effective treatment for patients with non-insertional Achilles’ tendinopathy who have failed conservative treatment.


R Atkins

Background: Fracture non-union remains a severe clinical problem. The methods of Ilizarov allow a new approach using a tensioned fine wire circular frame to construct cylinders around limb segments that are then manipulated with respect to each other with deformity correction using hinges. Ilizarov introduced the concept of bone formation in distraction. The use of fine wires and non-invasive techniques minimise bone and soft tissue damage.

Method: Two hundred consecutive non-unions treated by the use of an Ilizarov frame were studied prospectively. The first 100 cases to have finished treatment were analysed. The mean time from fracture was 22.8 months (range: six months to 37 years) and the mean number of surgical procedures was four (range: one to 122). Eighty-eight percent affected the tibia. Unifocal compression was also used where bone loss was not a problem.

Results: Ninety-three fractures united. There were two amputations for overwhelming infection, four refractures and one defaulter. Infection, present in 56 cases at presentation was eradicated in all successful cases. Time in the frame for unifocal distraction (n=6) was 6.0 months (2.5-13), for unifocal compression (n=36) was 8.4 months (2.8-20), for bifocal compression distraction (n=33) 10 months (2.9–17.4) and for bifocal excision distraction (n=24) 19 months (6.5–41). Comparing times in frame for tibial bifocal cases, compression/distraction was 9.1 months (2.9–17.4), excision with shortening and relengthening was 15.7 months (6.5–23.6) and excision/transport was 23.5 (12.6–41.5), indicating increasing time required for more radical treatments.

Conclusion: The Ilizarov method provided an excellent technique for the treatment of non-unions. The technique was initially difficult for the surgeon and the patient but, with increasing experience, treatment times were reduced and the frames became progressively more manageable and less painful. In our hands, the Ilizarov frame has become the treatment of choice for all but the simplest non-unions.


R Ratahi H Crawford M Barnes

Previous studies have documented a variation in the occurrence of musculo-skeletal conditions affecting the hip and foot in the New Zealand Maori and Pacific Island races compared with the European race in New Zealand. Similar data regarding scoliosis are lacking. A manual and computerised review of outpatient records of Starship Hospital (1989–2000) and Middlemore Hospital (1997–2000) revealed 363 patients less than 20 years of age with a diagnosis of scoliosis. Major aetiological diagnoses included adolescent idiopathic (63), syringomyelia (12), myelomeningocele (16), cerebral palsy (55) and congenital (55). Significant racial variations were noted in the idiopathic, syringomyelia and neuro-muscular groups compared with New Zealand census predictions. Idiopathic scoliosis was uncommon in Maori (9%) and rare in Pacific Islanders (1%). Conversely, these groups accounted for 66% of all scolioses and over 50% of Maori and Pacific Islanders were found to have a syrinx. MRI is indicated in Maori and Pacific Islanders with apparent adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Maori accounted for 31% of patients with myelomeningocele and scoliosis. 40% of patients with cerebral palsy and scoliosis were Maori, reflecting the known inferior status of perinatal and other health parameters in this group of people.


Full Access
G Beadel G Hooper J Burn B Robinson S Fairbrother

Aim: In 1990 the Christchurch Hospital Sarcoma Clinic established management guidelines for patients with suspected sarcomas, recommending referral prior to investigation, biopsy and excision. The aim of this study was to determine whether these guidelines are being followed.

Method: A review of the case notes of all sarcomas referred to the Sarcoma Clinic between 1990 and 1999 was performed.

Results: There were 53 referrals, 34 (22%) from orthopaedic surgeons, 56 (37%) from general surgeons, 16 (10%) from general practice and 47 (31%) from other specialties. Only 83 (54%) of the referrals had followed the guidelines. Twenty-five (74%) of the orthopaedic referrals, 19 (34%) of the general surgical, 10 (63%) of the general practice and 29 (62%) of the other specialties had followed the guidelines. Seventy (46%) of the referrals had failed to follow the guidelines. Thirty-four (49%) of these had undergone excision inadequate for sarcoma prior to referral, of which eight had been re-excised. Twenty-four patients had not been staged prior to excision despite having a positive fine needle aspiration (FNA) in four cases. Eighteen patients (26%) had FNA or biopsy prior to imaging or referral.

Conclusion: Forty-six percent of sarcoma patients had not been treated according to the recommended guidelines. Forty-nine percent of these had inadequate primary sarcoma excision and this may have compromised their outcome. Orthopaedic surgeons had the best record for following the guidelines at 74% of referrals but this could be further improved. Doctors and especially surgeons need to be more aware of the principle of early referral of patients with suspected sarcomas.


G Beadel J McKee

Aim: To determine whether there is a difference in outcome between reamed and unreamed tibial nails.

Method: We performed a prospective, randomised trial comparing the results of reamed versus unreamed titanium tibial nails. Perioperative oxygen saturation and FIo2 were measured in each patient. Time to union was compared using survival analysis.

Results: There were 60 patients with 60 tibial shaft fractures including 10 (17%) compound fractures and three patients with thoracic trauma. There were 32 reamed and 28 unreamed nails. Fifty-seven nails were statically locked (95%). The average nail diameter in the reamed group was 9.7mm, significantly larger than that in the unreamed group (9.2mm), (p=0.02). There were no significant differences in average oxygen saturation and FIo2 between reamed and unreamed nails during insertion, immediately postoperatively or during the first two postoperative days. Forty-eight (80%) patients were followed until the fracture healed. Two patients died and 10 (17%) were lost to follow up. The mean time to union was 13.5 weeks in the reamed group versus 16 weeks in the unreamed group. This was not significant (p=0.2). There were 10 (17%) complications including one delayed union in each group, both united following ‘dynamization’. There were three compartment syndromes treated with fasciotomies. No nails broke and there were no deep infections.

Conclusion: We have shown no difference in the effects on pulmonary function between the two groups, but unfortunately we had insufficient patients to assess the effect of thoracic trauma.


G Brick S Mills

Aim: The S-ROM femoral component is a versatile modular prosthesis that can be adapted to the majority of complex hip revision situations. The purpose of this study is to review the results of this prosthesis with a minimum follow-up of two years.

Method: Fifty-six consecutive revision hip arthroplasties using the S-ROM femoral component were performed in 49 patients by the senior author. The patients with segmental femoral allografts were excluded. A retrospective chart review and radiographic analysis was performed and the pre-operative and post-operative modified Harris hip scores compared.

Results: Forty-nine patients with 56 hips were evaluated between two and seven years after revision surgery. There were 25 females and 24 males. The average age was 66.6 years (range: 44.8 to 94.6). Revision arthroplasties were performed for loose components in 36 hips, infected components in 10 hips, recurrent dislocation in three hips and for miscellaneous diagnoses in seven. The average number of previous surgical procedures on the affected hip was 2.4 (range: one to seven). The modified Harris hip score improved from a pre-operative average of 42 to a post-operative average of 73 at the most recent follow-up examination. Three patients had failed revisions at seven years (5%). One patient underwent a resection arthroplasty for infection, one patient underwent re-revision for recurrent dislocation and one patient dislocated, became infected and is on suppressive antibiotic therapy. Other complications included nine dislocations (16%), seven intra-operative fractures (13%), trochanteric irritation in five patients (9%), residual thigh pain in three patients (5%), heterotopic ossification in two patients (4%), one post-operative sciatic nerve palsy (2%) and early osteolysis in one patient (2%).

Conclusion: Short to intermediate term follow-up of the S-ROM femoral component in this group of revision patients has yielded excellent results. In terms of loosening and osteolysis these results are comparable to primary hip arthroplasty using the S-ROM prosthesis.


M J Brick

Aim: Total hip arthroplasty implant inventories are based on anatomic studies on populations with a different ethnic mix from New Zealand. The purpose of this study was to:

Compare the proximal femoral geometry with published data from the American population.

Compare the proximal femoral geometry with implant sizes currently being used in New Zealand.

Hypothesis: That New Zealanders have a significantly greater offset when compared with published American data.

Method: Fifty-seven femora were obtained from medical school cadavers. Using a standardised technique the femora (stripped of soft-tissue) were x-rayed and surface and endosteal measurements were taken. These measurements were compared with previously published data from an American population. The implants used in 200 consecutive primary total hip arthroplasties were measured to compare with them the New Zealand population.

Results: Twelve of the 14 measurements were significantly different when compared with the American population. In particular, femoral head offset averaged 46.7mm compared with 43mm in the American study. Femoral head diameter was also significantly larger (49.2mm vs 46.1mm).

Conclusion: If the goal of implant sizing is to reproduce the rotational axis and offset of the native hip joint, NZ Surgeons may be frequently under sizing implants with regard to offset.


M Clatworthy J U Bulow L Pinczewski S Howell P Fowler

Introduction: It has been proposed that tunnel widening in ACL reconstructions is due to excessive graft tunnel motion secondary to elastic fixation.

Aim: To determine whether techniques which fix the graft closer to the joint (interference screws), eliminate the bungy cord and are stiffer will decrease tunnel widening. The clinical significance of tunnel widening is examined.

Method: Two hundred and fifty nine patients were evaluated prospectively. Four fixation methods were evaluated. Sixty-nine were reconstructed using Endobuttons and staples (elastic fixation). Forty-eight were subjects reconstructed with a bone mulch screw and staples, 55 patients were reconstructed with metal interference screws and 87 with bioabsorbable interference screws. Patients underwent a clinical examination, IKDC, Cincinnati knee score and KT-1000 testing one year post-operatively. These factors were correlated with tunnel widening. Tunnel widening was determined using magnification adjusted AP and lateral radiographs using Scion Image software.

Results: Tunnel widening occurred with all the fixation methods. Mean tunnel area increased 122% for the Bioscrew, 89% for the metal interference screw, 76% for the bone mulch screw and 36% for the Endobutton (ANOVA p=< 0.0001). Tunnel widening did not correlate with increased laxity, poor IKDC or Cincinnati knee scores.

Conclusions: Tunnel widening occurred with both elastic and rigid fixation methods. Tunnel widening could not be avoided by fixing the graft closer to the joint or eliminating the ‘bungy cord’. Graft tunnel motion was not the sole cause of tunnel widening in ACL reconstruction. Tunnel widening did not correlate with poor outcome in the short term.


G Brick J Balance

Aim: The current trend in fixation of acetabular components is towards press-fit, no-hole components to reduce the wear debris production and its access to the bone prosthesis interface. The purpose of this study is to review the outcome of no holes or holes with or without adjuvant screw fixation in a porous expanded rim modular acetabular component of the same design with a minimum of two year follow up.

Method: This was a retrospective review of the charts and radiographs of 204 consecutive Osteonics PSL acetabular components inserted by the same surgeon. Radiographic analysis included assessments of radiolucencies in the three zones of Charnley & DeLee, as well as assessments of migration and wear using the technique of Livermore. Osteolytic cysts were recorded and any progression noted.

Results: The underlying diagnosis was similar in all groups with osteoarthritis comprising 57%. In the screw group one component has been revised for loosening secondary to impingement. Three had significant osteolysis, all of which have been revised. There was no significant difference for the 28 mm heads between the groups for radiolucencies or migration. The 22 mm heads had a higher rate of linear wear. Complications included seven dislocations, two with grade three heterotopic ossification and one late haematogenous infection.

Conclusion: Comparing acetabular components with and without screws and no-hole components there was no significant difference in radiolucencies, wear and migration. Osteolytic cysts occurred only in cups with holes and screws. Because of these findings the surgeon continues to use the no-hole cup wherever possible in primary and revision arthroplasty. Longer follow up will be required to confirm that this decreased osteolysis persists over time in the no-hole group.


H Blackely A Gross

Aim: Proximal femoral allografts are a rare but valuable option in severe femoral bone loss in revision hip arthroplasty. However, there are no long-term follow-up reports on their use. The purpose of this study was to review the average 11-year results of massive proximal femoral allografts used for severe bone loss in revision hip arthroplasty.

Method: Sixty-three total hip arthroplasties in 60 consecutive patients were revised with a proximal femoral allograft and a prosthesis. The mean length of the allograft was fifteen centimeters. All patients had undergone at least one previous total hip arthroplasty, with a mean of 3.8 operations. Each patient was assessed before operation and at follow-up with a modified Harris hip score and radiographs.

Results: At a mean follow-up of 11 years (range: nine to 15 years), 45 patients (75%) were alive, 14 patients (23 %) were deceased and one patient was lost to follow- up. The average preoperative Harris hip score was 30 points; at the latest follow-up the average score of those with the original graft in situ was 71. The deceased and lost patients represented 15 allografts (24%) with an average of five years and seven months follow-up. There were five failures for infection, four of which were successfully revised. Three hips failed with aseptic loosening at average 10 years and three months, two have been successfully re-revised and the third is awaiting revision. Success was defined as a postoperative increase in the Harris hip score of greater than twenty points, a stable implant, and no need for further surgery related to the allograft at the time of review. The success rate for all patients was 78% at an average of nine years follow-up. The success rate of those living was 77% at an average of 11 years follow-up.

Conclusion: At an average of 11-years following proximal femoral allografts the clinical and radiological results were encouraging.


W Bevan E J Jamieson

Aim: This study was performed to review the early results of the use of a semi-constrained acetabular component in the treatment of recurrent hip dislocation at Palmerston North Hospital.

Method: A retrospective case study of patients who underwent acetabular component revision with a semi-constrained cup for recurrent dislocation of the hip was performed.

Results: Between April 1999 and July 2000, 10 patients with an average age of 75 years underwent acetabulum revision with a semi-constrained cup. There was an average of four dislocations before revision surgery, per patient. At follow-up between three and 18 months after the revision, there had been no dislocations. Aggressive post-operative rehabilitation was permitted, allowing discharge at an average of seven days postoperatively.

Conclusion: The use of a semi-constrained acetabular cup was successful as a means of treatment for recurrent hip dislocation. This is an early review of the use of the implant. There are no published data on long term survival of this implant. The semi-constrained cup provides a simple yet effective option for dealing with the elderly recurrent hip dislocation


A S Don K D Karpic

Aim: To evaluate outcome with current treatment methods of patients with severe (AO Type C) fractures of the tibial plafond.

Method: All patients with AO Type C fractures of the tibial plafond were included in the study. Treatment was predominantly by way of temporary external fixation with staged open reduction and internal fixation once soft tissue swelling had receded. A clinical and radiological review was performed at an average of two years after initial presentation.

Results: Thirty-five Type C fractures were reviewed. All fractures united. There were no deep infections. Sic patients have required major subsequent surgery. Three have undergone arthrodeses for post-traumatic degenerative change. Three have had bone grafting and/or adjustment of fixation.

Conclusion: Temporary external fixation with staged internal fixation for AO Type C fractures of the tibial plafond produced reasonable results at medium term follow up.


J M Fielden J M Cumming G Horne P A Devane

Introduction: Long waits for total hip joint replacement (THJR) surgery affect quality of life and are likely to impose significant medical, personal and other costs on individuals and society.

Aim: To define the economic and health costs of waiting for THJR surgery.

Method: A prospective study of 130 patients requiring primary THJR is being undertaken. Data on health related quality of life (HRQL), using self completed EQ-5D and WOMAC questionnaires, are collected on enrolment, and every month before surgery and continuing for six months after surgery. Monthly cost diaries are used to record medical, personal and other costs. Inferential statistics and regression analyses will be used to test the strength of associations between costs and waiting times, and changes in HRQL before and after surgery.

Results: Preliminary results indicate that costs are greatest before surgery (mean=$70.41 per person, per month), remain high during the first month after surgery (mean=$53.24 pp pm), and drop significantly (p< 0.05) within six months after surgery (mean=$12 pp pm). WOMAC scores of pain, stiffness and physical function show significant improvements (p< 0.05) within three months after surgery. The EQ-5D also indicated significant (p< 0.05) positive changes.

Conclusions: The preliminary results suggested that patients had high dependency levels for the first month after surgery. Consequently, costs associated with recuperation after surgery may have shifted from the public hospitals onto the community and family. Significant improvements in HRQL by three months after surgery indicated that THJR is a successful intervention for osteoarthritis.


M Clatworthy R Chiu C Chiu T Minas

Introduction: We report one surgeon’s experience with autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) for the treatment of large chondral knee defects

Method: Over a five-year period, 295 chondral knee defects in 169 patients were treated with ACI. Most patients were complex having failed other treatments. Only 4% of patients had simple condylar lesions. Patients were followed prospectively. Patients were independently evaluated by an history, clinical examination, WOMAC score, Cincinnati Knee Score (CKS), IKDC, SF-36 and patient satisfaction scores administered pre-operatively and at 12, 24, 36 and 48 months post-operatively.

Results: Two hundred and sixty seven grafts (89%) were functioning well. The common causes for graft failure were poor graft incorporation and delamination, non-compliant rehabilitation and progressive osteoarthritis. Periosteal hypertrophy was present in 20% requiring arthroscopic debridement. All outcome measures improved significantly with time.

Conclusion: In a complex group of patients ACI showed encouraging results in the short term.


A Cromhout H Tobin

Aim: To examine the efficacy and ease of use of the scapular manipulation method in the reduction of anterior shoulder dislocations and the need for sedation/analgesia that usually requires prolonged observation of the patient after reduction.

Method: This was a prospective series over six months. All patients presenting to the Waikato Hospital Emergency Department with uncomplicated anterior shoulder dislocations were included in the study. Reduction was firstly attempted with the Scapular Manipulation Method without analgesia or sedation. Where this was unsuccessful, analgesia and/or sedation was given and their shoulders reduced by one of various methods. The patients who received sedation were then observed as required.

Results: Thirty-five patients with anterior shoulder dislocations were seen. In 30 cases the scapular manipulation method of reduction was used with a success rate of more than 80%. The need for sedation/analgesia that would usually lead to a period of observation was greatly reduced.

Conclusion: The scapular manipulation method of reduction of anterior shoulder dislocation is an easy and safe technique with a success rate, and it obviates the need for prolonged patient observation.


P Devane G Horne

Aim: The direct lateral approach, as described by Hardinge et al, may have the advantage of reducing the incidence of dislocation after total hip arthroplasty. The purpose of this paper is to describe a modification of the direct lateral approach used by the author on consecutive total hip arthroplasty for all patients; including primary arthritis, fractures and revisions over a period of five years. The incidence and causes of complications, specifically dislocation, is discussed.

Method: A modification of the direct lateral approach, where gluteus minimus is split anteriorly rather than being detached from the greater trochanter, is described. This approach allowed its primary repair during wound closure, reducing surgical dead-space and theoretically reducing the incidence of dislocation. The records of all patients in whom the author performed this approach for total hip arthroplasty between 1 February 1994 and 1 February 1999 were examined. Patients were routinely seen at one year after operation and any early complications of surgery recorded. Minimum follow-up for this series was one year.

Conclusion: This modification of the direct lateral approach which preserves the integrity of gluteus minimus while still allowing adequate exposure and is extensile, gave a very acceptable incidence of dislocation in total hip arthroplasty for degenerative disease, fracture, and revision cases.


J M Fielden G Purdie G Horne P A Devane

Introduction: Hip fractures in the elderly create an economic and social burden on individuals and society. Earlier predictions of the incidence of hip fractures in the older adult population showed that by the year 2011 the rate would rise to epidemic proportions.

Aim: To analyse the actual hip fracture rate from 1988 to 1999 and then to compare it with the hip fracture rate predicted by Rockwood, Horne and Cryer in 1990.

Method: Data on the number of patients admitted to New Zealand hospitals with a diagnosis of fractured neck of femur were obtained, and compared with Rockwood’s (1990) weighted regression and baseline predictions. Poisson regression was used to test for changes in hip fracture rates over time.

Results: The numbers of hip fractures for females, from 1988 to 1993, were similar to the numbers predicted, yet have been significantly lower than stated predictions since 1995 (all age bands, P < 0.002; in the 85+ group, p < 0.0001). For males, hip fracture numbers are closer to those predicted, and since 1995 are less than the weighted regressions predicted. The difference was not statistically significant.

Conclusions: Despite the absence of a nationally agreed and coordinated strategy aimed at osteoporosis prevention, it appears that the use of risk assessments, osteoporosis prevention strategies, in combination with improved retirement home and personal care interventions and treatments are likely to have contributed to this situation. The 4.6% drop in the age group most at risk of hip fracture (85+), may be a contributing factor.


J C Cullen

Despite changes in operating theatre conditions, antibiotic usage etc., infection rates following total hip arthroplasty remain remarkably constant. The management of infections may be either as one or two stage procedures, the evidence supports a two stage procedure as being the more reliable. A system of management for a two-stage procedure is discussed. This allows early weight bearing and the second stage can be carried out at any time when the results of the appropriate blood tests and aspiration deem this appropriate.


R G Gordon

Aim: To describe a novel; approach for total knee arthroplasty in the face of a chronic irreducible lateral dislocation of the patella.

Method: The patient was a 74 year old female with severe osteoarthritis of both knees and chronic irreducible lateral dislocation of the patellae. The degree of lateral dislocation was more severe on the left side. For the less severe knee, a standard medial approach was performed for the total knee arthroplasty and this was combined with an extensive lateral retinacular release and also with the use of a rotating platform on the tibial side. This approach failed to centralise the patella. On the side of the severe lateral dislocation of the patella, a lateral subvastus approach was performed. This was combined with a tibial tubercle osteotomy with medialisation and three degrees of external rotation of the femoral component.

Result: This approach centralised the patella and produced a very favorable clinical outcome with 0 to 105 degrees of flexion, much improved quadriceps strength, and excellent pain relief.

Conclusion: In the presence of osteoarthritis of the knee and a chronic irreducible later dislocation of the patella, the use of a lateral subvastus approach to the knee combined with medialisation of the tibial tubercle should be considered for the performance of a total knee arthroplasty


Full Access
G F Heynen

Aim: The purpose of this paper is to review clinically and radiographically the results of the first 100 total hip arthroplasties using the Thrust Plate femoral component both to give an early insight into its performance to date and whether this justifies the continued use of the implant.

Method: A prospective follow-up study was embarked upon in June 1998 using the Thrust Plate prosthesis in patients deemed suitable for the use of a cementless femoral component and who agreed to partake in the study using an ‘experimental implant’. Between June 1998 and March 2000, 100 hundred patients were entered into the study. There were 73 male and 27 female patients with an age range of 20 to 64 years. All patients have been followed by the author and were reviewed clinically and radiographically at regular intervals. No patients have been lost to follow-up.

Results: The average Harris Hip Score improved from 52 pre-op to 94 at last follow-up. There were no wound complications, infections, dislocations or clinically proven thrombo-embolic complications at the last follow-up appointment. There have been four revisions, all as a result of failure of fixation of the Thrust Plate. There is one patient with a radiographically loose implant, but clinically is still functioning well with a hip score of 90.

Conclusions: With a failure rate of 5% the author has some concerns about the ongoing use of the implant and is now applying more stringent selection criteria. The learning curve is significant. However, when technical considerations are taken into account, this failure rate can be explained. The overall incorporation of the implant when assessed radiologically in those cases that have not been revised has been satisfactory and longer-term follow-up is required to judge the implant’s performance over time.


T-K Ho

Aim: To investigate the efficacy and safety of a two-tunnel technique for the decompression of the carpal tunnel.

Method: The technique consists of making two small incisions, one at the distal wrist crease and a second one on the mid-palm, 2.5cm from the first incision. Through these two incisions, the proximal and distal extent of the transverse carpal ligament (TCL) was identified and two specifically designed dissector-retractors were introduced. One to isolate the deep surface of the TCL protecting the median nerve and the other to isolate the superior surface of the ligament. The TCL was then divided under direct vision.

Results: One hundred and seventy-nine cases were studied from 1996 to 1999 with a minimum follow-up of three months. The patients were assessed using the scoring system described by Levine et al 1993. The overall improvement of symptoms was 1.62 points. The average return to activities of daily living was 5.6 days and the average return to work was 4.2 weeks.

The complications included eight patients with pillar pain; one transient superficial palmar branch numbness; one transient digital branch paraesthesia; one retained suture and two superficial wound infections.

Conclusions: This new technique appears to have the potential benefits of small incision surgery such as endoscopic techniques. It uses simple and re-useable instruments, and has been shown to be safe.


G Hooper P Armour J Scott

Aim: To compare the function in two groups of high demand patients with a total knee arthroplasty (TKA) – one group using a posterior cruciate sacrificing (PCS) prosthesis and the other a posterior cruciate retaining (PCR) prosthesis of similar design.

Method: Patients were eligible for the study if they were greater than two years from surgery, less than 65 years of age and without other co-existing morbidity to significantly decrease their physical activities. Group A underwent surgery by one surgeon who routinely retained the posterior cruciate ligament whereas Group B underwent surgery by one surgeon who routinely sacrificed the PCL. A mobile bearing TKA of similar design was used in each group. All patients were selected and assessed by an independent assessor using a questionnaire developed specifically to assess higher levels of activity not usually assessed by other knee scores.

Results: Group A (28 TKA in 20 patients) were matched with Group B (25 TKA in 19 patients) for age, length of follow-up and range of motion. The gross activity score was 3.36 in Group A compared with 3.12 in Group B. The combined walking, running and stair climbing score was significantly better in Group A (7.68 compared to 6.64 in Group B). Group B perceived their TKA was closer to a normal knee (2.00 compared to 2.32) with decreased anterior knee pain.

Conclusions: Retaining the PCL in TKA results in better function without significant complications.


G H Horne M Gilbart P Devane J Fielden

Aim: To determine the incidence of periacetabular osteolysis in an uncemented, press-fit, one-piece, titanium plasma spray backed acetabular cup used in conjunction with a cemented or uncemented femoral component followed for 10 years.

Method: Patients undergoing primary total hip arthroplasty in 1989 were reviewed and new radiographs obtained. These were compared with the initial post-operative radiographs and the presence of osteolysis in the three zones of Delee and Charnley were recorded.

Results: Of 57 patients, 14 were deceased at the time of follow-up and nine were lost to follow-up. Ten patients had undergone revision for problems related to the femoral stem. There was only one possible case of periacetabular osteolysis seen in this series. In this case the lytic lesion was seen on the early post-operative radiograph and did not change in 10 years, and thus may not have been osteolysis.

Conclusions: The reported incidence of periacetabular osteolysis with two-piece cups varies between 30 and 50%. Thus, this cup has an extremely low possible osteolysis incidence. This study raises the wisdom of the continued use of two piece cups of any design.


S Hadlow

Introduction: Satisfactory ten-year survival statistics from the Swedish Arthroplasty Register, combined with new minimally-invasive surgical implantation techniques, have seen a resurgence in interest in unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA).

Aim: To compare unicompartmental component positioning following minimally invasive and open implantation.

Methods: The radiographs of patients with UKAs implanted using a minimally invasive technique were retrospectively compared with a similar number of UKAs implanted using an open technique. Optimal component positioning and methods of determining this from radiographs will be presented.

Results: Twenty-three consecutive Ripicci UKAs (21 patients) were implanted using a minimally invasive technique. Radiographs were compared with an equivalent number of Marmor UKAs implanted using an open technique. All patients derived from a single surgeon’s practice. Preliminary results indicated that tibial tray positioning was satisfactory, and that variations in the femoral component positioning were due largely to the design modifications of the Ripicci UKA.


S L Hardy B Coleman

Aim: To study the complications of an extended lateral femoral osteotomy (after Paprosky) of the femur utilised for exposure in revision total hip replacement.

Method: A retrospective audit was performed of the senior author’s revision hip patients who had, at the time of surgery, an extended lateral femoral osteotomy for both deformity correction and to facilitate cement removal. No attempt was made to correlate the use of an osteotomy and operating time or overall results as no unbiased control group was available. The time to radiological union and complications of the procedure was reviewed to assess the safety of an osteotomy in one surgeon’s practice.

Results: Thirty patients with 31 osteotomies were reviewed, all with long-stem fully porous coated femoral stems. It was the senior author’s anecdotal opinion that osteotomy facilitated cement removal without canal perforation and was necessary for varus deformity correction in many patients. All osteotomies united without further procedures after an average of 22 weeks (range: 12 to 38 weeks). There was one fatigue fracture of the osteotomised fragment, one non-union of the greater trochanter and two cable failures; all without significant sequelae. There was one fracture of the medial proximal femur that required a period of four weeks of bed-rest; otherwise all patients were mobilised full weight bearing as tolerated. One patient had deep infection and a loose femoral component. Two patients had instability of the hip in the post-operative period.

Conclusion: We have shown that the osteotomy reliably united and was safe even with early full weight bearing, with few complications. Extended femoral osteotomy for deformity correction and cement removal in revision hip replacement is a safe and easy technique that reliably facilitates revision.


J G Horne J Stoddart P Devane J Fielden

Aim: To ascertain whether there is a relationship between time to surgery and mortality in hip fracture patients.

Method: The records of 120 patients admitted with hip fractures were examined. The approximate time of injury, the time of admission to hospital, the time of surgery, the number of medical co-morbidities, the A.S.A. grade, age, and length of hospital stay, were recorded. Death statistics were obtained from the Registrar of Births Deaths and Marriages. An analysis was then performed to assess the presence of correlation between time from injury to surgery, time from admission to surgery and three and six-month mortality in patients who were A.S.A. grades two or three.

Results: Preliminary analysis of the data showed a strong correlation between time from injury and the time from admission, to surgery and subsequent death. When these times exceeded 24 hours the mortality increased.

Conclusion: This study suggested that every effort should be made to operate on patients with hip fractures within 24 hours of admission to minimise mortality resulting from this injury.


P Robertson S A Jackson

Introduction: Spinal fusion for the treatment of low back pain (LBP) remains controversial. Surgeons must evaluate outcomes to justify these procedures.

Aim: To examine the subjective and objective outcomes in patients undergoing posterolateral spinal fusion for degenerative spondylosis and LBP using pedicle screw instrumentation.

Method: A prospective, independent assessment of subjective (patient assessment of outcome, procedure worth, procedure repeatability, and pain scores) was carried out. Objective measures (Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS), Prolo Functional/Economic Score, medication requirements and employment status) were also assessed prospectively.

Results: Seventy-one percent of the patients rated their outcome successful and 86% rated it worthwhile and would repeat the experience. Pain scores were improved in 78.6%. The LBOS improved from 18 to 40 (p< 0.05), yet only 28.6% of patients reached good or excellent scores. The Prolo score improved from 4.2 to 6.4 with 46% good or excellent outcomes. Pain medication requirements reduced by 75%. Twenty-three patients were insured by the ACC and 16 of these were on earnings related compensation (ERC) before surgery. At the time of the follow-up 14 were working full-time, five were working part-time with an income top up from the ACC, and four remained on ERC. Return to work rates were inversely proportional to duration of time off work prior to surgery.

Conclusions: Patient satisfaction was acceptable for this form of surgery particularly considering the magnitude of preoperative disability. The improvement in functional scores was significant yet failed to reach good or excellent levels for the majority. Despite this return to work rates were high for this class of patient justifying careful use of fusion as an intervention in selected patients with intractable LBP.


H Rawlinson P Robertson A T Hadlow

Introduction: Titanium mesh cages (TMC) for the reconstruction of thoracolumbar vertebral body defects offer an alternative to structural iliac crest autograft or allograft. The stability and safety of these cages has not been addressed.

Aim: To assess the stability and safety of titanium mesh cages in the reconstruction of thoracolumbar vertebral body defects.

Method: Independent radiological review before and after surgery, and at follow-up was performed for 27 patients having implantation of TMCs. Measurements of thoracolumbar kyphosis, cage settling, translational deformities and any evidence of implant failure were recorded.

Results: Indications for reconstruction with TMC included burst fracture (13), post-traumatic kyphosis (8), primary tumour resection (3), debridement of infection (1) and stabilisation of severe kyphotic deformity in achondroplasia with spinal stenosis (2). Kyphoses were corrected by a mean of 12 degrees (61%, range: zero degrees to 38 degrees, 0% to 85%). No cage moved. One patient had a recurrence of the kyphosis of more than five degrees (12 degrees). Five patients demonstrated some settling of the cage within adjacent vertebral bodies (1% to 8%, mean = 3.4% of height loss over length). Translational malposition of three cages occurred. One of these cases demonstrated the maximum settling and another was associated with the only case of instrumentation failure. Spinal canal intrusion did not occur.

Conclusions: We found that the use of TMCs was safe when managing vertebral body reconstruction. Significant kyphosis or translational deformity did not occur, however minor cage settling within adjacent vertebra did. The fusion rate is unknown as the mesh cage obscured graft maturation. Construct failure only occurred after pre-operative translational malalignment could not be corrected. This demanding procedure offers a reconstructive option with superior structural stability and reduced bone grafting morbidity.


P A Robertson O R Nicholson

Introduction: Age related histological and radiological changes are widespread in the lumbar spine. The correlation with symptoms is poor and there is good evidence that in later decades the incidence of back symptoms decreases, despite the relentless progression of radiological abnormalities. Much confusion exists regarding Accident Compensation Corporation (ACC) insurance entitlement following injuries in the presence of asymptomatic but existing radiological ageing changes (spondylosis) and existing but asymptomatic spondylolysis/isthmic spondylolisthesis.

Aim: To review the relevant literature and ACC Acts to clarify the ACC Act definition of injury/accident and exclusion criteria and the natural history of spondylosis/spondylolysis/spondylolisthesis, in relation to patients sustaining new lumbar spine injuries in the presence of existing but asymptomatic radiological abnormalities.

Method: The relevant literature and legislation (1992 ARCI and 1998 AI Acts) were reviewed.

Results: Regarding spondylolysis and low grade isthmic spondylolisthesis the literature is conflicting in relation to the incidence of back symptoms. The ACC Acts do not discuss existing disorders or degenerative conditions, but focus on exclusion of cover for ‘personal injury caused wholly or substantially by the ageing process’.

Conclusions: As with clinical decision making medico-legal assessment requires a meticulous history as the primary focus. It is inappropriate to apportion undue weight to radiological abnormalities that correlate poorly with symptoms.


J G Horne W Bruce P Devane H Teoh

Aim: To examine the histology of the bone-cement interface in a canine total hip model comparing two different cementing techniques.

Method: Seven adult mongrel dogs underwent staged bilateral total hip replacement. On one side the cement was packed into the femur with a finger while on the opposite side the femoral canal was washed, brushed, distally plugged and injected with cement under pressure before inserting the femoral component. Sequential fluorochrome bone labelling was performed. The dogs were sacrificed up to six months after the surgery. Undecalcified sections of the femur were examined by fluorescent microscopy.

Results: Post-operative radiographs showed complete filling of the proximal femur with cement in the pressure injected group, and a relatively thin mantle in the finger-packed group. Histology of the finger-packed group showed minimal intrusion of cement into the cancellous bed, direct apposition of cement and bone with small areas of fibrous tissue interposition. In the pressure- injected group the cement extended to the endosteal cortex, there was no bone necrosis, and the intruded bone underwent remodelling similar to that at the margins.

Conclusions: This study suggested that ‘third generation’ cementing techniques result in greater contact between bone and cement, and may explain the claim that femoral stems in humans inserted using third generation techniques are more durable than those inserted using ‘first generation’ techniques.


A Roberts

Aim: To study of the results of the first 100 Miller-Galante, unicompartmental knee replacements performed by one surgeon over the period from May 1990 to November 1996, with particular reference to the failure mechanisms.

Method: A cohort of 100 patients has been followed up prospectively on a biennial basis. They have been assessed using the Nottingham Knee Proforma of Tew & Waugh. An up-dated review was carried out of the cases for the preparation of this presentation.

Results:

Alive, knee functioning satisfactorily – 57

Dead, knee functioning satisfactorily – 21

Lost to follow up – 10

Significant symptoms, not revised – 2

Infection – 1 case not requiring revision

Revised – 9

Due for revision – 1

Of the 32 patients over the age of 74 at the time of replacement none have required revision (18 still alive).

Reasons for revision:

6 developed degeneration in another compartment

2 had unexplained pain

1 developed loosening of the tibial component (19 components found to be well fixed to bone at revision)

1 developed significant wear and is due for revision

Conclusions: This prosthesis remains a surgical option for treatment of unicompartmental knee osteoarthrosis. As judged on survival it appears to be superior to high tibial osteotome (HTO) but it appears to be inferior to total knee replacement (TKR). It is easier to revise than failed HTO or TKR. Careful patient selection is obviously required.


A Shimmin

Aim: To review the efficacy of Osteogenic Protein-1 (OP-1; BMP-7) in treating non-unions of fractures of the long bones.

Method: Twenty-eight patients who had previously had non-unions of long bone fractures treated unsuccessfully by conventional methods were entered into the study. OP-1 was used with autograft in 22 cases (OP-1 Implant is composed of 3.5mg OP-1/1g bovine bone collagen). The author reviewed all x-rays and, with the assistance of the 21 treating surgeons, assessed the clinical outcomes.

Results: There had been an average of 3.1 (median = two, range: one to 12) previous procedures and 24.3 months (median = 22 months, range: five to 84 months) since the injury. Twenty of the non-unions were diaphyseal and eight were metaphyseal. Seventeen of the 28 patients had some alteration to internal fixation. Nine patients had significant concomitant conditions. On clinical examination, 20 fractures had united, three were unable to be assessed and five had failed. The average time to union was 5.6 months (range: three to 15 months). When the x-rays were reviewed 21 had united. Two were unable to be assessed and five had failed. There were no adverse events or complications that can be attributed to the use of OP-1.

Discussion: This is a follow up of 28 difficult cases which had failed to respond to the current gold standard for treating recalcitrant non-unions. The contribution made by alteration of fixation needs to be recognised. Irrespective of this fact, there had been an average of 3.1 previous bony procedures involving grafting and changes of fixation.

Conclusion: OP-1 initiates bone formation in humans, it appears to be safe and may potentiate the action of autograft. The results for this group of recalcitrant cases suggested that it had been useful in obtaining successful outcomes for these patients who had failed to unite their fractures after traditional techniques had been used.


M Sherwood P Devane G Horne

Introduction: Ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) wear debris generated at the articulating interface of total hip arthroplasties continues to be the major cause of early failure of these implants.

Aim: To validate the accuracy and reproducibility of the three-dimensional technique (3D) of in vivo measurement of UHMWPE wear using PolyWare ™ when applied to digitised radiographs. The aim was to keep the cumulative errors below the accepted annual linear wear rate of 0.15 mm.

Method: Using precision phantoms with known cup and head sizes and known deviation simulating wear, series of x-rays were taken simulating a number of variables. These variables were grouped into: patient variables (centering, exposure, motion artefact, prosthesis orientation), image acquisition variables (film and cassette type, x-ray exposure, non-circularity of the projected image, magnification, image sharpness), digitisation variables (input resolution, sharpness), and errors inherent to the PolyWare™ software analytical process.

Results: Patient factors contributed the largest errors to the process – these were highly variable. Exposure and input resolution also contributed errors to a lesser extent. No significant error introduction was found with regard to any of the other above-mentioned factors, in particular the PolyWare™ analysis.

Conclusions: The three dimensional method (PolyWare™) is accurate and highly reproducible. Apart from patient factors, which directly and indirectly introduce errors, this method is a satisfactory means of estimating the in vivo wear of UHMWPE.


J V Schaumkel C J H Brown

Introduction: The literature gives ample evidence to discourage sub-optimal reductions of perilunate fracture/dislocations. These, inevitably, lead to poor long-term results.

Aim: To evaluate critically the results of open reduction, fracture stabilisation and ligament repair in a cohort of greater and lesser arc perilunate dislocations treated by one surgeon at a single institution.

Method: Ten patients who underwent reconstructive surgery for perilunate wrist injuries were reviewed at least 18 months following their surgery. The pathology included three pure perilunate dislocations (PD), three trans-scaphoid perilunate fracture-dislocations (TSPD), one TSPD with a lunate fracture, one trans-scaphoid PD, and two trans radial styloid PDs. Each patient was assessed at a single clinic visit. A clinical rating based on the modified Mayo Wrist Scoring Chart was applied noting pain, satisfaction, range of motion and grip strength. Radiographic analysis was also performed.

Results: Nine out of 10 patients had returned to their preoperative employment. Overall, 70% of the patients were satisfied with their wrist function and 50% had mild pain only on vigorous activities. There were five ‘fair’ results and five ‘poor’ results. The range of scores was 30 to 75 (average = 55). Average arc of motion was 78 degrees. Three patients showed evidence of wrist arthritis. One patient had a pin site infection. Two patients still had mild nerve symptoms – one ulnar and one median nerve. One patient needed a proximal row carpectomy.

Conclusions: Greater and lesser arc injuries of the wrist are associated with high energy trauma. These injuries result in significantly reduced wrist function, however they are treated. Open reduction and ligament repair with fracture stabilisation lead to a high degree of patient satisfaction and pain relief. In this study the clinical wrist score did not support this.


D I Simunic H Katoozian N D Broom P A Robertson

Aim: To investigate, quantify and model the influence of three biomechanical factors on the severity of mechanically induced nuclear disruption in healthy bovine, caudal, intervertebral discs.

Method: A preliminary study was conducted with a fully divided annular wall to investigate the cohesive nature of the isolated nucleus and its tendency to form clefts when loaded. A second more clinically relevant model using whole bovine discs was then conducted to investigate whether significant clefts could be induced in healthy discs by controlling flexion, hydration and rate of compressive loading.. A finite element model of the bovine caudal disc was constructed to predict the complex stress conditions that exist within the disc.

Results: We found that high degrees of flexion and hydration were significant risk factors in nuclear disruption (P < 0.005), while the rate of loading showed no significant effect (P = 0.37). The intact disc study also showed that flexion and hydration are significant risk factors (P < 0.002). In contrast with the preliminary study, the rate of loading was also shown to be mildly significant (P < 0.1). The finite element model predicted relatively high concentrations of stress and strain energy density within the nucleus. This is consistent with the experimental observations of cleft formation.

Conclusions: While it is well established that dehydration of the nucleus is a symptom of degeneration this study suggested that the healthy nucleus, when maximally hydrated, is more susceptible to nuclear disruption when loaded. This supports the hypothesis that the histologically abnormal and degenerate nuclear material removed at surgery, may well have attained this state as a result of biomechanical and biochemical changes occurring in the disc following rather than preceding a prolapse. This study further defined the rôle of trauma in disc injury and prolapse of the normal disc.


R Story

Aim: To study the results of a percutaneous suture technique for the management of acute ruptures of the Achilles’ tendon.

Method: Ten patients with acute Achilles’ tendon rupture were entered into the study. We utilised a percutaneous surgical technique and functional post-operative regime described in the current literature.

Results: All were recreational sports people with an average age of 42.9 years. At an average follow-up of six months there were no re-ruptures, no wound complications, no sural nerve injuries, and no episodes of deep vein thrombosis. No patient had any discomfort during normal walking. In comparison to the uninjured side, there was still a mild reduction in calf circumference but minimal deficits in endurance, strength or range of motion.

Conclusions: The technique was easily performed and overall the treatment appeared to have very high patient acceptance and low morbidity. The well described benefits of early mobilisation were evident.


P Sutton J Livesey K Speed T Bagga

Aim: To estimate the prevalence of iron deficiency in patients undergoing primary total hip (THR) or knee (TKR) replacement surgery and to test the clinical effectiveness of routinely prescribing iron supplements to all anæmic patients after THR and TKR.

Method: This was designed as a randomised, doubleblind, placebo-controlled trial. Serum ferritin was measured in 230 consecutive patients admitted for primary THR or TKR. Seventy-two patients were entered into the randomised arm of the trial, 35 were randomised to the treatment group, and 37 to the placebo group. Patients meeting the inclusion criteria after primary THR or TKR were randomised to receive six week’s treatment with either ferrous sulphate (200mg) or an identical gelatin placebo, three times daily. The serum ferritin level and the change in hæmoglobin were measured between five and seven days post-operatively and each patient attended for an out-patient review at six weeks after the surgery.

Results: The study achieved a statistical power of 80%. Serum ferritin was abnormally low in 15 of 230 patients (6.5%). Hæmoglobin in the group of patients receiving ferrous sulphate increased by a mean of 0.31 g/dL more than the group receiving the placebo (95% confidence interval −0.17 −0.79 g/dL). This difference was not statistically significant (p=0.18).

Conclusions: We found that iron deficiency was uncommon in patients who had undergone primary THR or TKR. The routine prescription of oral iron salts to all anæmic patients after these procedures had no clinical benefit.


Taylor C Rorobeck R Bourne K Inman

Introduction: While Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) has produced excellent results, there is concern about its durability in younger patients. It was our hypothesis that the results in younger patients would be inferior to those of older patients.

Aim: To review the results of TKA in patients aged 50 years or younger, with at least 5 years of follow-up.

Method: All TKA patients aged 50 years or less were identified. There were 71 arthroplasties in 52 patients. Two patients had died and two were unable to be contacted, leaving 67 arthroplasties in 48 patients. The surviving knees were assessed using the Knee Society Score.

Results: The mean age at arthroplasty was 44 years (range: 22 to 50 years) and the mean follow-up was 9.6 years (range: five to 20 years). Twelve of the TKAs (17.9%) had been revised. There was no statistically significant difference in rate of revision due to pre-operative diagnosis, the type of prostheses or the type or number of previous surgical procedures. The 10-year survival with TKA revision as the endpoint was 78% and 15 year was 71%. The mean knee score was 84% and function score 69%.

Conclusion: While TKA can produce excellent results, we found a high rate of revision among patients aged 50 years or younger. We recommend that TKA be used with caution in this group as our results were inferior to those in older patients.


M Toes R J Kyd

Introduction: Criticism has often been made regarding the functional outcome of amputations at the level of the knee joint with regard to the prostheses that are fitted.

Aim: To evaluate the quality of life of a group of amputees with regard to their artificial limb following through-knee or Gritti-Stokes amputation.

Method: The Waikato Limb Fitting Centre’s records were used to identify all through knee amputees fitted with a prosthesis since 1972. Patients were sent a previously validated Prosthesis Evaluation Questionnaire (PEQ). This consisted of 21 questions graded on a linear analogue scale (0 to100), regarding prosthesis function, mobility, psychosocial experience as well as general wellbeing.

Results: Forty-five amputees were identified as having been fitted with a prosthesis, however 13 were known to be deceased. Of the 24 postal returns (86% response), 19 were able to be included in the analysis. A PEQ score of > 50 was recorded in 68% of patients for prosthesis fit, comfort and appearance, and in 50% of patients for prosthetic noise. Although ability to walk was impaired to some degree in 58%, especially on slippery surfaces in 84%. More than 80% were able to transfer from a car independently. Less than 16% avoided specific activities (PEQ< 50) because of concern regarding a strangers’ reactions, and 90% recorded a positive response by family to their prosthesis (PEQ> 50). Seventy percent recorded a PEQ> 50 for their overall quality of life.

Conclusions: The majority of patients fitted with a through knee prosthesis had good functional and psychosocial outcomes. When a below knee amputation is not possible, amputation at the level of the knee joint offers a satisfactory quality of life.


Full Access
R Tregonning M Dagger

Aim: To assess patients’ progress early after ACL reconstruction and to identity factors favouring outpatient surgery.

Method: Eighty-three patients who had received a bone-patellar tendon-bone graft of whom 32 patients (38.5%) were treated as day-cases answered a telephone questionnaire. Information was gained on pain levels (scored from one to seven), medication received, complications and re-admission rates.

Results: On the night of discharge 28% of day-case patients suffered pain greater than level 4 but all stated that oral non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and non-opiate analgesics were sufficient to control their pain. Over the first 2 weeks after operation outpatients experienced statistically higher pain levels than inpatients (P = 0.03). Most patients in the study experienced their peak pain levels on the first and second days after the surgery rather than on the night of the surgery. Eighty-one percent of outpatients had their surgery started before 9:30am compared with 29% of inpatients. Drowsiness (n = 18), nausea (n = 11), unsuitable home conditions (n = 9) and pain (n = 7) were the most common reasons for patients choosing in-patient treatment. Six patients (five in-patients and one out-patient) were treated for superficial infections including the one patient who required re-admission (for intravenous anti-biotics). There were no other significant complications.

Conclusion: Some patients may be treated safely as out-patients using oral pain relief with no significantly greater re-admission or complication rates than inpatients. An important factor in day-case treatment in this study was that having surgery early in the day allowed more time in hospital for recovery . Drowsiness and nausea after operation, and social factors at home were more important factors than pain.


M Wong Wan Nar

Introduction: Bone tendon junction (BTJ) healing has been found to be both histologically and biomechanically sub-optimal. Tendons heal to bone by fibrous scar formation without restoration of the normal transitional fibrocartilage zone. We postulated that chondrocytes might stimulate the healing process and restoration of a transitional fibrocartilage zone.

Aim: To study chondrocyte pellets cultured in vitro which were then used as interposition material in an animal BTJ healing model.

Method: Eighteen weeks old, New Zealand rabbits, each with a partial patellectomy followed by repair was used as the animal model for BTJ healing. Chondrocyte pellets cultured from cartilaginous ribs of a six weeks old rabbit were used as interposition material. No interposition material was used in control group. Samples were harvested at two, four, six, eight, 12 and 16 weeks for histological studies.

Results: Twenty-two samples were harvested. Each group had two and three samples for early and late time-points respectively. The samples taken at two weeks showed persistence of the chondrocyte pellets. Structural continuity was established at four weeks. Histological sections showed gradual cell migration. New bone formation was seen at the original BTJ at the 12th and 16th weeks, with disappearance of the chondrocyte pellet, and formation of a new BTJ. No BTJ formation was seen in the control group.

Conclusion: Our study indicated that cultured chondrocyte pellets had a stimulatory effect on BTJ healing. The mechanism of action requires further elucidation. This finding has a potential clinical application in improving BTJ healing.


Full Access
J-C Theis

Aim: To analyse the Dunedin residual orthopaedic waiting list based on a simple patient questionnaire and a quality of life assessment using EuroQol and SF12.

Method: All patients on the residual waiting list were sent a postal questionnaire enquiring about their need for surgery and their quality of life. Based on their answers, patients were entered into three action groups: 1. back to GP care 2. clinical review 3. booked for surgery. Those patients requiring a clinical review were seen in a special clinic and reassessed in relation to their need for surgery.

Results: Two hundred and sixty-one patients were surveyed. One hundred and fifty-eight had complete data available for analysis and of the remaining 103 patients, 88 were taken off the waiting list for various reasons. Fifteen did not reply. The average time on the waiting list was 19 months (range: < six months to eight years). Sixty percent of the patients felt that their condition had changed and 99% felt that they still required the surgery. The results of the EuroQol and DF12 questionnaire revealed three groups of patients. 1. normal (9 patients). 2. slight impairment (115 patients) 3. moderate impairment (34 patients). Most of these patients had stable conditions except the sub group with deteriorating osteoarthritis of the hip/knee. Group 1 patients were all referred back to their GP. Thirty percent of group 2 patients were referred back to their GP, 60% were booked for a review and 10% were booked for surgery. None of Group 3 patients were referred back to their GP. Seventy percent required a clinical review and 30% were booked for surgery. Our clinical review is continuing but it is anticipated that those who still require surgery and score above the financial threshold will probably be less than one third of the cases.

Conclusion: This paper describes a decision making rationale in relation to assessment of continuing need for surgery in patients on the residual orthopaedic waiting list. Eighty percent of patients had stable conditions, which were not interfering significantly with their activities of daily living and could be managed safely by the GP. Further work is required to identify those patients who are at risk of deteriorating and to work out a practical and cost effective monitoring programme.


Full Access
B Tietjens M Casey

Introduction: Patients with neglected patellar tendon ruptures present with weakness, instability, extensor lag and sometimes pain. Reports in the literature describe autograft and allograft reconstruction and sometimes quadricepsplasty. Post-operative splintage with a cast or brace is often recommended.

Aim: To describe a simple effective method of surgical treatment for neglected ruptures of the patellar tendon.

Method: Patients who were included all had neglected patellar tendon ruptures that were initially misdiagnosed or had failed other treatment. Through a midline incision scar tissue was excised and two or three strong cerclage wires were used to approximate the patella and ruptured tendon. The wires were passed from the quadriceps tendon to the absorbable sutures in the tibia. No quadricepsplasty was necessary. Following the surgery immediate mobilisation was initiated without the use of a brace. The wires were removed six months following surgery.

Results: Four patients were treated at an average of 29 months following the initial injury. The average follow- up was 26 months (range: 13 to 42 months). The average range of motion was 110 degrees. All patients had improved quadriceps strength, no extensor lag and had returned to work.

Conclusion: We have described a simple effective method of treatment without the use of autograft or allograft. The strong cerclage wires allowed immediate mobilisation.


S.R.S. Bibby J.C.T. Fairbank J.P.G. Urban

Introduction: Although the cell density of the intervertebral disc is low, cells perform a vital role, being responsible for maintaining and remodelling the extracellular matrix. In animal models of scoliosis, cell viability of epiphyseal chondrocytes was found to be adversely affected. Here we examine cell density and viability of surgical disc specimens.

Method: A total of 41 discs were removed from 13 consenting patients (3M, 9F, 5–40 yrs) during corrective surgery for scoliosis. Control samples were obtained from 3 non-scoliotic discs. These were further dissected to compare the outer annulus of the disc from the more concave and more convex sides of the quadrant removed at surgery. Cell density was measured using a modified Hoechst’s method. Cell viability was determined microscopically in sections using intracellular fluorescent probes.

Results: Cell density was found to be lowest in apical discs, independent of absolute disc level (p< 0.01, Student’s t test). A significantly lower percentage of live cells was found in samples taken from the convex side of the scoliotic curve (p< 0.01, Student’s t test). No significant differences in cell viability were found in either side of control discs.

Discussion: Cell viability was seen to be lower on the convex side of the scoliotic curve, suggesting that it is more difficult for cells to survive under the conditions on the convexity compared with the concavity. This may be due to differences in the mechanical conditions or the diffusion distances across the disc. Cell numbers were lowest in the apical disc, where stresses are thought to be maximal. Fewer viable cells may decrease production of matrix macromolecules, and thus compromise matrix integrity. A delicate balance exists between production and breakdown of matrix macromolecules, and any factor that interrupts this equilibrium state has the potential to affect the structure and function of the intervertebral disc.


M.A. Adams

Mechanical function and failure of intervertebral discs. In a healthy disc, the nucleus pulposus acts like a pressurised fluid which is restrained by tensile stress within the annulus. With increasing age, the nucleus becomes more fibrous, and biochemical changes cause the whole disc to become less elastic, and more yellow in colour. Mechanically, the hydrostatic nucleus shrinks with age, and concentrations of compressive stress appear in the posterior annulus. Experiments on cadaveric spines have shown that healthy discs can prolapse when loaded severely or repetitively in bending and compression, and that internal disruption of the disc probably follows damage to the vertebral endplates. However, mechanical loading is not necessarily harmful to living discs: on the contrary, moderate repetitive loading may lead to disc hypertrophy rather than injury.

Disc degeneration. Degeneration represents some mechanical or biological “insult” superimposed on normal ageing. A defining feature of “degeneration” should be structural failure of the annulus or endplate, because all degenerated discs exhibit structural failure whereas many old discs do not. Degeneration creates high stress concentrations within the annulus. Paradoxically, severe degeneration can lead to gross disc narrowing and reduced stresses in the annulus, presumably because it is “stress shielded” by the apophyseal joints. Animal experiments show that disc degeneration always follows mechanical disruption. In some cases, it may possibly precede it.

Disc degeneration and back pain. Pain-provocation studies have shown that severe and chronic back pain often originates in the posterior annulus fibrosus, and can be elicited by relatively moderate mechanical pressure. Anatomical studies indicate that the outer annulus is supplied with complex and free nerve endings from the mixed sinuvertebral nerve. MRI and discographic studies show that back pain is closely correlated with structural features of disc degeneration such as radial fissures and prolapse, although age-related changes in composition are clinically irrelevant. The stress-shielding of severely degenerated discs (see above) suggests that discogenic pain may be most closely associated with intermediate stages of degeneration. The localised stress concentrations found in degenerated cadaveric discs have been directly linked to low back pain in living people.

Medico-legal implications. The widely-held belief that a disc will not prolapse unless it is degenerated is no longer compatible with the scientific evidence. Severe loading, which in life usually arises from vigorous muscle contractions, can injure normal discs. On the contrary, it seems likely that severely degenerated discs are too fibrous to prolapse, and that many of the cell-mediated changes associated with disc prolapse occur after prolapse, rather than before. However, genetic inheritance is important in disc degeneration and prolapse, suggesting that some discs are more vulnerable than others to mechanical loading. The nature of this vulnerability is largely unknown, but is likely to involve genetic weaknesses in composition, and previous fatigue damage. It would be desirable to distinguish between these last two factors, but this is likely to prove difficult in practice.


P Pollintine P Dolan M A Adams

Introduction: Pathological changes in the elderly spine include intervertebral disc degeneration, apophyseal joint arthritis and osteoporotic fracture of the vertebral body. Such changes are likely to be inter-related through alterations in the sharing of load between the apophyseal joints and the intervertebral disc unit. We describe an accurate, non-destructive method for calculating the load sharing based on measurements of the distribution of stress within the intervertebral disc.

Materials and Methods: Twenty three motion segments, consisting of two vertebrae and the intervening disc and ligaments, were dissected from 17 human lumbar spines. A preliminary “creep” test was used to reduce disc height and water content by an amount equivalent to the diurnal variation seen in vivo. Then, a constant load was applied to each motion segment, using a computer-controlled hydraulic materials testing machine, for a period of 20s while a pressure-transducer, sensitive to spatial variations in compressive stress, was pulled through the disc along its mid-sagittal diameter. Profiles of vertically-acting compressive stress were obtained in each disc positioned in 2° of extension (appropriate for an erect standing posture). The total compressive force acting on the intervertebral disc was calculated by modelling the disc using approximately 20 elliptical rings of known cross-sectional area. The force acting on each ring was given by the product of area and the average compressive stress acting on it, which was obtained from the appropriate region of the stress profile. The total force acting through the disc was obtained by summing up the force contribution from each ring. The force acting on the apophyseal joints was calculated from the difference between applied (known) load and the calculated load acting on the disc. A correction factor was obtained separately for each disc to account for deviations in the cross-section from the elliptical, and variations in the sensitivity of the transducer in disc tissues of different ages. The correction factor was obtained by comparing the applied force with the force calculated from a stress profile measured before creep loading while the disc was in a neutral position, when the load passing through the apophyseal joints is negligible.

Results: The proportion of load passing through the apophyseal joints increased significantly with age (r2=0.48, p< 0.01), from 7% at age 27 yrs to 42% at 82yrs. Similarly, the proportion of load passing through the apophyseal joints increased with degree of disc degeneration (r2=0.5, p< 0.05 Pearson, Chi-square) from 8% in “grade 1” discs to 40% in “grade 4” discs.

Discussion: The compressive load passing through the apophyseal joints is higher than that predicted by previous, inaccurate, methods, or by experiments which failed to reduce the height and water content of the intervertebral disc. Increased load-bearing may be a contributing factor in apophyseal joint degeneration. Also, in lordotic postures, “stress shielding” by the apophyseal joints could contribute to bone loss in the vertebral body, leaving it vulnerable to osteoporotic fracture when the spine is loaded in flexion.


A.V. Nowicky A.H. McGregor .P Cariga N.J. Davey

Purpose & Background: The spinal muscles are increasingly being linked to spinal complaints. However, little is known regarding the corticospinal control of these muscles. Corticospinal pathways can be activated using transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) applied over the motor cortex. This study uses TMS to assess corticospinal input to the paraspinal muscles in the thoracic region.

Methods: Ten individuals (mean [± SD] age 33 ± 10 yrs; mean height 166 ± 10 cm; two left-handed; five male, five female) with no history of neurological disorder were recruited into this study and written informed consent obtained. Subjects lay prone in a relaxed position with the head unsupported. Surface electromyographic (EMG) recording electrodes were positioned bilaterally over the paraspinal muscles adjacent to thoracic spinal processes T1 and T2. TMS was applied using a MagStim 200 stimulator connected to a double cone coil with its cross-over positioned over the vertex so that the maximum induced current flowed in a posterior to anterior direction. The stimulus intensity was adjusted in steps of 5% of the maximum stimulator output (MSO), and ten stimuli were delivered at each strength. Threshold for a motor evoked potential (MEP) in each muscle was determined as the minimum intensity that would evoke MEPs to 50% of stimulus presentations. Latency of MEPs was determined by measuring the time between the stimulus and the start of the first deflection in the MEP. The procedure was repeated for the other pairs of thoracic segments between T3 and T12.

Results: In all subjects, it was possible to evoke MEPs in relaxed paraspinal muscles at all thoracic levels. Mean (±SEM) threshold for evoking a MEP on the left side increased from 47 ± 2.5 %MSO at level T1 to 55 ± 2.5 %MSO at T12 (Pearson correlation, P< 0.05) but remained more constant (P> 0.05) on the right side (T1, 55 ± 3.9 %MSO; T12, 57 ± 3.3 %MSO). Over all levels tested, mean threshold for MEPs was 3.9 ± 0.6 %MSO higher on the right than the left side (Student’s paired t-test, P< 0.05). Mean latency of MEPs on the left increased from 11.9 ± 0.7 ms at level T1 to 15.5 ± 0.6 ms at T12 and on the right from 12.3 ± 0.5 ms at level T1 to 16 ± 0.7 ms at T12 (Pearson correlation, P< 0.05). Throughout the thoracic region, latency of MEPs was 0.8 ± 0.2 ms longer on the right than the left side (Student’s paired t-test, P< 0.05).

Conclusion: The latency of MEPs increased as recordings were made from muscles innervated more caudally. Threshold for MEPs varied between subjects and at different spinal levels but our results indicate that it was higher at more caudal levels, perhaps suggesting weaker corticospinal innervation. Threshold was lower and latency shorter for muscles on the left side raising the interesting possibility that paraspinal muscles have some asymmetry in their corticospinal innervation. This study has provided us with baseline electrophysiological data allowing us to investigate the voluntary control pathways to muscles stabilising the thoracic spinal cord following trauma or disease.


S.N. Kumar J.R. Meakin R.C. Mulholland

Introduction: Despite a very high fusion rate (90%) achievable by present techniques, the clinical success rate for curing back pain is in the range of 50%. We hypothesise that disc degeneration gives rise to abnormal stress patterns in the bone. Although the cages integrate fully, load is taken by the cage producing abnormal stress patterns in the vertebrae. Unless a near normal stress pattern in the vertebrae is established, pain may continue.

Method: A simple finite element model of a disc and its adjacent vertebral bodies was developed using ANSYSS software. The dimensions of the model were based on the human lumbar disc. The normal disc was modelled as a fluid with a bulk modulus of 1720 MPa. The degenerate disc was modelled as having the same material properties for the nucleus and the annulus. Fusion of the disc was modelled by replacing the nucleus with commonly used cages. In all the models, the material properties of the cancellous bone (E=100 MPa; v=0.3) and the cortical bone (E=12000 MPa; v=0.3) remained the same. The model was loaded axially with 1.5 kN.

Results: The vertical and horizontal stress patterns around a loaded degenerate disc showed areas of increased loading in the endplate and the cancellous bone confirming the authors’ previous work using load transducers. The introduction of the cages in the model changed the stress distribution – they caused an increase in the compressive stresses in the cancellous bone, and a high concentration of tensile and compressive stresses at the point of contact with the cages.

Conclusion: This study has shown that fusion cages alter the pattern of stress distribution in the adjacent vertebral bodies similar to that of a degenerate disc. It supports the concept that abnormal weight transfer is a more significant cause of back pain as compared to abnormal mobility.


A.K.D. Goswami S. Rao

Introduction: Wide laminectomy has been the accepted treatment of choice for stenosis in the lumbar spine. Recently, bilateral laminotomy has been proposed as an alternative decompressive technique for spinal canal stenosis. There have been no biomechanical studies to determine the in vitro difference in stability between these techniques.

Objective: To determine the in vitro difference in stability in a functional spinal unit (FSU) following bilateral laminotomy, and compare it to the instability resulting from laminectomy.

Methods: Six fresh human cadaver lumbar spines were injured sequentially at the L4-5 level: bilateral laminotomy and laminectomy. The normal and injured spines were subjected to flexion, extension, lateral bending and torsional moments. The three-dimensional motion behaviour of each spine before and after the two injuries was recorded using a magnetic motion sensor. The data from all five spines was pooled for statistical analysis.

Results: With flexion and extension loading, bilateral laminotomy induced significantly less sagittal angulation and translation in the FSU than did laminectomy. Significant increases in coronal translation occurred with laminectomy in spines subjected to lateral bending loads. There were no significant differences between the two techniques in coronal plane angulation with lateral bending loads and torsional loads.

Discussion: Adequate exposure of the lateral recesses requires limited medial facetectomy with both laminotomy and laminectomy. With laminotomy, the lamina and posterior ligamentous structures are preserved. This is aimed at decreasing the potential late development of spinal instability associated with laminectomy. The increase in motion seen with laminectomy in sagittal angulation / translation, and coronal translation in this in vitro model, may represent clinical instability, and may be responsible for continued symptomatology in these patients. Preservation of the lamina, spinous processes, and the posterior ligamentous structures significantly enhances the biomechanical stability of the FSU.


K. Olmarker

Since the discovery of the relationship between the occurrence of sciatica and the epidural presence of herniated disc material in 1934, the predominating theory regarding the pathophysiology of sciatica has been based on the assumption that the disc material mechanically affects the adjacent nervous structures which subsequently leads to sciatica. The treatment of choice thus became surgical removal of the herniated disc material. However, a number of observations have indicated that this “mechanical theory” may not fully explain the radiating pain of sciatica. For instance, mechanical deformation of peripheral nerves is seldom painful, and invasive intra spinal tumours most often induce neurological dysfunction and not pain.

Under the assumption that the nucleus pulposus, which is the part that is herniating in the case of disc herniation, would comprise some component that independently from the mechanical deformation would induce nerve injury, an experiment was performed in 1993 in a newly developed model in the pig. This study showed, for the first time, that autologous nucleus pulposus per se induced structural injury and a marked reduction in nerve conduction velocity, and this opened a new research field. Since then, a large number of experimental studies have been performed by independent research groups mainly in Sweden, USA and Japan, on the nucleus pulposus effects. It has thereby been seen that nucleus pulposus may induce structural and functional changes in nerve roots in the absence of mechanical deformation. Nucleus pulposus is also “inflammatogenic” and also initiates pain behaviour changes by sensitising the nerve tissue.

Based on these data the proinflammatory cytokine TNF (tumour necrosis factor) has been defined as one essential substance for inducing both the nerve root sensitisation and the nerve injury. Preliminary clinical trials have been started in Gothenburg for evaluating if selective inhibition of TNF may prove useful in establishing an alternative pharmacological treatment modality for sciatica.


J.M. Sahlman M. Hyttinen R. Inkinen H.J. Helminen K.H. Puustjärvi

Introduction: The evidence of genetic background as an important causative factor in disc degeneration and osteoporosis is increasing. Defects in the COL2A1 gene coding for type II collagen are known to lead to disturbed chondrogenesis and ossification. Retardation of growth, abnormal shape of vertebral bodies and intervertebral discs and occult spina bifida have been described in young mice with the defect. How the gene defect is manifested later in life has not been described.

Purpose of the study: The purpose of this study was to describe, at the microscopic level, the structure of intervertebral discs of transgenic Del1 mice carrying a deletion mutation in the Col2a1 gene, and the effect of the gene defect on the structural properties of bone. In addition, we wanted to see how the gene defect manifests in disc tissue and skeletal bone later in life and if there were differences between sexes.

Materials and methods: The study material consisted of transgenic male (n=27) and female (n=21) mice and their age-matched littermate controls (n=22 and 21, respectively). The transgenic mice were offspring of the transgenic founder mouse Del1 harbouring six copies of a mouse type II collagen transgene with a 150-bp deletion. The mice were divided into two age groups, the younger group being 3 to 13 months and the older 15 to 21 months of age. The two major macromolecules of the intervertebral discs, proteoglycans (PGs) and collagen, were studied. The PG concentration of the intervertebral discs’ nucleus pulposus, annulus fibrosus, and the vertebral bodies and end plates was measured from Safranin-O-stained sections using digital densitometry. Collagen orientation of these structures was evaluated using quantitative polarised light microscopy. Bone mineral density (BMD) was measured with dual energy x ray absorptiometry (DXA), and the breaking force of the femoral bone with three point bending test only for nine 14-month-old females (four control mice and five with gene defect) and fourteen 14-month-old male mice (six control mice and eight with gene defect).

Results: In the young mice, there were no changes in the measured parameters in the intervertebral discs due to the gene defect. However, Safranin-O density and thus PG concentration of the vertebral trabecular bone was 47 % lower in the young transgenic female mice than in the controls (p< 0.001). Ageing had a significant effect on the measured parameters. The Safranin-O density in the nucleus pulposus of the old transgenic male mice was 35 % higher than in the age-matched controls (p< 0.05). In the females, however, Safranin-O density in the nucleus pulposus was 53 % (p< 0.01) and in the vertebral bone 68 % (p< 0.01) lower in the transgenic mice than in the controls. The Safranin-O density in the annulus fibrosus of the transgenic female mice was not changed as compared to the controls. The collagen orientation in the nucleus pulposus of old transgenic male mice was 27 % higher than in the age-matched controls (p< 0.05). In the old females there was no difference in the collagen orientation of the nucleus pulposus between the transgenic mice and controls but in the annulus fibrosus the orientation was 41 % (p< 0.01) and in the vertebral bone 70 % (p< 0.05) lower in the transgenic mice than in the controls. There was no difference in the BMD and the breaking force of the femurs of 14-month-old male mice as compared with the age-matched controls. However, in the old transgenic female mice, the femoral BMD was 14 % (p=0.05) and the breaking force 27 % (p=0.09) lower than in the controls.

Conclusions: The transgene of the Col2a1 gene caused a decrease in the nucleus pulposus PG concentration and in the annulus fibrosus collagen orientation in the old female mice. These features can compromise the structural and load-bearing properties of the discs and thus predispose to disc degeneration. Interestingly enough, the male mice seemed to benefit from the genetic defect in this respect. In addition, in the old transgenic female mice, the PG concentration and the collagen orientation of the vertebral trabecular bone were decreased which contributed to the loss of BMD and breaking force of bone seen in these mice. The fact, that these differences in the bone were not seen in the male mice suggests that this animal model could possibly be used in studies of postmenopausal osteoporosis.


A.T. Bucknill K. Coward C. Plumpton S. Tate C. Bountra R. Birch S.P.F. Hughes P. Anand

Study Design: To examine the innervation of the lumbar spine from patients with lower back pain, and spinal nerve roots from patients with traumatic brachial plexus injuries.

Objectives: To demonstrate the presence of nerve fibres in lumbar spine structures and spinal nerve roots, and determine whether they express the sensory neuronespecific sodium channels SNS/PN3 and NaN/SNS2.

Summary of background data: The anatomical and molecular basis of low back pain and sciatica is poorly understood. Previous studies have demonstrated sensory nerves in facet joint capsule and prolapsed intervertebral disc, but not in ligamentum flavum. The voltagegated sodium channels SNS/PN3 and NaN/SNS2 are expressed by sensory neurones which mediate pain, but their presence in the lumbar spine is unknown.

Methods: Tissue samples (ligamentum flavum n=32; facet joint capsule n=20; intervertebral disc n=15; spinal roots n=8) were immunostained with specific antibodies to protein gene product (PGP) 9.5, a pan-neuronal marker, SNS/PN3 and NaN/SNS2.

Results: PGP 9.5-immunoreactive nerve fibres were detected in 72% of ligamentum flavum and 70% of facet joint capsule but only 20% of intervertebral disc specimens. SNS/PN3-and NaN/SNS2-positive fibres were detected in 28% and 3% of ligamentum flavum and 25% and 15% of facet joint capsule specimens respectively. Numerous SNS/PN3 and NaN/SNS2-positive fibres were found in the acutely injured spinal roots, and some were still present in dorsal roots in the chronic state.

Conclusions: SNS/PN3 and NaN/SNS2-immunoreactivity is present in a subset of nerve fibres in lumbar spine structures, including ligamentum flavum and injured spinal roots. This is the first time that sensory nerve fibres have been demonstrated in the ligamentum flavum, and this raises the possibility that, contrary to the conclusions of previous studies, this unique ligament may be capable of nociception. Selective SNS/PN3 and NaN/ SNS2 blocking agents may provide new effective therapy for back pain and sciatica, with fewer side effects. Other novel ion channels are being studied in these tissues.


A.J. Freemont J.A. Hoyland A. Rajpura R.J. Byers C. Bartley M. Jeziorska M. Knight R. Ross J. O’Brien J. Sutcliffe C. LeMaitre A. Goswami

Purpose and Background: There is increasing evidence that events within the diseased intervertebral disc (IVD) are mediated by locally synthesised cytokines. A prominent histological, imaging and surgical feature of IVD disease is degradation of the cartilaginous discal matrix. Whilst the mechanism by which this is mediated is unknown, in other situations where connective tissues are degraded degradation is the result of production of matrix-degrading enzymes by local connective tissue cells stimulated by cytokines, particularly the beta isoform of interleukin-1 (IL-1β). Included amongst these disorders is osteoarthritis (OA) of diarthrodial joints. OA has many similarities to the discal “degeneration” seen in mechanical back pain syndromes. In the current study, we have used a combination of in-situ techniques to establish if IL-1β is responsible for stimulating matrix degradation in the IVD.

Methods: Using a combination of radioactive in-situ hybridisation (ISH) and competitive in situ zymography (ISZ) we have studied expression of IL-1β and IL-1R – its type 1 receptor (ISH) and matrix degradation (ISZ) in five diseased lumbar IVD taken at spinal fusion surgery and 10 cadaveric IVD (five normal and five diseased). The nucleus pulposus (NP) was separated from the annulus fibrosus and diced into 0.5cm cubes. Half the cubes (typically three) were fixed in formalin and processed into paraffin wax for ISH, and half were used for ISZ. For ISH, 5 μm sections of paraffin-embedded tissue were reacted with cDNA probes radiolabelled with 35S to 580 and 530 base segments of the IL-1β and IL-1R molecules. Hybridisation was disclosed using autoradiography. For ISZ, 50 μm vibratome sections were placed into wells on microscope slides precoated with gelatin. Sections were incubated for 10 days, half in culture medium and half in medium supplemented with human recombinant IL-1 receptor antagonist (IL-1Ra – an inhibitor of IL-1). Sections were photographed at daily intervals to detect evidence of gel degradation.

Results: Chondrocytes within patient and cadaveric diseased but not normal discs expressed mRNA for both IL-1β and IL-1R. By ISZ, the same cells degraded gelatin. Degradation was inhibited by recombinant IL-1Ra.

Conclusion: This study shows that chondrocytes of diseased discs express IL-1 and its receptor. The same cells produced matrix-degrading enzymes by a mechanism that can be inhibited by the IL-1 inhibitor IL-1Ra. IL-1 is a potential therapeutic target for the management of IV disc disease.


S. Roberts J. Melrose .S. Smith .C. Little .P. Ghosh J. Menage E. Evans S. Eisenstein

Background: The healthy, adult human disc is innervated but the nerves are restricted to the outer few millimetres of the annulus fibrosus. In degenerate discs with associated back pain, however, the nerves are more numerous and penetrate further in.

We have used a sheep model of intervertebral disc degeneration to monitor the presence and organisation of nerves in the disc as degeneration progresses. This model has been used to study morphological and bio-chemical changes of the disc as it degenerates, in addition to associated alterations in end-plate vascularity and vertebral bone remodelling. One aspect of this model which has not been studied to date is how the innervation of the disc may change with the onset of degeneration. This is the object of the present study.

Materials and Methods: Four-year old, skeletally mature Merino wether sheep (n=64) were divided randomly into lesion and control groups. A surgical incision was created in the anterolateral annulus in the L1–L2 and L3–L4 discs of the lesion group. The control group received the same retroperitoneal surgical approach but the annulus was not incised. Intact lumbar discs encompassed by adjacent vertebral bodies were removed at 3,6,12 and 26 months post operation. Specimens were fixed, decalcified and paraffin embedded before sectioning (7μ thick, vertical sagittal sections) and stained immunohistochemically with the neuronal marker, PGP9.5, together with standard histological stains.

Results: The incised region of the outer annulus underwent collagenous re-organisation, consistent with an active repair process as early as three months post-operatively. However, the inner annular lesion had a poor repair response and propagated with time, sometimes through to the nucleus. In contrast, remodelling of the outer annular lamellae occurred across the cut region. For example, in one sample at two years post injury there were up to six lamellae “bridging the gap”. Nerves were present in all samples but in the sham animals they were very few and confined to the very outer annulus or longitudinal ligament. In the operated animals, nerves were more extensive, occurring in the matrix adjacent to the fissure where there was often blood vessel ingrowth. The maximum number of nerves was seen at 12 months post-operatively, before diminishing in number at 24 months post-op. This paralleled the presence and extent of blood vessel penetration in this experimental model.

Conclusions: We have used an animal model to follow longitudinally the penetration of nerves into the ovine intervertebral disc in association with disc degeneration. Whilst we obviously cannot assess back pain in these animals, and not all nerves are nociceptive, nerves nevertheless are a pre-requisite for the perception of pain. Hence the greater numbers, size and penetration of nerves into degenerate discs demonstrated here has important implications not only for the aetiopathogenesis of degenerative disc disease but also for the treatment of its associated symptoms. Further characterisation of this innervation, i.e. whether autonomic or sensory, may provide an indication as to its nociceptive potential.


A.J. Freemont J.A. Hoyland R.J. Byers C. Bartley P. Baird M. Jeziorska M. Knight R. Ross J. O’Brien J. Sutcliffe C. LeMaitre A. Goswami

Purpose and Background: We have previously reported our investigations of nerve ingrowth into intervertebral discs (IVD) from patients with mechanical low back pain. We have shown that in discs that are painful on discography (pain level discs) nerves actively grow into the deep annulus fibrosus and nucleus pulposus. Nerve ingrowth accompanies blood vessel ingrowth and advances into the nucleus pulposus from the end plate. The morphology and neurochemistry of these nerves indicate them to be nociceptive.

The growth of non-myelinated pain fibres in other settings is regulated by the cytokine Nerve Growth Factor (NGF). In this study, we have investigated the production and distribution of NGF, or more particularly its active isoform – NGF-β, and its receptors, in diseased intervertebral discs in order to establish whether this cytokine might be responsible for the observed nerve ingrowth in this situation.

Methods: Tissue sections of 21 pain level, 15 non-pain level diseased and 12 normal intervertebral discs, taken at the time of spinal surgery, and from cadavers, were probed by radioactive in situ hybridisation (ISH) for expression of NGF-β, and by immunohistochemistry (IHC) for its high and low affinity receptors (trk-A and p75 respectively). In addition, either serial sections were stained with cell specific markers (CD31 – endothelial cell, PGP9.5 – neurones, GAP43 – actively growing nerves) or sections were doubled stained (two antibodies or both ISH and IHC).

Results: We have demonstrated that NGF-β is synthesised by the endothelial cells of blood vessels growing into the IVD from the end plate. The high affinity receptor is expressed by those small nerve fibres that accompany the vessels and in their offshoots in pain level discs that are growing from perivascular nerves into the disc. In addition to their expressing the nerve specific molecule PGP9.5, the trk-A positive cells also express the nerve growth associated protein GAP43.

Conclusion: The data indicate that nerve ingrowth into IVD is regulated by NGF-β. We have localised this production to the endothelial cells of ingrowing blood vessels. NGF-β is a potential therapeutic target for the management of back pain.


C.L. Le Maitre A. Rajpura W. Staley R.J. Byers M. Knight R. Ross A.J. Freemont J.A. Hoyland

Background: Low back pain (LBP) is a major cause of disability. However, current treatments are often empirical and few are directed at the underlying disorder, altered discal cell metabolism, which precipitates the problem. The use of gene therapy to manipulate discal metabolism to treat LBP is an interesting possibility. The Intervertebral disc (IVD) is a therapeutic target in LBP, and one approach to gene therapy would be to isolate IVD chondrocytes (IVDC) and transfer genes ex vivo into these cells. Subsequent reinjection of these genetically altered cells into the lumbar IVD, would permit the expression of the transgene in vivo, generating the therapeutic protein within the IVD.

Methods: To test the viability of this approach, we isolated human IVDC from patients undergoing surgery, grew them ex vivo and transfected them with the marker gene LacZ, using an adenovirus vector and the CMV promoter. Expression of the gene was then measured using X-gal staining for the gene product _-galactosidase. Post infection, some cells were treated with forskolin for 24 hours to assess whether expression of the transgene could be manipulated.

Results: IVDC infected with adenovirus/CMV-LacZ showed maximal LacZ expression 2 days post infection, with almost 50% of cells displaying X-gal positivity. Cells maintained a low level of expression for the remaining 12 days of the study. Control cultures showed no LacZ expression. Cells treated with forskolin after infection with adenovirus/CMV-LacZ exhibited 4 times the level of _-galactosidase activity seen in unstimulated cultures.

Conclusion: This study shows that human IVDC can be transfected with a foreign gene using the adenovirus vector. The gene transduction of a therapeutic gene into IVDC could provide a long lasting effect. In addition, the use of inducible promoters could allow for the autoregulation of gene expression.


L.C. Roberts P.S. Little E.G. Cantrell J.A. Chapman J.C. Langridge R. Pickering

Purpose of study: General practitioners (GPs) are often asked to recruit patients for research studies. However, a mismatch exists between the numbers of potential patients (estimated from pilot work and reported literature) and actual patients recruited. The purpose of this study was to establish GPs’ perceptions of the reasons for this mismatch.

Background: An OCPS survey reported that 16% of adults consulted their GP with back pain per year. Thus a GP, serving an average population of ~1900 patients, might expect to see around 300 patients with back pain every year, although this estimate includes all causes of back pain. Nevertheless, this represents a significant proportion of a GP’s workload.

In the ‘Back Home’ study, which was a randomised controlled trial of a patient information leaflet for people with acute low back pain (previously presented to this Society), recruitment of patients was problematic. A total of 28/97 GPs in the New Forest area agreed to recruit patients for the study, but in 22 weeks, only 8 patients emerged. Despite extending the catchment area of the study, and having 51 participating GPs, in 2_ years, only 64 patients were entered from 19 of these GPs. Therefore, we decided to investigate GPs’ perceptions of the reasons for such poor recruitment.

Methods: The challenge for this research was identifying how best to gain information from GPs about poor recruitment, recognising that requests for information about poor response rates may yield a limited response! The least intrusive means of accessing information was considered to be a brief questionnaire containing an open question that asked GPs to list any reasons that they thought may have contributed to the slow recruitment of patients into the study. GPs were then asked to rate 12 factors, identified by GPs who had withdrawn from the study. The factors were rated using a Likert scale from 1–4 (1=‘not at all’, 2=‘mildy’, 3=‘moderately’ and 4=‘very significantly’).

Results: Of the initial 51 participating GPs, 11 did not complete the study: 1 left the practice; 2 retired; 7 withdrew (3 of these due to pressure of work); and 1 was asked to leave the study by the research team due to issues of non-conformity with the study protocol.

Forty GPs were sent a questionnaire and 24 responded (60%). They gave 47 unprompted reasons for poor recruitment of patients – the most popular being: pressure of work (n=12); difficulty remembering (n=10); feeling ‘over-researched’ (n=4); and few patients fitted the inclusion criteria (n=4). When GPs rated the 12 listed factors, the maximum score for each item = 96 (24x4). According to the GPs, the top 4 factors were: pressure of work (score=60); forgetting to include suitable patients (52); time-consuming process of entering patients (39); GPs are ‘over-researched’ (31).

Conclusion: Research studies that necessitate GPs accessing patients from their routine surgeries are likely to experience difficulties with recruitment. It is vital that researchers and funding agencies address this issue if research within primary care is to survive.


Full Access
A.L. Faulkner W.B. Johnson S.M. Eisenstein X. Zhao B. White V. Franklin F. Lyndon B.J. Tighe S. Roberts

Introduction: Intervertebral disc degeneration occurs with ageing and is often associated with back pain. During such degeneration, gross morphological differences between the central nucleus pulposus (NP) and outer annulus fibrosus (AF) are lost and the disc loses hydration and height due to decreased proteoglycan content. The cartilage endplate may also become calcified and this blocks the passage of nutrients into the disc, causing cell death and further degeneration. A potential therapy of degeneration is “re-inflation” of the disc with the use of hydrogels seeded with autologous disc cells. In this study, we have assessed the ability of a variety of hydrogels to support intervertebral disc cell growth.

Method: Intervertebral disc cells were isolated enzymatically from bovine tails and cultured as a monolayer in 10% foetal calf serum in DMEM containing antibiotics and ascorbic acid. This stimulates the cells to proliferate and thereby produces increased cell numbers. The cells were then seeded onto various hydrogels including hyaluronic acid (HA), 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), N’N’ dimethyl methacrylate (NNDMA) and polyacryloyl morpholine (AMO) before harvesting at set time points of 1, 3, 6 and 9 days for hyaluronic acid and 1, 7, 14, 21, and 28 days for the other hydrogels. Cell number, morphology, viability and adherence to or migration into the hydrogels were assessed. Cell proliferation was also determined by immunostaining for the Ki67 antigen.

Results: Disc cells became incorporated in the HA gel, adopted a spherical morphology and remained viable for up to nine days. However, after a few days, a large proportion of the cells began to migrate through the gel to form a monolayer on the bottom of the tissue culture well. These monolayered cells became fibroblastic and proliferated. NP cells appeared to proliferate to a greater extent than AF cells both in monolayer and in suspension. Ki67 antigen immunostaining confirmed cell proliferation. On the non-porous HEMA, NNDMA and AMO, both cell types adhered and adopted a fibroblast-like morphology. Cell adhesion was greatest to the HEMA. NNDMA and AMO had lower levels of cell adherence. Both cell types became incorporated into the porous materials and adopted a rounded morphology. Cell incorporation appeared to be greatest into porous HEMA.

Conclusion: These initial studies show that intervertebral disc cells will adhere to or migrate into a variety of hydrogels and remain viable. The morphology and proliferative capacity of cells derived from both the AF and NP were responsive to the structure of the hydrogel with which they were cultured. Thus, cells were able to become fibroblastic or chondrocytic. Further analyses will reveal whether matrix synthesis by disc cells is similarly responsive to the hydrogel format. The results of these experiments suggest that the hydrogels tested have potential as support matrices in intervertebral disc repair to provide relief from discogenic low-back pain.


T. Pincus A.K. Burton S. Vogel A.P. Field

Study design: A systematic review of prospective cohort studies in low back pain.

Objectives: To evaluate the evidence implicating psychological factors in the development of chronicity in low back pain.

Summary of background: The biopsychosocial model is gaining acceptance in low back pain, and has provided a basis for screening measurements, guidelines and interventions. However, to date, the unique contribution of psychological factors in the transition from an acute presentation to chronicity has not been rigorously assessed.

Methods: A systematic literature search was followed by the application of three sets of criteria to each study: methodological quality, quality of measurement of psychological factors, and quality of statistical analysis. Two reviewers blindly coded each study, followed by independent assessment by a statistician. Studies were divided into three environments: primary care, pain clinics and workplace-based studies.

Results: Twenty-five publications (18 cohorts) included psychological factors at baseline. Six of these met acceptability criteria for methodology, psychological measurement and statistical analysis. Increased risk of chronicity (persisting symptoms and/or disability) from depressive mood and, to a lesser extent, somatisation emerged as the main findings. Acceptable evidence generally was not found for other psychological factors, although weak support emerged for the role of catastrophising as a coping strategy.

Conclusions: Both depressive mood and somatisation are implicated in the transition to chronic low back pain. The development and testing of clinical interventions specifically targeting these factors is indicated. In view of the importance attributed to other psychological factors, there is a need to clarify their role in back-related disability through rigorous prospective studies.


M.A. Pinnington C.F. Dowrick E. Thornton

Purpose: To develop a qualitative health diary for patients with low back pain to record their LBP experience over a seven day period; to classify patients at two and six weeks by quantitative function and anxiety questionnaires; and to thematically analyse diary data for predictive validity on outcome. Background: The diary has been traditionally used as a tangible record of everyday process. In the medical setting, diaries have been used to help patients document symptoms and feelings, but usually in a peripheral role as a quantitative adjunct rather than a main study instrument. As a qualitative tool, the health diary exhibits many of the advantages of an in-depth interview in that it yields a personal and subjective account of illness far richer than can be gained by quantitative techniques. Health diaries may allow patients to reveal aspects of their individual illness experience, especially emotional distress, which may otherwise remain hidden. The importance of being able to predict the outcome of LBP in the early stages of an episode is well documented, given its prevalence and drain on healthcare resources. The condition lends itself well therefore to a diary study.

Method: All adults consulting their GP for a new episode of low back pain in three general practices were given a pack containing: a seven-day unstructured, free-text health diary, Roland & Morris Disability Questionnaire (RMDQ), Hospital Anxiety & Depression Questionnaire (HAD) and a General Information questionnaire. Patients were asked to complete the three questionnaires, invited to record their LBP experience over the ensuing 7 days in the diary, and return by post to the researcher. Patients were asked to complete a second and third RMDQ and HAD at two and six weeks following GP consultation. Data collected at the three different time points enabled patients to be categorised at six weeks into one of three groups; fully-recovered, partly-recovered, or not-recovered. Diary entries are being analysed thematically using well-established methods of qualitative thematic analysis to search for predictive validity of diary data.

Results: Preliminary coding of diary entries has so far identified the emergence of 11 primary themes; physical/pain, employment, reflection, emotional, functional, coping, temporality, expectations, social, role/ duties, medication. A number of secondary themes have also been noted from this data. To date, 35 completed diaries have been returned (89% completion rate). We aim to collect 100 data sets before an in-depth thematic and predictive validity analysis can be completed.

Conclusions: No conclusions can be made at this stage, but the emergence of such a rich set of primary themes from the unstructured diaries is encouraging. We hope that in-depth analysis of diary entries will identify themes common to those patients who have not recovered from their LBP at 6 weeks, and who may be at greatest risk of chronicity. The health diary may prove to be an easily-administered, cost-effective and valid predictor of outcome in the very early stages of an episode of LBP.


A.K.D. Goswami M.T.N. Knight A.J. Freemont

Introduction: Recent cadaveric studies have identified neovascularisation and neoneuralisation as probable mechanisms in the causation of discogenic pain. Calcium pyrophosphate deposits have been observed in discs in several studies. Their significance in the causation of discogenic pain is unclear. Direct correlation between the pain site and histological features can be verified by aware state endoscopic visualisation.

Aim and Objectives: The study aims to examine and correlate the presence of neovascularisation, crystalline pyrophosphate deposits in the disc, and discogenic pain by spinal probing and discography under endoscopic visualisation.

Material and Methods: Tissue removed from intervertebral discs of 224 patients during surgery was examined directly, and polarised microscopy was used to identify the presence of calcium pyrophosphate and neovascularisation. Their presence was correlated to diagnostic provocative findings of spinal probing and discography and intradiscal distortion during aware state endoscopy.

Results: Calcium Pyrophosphate: Twenty out of 224 patients (9%) demonstrated calcium pyrophosphate in the discs. Fourteen had pain reproduced on probing or discography. Thirteen out of 20 patients (65%) had either an annular collection or leak at the index level. 6 had an extradiscal cause of pain. One hundred percent of the patients with annular collections or leaks had pain on spinal probing or discography. Sixteen patients with pyrophosphate deposits did not have neovascularisation.

Neovascularisation: Thirty seven out of 224 patients (16.5%) showed neovascularisation in the disc. Four discs had crystalline pyrophosphate deposits. Thirty three out of 37 (90%) had pain on probing and/or discography. Out of four patients who had no pain on probing or discography, two had demonstrated tears during previous discographic procedures which were treated with laser annealing. These patients had disc bulges and compressive radiculopathy.

Conclusion: The presence of pyrophosphate in the disc without a tear or leak does not directly render them tender to provocation. The presence of pyrophosphate is not correlated to neovascularisation. Annular tears or leaks are not directly correlated to the presence of pyrophosphates. There is a high correlation between pain provocation and neovascularisation.


H.P. Taylor S.W. Richards N. Khan A.H. McGregor J. Alaghband-Zadeh S.P.F. Hughes

Aim of Study: The aim of the study was to investigate the effect of muscle retractors on intramuscular pressure in the posterior spinal muscles during posterior spinal surgery.

Methods: Twenty patients undergoing posterior spinal surgery were recruited into this study and recordings of intramuscular pressure during surgery were performed using a Stryker® compartment pressure monitoring system, prior to insertion of retractors, 5, 30 and 60 minutes into surgery and on removal of retractors. Prior to and following use of the retractors, muscle biopsies were taken from the erector spinae muscle for analysis.

Results: A significant increase in intramuscular pressure (p< 0.001) was observed during surgery, with pressure rising from 7.1±4.1 mmHg pre-operatively to 26.4±16.0 mmHg 30 minutes into the operation. On removal of retractors, this pressure returned to or near to the original value. Analysis of muscle biopsies using calcium-activated ATPase birefringence revealed a reduction in muscle function following prolonged use of self-retaining retractors.

Discussion: This study demonstrates a substantial rise in pressure in the erector spinae muscle during posterior spinal surgery. Following retraction, marked changes were noted in the function of the muscles. This could be an important factor in the generation of operative scar tissue and post-operative dysfunction of the spinal muscles, and therefore, may be a cause of persistent back pain frequently observed in post-operative patients. Currently, this work is being extended to investigate the relationship between loss of muscle function and duration of retraction, and to study the long term implications of loss of muscle function with respect to surgical outcome and chronic back pain.


D.A. Jones S.R.S. Bibby J.P.G. Urban

Introduction: The intervertebral disc is a significant contributor to back pain, and is thus a tissue that is often examined postmortem. Tissue preservation during storage is of importance both experimentally, for research and teaching purposes, and clinically, for possible use in transplantation. The biomechanical function of the disc after storage has been investigated. However, to our knowledge the biological and metabolic consequences of storage have not been studied. Here we have investigated the effects of storage in the intervertebral disc on glucose, lactate, and cell viability.

Method: A total of 53 discs from 14 bovine tails were obtained within 24 hours of slaughter. Discs were either removed immediately and wrapped in clingfilm or kept in situ, surrounded by muscle. Tissue was stored at 4_C, and samples were taken at 2 hours to 9 days. Disc tissue was analysed for lactate, glucose, and cell viability. Muscle was analysed for lactate. Statistical analysis of data was performed using Student’s t test.

Results: Lactate concentrations in discs stored in tails increased with time of storage, being significantly higher even after 24 hours (p< 0.01). In contrast, lactate levels in isolated discs remained constant. Glucose levels were undetectable in discs, irrespective of storage. Muscle lactate was always significantly higher than disc (p< 0.01). The percentage of live cells fell significantly with storage in situ (p< 0.01).

Discussion: The increase in lactate observed in discs remaining in situ appears to arise from lactate diffusing in from surrounding muscle, as no increase was noted in isolated discs. As would be expected, this high concentration of lactate and low glucose appears to affect cell viability adversely, possibly as a consequence of lowered pH. This change in metabolite concentration and hence cell viability is important to note when considering human postmortem tissue, as it may affect the biological function of the disc.


Full Access
M.M. Murray M. Holmes C.G. Greenough

Introduction: After a year in post, the waiting time to see the spinal surgeon in a large hospital had risen from 0–62 weeks. A nurse-led assessment clinic was inaugurated to triage patients, cut waiting times and accelerate treatment.

Methods: Referrals were taken directly from general practitioners, and patients triaged using proforma history and examination systems into five categories: mechanical back pain, nerve root entrapment, potentially serious pathology, unknown diagnosis and suitable manipulative therapy.

Audit based on direct patient entry with a light pen interface was integrated into the process. Seventy percent of patients were referred complaining of mechanical back pain, and an Educational Rehabilitation Programme was provided within the clinic.

Results: Following the inauguration of the spinal assessment clinic, waiting times in the consultant clinic fell from 62 weeks to 26 weeks; waiting times in the assessment clinic were between four and six weeks. Emergencies may be seen the same week.

The time from GP referral to surgery for routine nerve root compression fell from 92 weeks to 24 weeks (of which 12 weeks was waiting time for scanning).

Detailed audit of scanning requests in 127 patients demonstrated confirmation of clinical diagnosis in 80 percent of whom half went on to surgery. Of the 20 percent with negative scans, a fifth were subsequently found to have trochanteric bursitis.

An audit of 94 patients revealed reduced analgesic consumption, increased return to work and reduced consultation rates at one year. Five patients were referred to other clinics for further consultation. The satisfaction of the clinic amongst general practitioners was 94 percent. Referrals to the clinic have risen from 403 in 1993 to 1511 in 1999, necessitating the appointment of three further nurse practitioners. Prospective review of 104 patients revealed 95 percent satisfaction rate of the clinic and 67 percent satisfaction rate with rehabilitation. Average low back outcome score increased from 29 to 35 (p< 0.001).

A training programme for nurse practitioners has been established and, to date, ten of the clinics have been inaugurated nation-wide using this model.

Conclusions: A nurse-led clinic for triage of back pain patients has had major impact on waiting times, has produced measurable improvements in patients’ outcome and is associated with high satisfaction ratings in both patients and general practitioners.


A.H. McGregor P. Wragg W.M.W. Gedryoc

Purpose & Background: Posteroanterior mobilisation (PA) is a manual physiotherapy technique that is commonly used as an examination tool and a form of conservative treatment for spinal complaints. The efficacy of this technique is controversial and this may be in part due to a limited knowledge of the mechanical and physiological mechanisms underlying this technique. This study aims to evaluate the ability of interventional MRI to image the mechanics of mobilisation in terms of spinal movement and soft tissue deformation during a PA mobilisation.

Methods: 5 normal subjects (4 female, 1 male, mean age 29.6 ± 3.9 years) with no current or history of neck pain requiring intervention were recruited into this study, and written informed consent obtained. Subjects were scanned using a General Electric Signa SP10 Interventional MRI scanner (iMR). This is an open MRI scanner consisting of 2 connected but opposing ring “doughnut” magnets. The gap between these magnets is 56 cm generating a uniform field of 0.5Tesla. Subjects were scanned in the prone position with their necks in either a neutral or flexed position. In each position, subjects underwent a PA mobilisation to the 2nd and 6th cervical vertebrae. Sagittal and axial images of the spine were obtained prior to, during and following the mobilisation. Measurements of intervertebral rotation and translation were obtained from the sagittal images, and measures of soft tissue compression with respect to the spinous process were obtained from the axial images. Paired analysis of variance was used to investigate the impact of the mobilisations in each position.

Results: Clear images of vertebral position could be obtained if the mobilisation was sustained once the appropriate force had been delivered. From these images, it is possible to measure vertebral angulation, translation and soft tissue compression. From these measures, it became clear that intersegmental vertebral angulation and translation did not alter as a result of the force applied regardless of cervical position. However, marked and significant changes were seen in terms of soft tissue compression and in some instances overall angulation of the cervical spine.

Conclusion: This pilot work suggests that it is feasible to use iMR technology to study the mechanics of spinal mobilisation. Preliminary findings suggest that there is little or no displacement of the vertebral bodies as a result of an AP mobilisation, although there is considerable soft tissue compression.


K. Humphreys P. Irgens G. Rix

Purpose: Currently, there is limited research on the effectiveness of rehabilitative exercises for neck pain patients generally, and chronic neck pain patients in particular. Interestingly, recent evidence suggests that dysfunction of cervicocephalic kinaesthesia, as measured by head repositioning accuracy (HRA), is present in many chronic patients, and that active eye-head-neck co-ordination exercises may be useful in terms of patients’ rehabilitation.

The purpose of this study was twofold: i) to determine if there was a difference in HRA in chronic neck pain subjects versus controls; ii) to assess the effect of a rehabilitative exercise programme on chronic neck pain subjects’ HRA and reported levels of pain.

Method: A prospective, intervention study on a convenience sample of chronic neck pain subjects (> 3 months duration) versus age- and gender-matched, asymptomatic control subjects was conducted. Exclusion criteria included any form of active treatment (> 1 per month) for musculoskeletal complaints, including medication, as well as any arthritic, orthopaedic, or neurological disorder.

Both symptomatic and asymptomatic subjects were assigned, via stratified, random allocation, to either a rehabilitative exercise or non-exercise group. This gave rise to 4 groups. Symptomatic and asymptomatic exercise subjects were given a training session as well as written and verbal instructions on how to perform the eye-head-neck co-ordination exercises. Subjects were asked to perform the exercises twice daily over a 4-week period, and to keep a diary of exercise compliance and any associated symptomatology.

Outcomes included HRA for all active cervical range-of-motion, measured by a helmet-mounted laser pointer on a paper target, and pain intensity as measured by a 100 mm visual analogue scale (VAS). Outcomes were measured in all subjects at baseline, end of week 2, and end of week 4.

Results: 63 subjects were recruited, of which 56 completed the 4-week study. 28 chronic neck pain subjects (14 males and 14 females; mean age 22.6 years, range 19–30 years), and 28 asymptomatic controls (14 males and 14 females; mean age 23.9 years, range 19–31 years) were assigned via stratified random allocation, to an exercise or non-exercise group. Each of the 4 groups contained 14 subjects.

Active HRA was found to be significantly reduced in neck pain subjects compared to control subjects (ANOVA, p< 0.001). Whiplash patients (N=17) in particular, were significantly less precise (ANOVA, p< 0.001). A significant reduction in reported pain was experienced by the symptomatic exercise versus symptomatic non-exercise group (ANOVA, p< 0.001). At 4-weeks, the symptomatic exercise group demonstrated significantly improved HRA in all active movements compared to the other groups (ANOVA, p< 0.001).

Conclusions: This study provides evidence that simple, eye-head-neck co-ordination exercises may be helpful in reducing functional impairment in terms of cervicocephalic kinaesthesia as well as reported levels of pain in chronic neck pain subjects.


H. Hurri

Rehabilitation as a concept, and the practice of rehabilitation, have changed remarkably during the preceding years. Modern rehabilitation is multidisciplinary and multi-professional. The development and research of rehabilitation has also grown international. The contents of modern rehabilitation include medical, social and psychological aspects, and in vocational rehabilitation, the working conditions and organisational questions are dealt with as well (Jager 1999).

Traditional methods in vocational rehabilitation and guidance include medical and psychological assessment, and work clinics assessment (which includes practical work assessment in the work place). Presently, the methods, have advanced and rehabilitation is not seen merely as a specific method for handicapped people. Various rehabilitation measures are flexibly applied, and rehabilitation includes elements of adult education, training of working skills, and ideas of on-the-job training and career advancement. The concepts, targets and contexts of rehabilitation and prevention can be described as follows:

Primary Prevention: health education and ergonomic advice for general, non-disabled population.

Secondary Prevention: early rehabilitation for groups at risk with early signs of disability.

Tertiary Prevention: rehabilitation and habilitation of severely disabled to secure social integration.

The outcome of rehabilitation has been studied extensively, but the number of randomised controlled trials (RCT) is not large in any of the major target groups of rehabilitation. Among musculoskeletal disorders, the best evidence for the efficacy of multidisciplinary rehabilitation is for sub-acute and chronic low back pain disorders. Systematic reviews have been performed in various other musculoskeletal disorders as well, e.g. in fibromyalgia and multilocational pain syndromes, where no clear evidence has yet been demonstrated. It should be noted though that RCT’s are not the only way to get information about the outcome, efficacy or effectiveness of rehabilitation, and vocational rehabilitation in particular. The outcome of vocational rehabilitation, i.e. the success of occupational integration, depends a great deal on the general employment outlook. This is generally known but often ignored.

Various forms of supported employments have become more important than earlier. The European Social Fund’s Employment Horizon initiative has launched many projects in Europe. As a result, new training and employment approaches have been developed for disabled persons, including co-operatives, social enterprises and distance work. In practice, supported employment takes the form of individual training at the workplace and consists of finding suitable supported work, redesigning job requirements in co-operation with both employer and employee to fit the employee’s abilities, and ongoing support as long as it is needed.

These programmes reflect the important values of the society. It is a valuable goal to help disabled people to integrate into society, which involves participation into working life. This makes it possible for them to preserve their dignity as well. In fact, how Society deals with its disabled people enables it to discover most clearly its basic values.


S. Bartys M. Tillotson K. Burton C. Main P. Watson I. Wright C. MacKay

Study design: Cross-sectional questionnaire-based workforce survey together with collection of retrospective data on work absence.

Objectives: To determine if psychosocial ‘blue flags’ are related to back pain and/or sickness absence due to back pain.

Summary of background: The original description of the psychosocial ‘yellow flags’ for back pain chronicity included a mixture of individual psychological parameters and parameters related to perceptions about work and the workplace. It has recently been suggested that these latter parameters should be considered separate and distinct from the individual parameters , and can be termed ‘blue flags’. To date, however, there has been no attempt to explore the specific relationship between the blue and yellow flags or their relative relationship to symptoms and disability.

Methods: The workforce of a large multi-site company was invited to complete a booklet of questionnaires, which included the standard Nordic instrument for obtaining back pain data, and specific instruments to obtain data on ‘yellow’ and ‘blue’ psychosocial flags. The blue flags included psychosocial aspects of work, attribution and elements from the demand/control model, with psychological distress used as a yellow flag comparator. Of the 7,500 workers, 60% responded. Sickness absence records identified workers who had taken absence for back pain. The exploration of the data involved determining statistically significant relationships between psychosocial scores and both back pain history and absence. Appropriate statistical procedures were then used to establish cut-off points for the psychosocial variables. Odds ratios were calculated for two particular outcome variables: self-reported back pain in the previous 12 months and recorded absence over the same period.

Results: Cut-off points were established for each variable, along with the odds ratio (OR) that this score or a score above or below (depending on the scale direction) is associated with reports of back pain or absence. The ORs for psychological distress were 1.9 and 2.4 respectively for LBP and absence in the last 12 months. The ORs for the blue flag variables varied from 1.1 to 1.5 for LBP and from 1.8 to 3.2 for absence.

Conclusions: The psychosocial blue flags reported here are statistically significantly related both to reported back pain and absence. The effect size is less than that for distress in respect of back pain, but variously higher and lower for absence. Whilst prospective studies are needed to determine cause/effect, the results offer tentative support for the suggestion that blue flags should be addressed in clinical interventions.


A.K. Burton G. Waddell

Study design: A systematic review of the literature to inform the development of occupational health guidelines for the management of low back pain at work.

Objectives: To evaluate the evidence from occupational health settings or concerning occupational outcomes.

Summary of background: Clinical guidelines for the management of low back pain (LBP) provide only limited guidance on the occupational aspects. Thus the Faculty of Occupational Medicine requested this review in order that a multi-disciplinary working group could develop the first evidence-based UK guidelines for management of LBP at work.

Methods: A systematic literature search was followed by rating of the strength of the evidence plus a narrative review, by agreement between two experienced and independently-minded reviewers. There was no attempt at blinded double review or quality scoring. The final version followed peer-review by four international experts.

Results: More than 2000 titles were considered. 34 systematic reviews, 28 narrative reviews, 52 additional scientific studies, 22 less rigorous scientific studies and 17 previous guidelines were identified and included. The evidence statements (rated for strength) were presented under headings that reflect a logical sequence of occupational health situations (Background, Pre-placement assessment, Prevention, Assessment of the worker presenting with back pain, Management principles for the worker presenting with back pain, Management of the worker having difficulty returning to normal occupational duties at 4–12 weeks). Some important areas were given additional narrative evidence-linked discussion (High risk patients/physically demanding jobs, Return to work with back pain, Rehabilitation programmes). Thirty six evidence-linked statements were developed to inform the guidelines group. The strongest evidence suggests that: generally the physical demands at work have only a modest influence on the incidence of LBP or permanent spinal damage; a history of LBP is not a reason to deny employment; preventive strategies based on the injury model do not reduce LBP or work loss; individual and work-related psychosocial factors play an important role in persisting symptoms and work loss; the management approach should be ‘active’ (including early work return); the combination of clinical, rehabilitation and organisational interventions designed to assist work return is more effective than single elements. However, further research is needed to identify the optimal roles of all stakeholders (clinicians, employers and workers) in case management.

Conclusions: This review consolidates the emerging focus on active management of LBP at work, and indicates that approaches addressing obstacles to recovery will provide greater benefits than attempts at primary prevention. The outcome of the review has resulted in what we believe are the first truly evidence-linked occupational health guidelines for back pain in the world (www.facoccmed.ac.uk).


A.A Vendrig P.F. van Akkerveeken

Purpose of the study: To determine the results three to four years after a multidisciplinary programme for people with long-standing absenteeism due to chronic back pain, a longitudinal prospective cohort study was carried out.

Method: A population of 143 consecutive clients who participated in 1996 in a “back to work” programme in the Rug Advies Centra, the Netherlands, was interviewed early in 2000 by telephone and using written questionnaires relating to the current work status, pain intensity, perceived disability and symptoms. The same questionnaires had been administered at the start of the programme and six months later. Differences across the three scores were tested in a multivariate design for repeated measures. The study population had taken part in earlier studies on the predictive value of the pre-intervention assessment1 and on the results relating to workstatus, pain intensity, perceived disability and symptoms after six months2.

Results: The response rate was 92% (N=130). Of these, 11% did not work at all or worked a decreased number of hours per day due to back pain. At six months follow up, this figure was 13%. Of the ones who responded, 7% did not work at all at the time of interview or worked a decreased number of hours due to other symptoms. The average level of pain, disability and symptoms was lower compared to the status before entering the intervention programme (p < .001).

Conclusion: The percentage of people who returned to work and stayed at work after a multidisciplinary programme remained stable over a period of three to four years. The results are good and about the same as the results after six months in terms of work status, pain intensity and symptoms.


M.C. Cairns N.E. Foster C.C. Wright D. Pennington

Background: It is universally acknowledged that psychological distress in chronic low back pain (LBP) is commonplace and the early identification of such distress is increasingly being advocated as an important aspect of LBP assessment. The Distress and Risk Assessment Method (DRAM) is a screening tool, using the Modified Zung (MZ) and Modified Somatic Perception Questionnaires (MSPQ), developed to provide a simple classification of patients with LBP. Patients are classified as normal, at risk of developing distress, and those who are distressed (Distressed Depressive {DD} and Distressed-Somatic {DS}). The DRAM was used to screen LBP patients for entrance to an RCT examining different physiotherapy regimes for recurrent LBP.

Methods: Patients referred for physiotherapy, at three hospitals within South Birmingham, with a diagnosis of recurrent LBP were screened using the DRAM and Roland Morris Disability Questionnaire (RMDQ). Distressed patients were excluded from the trial as psychological distress has been shown to be associated with an increased risk of poor treatment outcome.

Results: 214 patients were screened for entrance to the trial with 69 (31%) excluded on the basis of their DRAM scores (DD=39, DS=30). Excluded (distressed) patients (n=69) had a mean MZ score of 33.30 (SD: 9.28, range= 7 to 56), with patients entered into the trial (non-distressed, n=95) having a mean of 18.12 (SD: 7.83, range=3 to 36). The mean MSPQ score for the distressed patients was 12.70 (SD: 5.69, range=0 to 26), and for the non-distressed patients was 4.37 (SD: 3.67, range= 0 to 22). RMDQ scores (functional disability) were higher for the distressed group (mean 14.09 [SD: 4.80], range=3 to 23) than the non-distressed group (mean 10.52 [SD: 4.22], range= 5 to 21).

Conclusions: The results indicate that approximately one third of patients referred for physiotherapy at the units studied exhibited a level of distress that increased their relative risk of poor outcome by 3 to 4 times. The impact of these results has been to slow the recruitment to the ongoing RCT. The clinical implications are that screening this group of patients may indicate when liaison with clinical psychologists is appropriate and possibly identify patients who are too distressed to respond to physiotherapy.


D. Pratt M. Holmes C.G. Greenough

Patients with mechanical back pain have been treated in a nurse-led spinal clinic. They attend two one-on-one sessions with a nurse, the second session usually between three and 12 months after the first. Between these visits, they also attended two sets of classes in the spinal assessment clinic to help them improve and manage their back pain. A questionnaire is completed at presentation and at review.

The questionnaires include three scores: The low back outcome Score, MSPQ and the Zung Depression Scale. Since 1995, approximately 2250 patients have been treated. The influence of smoking, gender, age, occupation and marital status on recovery has been studied.

Smoking: Patients who had given up smoking between the first and second questionnaires showed a significant improvement in their outcome score and MSPQ score. Out of 827 who said they smoked on presentation, 280 said they did not on review. From an average outcome score on presentation of 25, those who gave up improved more than those who did not (average score at review 37 vs. 31). A similar trend was seen in the MSPQ averages (from 9 to 7.4 vs. 9 to 8.7). Non-smokers had better results than smokers with an increased outcome score from 30 to 38, MSPQ from 8 to 7.1 and Zung from 20.6 to 19.6. Thus people who gave up smoking showed a larger improvement in their outcome and MSPQ scores than those who continued smoking and those who did not smoke at all.

Gender: Women showed greater improvement in each of the areas than men – 14.5% greater in the outcome score, a 21.2% greater increase in the MSPQ score, and 3.7% in the Zung score.

Age: Patients were divided into 10-year groups. The age group of 50–60 showed the lowest average response for each score, ( 28 to 34 on outcome (average difference = 8), 8.3 to 7.8 on MSPQ (average difference = −0.8), and 21.1 to 21 on Zung (average difference = −0.7). The 30–40 group showed the highest average change on each score (29 to 39 on outcome, 7.9 to 6.9 on MSPQ, 21.8 to 20.1 on Zung). The adjacent age groups showed similar trends but the numbers were not significant.

Occupation: Occupation was divided into eight categories from high-grade professionals to the unemployed. The least improvement was shown by the low-grade occupations (semi-skilled manual workers and the unemployed). The greatest improvements were shown by the middle grade groups. The highest grade occupation showed poor improvement but this was not significant.

Marital Status: For the outcome score, patients who were divorced/separated showed the least improvement, while the married group showed the greatest. On the MSPQ and Zung score, divorced/separated showed the greatest and second greatest improvement (61 % greater than the average on Zung score). The single group showed the worst overall response, scoring the second lowest improvement for the outcome score, the lowest on the MSPQ score (difference −0.47) and their average response actually worsened for the Zung score (from 21 to 21.6).

Conclusion: This study demonstrates that demographic and socio-economic factors significantly influence the level of improvement which patients make in their recovery from mechanical back pain after a treatment program.


Full Access
M. Szpalski

Low back pain is a very common complaint in medicolegal cases. However, and contrary to many other conditions, there are no objective medical exams that are able to help establish impairment rating.

Testing the function of the trunk may, however, help back pain assessment. Many different principles of trunk function testing have been described.

Range of motion (ROM)

Isometric strength measures

Isokinetic strength testing

Isoinertial strength and velocity measures

Of all these techniques, isoinertial testing provides the closest simulation of natural movement and therefore seems the most appropriate for clinical trunk testing and assessment of spinal function.

Functional assessment may enable a good estimation of remaining functional status and therefore permits a reasonable measure of the functional loss compared with age and sex matched databases. Nevertheless, for this measure to be reliable and valid one must be sure that the subject exerted a maximal performance: a maximal voluntary effort. Only then can the measured function be used to assess handicap.

Different techniques have been elaborated to recognize maximal effort. The most accepted appears to be reliability (or reproducibility) of performance which postulates that impaired subjects will generate lower but reproducible performance. It has been well-validated in different areas of strength testing: hand grip, elbow flexors, knee extensors, shoulder press and posturography. In trunk testing, it has been established for isokinetic and isoinertial measures. A possible reliable submaximal performance has been shown to be possible in some specific conditions which are not usually found in low back pain sufferers. Furthermore, the measure of the coefficient of variance (CV), sometimes proposed, is not a reliable way to assess reproducibility of performance.

The meaning of submaximal performance must be carefully understood, it may be the result of many factors like misunderstanding of instructions, fear of reinjury, anxiety, psychological distress and in some cases symptom amplification or malingering. The latter hypothesis can only rarely be determined with a reasonable degree of certainty.

Instrumented function assessment can help to determine the degree of impairment in case of maximal effort. That is it’s major interest and use. A submaximal effort will not help to determine impairment but does not necessarily indicate a conscious attempt at symptom magnification or malingering, and requires further investigation. It cannot by itself inform the sincerity of the complainant. Functional assessment can be used to find a fair compensation in case of maximal effort. It cannot be used to chase so called “malingerers” if this effort is not realised. There is no such thing as a lie-detector of back function.


J. Fairbank

Background. Neurogenic claudication is a well recognised symptom of spinal stenosis. Pain in the lower limbs and back limit walking speed and distance. Outcome of treatment should be easily measurable, but in practice is not. Walking tests are difficult to perform reliably. It is possible to measure speed and endurance with a treadmill, but this is expensive, of doubtful reliability, and many elderly patients are reasonably worried about falling off. Commonly used back pain outcome questionnaires are probably invalid for this population, and few questionnaires have been designed specifically for this complaint. The purpose of this study was to evaluate 3 questionnaires (Swiss Spinal Stenosis Score (SSS), Oxford Claudication Score (OCS) and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI)) and a Shuttle Walking Test (SWT). The Shuttle Walking Test, developed originally in respiratory medicine, shows promise as both a clinical measure and outcome measure for patients with neurogenic claudication. In an internal study, we have found that none of our patients selected for surgery can manage more than 200 metres. A fit adult can usually manage about 600 metres on this test.

Study Design: Shuttle Walking Test (SWT), Swiss Spinal Stenosis Score (SSS), Oxford Claudication Score (OCS) and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) were administered to patients with lumbar spinal stenosis (LSS) and neurogenic claudication.

Objective: To determine reliability of SWT, SSS (Q1–12), OCS and ODI in LSS assessment.

Methods: Thirty two clinic patients with LSS were assessed twice with one week between assessments to determine reliability. Retrospective data from 17 patients assessed before and 18 months after surgery for LSS were used to investigate use of reliability in a clinical setting.

Results: Test-retest reliability was 0.92 for SWT, 0.92 for SSS, 0.83 for OCS and 0.89 for ODI (Intraclass correlation coefficient). Mean scores (percent) were SSS 51, OCS 45 and ODI 40. For 95% certainty of change between assessments for a single patient, SSS would need to change by 15, OCS by 20 and ODI by 16. Mean SWT was 150m, with change of 76m required for 95% confidence. Cronbach’s alpha was 0.91 for SSS, 0.90 for OCS and 0.89 for ODI. Change in ODI correlated most strongly with patient satisfaction after surgery (_=0.80, p< 0.001).

Conclusions: Fluctuations in patient’s symptoms result in wide individual confidence intervals. Performance of SSS, OCS and ODI questionnaires are broadly similar. The condition specific SSS is most precise but not much better than the non-specific ODI. SWT gives a snapshot of physical function which is acceptable for group analysis. Use of SWT for individual assessment after surgery is feasible but multiple testing would improve sensitivity for change.


M. Stigant

Work in the clinical environment led to the identification of the need for an instrument that was capable of continuously monitoring lumbar spinal curves of patients with back pain in order to establish degree of compliance with therapist advice regarding posture and activity during their normal day. Additionally, work by others in the laboratory setting has started to reveal some differences in motion parameters between those with and without back pain. Although there are changes of, in particular, maximum angular velocity associated with pathology of the spine, these changes may be considered the effects of the pathology. By looking at motion parameters taken over longer periods of time, more subtle differences, hopefully more related to possible causes of back pain, may be eventually identified. Factors such as time spent at extremes of range of motion and degree of activity or inactivity may have as great an affect on the production of back pain as vibration and heavy physical load. Unfortunately, even those factors thought most likely to contribute to the onset of back pain have only ever been proven to explain a small percentage of cases.

By logging lumbar spinal curves continuously over many hours, profiles of lumbar spinal usage can be calculated thus enabling study of the relationships between posture, activity and pain production. Conventional instrumentation can not be used in the users normal environment either because of bulk or interference from everyday appliances.

A small optical fibre goniometer (OFG) and data logger has been developed that is capable of continuously monitoring lumbar sagittal curves. It is robust and suitable for use in normal working environments. For use on the lumbar spine, the instrument’s stiffness was kept to a minimum to make it as comfortable to wear as possible. This has resulted in an instrument that is capable of reproduction of standard curves, in a jig, with a RMS error of 1°. A stiffer instrument would produce smaller errors. Comparative studies against other instruments have been carried out but are not yet published. The instrument takes the form of a small base plate, designed to be glued to the skin over the sacrum, and a flexible rod that is held in place over the lumbar spinous processes by two guide tubes also glued to the skin.

The OFG weighs 25g and the datalogger 250g. The OFG and logger can be run safely for over 30 hours at a maximum logging frequency of 50 Hz. The datalogger has a facility for entry of coded information via selector switches which allow the user to put markers on the data train which could be activity of pain behaviour related.

Initial trials have been carried out using the instrument to obtain motion profiles of 80 “normal” individuals, 10 males and 10 females from each of 4 age groupings; 20 to 29; 30 to 39; 40 to 49; 50 to 59. Logging duration was normally six hours during their working day. Data was collected at 25Hz. It was established that the instrument was able to produce basic motion parameters that were similar to other instruments. Although, no significant differences in ROM were found with age there were significant differences found between males and females in terms of end range flexion and extension. Additionally, the amplitude of oscillations of spinal curve during walking was found to significantly decrease with age. This may have been indicative of general stiffening of the lumbar spine with age or associated with a possible decrease in walking speed with age.

It is envisaged that the instrument will find use in both ergonomic analysis as well as the study of the management of back pain. Use of the instrument to investigate patient compliance with therapist advice is planned and will hopefully help to develop the management of patients with low back trouble.

Future development of the instrument is hoped to include incorporation of a sensor to monitor the angle of the base plate, as this will allow better interpretation of the data from the logger post data collection. Additionally information of base plate angle will allow some simple load calculations to be made.

Repeatability trials have been carried out using human subjects. Here, the major source of variability was found to be the subjects themselves. Reapplication error was found to be small, compared to subject variability.

Comparison with measurements taken using the flexicurve technique and also the Skill System (similar to Isotrak or Fastrak) has been undertaken. Here the two systems were found to follow each other achieving correlation coefficients of 0.99. However, more critical forms of analysis revealed relatively large differences, although these were no greater than others that have compared the inclinometer technique with the flexicurve.


J.R. Braybrooke P.J. Sell

Purposes of the study and background: We set out to demonstrate whether there is a significant difference in the outcome of patients treated surgically and non-surgically for lumbar spine stenosis at two-year follow-up. In the literature, few prospective controlled trials exist which compare non-surgical to surgical treatment in spinal stenosis. Therefore, evidence for the best management of this condition is limited.

Methods: From prospectively collected data between January 1993–January 1999 two groups were identified. To minimize differences in baseline characteristics patients were matched for age, sex and Oswestry score at the outset. The outcome measures recorded were an Oswestry Disability index/Spine Function Questionnaire (including Visual Analogue Score)/Modified Somatic Perception and Modified Zung Depression Index (at initial visit and two year follow-up).

Results: Twenty matched pairs were identified: twelve male and eight female. One hundred percent follow-up was achieved in each group. The mean follow-up was two years. In the surgical group, twelve were instrumented and eight uninstrumented. The extent of the decompression and fusion was as follows: three were a single-level fusion, ten two-level, four three-level and three four-level. In the non-surgical group, two received no treatment, thirteen a single form of treatment (Physiotherapy/Root canal injection/Salmon Calcitonin) and five received two or more of the above treatments. The differences in the outcomes between the groups at baseline and two years were not statistically significant except for pain (p< 0.05). However, all measures improved in both groups over the two years.

Conclusion: Surgical decompression for lumbar spinal stenosis significantly decreases pain at two year follow-up compared to those treated non surgically.


A.J. Stirling M. Rafiq K. Mathur T.S.J. Elliott T. Worthington P.A. Lambert

Introduction: We have previously demonstrated significantly elevated IgG titres (ELISA) to a glycolipid antigen found in the cell wall of most gram positive bacteria in patients with discogenic radiculitis (sciatica).

This raised the possibility that the inflammation associated with disc protrusion might be initiated or accelerated by the presence of bacteria.

Aim of the Study: To confirm whether bacteria were present in disc material harvested at the time of discectomy. To determine whether the presence of bacteria correlated with elevation of Anti Lipid S antibody levels. To compare these results with Antibody levels and disc specimens from patients undergoing surgery for indications other than radiculitis.

Methods: This was a prospective study. Recognising the frequency of contamination in clean wound culture, stringent aseptic precautions were taken. Disc material was harvested from 62 microdiscectomy patients with sciatica. Disc material was also obtained from three patients undergoing decompression but without radiculitis and from three patients undergoing anterior correction of scoliosis. Serology was obtained for all these patients.

Results: In the Microdiscectomy group, 27/62 (43%) had positive cultures after seven days incubation, of which nine (33%) had positive serology. 22 patients had Propionibacteria, three Coagulase negative Staphylococci, one Corynebacterium and one mixed growth. Thirty five (56.4%) patients had negative cultures and all except one had negative serology. There was a significant difference between patients with positive serology and culture compared with those with negative serology and culture (Fischer exact test P< 0.001). In some patients organisms were visible on microscopy prior to culture.

Ten of those with positive cultures and fourteen of those with negative cultures had had one or more epidural injections prior to surgery. Epidural injection was not found to be significantly associated with positive culture.

None of the patients undergoing surgery for other indications had positive serology or positive cultures.

Conclusion: A significant proportion of patients with discogenic radiculitis have positive cultures with low virulence Gram positive organisms (predominantly Propionibacteria) and in a proportion, a corresponding appropriate antibody response.


WHY BACK PAIN TRIAGE Pages 147 - 147
Full Access
R. Mulholland

Three developments in the last 10 to 15 years have made it necessary to review how we ensure rapid access to treatment of patients with disabling low back pain.

Firstly, there would appear to be an increase in the numbers of patients seeking medical help for low back pain, whether due to increased patient expectation, or better reporting, or a true increase associated with the increasing sedentary nature of life, is uncertain. Secondly, there is the realisation that amongst the factors that encourage acute back pain to become chronic is being off work, and the sooner a diagnosis and treatment is started the more likely that chronicity will be prevented, so a long waiting time to be seen in a clinic is productive of disability. Thirdly, reorganisation of consultant services has created the spinal surgeon, who in return for being allowed to practice spinal surgery almost exclusively undertakes the load of patients referred with back pain, amongst whom lurk those with a surgically remediable problem. The effect has been that although waiting times for general orthopaedic patients have dropped, as general orthopaedic, or other specialist orthopaedic surgeons no longer see spinal cases, the specialist spinal surgeon is overwhelmed by a large group of patients with back pain for whom there is not a surgical solution. Unfortunately, there is a shortage of spinal surgeons, which is likely in the UK at any rate to get worse. Being overwhelmed with non-surgical back pain interferes with their ability to deal with surgical problems. It also does create a recruitment problem, as back pain is not seen as a rewarding or satisfying problem to treat.

Triage is a method of screening patients into groups at an early stage, identifying those who might benefit from surgery, and fast tracking them, identifying those who will benefit from other management and tracking them accordingly. Pioneered in general orthopaedics by Robin Ling in Exeter, it has been developed in the hospital setting somewhat randomly, by dedicated enthusiasts, many of whom will be speaking today. The purpose of this meeting today is to hear about the various systems, their funding and organisation and location, the triage staff used, the investigations used in primary triage and the effect on hospital specialist waiting times, the safety and patient satisfaction. Is a multiplicity of systems best, is one better than another, why have some units achieved no waiting times for MRI, and others six months etc?

In 1994, the Clinical Standards Advisory Group produced two books, An epidemiological Review, largely the work of Gordon Waddell, and a second book on Back Pain, chaired by Professor Michael Rosen with, I suspect, considerable input from Professor Waddell and others. Many of us met them when they toured the country collecting facts about the treatment and management of back pain. It discusses back pain triage, and suggests that it can be done within the average GP Consultation time of 9 minutes. It deals with simple back ache, “red flags”, (we now have “yellow flags” denoting the psycho-social factors) nerve root pain, cauda equina and inflammatory disorders. It is to be noted that chronic back pain, is not alluded to in the diagnostic triage, but it is stated that 90% of simple back ache recovers in six weeks. Their management guidelines emphasise the value of physical therapy (manipulation and active exercises), but it will be noted that they are addressed to a group of patients, 90% of whom will recover in six weeks. Sadly, therefore, the effect of this very sensible document, in ignoring in the triage system the chronic patient, has in many cases directed therapy in general practice towards open access for patients who in any event will improve spontaneously.

We must therefore address where triage should be, hospital, or GP level. Certainly a GP gatekeeper will remove the acute back pains that are going to get better soon anyway from attending hospital and in certain units, a separate fast track is provided for acute radicular problems (Acute Sciatic Clinics).

Any successful triage system involving chronic back pain must be associated with treatment possibilities, and I shall briefly discuss these, although the main thrust of the afternoon will be the triage organisation itself.

The session is designed to allow considerable audience participation, as it is hoped that information, comments and criticisms from the audience will allow us to subsequently produce a booklet, hopefully with support from our Professional Societies, describing what we feel is Best Practice in Back Pain Triage, which we hope, after appropriate circulation, will encourage Trusts and Community Health Groups to develop such units and ensure that back pain patients get a better deal.


M.T.N. Knight D. Ellison A.K.D. Goswami V. Hillier

Objective: To analyse the incidence and gravity of reported complications that arise in spinal surgery and assess the comparative safety, or otherwise, of Endoscopic Laser Foraminoplasty.

Methods: The Spinal Foundation, Rochdale, has performed 958 Endoscopic Laser Foraminoplasty procedures and holds a comprehensive database of the results of all operations carried out in this manner. The records of these procedures provided the basis for a comparison of the safety of Endoscopic Laser Foraminoplasty to that found for other spinal surgical techniques as reported in the literature.

Nine hundred and fifty eight procedures have been performed on 716 patients. Complications that arose during the operation and the postoperative phase of six weeks following the procedure were elicited from patient records. This data was correlated and compared to a meta-analysis of randomised controlled trial data available on complications arising during and after conventional spinal surgery. The ‘SPSS’ and ‘CIA’ statistical packages were used to draw conclusions as to the safety of endoscopically assisted laser spinal surgery.

Results: The cohort integrity of operative and review records at six weeks after surgery was 100%. In 958 ELFs performed, 24 complications occurred in 23 patients. There were nine cases of discitis (one infective) (0.9%), one dural tear (0.1%), one deep wound infection (0.1%), two patients suffered a foot drop (one transient) (0.2%), one myocardial infarction (0.1%), one erectile dysfunction (0.1%) and one patient who developed panic attacks post-operatively (0.1%). This amounts to an overall surgical complication rate of 1.6%.

MRI follow up of clinically symptomatic patients highlighted eight residual disc herniations (0.8%).

Meta analysis of randomised controlled trials of conventional spinal surgery for adult onset degenerative disc disease and/or sciatic pain reported overall complication rates for fusion (11.8%), decompression (7.6%), discectomy (6.0%) and chemonucleolysis (9.6%).

Conclusions: The complication rate of Endoscopic Laser Foraminoplasty is shown to be significantly lower than that reported following conventional spinal surgery (P < 0.01). From these results it must therefore be concluded that ELF as a treatment for chronic low back pain and sciatica presents less risk to a patient than conventional methods of spinal surgery.


FORAMINAL SOURCES OF PAIN Pages 148 - 148
Full Access
M.T.N. Knight

Introduction: Current diagnostic labels used to dictate the prescription of treatment have been derived from studies of cadavers and surgery performed upon the unconscious patient.

Methods: In 800 patients, feedback during aware state surgery was independently recorded . Pain sources were detected by spinal probing and verified by endoscopy in the extra foraminal, epidural, foraminal and intradiscal zones.

Results: The nerve was found variously painfully tethered to the ascending facet joint, the superior foraminal ligament, superior notch osteophytes, shoulder osteophytes and directly tethered to the disc. In addition, the disc pad, posterior longitudinal ligament and tissues on the dorsum of the vertebra were found to be individually sensitive. These sources produced both local and referred pain.

In two thirds of patients with back pain, the disc itself was quiescent to both external and internal manipulation. In a third of patients, the inflamed nerve produced atypical peripheral radicular symptoms on direct probing.

Discussion: These unrecognised pain sites and the atypical peripheral symptoms they produce may lead to atypical presentations and mal-targeted interventions. Their persistence may account for failures following conventional surgery.

Endoscopy offers an intriguing method of localising and understanding the pathology that underlies diagnostic labels such as failed back syndrome, failed back surgery syndrome, instability and lateral recess stenosis. It is suggested that future surgery be based upon the findings of spinal probing with endoscopic verification.

Dynamic retrolisthesis and olisthesis aggravates inflammation in these foraminal sites.


Full Access
M Bultitude J.A.N. Shepperd

We report a series of 98 patients with back pain and sciatica in whom the MRI scan was reported as normal. The patients were referred by their General Practitioners and the MRI was the first and only investigation. The patients were subsequently subjected to plain radiographs including weight-bearing spot laterals of the lumbo-sacral spine, and discography in which pain provocation and reversal were judged as indicative of a pain source. Significant degenerative change was noted in plain radiographs in 27 cases, and weight-bearing views revealed a spondylolisthesis in eight cases where the supine view and MR had appeared normal. Discography had revealed intradiscal fissuring correlating with pain reproduction and reversal in 36 cases.

MRI is a scarce resource with very long waiting lists in many parts of the country and the value of the investigation may have been exaggerated both in terms of false positive and false negative results. On the basis of our study we recommend a review of radiological policy.


T. Pincus

Objectives: To investigate the relationship between recall bias for pain stimuli in chronic low back pain patients and the cost of managing their back pain in primary care.

Design: A retrospective cross-sectional investigation.

Method: Sixty three low back pain patients were interviewed in a primary care setting. Information was gathered on their pain intensity, disability ratings, depression, anxiety, and duration of pain. They were also presented with a surprise recall test for pain descriptors. The cost of each patient’s treatment specifically for back pain in the previous 12 months was calculated. The relationship between the cost of back pain treatment and the scores from the interview were calculated first for total cost, and then for the breakdown of individual cost items.

Results: Results indicated that recall bias for pain stimuli were significantly related to total cost (Rsq. = 8%). A detailed analysis revealed that pain intensity was related to the number of appointments with the general practitioners; depression scores related to the number of appointments with the in-house osteopaths; and recall bias for pain stimuli related to referrals to external experts (outpatients). A minority of patients high on recall bias was found to account for a disproportionate amount of the cost.

Conclusion: Although no causal path can be deduced from the findings, the study provides a novel approach to measuring psychological factors in back pain in reference to health care utilisation. It is limited by its retrospective design, and should be followed by prospective studies to fully understand the relationship between cognitive bias and utilisation of health services.


B.N. Summers K. Malhan

Twelve patients presenting with acute low back pain only and demonstrating intensification of low back pain during passive straight leg raising were investigated with CT or MRI scanning. None of these patients had leg pain. The painful and reduced passive SLR was accompanied by further increase in pain on dorsiflexion of the foot and reduction in pain on knee flexion, findings normally associated with sciatic pain due to acute nerve root compression following disc protrusion.

Imaging demonstrated significant central disc prolapses at L4/5 or L3/4 in all patients. In those who showed unilateral restriction of passive straight leg raising, the scans revealed central disc protrusions with a disposition to the affected side. None of these patients had neurological deficits effecting the leg, bladder bowels.

The clinical presentation, imaging and anatomy of the spinal canal would clearly implicate the anterior dura as being the source of the pain, being compressed by a central disc protrusion. The nerve supply of the anterior dura as opposed to the posterior dura is substantial.

The dura as an origin of acute low back pain has received some but not widespread attention in the medical literature.

The clinical outcome of these patients typically mimicked those who present with acute sciatica. The majority improved spontaneously and only a small proportion continued to have significant pain some months after the onset of symptoms.

Diagnosis of this clinical syndrome, which has not been fully described before, may give some focal point for an explanation of the pain source to the patient and give some lead to further investigations.


D Lavalette A Cohen M Nelson R Bury B Scott

We undertook a review of bone scans requested for children to determine the usefulness of isotope bone scintigraphy in investigating skeletal pain in this population.

We reviewed the bone scans, plain radiographs and clinical notes of consecutive children under 16 years of age presenting to children’s orthopaedic surgeons at two teaching hospitals in one city.

There were 229 patients, of which 40% were boys and 60% girls. They had and average age of 11 years. 139 were investigated for back pain and 90 for skeletal pain in the appendicular skeleton. They were investigated for a variety of conditions including idiopathic back and skeletal pain, scoliosis, Scheuermann’s disease, spondylolysis and stress fractures, osteomyelitis and post-operative pain.

There were positive scans in 4 out of 78 patients with idiopathic back pain, 1 of 25 patients with scoliosis and 1 out of 5 with spondylolysis and 11 out of 70 with idiopathic skeletal pain.

Of all patients with back pain the management was altered in only 3 children. Of all those investigated for appendicular skeletal pain the management was altered in 6 children.

Conclusion: Isotope bone scanning is a low yield, and non-specific investigation that imparts a significant dose of radiation to the patient. It should not be used as a first line investigation for idiopathic back or skeletal pain in children. Other tools such as MRI should be considered initially.

The role of isotope bone scanning in the investigation of skeletal and joint pain in children should be reevaluated.


INFANTILE SKELETAL SKEW Pages 149 - 149
Full Access
M F Macnicol

The term “skeletal skew” recognises the oblique positioning or slanting of two similar halves of the body. It is preferred to asymmetry which describes a disproportion between two quantities with no common measure. In 1982 69 babies with skeletal skew were described in relation to the abduction contracture which affects the hip and leg on which the body lies in persistent sidelying. The skeletal skew was evident at birth in 24 cases, but only became obvious at 4–6 months of age in the remaining 45 cases.

The adducted, uppermost hip looks spuriously dysplastic but the proximal femoral ossification centre is usually equal to the opposite side and the ultrasound scan is within normal limits. Associated skewing affects the skull (plagiocephaly) the neck (torticollis), thorax, pelvis and feet in a proportion of these squint babies. When the pelvic radiograph is assessed confusion is avoided if the ischial lower border is set horizontally; this corrects the apparent, increased acetabular inclination (angle) on the adducted side. The concomitant rotational artefact can be appreciated by reviewing differences in the widths of the iliac wings and obturator foramina, sacral-symphysial alignment and femoropelvic overlap.

Of the 45 cases with pronounced skeletal skew manifesting at 3–4 months of age, the oblique positioning corrected during early walking age, as shown by calculating the difference between the abduction arcs of the two hips. The plagiocephaly, with flattening of the brow on the upper side, may persist until skeletal maturity.

Follow up at 18 years was achieved in 41 of the 45 cases. There was one case of mild bilateral hip dysplasia and one case of a leg length discrepancy of 1.5 cm. In 40 cases the hips were normal clinically and radiographically although 5 had persistence of increased femoral anteversion. No splintage or stretching of the adducted hip had been undertaken during infancy and hence the great majority of cases with skeletal skew correct. Ultrasound assessment is advised in borderline cases for this relatively common condition which results in a referral rate of 5.3 per 1000 live births, compared to the Edinburgh neonatal splintage rate for hip instability of 3.8 per 1000 live births.


M Waites A Hall A Unwin

The hip joints are commonly affected in Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis (JIA) in childhood. Common features are pain, subluxation, femoral anteversion, coxa valga, significant fixed flexion deformity and a true arthritis, with loss of articular cartilage principally from the femoral head but also the acetabulum.

In children with JIA, it is accepted that a medial soft tissue release of the hips, dividing adductor longus, adductor brevis and the ilio-psoas, is a useful tool in the management of significant hip joint involvement. The principal indication for surgery is the relief of pain, but other benefits are correction of fixed flexion deformity, restoration of articular cartilage, increased abduction of the hips and, in those children who are unable to walk, frequently a transition to the potential to walk. The procedure is nearly always performed bilaterally.

Our study aimed to document the restoration of articular cartilage at the hips following soft tissue release. It has been noted in the literature that there is regrowth of articular cartilage in the hip but there has been no true documentation of this and x-ray studies are unreliable as the elimination of fixed flexion deformity can prejudice accurate analysis of femoral head geometry on 2 –dimensional views.

We therefore carried out MRI scanning of the hips, immediately prior to the soft tissue release and 12–18 months post-operatively. In 10 consecutive patients analysed, scans demonstrated true articular cartilage regrowth in 8 cases.

We thus conclude that soft tissue release of the hips in JIA is a useful management tool, and may to some extent reverse the severe articular cartilage loss seen in these children. The next stage of our study is to analyse the articular cartilage at the time of subsequent hip arthroplasty to determine whether true hyaline cartilage is reformed or whether the reconstitute represents fibrocartilage.


A D Shaw D A Sherlock

We have documented the long term radiological outcome of developmental dysplasia of the hips (DDH) complicated by avascular necrosis (AVN). We have also assessed whether a policy of prolonged post-reduction containment has improved the results. Radiographs of patients with a minimum of 10 years followup wer assessed, and AVN diagnosed accordingly to Crerand and O’Brien’s criteria. Outcome grading was assessed by Severin’s criteria, and head sphericity using Mose’s rings.

We identified 35 hips (35 patients) who had developed AVN. Twenty hips had a medial pattern of deformity, and 15 had a valgus pattern. Fifteen hips were Severin grade III, 13 were grade IV, and 3 were grade V. Twenty four patients had more than 6 mm discrepancy in the head of sphericity. Six patients were reviewed clinically: 4 of 5 patients who were < 24 years old have hip symptoms, and the other patient (age 41) has osteoarthritis.

These results confirm that AVN is a serious complication with a poor longterm outcome, and that our prolonged containment treatment does not produce better results than those published on patients with shorter containment periods.


R Y L Liow R J Montgomery

Introduction: Nonunion of long bone fractures is rare in the skeletally immature. Many of these injuries threaten the survival of the limb and attempts to salvage the limb can only be justified if the ultimate limb function out performs that of a prosthesis. To our knowledge there has been no report of functional outcome following the treatment of such injuries. We report the outcome of a series of patients treated for tibial bone loss and nonunion at average follow-up of 52 months.

Patients and method: Nine children aged 18 months to 17 years were treated. Three patients had established nonunion ranging from 7 months to 6 years, three had bone loss (1–6cm) and three had fractures in which nonunion were anticipated (1 Gustilo IIIb and 2 Tcherne III’s). Five injuries involved the physeal growth plate (2 with partial physeal loss – Peterson VI).

Treatment involved wound excision for open fractures, debridement of devascularised bone and stabilisation with monolateral fixators (2 patients) and circular fixators (7 patients). Five patients had unifocal treatment, four had multifocal treatment (3 bone transports). Duration of non-union or bone loss ranged from 3 to 72 months, average 17 and median 12. Treatment time ranged from 3 to 12 months, and was not related to the complexity of treatment. The longest treatment times occurred when segments of devascularised bone had been left unexcised, a situation we termed “bone loss insitu”.

An independent observer assessed the patients. Functional outcome was measured using the Short Musculoskeletal Assessment Form, a validated outcome assessment tool (Swiontkowski et al. JBJS [A], 1999).

Results: At the latest follow-up (average 52 months), the mean range of knee motion was 3–125° and mean ankle range was 13° dorsiflexion, 35° plantarflexion. Physeal arrest was present in three children (limb length discrepancy 2–4 cm) but with no deformity. Functional outcome revealed a “Dysfunction Index” of 0–19% (ave. 7%) and a “Bother Index” of 0–16% (ave. 6%).

Conclusion: Limb salvage of severe tibial fractures in which nonunion were established or anticipated were worthwhile. Good function can be obtained. The duration of treatment was not related to the complexity of treatment but was increased by leaving sterile but avascular bone unexcised.


G Mehta R OC Oreffo S C Langley-Evans C Cooper N M P Clarke H I Roach

Cohort studies in humans have suggested that the peak bone mass attained at skeletal maturity may be programmed in utero. To investigate which aspects of bone development might be influenced in utero, we utilised a rat model of maternal protein insufficiency, which has previously been used to demonstrate the fetal origin of adult hypertension. In rodents, a growth plate remains present throughout life, even after longitudinal growth ceases. Generally, the height of the growth plate is related to the rate of bone growth. Fast growing bones have maximal height growth plates, and as bone growth slows down the height decreases until it remains stationary.

The aim of this study was to compare the morphology of long bones in aged rats that had been subjected to protein insufficiency in utero with that of controls. Rat dams were fed either an 18% casein control diet or a 9% casein low protein diet from conception until the end of pregnancy. The offspring were fed a normal diet until death (~72 weeks), when bone density was measured by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) and the tibiae and femurs were processed for histology.

The offspring of rats from the low protein group had a significantly lower bone mass, as assessed by DEXA. The major differences in bone structure were found in the growth plates, which were very irregular without the usual zones of resting, proliferating and hypertrophic chondrocytes. A number of unusual cellular events were noted to have taken place subsequent to cessation of growth, including: a) elimination of all chondrocytes in a number of regions, resulting in vast acellular areas; b) formation of chondroid bone and/or transdifferentiation of chondrocytes to bone-forming cells in other regions; c) partial resorption of those latter regions while the acellular regions were not resorbed; d) ‘horizontal’ apposition of bone against a smooth metaphyseal edge of the growth plate.

To compare the growth plates from the low and high protein groups semi-quantitatively, the degrees of the above features were scored. In addition, the heights of the growth plates were were assessed by two independent measurements. In the low protein group, the height of the growth plate were found to be significantly greater (p< 0.001). Additionally, the growth plates from this group of animals were observed to be more irregular with regards to all the features outlined above.

These findings are consistent with the hypothesis that growth trajectory and bone mass are programmed in early life. The increased height of the growth plate in animals undernourished in utero may reflect the cessation of growth at an earlier age. The increased irregularity of the growth plate in this group of animals may infer an earlier onset of age-related changes within the growth cartilage.


J A Alonso B Matthews E Ingham J Fisher D Shaw

Introduction: UHMWPE wear debris is known to be a major cause of periprosthetic osteolysis and the long-term failure of total joint replacements by a macrophage-mediated mechanism. The aim of this study was to compare the in vitro response of mononuclear phagocytes from patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty to challenge with polyethylene particles or stimulation with lipopolysaccharide (LPS).

Methods: Peripheral blood was taken from 2 healthy donors and 16 patients admitted to hospital to undergo total hip arthroplasty. Human mononuclear phagocytes were isolated by density centrifugation. Polyethylene particles were sequentially filtered to obtain biologically active particles (0.1–0.6 μm diameter). Cells plus particles, cells plus LPS and cells only were co-cultured in supplemented RPMI-1640 culture medium. Culture supernatants were harvested and the concentration of TNFα quantified by ELISA. Mean specific activity was calculated.

Results:.

TNFα levels Particle stimulation LPS stimulation
Control 0.043–0.059 0.097–0.208
Patients 0–1.1 0.03–17.693

When considering all the subjects, no correlation was found between the response of their cells to polyethylene particles and LPS stimulation. However the cells of four subjects gave a much higher response to LPS than the rest and when these where excluded the correlation between the response to LPS and PE particles was significant with an R2 value of 0.9076.

Discussion: Despite the different mechanisms by which PE particles and LPS activate macrophages, the patient group with ‘normal’ or low response to LPS had a significant correlation in their response to LPS and particle stimulation. Why a small number of subjects had a much higher response to LPS without a proportional response to PE particles is not known, but it could be due to an increased expression of LPS receptors or genetic polymorphism. A greater than ten-fold difference in the patient response to particles may be of clinical importance in their potential susceptibility to loosening through osteolysis.


Bodo Purbach Brian A Hills Michael Wroblewski

This is the first report of surface-active phospholipid as the boundary lubricant in total hip arthroplasty. Aspirate and rinsings from the bearing surfaces of twenty four revisions have been analysed from three weeks to twenty six years postoperatively. All samples contained substantial amounts ranging from 14 to 4186 micrograms. Being a polar molecule, surface active phospholipid organises itself into layers similar to graphite (lamellated-solid lubrication).

These finding indicate that synoviocytes continue to produce the lubricant in significant quantities after arthroplasty surgery independent of the type of joint replacement and its fixation.

Surface-active phospholipid was found on all bearing surfaces analysed including polyethylene, stainless steel, chrome cobalt, Alumina, Zirconia and Titanium.


J M Wilkinson I Stockley N F A Peel A J Hamer N A Barrington R Eastell

We aimed to determine whether acute periprosthetic bone loss at 1 year following THA may be predicted by early changes in markers of bone turnover, and prevented by a single 90 mg dose of pamidronate in a randomized trial of 46 men and women undergoing primary THA.

Femoral BMD was measured at postoperative baseline, and 6, 12, 26, and 52 weeks later using an Hologic 4500-A densitometer. Markers of bone turnover were measured at preoperative baseline and at 1, 6, 12, and 26 weeks.

Patients in the placebo group lost significantly more periprosthetic bone than those in the pamidronate group. The mean (±95% CI) difference in proximal femoral BMD (area under BMD change.time curve) between those receiving pamidronate and those receiving placebo was 1.84 (±1.29) g.weeks/cm2 (P=0.02). A transient increase in all markers of bone turnover was seen in the placebo group, with peaks in osteoclast activity at 6 weeks, and peaks in osteoblast activity 12 weeks. Pamidronate therapy was associated with suppression of all markers of bone turnover with the exception of the resorption marker iFDpd (P< 0.05).

Using a multiple regression analysis model the AUC changes in bone markers predicted 42% of proximal femoral BMD change at 1 year (P=0.006). Using only change in 2 of the markers (PINP and iFDpd) at 6 weeks 28% of proximal femoral BMD change at 1 year could be predicted (P=0.01).

THA is associated with a transient increase in bone remodelling units and bone loss. The relationship between femoral bone loss and turnover markers in the placebo group suggests that the transient increase in these markers reflects local changes in BMD, and that pamidronate reduces bone loss by preventing increased local bone turnover.


B R Roya A B Nevelös E Inghamb D L Shawa J Fisher

Introduction: Ceramics appear to be good material for bearing surfaces due to their extreme hardness. We present the follow up results on 726 Total Hip Replacements using ceramics done in an institution over 19 years.

Patients and methods: This is a single surgeon series of 836 total hip replacements using ceramic as a bearing surface, performed since 1981. 283 of these were ceramic on ceramic whereas 408 were ceramic on polyethylene, most inserted without cement. 726 (86.9%) of these patients were either examined (546) or assessed with a questionnaire (149). 31 patients had died and their dates of death were taken as the point in time when their hips were surviving. These three groups are included in the analysis. 43 of the hips were revised. A survivorship analysis – using the life table technique – of the two groups was performed using revision as the end point.

Results: 31 total ceramics, and 12 ceramic-on-polyethylene hips required revision. The survivorship illustrated a superior performance of the ceramic-on-polyethylene implants.

Discussion: The patients in the total ceramic group were considerably younger (average age 34.7) compared to the ceramic on polyethylene group (average age 59.2). Seven patients with failed implants from the ceramic-on-ceramic group had been subjected to previous surgery compared to only one in the other group. The majority of the ceramic-on-ceramic group had a primary pathology more likely to cause a distorted anatomy of the hip joint. In general the patients in the total ceramic group were at higher risk of failure for technical reasons. The follow up period – mean 9.23 years for the total ceramic group, and 8.22 years for the ceramic-on-polyethylene group – is relatively short, and future years will further clarify the situation.


N J Phillips J M Wilkinson I Stockley

We aimed to determine whether the EBRA method had greater precision and sensitivity for measuring implant migration following total hip arthroplasty (THA) than direct plain radiographic techniques using modern measuring tools.

Short-term precision was evaluated in 20 subjects following THA. Consecutive, standardised radiographs of the hip were performed on the same day after repositioning. Prosthetic cup and stem migration were measured from the plain radiographs using a digital calliper following methods described by Ianotti, Malchau, Nunn, Sutherland and Wetherall, and compared to those made using EBRA. Precision was expressed as 95% confidence interval (95%CI = 1.96x Std.dev.). 10 subjects were then followed prospectively with standardised plain radiographs at baseline, 6,12 and 26 weeks after THA. Migration measurements made using EBRA were compared to those made using the most precise plain radiographic method.

The 95%CI of all EBRA cup and stem measurements was ±1mm or smaller. Only the Sutherland method had a similar level of precision (95%CI ±1.11 to 1.28 mm: F-Test P> 0.05; all other method comparisons with EBRA P< 0.05). In the longitudinal study cup cranial migration of 0.53 mm (SEM 0.19) and stem subsidence of 1.53 mm (SEM 0.19) were detected using EBRA (2-way ANOVA by rank; P< 0.05 and P< 0.001 respectively). No statistically significant migration of the cup or stem was detected using the Sutherland method.

The EBRA method is a precise method for describing implant migration in small groups of patients in the early period following THA, and manual methods lack sufficient precision to be used for this purpose.


J M Wilkinson I Stockley N A Barrington R Eastell

We aimed to determine whether development of heterotopic ossification (HO) following THA might be predicted by early changes in biochemical markers of bone turnover.

The study cohort consisted of 21 men and women taking part in a randomised trial of the bisphosphonate pamidronate in the prevention of bone loss following THA. All had under gone unilateral THA using the same design of implant and all were assigned to placebo in the trial. The osteoblast activity markers bone-specific alkaline phosphatase (bAP), osteocalcin (Oc), and N-terminal propeptide of type-I procollagen (PINP); and the osteoclast activity markers deoxypyridinoline (iFDpd) and N-telopeptide of type-I collagen (NTx) were measured at baseline, and at 1, 6, 12, and 26 weeks following unilateral THA. The presence of HO was assessed using the Brooker grading by a musculoskeletal radiologist from plain AP radiographs of the hip taken at week 26.

A transient increase in all turnover markers occurred following surgery, with peaks in iFDpd, NTx, and PINP at 6 weeks, and peaks in bAP and Oc at 12 weeks. 10 subjects had HO at week 26 (all Brooker grade 1 or 2). Subjects with HO had higher mean peak rises (SEM) in PINP and Oc than those without HO (PINP 81% (10) versus 43% (10), P=0.01; Oc 26% (5) versus 9% (6), P=0.04). Using area under the curve ‘ROC’ analysis, PINP and Oc were equally discriminatory in predicting HO formation (P< 0.05). The optimal cut-off peak rise of > 57% in PINP at 6 weeks following THA had a sensitivity and specificity of 90 and 82, respectively for predicting the development of HO.

An increase in PINP of more than 57% 6 weeks following THA is predictive of the development of HO at 26 weeks. This early prediction might allow identification of patients in whom early therapeutic measures could be taken.


T Taggart R M Kerry I Stockley P Norman

The incidence of infection after primary arthroplasty is low. However, with the increasing number of arthroplasties being performed the prevalence of infection is increasing. The pattern of infecting organisms following total joint arthroplasty has changed and gentamicin resistant organisms are becoming increasingly common. Vancomycin added to bone a cement carrier can, with adequate surgical debridement be very effective in the eradication of established resistant infection. We report the results of its use in 33 patients with 26 infected hip and 7 infected knee arthroplasies. 32 patients remain clinically and radiologically free of infection after a mean follow-up of 67 months. There was one recurrence of infection and there were three positive second stage cultures of uncertain significance. Vancomycin is potentially a very useful tool in the management of deep infection following arthroplasty surgery.


Michos Ioannis P Grigoris F Johnston A Ong D L Hamblen

Purpose: To assess the clinical and radiological performance of the Ultima THR.

Material-Methods: Between January 1991 and July 1994, 147 consecutive patients (154 hips) underwent a primary THR using an all-polyethylene cemented cup and the Ultima Ti alloy smooth, collarless, double tapered, straight stem. 65% were females and primary diagnosis was OA or RA in the majority. The average age at operation was 66.4 years. At average follow-up of 76 months, 34 patients (35 hips) were dead and 5 were lost. Patients were annually assessed clinically (HSS) and radiologically. Radiographs were digitized and migration analysis and cup wear was performed using the EBRA method.

Results: There were 9 aseptic failures (5 stems, 1 cup and 3 both components). Cup migration analysis was possible in 106 cases. Migration was detected in 62 of them (18 proximal, 15 medial, and 29 combined). Proximal migration ranged from 0.8 mm-4.0 mm and medial migration from 1.0 mm–3.5 mm. The average cumulative linear cup wear was 0.2 mm. Stem migration analysis was possible in 114 cases. At 2 years, 35 stems subsided less than 1.5 mm. Migration of more than 1.5 mm was observed in 16 stems. Early subsidence of more than 1.5 mm was highly predictive for later revision.

Conclusions: Ti-stems have been criticised for high failure rate but the exact mechanism of loosening is multifactorial. Our revision rate and the low incidence of focal osteolysis, even in the presence of a small degree of stem subsidence, indicate that a smooth double tapered Ti-alloy cemented stem may offer a durable long-term solution.


M C Hynes T Greer D W Mcgurty C A Wigderowitz H E Ware

Introduction: The aims of this paper are to compare the results of measuring migration rates on radiographs manually and by computer assisted analysis of digitised images.

Methods: Standardised anteroposterior standing hip radiographs taken post operatively and then yearly following hip replacement were used. The radiographs were then scanned at 150 dpi (gray scale) and saved as tif files. The migration was measured manually by drawing a line along the long axis of the femoral component connecting the distal tip, to the notch which is used to impact the stem proximally. This gives us the length of the hip replacement and an axis along which migration can be measured. The tip of the greater trochanter was selected as a bony landmark. On the plain radiographs two sets of readings were made by one observer. The digitised images were then analysed in the same way using a software package (designed in house at the University of Dundee). Two sets of readings were performed by observer one and a second set by an independent observer.

Statistics: Inter and Intra observer rates were calculated using a paired sample t test.

Results: For the manual readings intra observer mean difference was 0.53 mm (CI 0.31–0.74 mm). Comparing manual vs computer readings for observer one there was a correlation of 0.89. For the computer readings intra observer mean difference was 0.36 mm (CI 0.64–0.8 mm) and inter observer mean difference 0.16 mm. Both non significant differences. This evidence shows that the readings made manually and by computer were not significantly different and that there was no significant inter and intra observer variation. The advantage of computer storage and reading being the faster analysis, the ability to store and access large numbers of radiographs. The disadvantages being the need to scan the radiographs to allow measurement.


AK Gambhir B Hanson BM Wroblewski PR Kay

Bacterial resistance in joint replacement surgery is an emerging problem. A review of the bacteriology from infected revisions performed at Wrightington over the past 5 years has shown that the most common organism is coagulase negative staphylococcus (59%), followed by staphylococcus aureus (17%).

The sensitivity profiles are shown below.

Antibiotic Sensitive Resistant
Methicillin 62 38
Fucidic acid 90.7 9.3
Gentamicin 68 32
Erythromycin 69 31
Clindamycin 90.7 9.3
Vancomycin 99.25 0.75
Teicoplanin 96.4 3.6

Gentamicin is the most commonly pre formulated antibiotic added to acrylic bone cement. The above data clearly demonstrates that for 32% of infected cases gentamicin alone is inadequate prophylaxis. As a consequence of this the use of additional antibiotics for resistant cases is becoming commonplace.

The aim of this study was to investigate the mechanical properties of additional antibiotics in acrylic bone cement.

The 7 antibiotics listed above were selected on the basis of sensitivity to organisms isolated at revision for deep infection. Each was added at a loading of 1g active to CMW1 RO (plain) and CMW1 G (gentamicin). The antibiotics were mixed with the polymer by hand. The cement was then mixed as per manufacturer’s instructions.

Dough and setting times were noted. Standard samples were produced using ISO approved moulds. Each antibiotic/cement combination was tested for compression strength, impact strength and flexural strength.

All antibiotic/cement combinations performed as well as the control mix when tested for compression and impact strength. The flexural strength results for fusidic acid and erythromycin when added to acrylic cement were comparable to the control mix. Flucloxacillin, clindamycin and teicoplanin did lower the flexural strength to just below acceptable limits. However Vancomycin when added at 1g active reduced the flexural strength of acrylic bone cement significantly.

Although vancomycin may remain one of the last bastions of antibiotic therapy our study suggests that’s its addition to acrylic bone cement significantly weakens its mechanical properties. We would advise caution in its use as this may reduce the chances of long term success when undertaking revision for deep infection.


M T Clarke C Roberts J Gray G S Keene N Rushton

Introduction: Aseptic loosening of THR has a multifactorial aetiology. Differentiating such cases from loosening due to low-grade infection can often be difficult. It is possible that at least some cases of ‘aseptic’ loosening may be related to unidentified bacterial infection. This study attempted to identify the frequency with which bacterial DNA could be observed in the periprosthetic membrane and synovial fluid of patients undergoing revision surgery for what was considered ‘aseptic’ loosening.

Methods: Specimens from 39 revision and 31 primary hip replacements were obtained. The latter were used as a control for environmental contamination. All revision THR cases were investigated pre-operatively for infection by CRP, ESR, WCC, Gallium Scan. Operative specimens were analysed by bacteriological culture as well as by PCR to identify the presence of the 16S bacterial ribosomal fraction. Results were analysed by Chi square test.

Results: By PCR, bacterial DNA was identified in 22 of 39 revision hip surgery specimens and 6 of 31 primary hip replacement specimens (p=0.002). By culture none of these specimens had any bacterial growth.

Conclusions: The increased frequency with which bacterial DNA has been identified in ‘aseptically’ loose revision THR is unlikely to be due solely to environmental contamination although this remains a concern. These results may have relevance for our interpretation and understanding of aseptic loosening as well for the diagnosis of prosthetic infection.


Full Access
A L Ruiz Prof J R Nixon

We performed arthrodesis with a cobra head compression plate in 18 young adults with severely degenerative arthritis of the hip. The aetiology was trauma in 4 patients, sepsis in 3, slipped upper femoral epiphysis in 3, Perthes disease in one, acute lymphblastic lymphoma in one, alcohol related avascular necrosis in 2, epiphyseal dysplasia in one, multiple osteochondromatosis in one, (bilateral) idiopathic chondrolysis in one and in the remaining case there was no apparent cause. At a mean follow up of 4 years 14 patients were complaining of back pain compared to 4 patients preoperatively. Preoperatively 4 patients had ipsilateral knee pain compared to 5 patients postoperatively. Four patients complained of pain at rest or night. Eleven of the 18 patients have returned to work. The average score of satisfaction on a scale of zero to ten was 7.2, with only 3 patients giving a mark of 4 and below.

The management of osteoarthritis of the hip in the young adult is challenging and arthrodesis of the hip is a reasonable option for the very painful arthritic hip.


M Mohamed J L Dennison S B O’Brien D E Beverland J R Nixon

Introduction: Since 1992 over 3000 custom-made cemented titanium femoral components have been implanted during total hip replacement in our centre.

Stems are machined using CAD-CAM. Measurements are made from screened AP and lateral x-rays of known magnification. Normal joint centre is recreated by controlling offset and vertical height of the femoral component.

Method: Joint centre and limb length were analysed radiologically in consecutive 100 patients following total hip replacement for unilateral arthritis. Joint centre was defined relative to the pelvis and femur.

The anatomical axis and offset of the femur were defined using a screened x-ray of known magnification taken to show maximum offset. Femoral centre height was defined relative to the greater trochanter.

Results: In general, acetabular joint centre was placed medial and high, tending to reduce limb length slightly. Conversely, on the femoral side the tendency was to leave the component proud, producing an increase in limb length. Most patients had limb length restored to within 6mm of normal.

This study confirms the effectiveness of the Belfast Custom Stem in restoring joint centre and limb length.


J Rao R N Villar Y X Zhou

Hip arthroscopy is a relative newcomer to the arthroscopic repertoire, yet even in its current infancy has shown the hip joint in a different light. One poorly understood area is the ligamentum teres, thought by many to do little more than carry a blood vessel in the developing hip. Ligamentum injuries have only rarely been described, though in recent years have been arthroscopically classified

We present a large series of ligamentum teres abnormalities treated by hip arthroscopy. Of 925 consecutive hip arthroscopies, 68 patients (73 hips) had either a complete ligamentum tear (Type I), partial ligamentum tear (Type II), or a degenerate ligamentum (Type III).

Only 4 patients had a correct diagnosis given prior to hip arthroscopy. Hyperadduction was the commonest cause of Type I tears, though not all tears had a traumatic aetiology. Complete tears have a shorter history and a higher chance of associated intra-articular damage. Partial tears typically have a long history of ill-defined hip pain. The degenerate ligamentum generally presents with the features of underlying osteoarthritis. At three-year review, Type I and II tears improved significantly following hip arthroscopy, Type III abnormalities less so.

This paper thus presents the largest series of ligamentum tears to-date reported.


K Sampathkumar J G Andrew A Vail E Craddock J Davis

The best follow up strategy after hip replacement (THR) is unclear. There are conflicting demands to obtain early diagnosis of loosening, and to minimise clinic visits. It would be desirable to achieve follow up with a validated symptom questionnaire alone, but it is unclear how frequently THRs are asymptomatic during early loosening.

This study examined the relationship between patient reported symptoms after THR using two measures (Oxford Hip Questionnaire (OHQ) and Visual Analogue Scale (VAS)), and the classification of the patients AP x ray of the hip as having definite loosening, possible loosening, or a sound implant. We examined data from 325 patients who had undergone a standard Charnley THR for osteoarthritis. Patients had a mean follow-up of 85 months (range 24–144). X rays were examined by a single Consultant Orthopaedic surgeon, and classified as satisfactory, possible loosening or definite loosening.

As expected, the large majority of patients had a satisfactory appearance on x-ray at all-time points. 12 patients were classified as having definite loosening on the basis of the available x-rays. 8 of these were subsequently listed for revision surgery at review. 20 patients were noted to have evidence of possible loosening. Examination of the Oxford hip questionnaire and VAS data demonstrated a strong relationship between OHQ value and the VAS result for pain (r = 0.78, p < 0.001, Spearman rank correlation). Data were analysed separately (using ROC curves) to determine whether the OHQ or VAS was a satisfactory method of selecting patients who fell into “definite loosening” or “definite or possible loosening” groups. Neither OHQ or VAS were sensitive or specific for definite or possible loosening.

We conclude that x rays are required for early detection of loosening, and that follow up by OHQ or VAS alone is insufficient for this purpose.


SS Mohanty AK Gambhir BM Wroblewski PR Kay

Objective: To study the incidence of MRSA (Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus) at pre-operative screening and relate this to positive cultures of the tissue in joint replacement surgery.

Setting: Elective joint replacement centre with routine MRSA screening facility.

Design: Retrospective review of MRSA screening and positive tissue samples taken during one year period from 1.11.99 to 31.10.00 in hip and knee replacements.

Results: Eighteen (18) out of the 2867(0.7%) screens performed on patients undergoing joint replacement surgery had MRSA isolated from one source or other. However, no MRSA was found from tissue samples taken during the surgery. But 63 isolates from 499 tissue samples (12.6%) were reported as coagulase negative staphylococcus, out of which 28(44%) were resistant to Methicillin.

After observing the incidence of Methicillin resistant coagulase negative staphylococcus during one year, we reviewed the tissue culture reports in revision hip replacements from May 1974 till July 1999. Two hundred ninety-one (291) positive organisms were isolated from 337 cultures, out of which 57.5% were coagulase negative staphylococcus 11.9% staphylococcus aureus. Methicillin resistance was noted in 30.8% of coagulase negative staphylococcus as opposed to 6% of staphylococcus aureus.

Conclusion: Staphylococcus epidermidis is the most prevalent and persistent species on human skin and mucous membranes, constituting 65–90% of all staphylococci (Mandell, Douglas & Bennett, 2000). Since a majority of isolation in tissue samples constitute methicillin resistant coagulase negative staphylococcus, would it be more appropriate to screen for Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus epidermidis (MRSE), rather than MRSA, in patients undergoing joint replacement surgery?


Full Access
C H Wynn Jones Vinay Jasani

Residual pain after THR can have a number of causes. Unless there was a major intraoperative inadequacy or early deep infection provided the patient indicates the greater part of the preoperative arthritic pain has been relieved and if other major clinical and radiological features are satisfactory remaining discomfort is all too easily attributed to a muscular origin with reassurances it will settle down! The senior authors attention was drawn to intrusive groin pain by a patient who had an otherwise uneventful bilateral (same sitting) THR. Right groin pain remained particularily marked on moving the leg getting in and out of her car on the drivers side.Clinical assessment Xray & CT scan & CT guided diagnostic injection suggested the symptoms were due to Psoas irritation perhaps due to a cement prominence underneath a proud edge of a flanged Charnley acetabular component. Through a direct anterior exposure this was shown to be so. There was evidence of Psoas Bursitis with a granular appearance.Symptoms were relieved by removing the flange and cement prominence and performing a partial psoas bursectomy and partial psoas tenotomy. Six similar cases are described. How to avoid or treat this annoying minor complication of a generally successful operation by attention to detail is discussed


D Campbell K Muthusamy S Sturdee D Finlayson M Stone

This study reports the outcome of using the Posterior Lip Augmentation Device (PLAD) for recurrent dislocation of total hip replacement. Twenty-seven patients (16 in Inverness, 11 in Leeds) were treated with the device. The indication for its use was recurrent dislocation of the hip in a patient who had a well-orientated and well-fixed cemented acetabular component. The patients had had between 2 and 14 dislocations before using the PLAD. 24 of the 27 patients had satisfactory control of the dislocations after surgery. The operation was found to be straightforward in most cases with few complications, although one case in the Inverness series has a partial sciatic nerve palsy which is recovering. Of the three failures, two had recurrent dislocation after the use of the PLAD. In one of these, in whom the dislocation followed acetabular reconstruction with impaction grafting, the cup also pulled out due to the semi-captive state after use of the PLAD. Both of these cases were treated by a Girdlestone excision arthroplasty. There was one final failure in whom there has been no further dislocation but following an abduction injury some four months after surgery, progressive cup loosening developed and he awaits revision of the cup. One patient complains of an occasional click in the hip joint and a broken screw is visible on x-ray but there has been no loss of position of the device and no further evidence of dislocation. Overall, we have found that this device gives satisfactory control of recurrent dislocations of the hip but the failures have stressed the need to ensure that the cup fixation is sound before inserting the device.


Sanjay Mulay Tarig Hassan Stuart Birtwistle Richard Power

The management of periprosthetic femoral fractures around a total hip replacement can often be difficult and challenging; especially as they often occur in elderly patients with marked osteolysis and thin cortices.Various non-surgical and surgical treatment modalities have been described.

We reviewed 24 patients with type B fractures (Vancouver classification) managed with a cementless, tapered, fluted and distally fixed stem utilising a trans-femoral approach.There were 15 female and 9 male patients.The average age was 74 years.The average interval between the index operation and surgery was 10.8 years. The majority of the fractures occurred following trivial trauma. The average duration of the surgical procedure when both the cup and the stem were revised was 3 hours 14 minutes and 2 hours 14 minutes when only the stem was revised. The average operative blood loss was 1700 mls and 940 mls respectively. There were five dislocations. Three were managed conservatively without further problems. Two patients were treated surgically. There were two cases of nonunion one of which was secondary to infecton.

The average Harris hip score at follow-up was 69.The majority of the fractures united (91%). The average radiological subsidence was 5 mm post-operatively. Subsidence occurred within the first 6 months prior to fracture union with no further subsidence thereafter. Subsidence was notably absent in those patients in whom the fracture failed to unite. The majority of the patients showed a relatively good health status at follow-up.

This technique for the management of this difficult problem offers the advantage of providing a relatively short operative time with reduced patient morbidity.It allows early mobilization and the majority of the fractures unite uneventfully.

The biggest uncertainty surrounding this type of stem is the long-term survivorship in the younger patient.


D Hay S El-kawi K J Drabu

Femoral Impaction allografting is now an established method in revision hip arthroplasty where there is a deficiency in bone stock. Most experience of this technique has been in conjunction with a cemented collarless, polished, tapered (CPT) stem. We conducted a retrospective study into the clinical and radiological results of 67 consecutive patients with an average of 62 months (36–108 months) follow-up. In all cases, Impaction bone grafting was performed using a transtrochanteric approach and cemented Charnley and Elite Plus stems.

In our series no femoral component has been revised. The overall subsidence was 2.2 mm. 57 hips (85%) showed subsidence of 4 mm or less. However two patients showed massive subsidence of greater than 10mm, both with associated osteolysis and radiolucent lines. In addition, one stem showed a progressive varus position and debonding of the cement-metal interface. Analysis of the bone allograft showed evidence of incorporation in 56 (84%) of patients. The Merle D’Aubigne-Postal clinical score increased from an average of 8.3 pre-operatively to 15.3 at the last review. 60 patients (89.5%) complained of no or slight pain.

There was a 10% re-operation rate due to complications. Three patients sustained periprosthetic fractures around the tip of the prosthesis, all successfully treated with a plate. Three patients suffered recurrent dislocation, two needed revision of the acetabula component. Two patients needed trochanteric wires removed for persistent pain.

Direct comparison of different prostheses is difficult due to many confounding variables. However the medium term results of our study are comparable to the results reported using the Exeter and CPT stems.


Niall M Graham I Stockley

In Sheffield the senior author has a long experience in the use of massive circumferential proximal femoral allografts in complex revision hip arthroplasty. Sheffield has a well established bone harvesting and banking service, essential for this type of work.

We wish to present the early experience with this technique in the UK.

Between April 1992 and November 1998 a total of 33 circumferential proximal femoral allografts were used by one senior surgeon. They were all fresh frozen, cadaveric grafts. This time period was selected to allow a reasonable minimum follow-up period. Seven patients had died and two were lost to follow up, leaving a total of 24 patients to review.

A step cut osteotomy was utilised and augmented with a cerclage wire and strut allograft where deemed necessary. The proximal femur was retained where possible. The component was cemented into the allograft only, in the majority of the cases. A cemented, collared prosthesis was used in over 85% of cases.

Average follow up was 53 months. By the time of review 2 had undergone further revision, one for sepsis, one for aseptic loosening. A further patient had had revision of the acetabular component in isolation. One patient had recurrent sepsis but is currently being managed non–operatively. One patient required secondary surgery with plate and graft for symptomatic junctional non-union.

Other complications included wound drainage, delaying discharge, in three patients and one chronic sciatic nerve palsy.

The trochanter was considered radiologically united in 18 patients. Junctional union was considered to have occurred in 17 patients. Allograft resorption of 100% cortical thickness was seen in only 9 patients and in only one zone in 6 of these.

Oxford hip scores were collected at follow-up.

We recommend this technique in cases where bone loss is catastrophic and in specialist hands only.


Ms Clare Darragh Keith Tucker

A computer system has been developed that allows rapid collection of data about joint replacements in the operating room which can then be transmitted to a server via the internet for later analysis.

The programme comprises three main fields, a demographic field, an implant field and a field to allow specific questions.

The specific features include:-

An unique programme linking the manufacturer’s barcodes in a readable form.

A reminder system that only allows logging of the data when all the questions are answered.

Flexibility with the data set.

The system will be demonstrated in the course of the presentation. The perceived advantages over a paper system , validation, “windows anywhere” and confidentiality will be discussed.

The adaptability of the system for use in outpatients and for the production of operation notes will be outlined.

The cost, about £700, per unit plus software charges will be discussed.


P Charlwood N W Thompson J G Brown Professor J R Nixon

Recurrent posterior dislocation is a recognised complication following primary total hip arthroplasty. Incidences of between 0.11% and 4.5% have been reported in the literature.

Component revision is regarded as standard management of recurrent posterior dislocation. However, revision surgery is a major surgical procedure and is often unsuitable for elderly, frail patients.

A congruent, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene acetabular augment with a stainless steel backing plate has been developed. This can be inserted providing there is no malalignment, wear or loosening of the primary components.

In this study we compared twenty patients who underwent conventional revision surgery to twenty patients who had a PLAD inserted for recurrent posterior dislocation following primary Charnley total hip arthroplasty. Both groups were age and sex-matched and the average number of dislocations prior to surgery was three for each group.

For the PLAD group, the mean operative time, the mean intraoperative blood loss, the time spent in HDU, the transfusion requirements and the duration of hospital stay was significantly less than that for the revision group. Furthermore, there was no significant difference in the Oxford Hip Score recorded preoperatively and at 6 weeks, 6 months, one year and two years following surgery. None of the patients had sustained a further dislocation at latest review.

We conclude that the Posterior Lip Augmentation Device is a safe and effective option in the management of patients with recurrent posterior hip dislocation when there is no evidence of component failure or gross malposition.


I Carluke J L Sher

We report the medium term results using an extensively porous coated cementless femoral stem for revision hip arthroplasty in 129 cases.

166 femoral revisions were performed using the Solution cementless stem between 1991 and 1997 in 4 hospitals within our region. 30 patients had died and 7 were lost to follow up leaving 122 patients ( 129 hips ) available for assessment.

All were independently reviewed, questioned about thigh pain, and scored using the Charnley modification of the Postel-D’Aubigne Hip Score. Post operative complications and need for further surgery were noted.

Radiographs were assessed to identify component subsidence, osteolysis and stress shielding.

At mean 5 year follow up (range 2–8 yrs), 9 stems (7%) had been revised and a further 4 stems (3%) were subsiding. Of the remaining components, 8 stems (7%) showed fibrous union and 108 stems (92%) bone ingrowth.

Mild to moderate stress shielding was common but did not seem to affect fixation.

Our findings indicate that satisfactory medium term stability can be achieved using diaphyseal fixation in the mechanically or biologically proximally deficient femur.

Failure due to subsidence occurs due to undersizing, occurs early and progresses.


Mark Jeffery Gareth Scott Michael A R Freeman

Twenty-nine patients (30 hips) with uncemented acetabular impaction allografting contained behind a metal backed component screwed to the pelvis at revision hip arthroplasty were reviewed at 12 to17 years (average 15.3 years) follow up. Five patients had died with the prosthesis in situ, 4 patients were lost to follow up, 13 patients had failed requiring further revision (only one failed prior to 5 years) and 9 survivors were minimally asymptomatic. The mean time to failure warranting further surgery was 9 years.

Analysis of available serial radiographs (24 cases) demonstrated signs of loosening (migration, progressive radiolucent lines, screw breakage) in 54% of the latest radiographs of all cases. Removing those lost to follow up or deceased, 72% were radiologically loose (in the intact asymptomatic group 57% could be defined as loose). Additionally, in 70% of the cases the acetabular component tended to fail in a varus manner as the medial wall remodelled.

These results indicate as previously published, short term results for this technique are satisfactory but in the long term they are not. Factors associated with this include the pressfit nature of the polyethylene liner which has been implicated in disappointing long term results for this prosthesis in primary applications, but not of the level of failure encountered in the current series. This experience suggests that the reliance on screw fixation over a bed of allograft in the absence of cement supplementation does not provide sufficient stability for reliable bone graft incorporation.

The method reported above should be abandoned.


Full Access
A Khaleel A Dutta W A Scott S Crabtree

Aim: to evaluate the use of large acetabular cup in revision surgery without structural bone graft.

Materials/methods: Patients who had revision hip surgery at Greenwich Hospital between 1991 and 1994 were reviewed. All patients had complete clinical and radiological follow up.

Large cup was the press fit Mathys Isoelastic cup.

No patient had any structural bone grafting.

Failure was defined as need for surgery and/or poor clinical outcome.

Objective clinical assessment was done using the Harris Hip score.

Radiological assessment was carried out using RC Johnston’s criteria for uncemented cups.

Results: 52 revised cups in 48 patients were reviewed. Mean age was 71.6yrs, 21 males and 27 females. Mean follow up was 6 years (4 to 8 years). Average cup size was 64 mm (62 to 66).

Diagnosis at index operation was 10 Rheumatoid, and 42 osteoarthrosis. Average Harris Hip Score was 85 (excellent 35, good 11, fair 3, poor 3)

Radiological assessment showed excellent bony incorporation in all but the failures. There were 3 failures, 1 due to infection (revision was for infected primary THR), and 2 due to aseptic loosening in rheumatoid patients (both had significant cup malposition at revision). The major complications included 2 intraoperative fractures.

Conclusion: Intermediate term results of acetabular revisions, using large cups, without structural bone grafting, in our hands, are encouraging. Cup position at revision appears crucial for long-term survival.


N W Thompson M G McAlinden E Breslin M D Crone W I S Kernohan D E Beverland

Periprosthetic fractures are a recognised complication of total knee arthroplasty. They may occur intraoperatively or postoperatively and risk factors have been identified which may predispose an individual to such a complication.

We report seven cases of periprosthetic tibial fractures following LCS total knee arthroplasty, a complication only encountered by the senior author following a change in practice from a cemented implant to a cementless one.

In light of this previously unreported complication in our unit, we have attempted to identify common features within this group of patients, that may have contributed to fracture occurrence.

Statistical analysis revealed a highly significant risk of periprosthetic tibial fracture in those patients with a preoperative neutral or valgus knee. Age, gender and diagnosis did not appear to significantly increase the risk of fracture. All patients displayed evidence of reduced bone mineral density in the lumbar spine and femoral neck regions on dual energy x-ray absorptiometry scanning.

We feel that those patients with a preoperative neutral or valgus knee and local evidence of osteopenia represent a high-risk group, in whom particular care in alignment should be taken. In this group it may also be preferable to have the tibial component inserted with cement fixation.


Full Access
P J Duffy D J Kramer

This study was designed to emphasise the need for strict rotational alignment whilst performing a posterior sloping tibial resection during primary TKR.

The normal posterior inclination of the bony tibia in the sagittal plane is around 10 degrees. The effect of the menisci reduces this to around 3 degrees. This reduces shear stress during flexion when compressive stress increases.

In TKR it has been shown that tibial components inserted with zero posterior slope (ie. perpendicular in the sagittal plane to long axis of tibia) have an increased incidence of anterior subsidence. This has been shown to be due to the relative weakness of the anterior tibial bone. It is also known that this weakness increases with further resection. Therefore, most knee arthroplasty systems involve a posterior sloping tibial resection to minimize anterior bone loss. This resection, normally in the order of 7 degrees, needs to be made strictly in the AP plane. If a rotational error is introduced, the result will be to remove more bone from one plateau than the other and effectively produce a valgus or varus deformity. If the long axis alignment of the jig is also inaccurate, this will compound the error.

The authors, using a series of sawbones calculated the resultant varus/valgus angulation produced by different degrees of rotational malalignment using posterior sloped cutting blocks of 3 and 7 degrees.

We plan to confirm these findings by using a 3 D CT reconstruction of the human proximal tibia and computer software to simulate the cuts. We have shown that a rotational error of 30 degrees with a 7 degree cutting block will produce an angulation of up to 3 degrees measured in the coronal plane. Whilst not large in itself, this potential error should be highlighted, as a contributive factor in tibial component malalignment.


A J Price D Beard J Rees S Carter S White R de Steiger M Gibbons P McLardy-Smith R Gundle D Dodd D Murray J O’Connor J Goodfellow

Purpose: As part of the step-wise introduction of a meniscal-bearing total knee replacement (Oxford TMK) we needed to know, before proceeding to longer term studies, whether its early clinical results were at least as good as those of an established fixed bearing device (AGC).

Material and Methods: With ethical approval, patients requiring bilateral knee replacement for osteoarthritis consented to have the operations under one anaesthetic using one of each prosthesis; to accept random choice of knee; and to remain ignorant which side was which. American Knee Society Scores, Oxford Knee Scores, ROM and pain scores were to be recorded preoperatively and at one year. By January 2001, 40 patients had reached one year and data is available for 36.

Results: Preoperatively there was no difference between the two knees. One patient died in the peri-operative period.

Results at one year (TMK first): AKSS(Knee) 91.6 / 84.1 (p=0.003), OKS 39.8 / 37.6 (p=0.006), ROM 104 / 104 (p=0.364), Pain (AKSS) 47.3 / 41.7 (p=0.01), Pain (OKS) 3.5 / 2.9 (p=0.006).

Conclusion: The TMK performed as well as the AGC. Its AKSS, OKS and pain scores were significantly better. We believe this controlled, blinded trial is the first to have compared the function of a new knee prosthesis with a standard implant before marketing; and the first to have demonstrated a significant clinical advantage for a meniscal-bearing over a fixed bearing TKR. The comparison of bilateral implants in the same patient can reveal significant differences while putting at risk many fewer subjects than would be needed for a classical twocohort RCT.


D J Beard D W Murray J L Rees A J Price P R Hambly C A F Dodd

A pilot study was performed to assess the feasibility of discharging patients undergoing unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR) within a day of surgery; both clinical and administrative issues were examined.

Logistics and responsibilities were organised prior to the study. Representatives of anaesthetics, pain team, orthopaedics, admissions, bed management, nursing, theatres, physiotherapy, radiology and outpatients were involved. Patients with medial compartment osteoarthritis undergoing unicompartmental knee replacement who passed strict exclusion criteria were recruited. Factors included; unsuitable home situation (no phone, excessive stairs, no support person), low tolerance to NSAIDS, and not living within a 25 mile radius of the hospital. To date seven NHS patients (mean age 60 years) have been recruited. All patients underwent preoperative assessment and counselling. The mean preoperative Oxford Knee Score was 24/48, the mean Knee Society Score (KSS) was 43/100 and average pain score was 14/50 indicating all patients had significant dysfunction and pain before operation. Average knee flexion was 111° and the average flexion deformity was 5°.

Each patient had a medial UKR using the minimally invasive approach and then underwent the accelerated recovery program. The program included pain control, accelerated rehabilitation, dedicated instructions and self assessment. Post operative pain was controlled by an intra-operative infiltration of local anaesthetic around the knee and large doses of NSAIDs. All patients were mobilised on the day of surgery and all except one who was delayed for administrative reasons) were discharged the following day. Patients were discharged in an extension splint and provided with post operative instructions including an emergency back up telephone number. A designated clinician made regular contact with the patient at home to assess progress. Patients were then assessed in clinic at 6 days, 13 days, and 6 weeks after surgery.

Patients average pain scores at 7 days and 14 days were 2/10 and 2.2/10 respectively. At 6 week follow up the average knee flexion was 124° and average flexion deformity was 1°. All patients were walking independently and painfree. No complications were encountered except one patient required further manipulation for limited knee flexion.

The new pain control protocol permits early mobilisation and discharge for patients undergoing UKR. Potential benefits include increased patient comfort, functional rehabilitation, avoidance of hospital induced infection and substantial cost benefits to the NHS. The pilot study demonstrates that, provided adequate communication is maintained between involved personnel, the program is both practical and safe. It now is planned to implement the accelerated recovery program for UKR as routine.


G Davies J H Newman

Traditional dogma states that anterior knee pain in adolescence does not lead to patello-femoral arthritis. However analysis of 642 new knee referrals seen in one year showed that over 25% had anterior knee pain and that patients were of all ages. This lead to us questioning whether anterior knee pain or adolescent chondromalacia patellae is in fact a benign self limiting condition.

Method: A postal questionnaire was sent to 150 patients who had undergone isolated patello femoral replacement (PFR) enquiring about patella problems earlier in life. The same questionnaire was sent to a matched group of patients who had undergone unicompartmental replacement; because of the selection policy of the unit, these would not have had changes of patellofemoral arthritis.

Results: 118 patients who had undergone PFR retumed the form. 107 were female; the average age at surgery was 66 years. 26 (22%) reported adolescent anterior knee pain at an average age of 18. 112 forms were returned form the UKR group in which females predominated and who had an average age at surgery of 67 years. Only 7 (6%) reported adolescent anterior knee pain, at an average age of 19. 16 (14%) of the PFR group reported adolescent patella instability as opposed to 1 on the UKR group.

Discussion: The finding that significantly more patients with isolated patello-femoral arthritis had suffered from adolescent anterior knee pain suggests a possible causal relationship. Further long-term studies are needed to determine whether adolescent anterior knee pain is benign, as traditionally believed, or whether certain subsets are precursors of patello-femoral arthritis.


R W Nutton C M Myles P Rowe C Walker

We conducted a prospective, randomised and double blinded study to observe the recovery of knee function in 50 patients undergoing knee replacement with or without patella resurfacing.

Patients were assessed pre-operatively, at four months and a minimum 18 months after surgery using three scoring systems, the Knee Society Clinical Outcome Score, WOMAC and the SF-36 health questionnaire. In addition the active range of knee movement when weight bearing was measured using an electrogoniometer. Patients were asked to undertake 11 standardised activities including level walking, stair climbing and getting into and out of low chairs. Patients were randomised at the time of surgery into receiving a knee replacement with or without patella resurfacing.

Forty-two patients, (18 with patella resurfacing, 24 with no resurfacing) completed assessments at all time intervals. All patients in the study demonstrated an improvement in terms of pain relief and function by four months after knee replacement with a further but less significant improvement by 18 months. The active range of knee movement measured by electrogoniometry recovered to the pre-operative range for all activities but there was no increase in knee movement. Patients who had patella resurfacing had a significantly lower (p < 0.02) score on the Knee Society Clinical Outcome function score at 18 months compared to patients without patella resurfacing. There was no significant difference (p > 0.05) in the active range of knee movement with or without patella resurfacing, although patients with patella resurfacing in general had slightly poorer range of movement particularly for activities that required knee flexion beyond 70 degrees.

We concluded that in this study knee function was not improved by patella resurfacing when compared to a matched group of patients without resurfacing. As patients recovery stabilises by 18 months it appears that the final functional outcome following knee replacement is not enhanced by patella resurfacing.


N W Thompson A L Ruiz E Breslin D E Beverland

Isolated patello-femoral osteoarthritis has been reported to occur in approximately 5% of patients with gonarthrosis of the knee. We present the results of the surgical management of this disorder in our unit. Thirty-one patients (33 knees) with symptomatic patello-femoral osteoarthritis and minimal tibio-femoral changes underwent LCS total knee replacement without patellar resurfacing.

Average age was 73 years (range, 58–89 years) with a female to male ratio of 5: 1. Average follow-up was 20 months (range, 12–40 months). All except four patients had grade 3 or 4 patello-femoral osteoarthritis according to the classification by Sperner et al.

Preoperatively, all patients had significant knee pain. Sleep disturbance was reported in 21 patients. All but 10 patients required walking aids. Average range of motion was 108° (range, 80°–125°).

At latest review, 21 knees are pain-free, the remaining 12 knees describing only occasional knee pain. Two patients continue to have night pain. Average range of motion was 104° (range, 700 – 135°). Lateral patellar tilt improved in all but five knees by an average of 7° (range, 10–26°). Patellar congruency improved in all but three knees by an average of 18% (range, 3–63%). None of the patients to date have required revision surgery. We suggest that knee arthroplasty without patellar resurfacing is an effective option in older patients with isolated patello-femoral osteoarthritis.


TS Waters G Bentley

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the role of patellar resurfacing in total knee replacement surgery. We reviewed 48 patients who had undergone bilateral knee replacement with patellar resurfacing on only one side. Follow-up was from 18 months to 9.5 years and the patients were assessed using the Knee Society rating, a clinical anterior knee pain score and BOA patient satisfaction score. Patients were also asked specifically if they had a preference for either knee. Assessment was performed without knowing which patella had been resurfaced.

52.1% of patients favoured the resurfaced knee, 8% the unresurfaced knee and 39.9% had no particular preference. The overall prevalence of anterior knee pain was 8.3% in the resurfaced cases (3 mild, 1 moderate) and 27.1% in the unresurfaced knees (8 mild, 3 moderate, 2 severe). No significant difference was found between knee scores.

This study shows a significantly higher rate of anterior knee pain in unresurfaced patellae and preference for the resurfaced side.


A Davies J Bayer S Owen-Johnstone C Darrah L Shepstone M Glasgow S Donell

A prospective clinical investigation to determine the optimum knee flexion angle for the ‘skyline’ patellofemoral joint radiograph.

Plain radiography of the patello-femoral joint includes the axial or ‘skyline’ radiograph. The optimum knee flexion angle for making this image remains unclear.

We therefore performed a prospective clinical study in which patients underwent three skyline radiographs with knee flexion angles of 30(or minimal flexion), 50 and 90 degrees. The patients were new patients, aged between 12 and 30, presenting to a knee clinic with anterior knee pain. Two observers evaluated the radiographs, making a standardised series of measurements. Blinding was organised so that the observers were unable to use any information other than the radiographic image alone. One observer evaluated all the films on two separate occasions to allow calculation of intra- and interassessor agreement.

There were 67 knees from 46 patients. There was a high level of intra- and inter-observer agreement. There were a number of patients in which the radiographic appearance of the patello-femoral varied markedly between the different views; in all cases the abnormality was best demonstrated by the 30-degree view. There were however a number of minimal flexion views in which the film contained incomplete information because part of the patello-femoral joint was missing from the image.

We conclude that whilst a minimal flexion skyline view is the most sensitive method for the detection of patellar tilt and subluxation, not all knees can be successfully imaged at the required position. A flexible approach is therefore needed, to obtain satisfactory images at minimal flexion.


W R C Peckett A Smith K M Venu A Butler-Manuel J C d’Arcy

Purpose of study: Sixty four patellofemoral (PF) arthroplasties in 48 patients were evaluated to assess the effectiveness of this procedure in patients with a preoperative diagnosis of patellofemoral osteoarthritis.

Methods: All patients who underwent patellofemoral arthroplasty for patellofemoral osteoarthritis between 1992 and 1998 in two district general hospitals were studied. Three authors not directly involved in the patients care assessed the patients by:

both a modified Hungerford and Kenna knee rating system and Insall and Crosby grading system, and

asking whether surgery had been worthwhile and whether they would go through it again.

Serial radiographs were assessed for patellar malalignment, mechanical failure and progressive arthritic change in the knee, and

failure was defined as a fairlpoor knee score or revision.

Results: Preoperative diagnosis included 53 patients with primary PF arthritis, 1 with post-traumatic arthritis and 1 with PF osteoarthritis secondary to recurrent subluxation. The average patient age at surgery was 73 (range 42–89) and the average length of follow-up was 41 months (range 6–90 months).

Preoperatively 17 knees had undergone arthroscopy. 36 Lubinus, 17 Cartier and 2 PFV prostheses were used. 5 patients died with 8 PF arthroplasties in situ, 1 patient lost to follow up (these patients are not included further in the analysis). 48 Patellofemoral arthroplasty knees were reviewed. 38 knees were classed as good or excellent, 10 had unsatisfactory results, and 7 were revised. 5 implants were revised to TKR and 2 were revised to PF arthroplasty (for maltracking). Subjectively 41 patients felt they were better, 5 unchanged and 2 worse.

Overall we had 69% good or excellent results, 18% poor, and 12% revised. There were no infections, no revision for loosening, and no documented difficulty in revisions. The worst results were obtained in patients with evidence of tiblo-femoral OA preoperatively and in patients with tracking problems.

Conclusion: PF arthroplasty is technically demanding. Nevertheless, providing one adheres to strict patient selection criteria, and the surgery is performed by a dedicated specialist knee surgeon, PF arthroplasty may be used to treat proven isolated patellofemoral arthritis.


H Sandhu R Turner J Pozo

Introduction: Knee arthroscopy is one of the most commonly performed orthopaedic procedures. All orthopaedic surgeons have heard anecdotal stories of thermal injury and drape combustion, yet a literature search has failed to find any papers reviewing the nature of such risks.

Materials and methods: A thermocouple attached to a laptop computer was used to record the temperature at the arthroscope tip, the light cable end and the light source generator. All potentially flammable materials commonly used during arthroscopic surgery (various disposable drapes, cotton drapes, gowns, paper towels and swabs), were placed at measured distances from a) the light cable end and b) the arthroscope tip.

Results: The arthroscope tip reached a maximum temperature of 41.90° in 200 seconds. The light cable tip reached 80° at 100 seconds and a maximum temperature of 110°C in 342 seconds. The light source generator reached a temperature of 153°C. All materials tested (except cotton swabs) underwent signs of combustion. The disposable drapes burnt most rapidly. None of the materials considered had any evidence of thermal damage when placed at distances of 2.5 cm beyond the light cable and 0.5 cm beyond the arthroscope tip. Combustion was most rapid at a distance of 5mm from the instruments.

Most surgeons consider the arthroscope tip or light cable end to be the site most likely to induce combustion. Fuel, heat and oxygen are required to produce combustion. Direct contact with the tip results in greater exposure to heat but lower oxygen availability. The fasted combustion occurred at 5mm due to higher oxygen availability despite a lower temperature.

Conclusions and Recommendations:

Disposable drapes will burn with the light cable and the arthroscope tip.

The arthroscope tip and light cable end should not be left to rest against the drapes because thermal burns can occur within seconds.

A kidney dish should be used to contain the instruments when not in the surgeon’s hands.

The light source should be switched on only when the light cable is connected to the arthroscope.

A retractable shield of 2.5mm is fitted to the light cable end.


THE LOCKED KNEE REVISITED Pages 158 - 158
Full Access
P Bansal D J Deehan R J H Gregory*

Introduction: The management of the acutely locked knee remains controversial. The incidence of ‘benign’ causes for an acutely locked knee that do not require surgical intervention is perhaps greater than is generally appreciated.

Aim: To study the features of the acutely locked knee, identifying which features are predictive of the cause of the locking.

Patients: Consecutive patients presenting with an acutely locked knee for Orthopaedic consultation were included in the study.

Methods: A prospective cross-sectional study was undertaken to observe the management of acutely locked knees.

Results: To date, forty patients presenting with acutely locked knees have been studied. Thirty-eight underwent examination and arthroscopy under general anaesthesia. 85% of patients were found to have distinct pathology causing a mechanical block to full extension. Eight percent were found to have only degenerative change and two patients unlocked without any surgical intervention. In those patients found to have a mechanical block to extension, consistent features of a definitive injury, joint line tenderness and the presence of an effusion were strongly predictive. We are currently evaluating an algorithm for the pre-operative prediction of remediable mechanical causes of locking.

Discussion: We suggest that patients presenting with acutely locked knees due to a non-mechanical cause can be identified consistently based upon the history and examination alone.


D J Fagan W Martin A Smith

Aim: To assess the efficiency of pre-emptive analgesia in a clinical setting as opposed to closely controlled animal models, looking at postoperative pain scores, total analgesia requirement and amount of general anaesthetic agent required during surgery.

Methods and Results. Subject to exclusions, 40 patients undergoing day-case arthroscopy of the knee (mean age 44 years, ASA grade 1–2) were randomized into two treatment groups. All patients had general anaesthesia. The trial group received an injection of 15mI 0.5% Bupivicaine / 1/200,000 adrenaline pre-emptively. After surgery a placebo injection was given of 15ml normal saline in an identical manner. The control group received the opposite order. Additional post-operative analgesia, if required, was administered in recovery. This was recorded, also total dose of propofol used, time to awakening, visual analogue pain score at 15 / 30 / 60 minutes, postoperative nausea and vomiting at 30 minutes and the number of delayed discharges. Although no difference was observed in postoperative pain scores at 15, 30 or 60 minutes, a trend for the trial group to require less analgesia in recovery was observed (Chi squared =9.74, p=0. 1) but this was not statistically significant.

There was no difference in mean dose of propofol used in either group, 15mg/kg/hr (sd=2.85) trial versus 14.6mg/kg/hr (sd=1.96) control.

Conclusion: Local anaesthetic given pre-emptively appears to be no more effective at controlling pain in the immediate postoperative period than the current standard practice of postoperative injection. It’s effect in clinical practice may be less dramatic than that observed in more controlled animal models and a larger study may be required to show a statistically significant difference.


G. Drosos J. Louis Pozo

Aim: This study investigated the causes of meniscal tears in an unselected adult population. No epidemiological study of this type has been undertaken since the advent of arthroscopy and MRI.

Method: The notes of all patients (1236 cases) who underwent arthroscopic surgery under the care of one knee surgeon working in a District General Hospital between 1992 and 1998 were scrutinised. 392 patients aged between 18–60 years, with normal X-rays, no previous knee injury, surgery, or arthritis, and arthroscopically proven meniscal tears, form the basis of this study.

Results: Sports injuries (Group 1) occurred in 32.4% patients. Non-sporting injuries (Group 2) accounted for 38.8% patients, 71.9% of which happened in normal daily activities. Half occurred on rising from squatting position. No Injury (Group 3) was identified in 28.8% of patients. Average age of sports group was 33 years, non-sporting group 41 years & no injury group 43 years. Male:Female = 4: 1.

Age v cause: In patients under 20 years of age meniscal tears occurred mainly in sports. In patients 20–29 years, 64.5% were related to sports, 25% to non-sporting activities & 10.5% no specific injury. Between 30–39 years, distribution was about equal in each group. In patients aged 40–49, & 50–59 years sports related tears dropped below 20%, whilst non-sporting and spontaneous tears rose to 45% and 35% respectively.

A detailed analysis of: i) the tears in relation to different sports, ii) the nature of non-sporting injuries, iii) the pathological types and distribution of tears, and iv) the associated intra-articular injuries will be presented.

Conclusions: Approximately two thirds of meniscal tears in the general population occurred during normal daily activities and in the absence of sporting injury. In nonsporting injuries the mechanism of the tears was often unrelated to loading in flexion. Tears occurred in the absence of definitive injuries even in early adulthood and middle years. Degenerative change may contribute to the pathological mechanism of meniscal tears at an earlier age than generally appreciated. Ascent from the squatting position is an important common mechanism of injury not generally described or emphasised.


S. Crowther G. Colleary R Nicholas J McCormack

We retrospectively audited outcomes from 97 patients aged over 40 who had undergone arthroscopy in the last 4 years in this orthopaedic unit. The audit was carried out by way of questionnaires which were sent out to patients with the results inputted to a database combined with a review of patients charts, in particular the operative note from the arthroscopy. A standardised proforma was used to record both patient’s details and operative findings.

The questionnaires were sent out to 165 patients. Of that number 102 were returned, five of which were excluded due to inadequate information.

The average wait for surgery was 10 months and 6 patients noticed an improvement in symptoms while waiting for surgery. 80% of those waiting less than 1 year experienced an improvement compared to 73% of those waiting more than 1 year. The results showed that post-operative symptoms in 74 out of the 97 (77%) patients were improved, 12 (12%) remained unchanged with 11 (11%) experiencing a worsening in symptoms.

The age group 60+ had the best outcomes with 23 out of 26 (89%) experiencing some improvement in symptoms; males also experienced a better outcome with 51 out of 63 (81 %) achieving some improvement, compared to females where only 23 out of 34 (67%) showed improvement.

We did not have routine access to an MRI scanner so only 23 of the patients had a pre-operative scan. We have insufficient numbers to comment on the accuracy or otherwise of positive MRI findings.

Pre-operative symptoms of pain, swelling, locking and instability were recorded and their correlation to successful outcome analysed. This showed that the presence of these symptoms did not predict a post-operative improvement in symptoms as an equal number of those with any of these symptoms compared to those without derived benefit from the procedure. This finding is significant in that these symptoms are commonly used in clinical practice to predict the likely benefit from arthroscopy.

A pre-operative history of locking was a specific predictive symptom for meniscal injury in that 27 out of 33 (82%) patients with true locking as a symptom had a meniscal injury but only 27 out of 58 (47%) patients with a meniscal injury experienced locking as a symptom implying that it is not a sensitive indicator of meniscal damage.

We also enquired about the presence of a definite acute injury associated with the onset of symptoms. This also had no predictive value as to the potential benefit of surgery.

A significant negative from the study was the fact that a history of an acute injury gave no indication as to the presence of a meniscal injury and even if a meniscal injury was present the patient’s outcomes were not significantly better than if no injury was present.

In conclusion 77% of patients aged 40+ derived benefit from arthroscopy, possibly due to the effects of washing out the knee rather than any active intervention. A history of locking, pain swelling or an acute injury did not offer an accurate prediction of benefit from arthroscopy, therefore the elderly and those without a history of locking or acute injury should not be dissuaded from undergoing this procedure. This study is confined to those over 40 years of age and the findings are quite different to the findings in younger patients. These findings surprised the surgeons at our unit and therefore we feel may be an interesting and stimulating presentation at the B.A.S.K. meeting.


N R Pradhan M Porter

Background: The risks associated with homologous blood transfusion and the increasing shortage of banked blood have brought the need for blood salvage procedures to the forefront.

Post operative blood salvage and autologous blood transfusion have been used though the financial implications of their use has not been assessed in the UK.

Methods: We carried out a retrospective study of 98 consecutive unilateral Total Knee Replacements performed in 96/97, under the care of one consultant, of these 55 had non-autologous drains and 43 had autologous drains after surgery.

Results:

Mean blood loss (non-autologous system) – 778mls

Mean blood loss ( autologous system) – 633mls

Mean autologous blood reinfused – 360mls

- (autologous drainage system)

Mean homologous blood transfused – 179mls

- autologous drainage system)

Mean homologous blood transfused – 590mls

- (non autologous drainage system)

Total cost for use of autologous drainage system and associated transfusion – 6,226.00

Total cost for use of non-autologous drainage system and associated transfusion – 8,346.00

Conclusions: Autologous drains decreased the need for homologous blood transfusion by 69% and brought about a financial saving of 26%. There were no complications arising from the use of autologous drains. There was less blood loss with the use of autologous drains than non-autologous drains in our study.


N Kiely M Hockings A K Gambhir

We set out to determine whether delayed opening of drains following total knee replacement reduced blood loss and hence transfusion requirements without detriment to wound status and range of movement.

We performed a prospective randomised controlled trial in two centres. Seventy six patients undergoing primary total knee replacement surgery were entered into the study. In one group (45 patients) the drains were opened immediately following surgery. In the other group (31 patients) the drains were left clamped for a period of two hours. Parameters measured following surgery were overall drainage, drop in haemoglobin, transfusion requirements, wound status and overall range of movement. All patients were followed up in a dedicated research clinic for a period of six months.

No significant difference was found in the volume of drained blood between the two groups. In addition, there was no significant difference between the pre and post operative haemoglobin levels. Range of knee movement and wound status were satisfactory in both groups.

The authors believe that although clamping drains has no adverse effects on knee wounds and range of movement, in this study it has no benefit in reducing blood loss or transfusion requirements


G E Ayana M O Mathew

Patients undergoing primary knee arthroplasty at our unit routinely have two units of red cell concentrate cross-matched preoperatively. We assessed whether postoperative blood salvage and auto-transfusion reduced the need for allogenic blood transfusion as compared with standard suction drainage.

Haemoglobin and haematocrit preoperatively and postoperatively were recorded. The amount of drainage and re-transfusion was noted as well as the amount of blood saved, used and wasted.

182 patients were audited. Patients were placed in one of two groups: Group A receiving auto-transfusion of blood salvaged postoperatively (128 patients); and Group B where suction wound drainage without salvage was utilized (54 patients). Pre- and postoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit estimations were similar in both groups. Total drainage averaged 1061mI (range 175–2230 ml) for group A and 760mI (range 100–2280 ml) for group B. Auto-transfusion volumes averaged 814ml (range 0–1700m1) in group A.

Allogenic blood transfusion was required in 23% of patients in group A in contrast to 50% in group B. This resulted in an average wastage of 1.6 units in group A as opposed to 1.1 units in group B.

Postoperative auto-transfusion of salvaged blood in patients undergoing primary total knee arthroplasty reduces the need for allogenic blood transfusion requirements. It would also serve to reduce the wastage in units of whole blood allowing such patients to be routinely “grouped and retained” rather than “crossmatched”.


S J Canty G J Shepard W G Ryan A J Banks

Abstract: With the current shift in recommended practice towards being evidence based, we wished to see if Orthopaedic surgeons are using the current evidence with regards to the use of drains in knee arthroplasty.

Method: A questionnaire was faxed to all UK members of BASK to ascertain their current practice regarding the use of drains in knee arthroplasty and the rationale for their drain policy.

Results: The BASK members handbook identified 231 UK members and a questionnaire was faxed to them. 160 replies were received, of which 8 were excluded from analysis as they were either retired or non-surgeons. This gave a 68.2% response rate (1 52 results out of 223).

Drain usage:

Primary TKR: Always 136(89.5%); Sometimes 13(8.5%), Never 3(2.0%).

Revision TKR: Always 141(94.6%); Sometimes 3 (2.0%); Never 5(3.4%); Not applicable 3.

Unicompartmental: Always 66(57.9%); Sometimes 28(24.6%); Never 20(17.5%); Not applicable 3.1.

Hours drain removed at:

< 24 hours 77(50.7%); 24–48 hours 64(42.1%);

> 48 hours 4(2.6%); No answer 7(4.6%).

Rationale for drain use:

Prevent wound haematoma/haemarthrosis 74; personal reasons 27; to allow retransfusion 20; evidence based 12; despite evidence 5.

29.6% of the responders are currently using cell salvage drains, and a further 7.9% are keen to start using cell salvage drains when the circumstances in their hospitals change to allow them to do so.

Conclusion: The results of our questionnaire have shown that for primary TKR 89.5% always use a drain. With regard to the duration of drainage, 42.1 % of the respondents removed their drains at between 24 and 48 hours. The commonest reason given for the use of drains in total knee arthroplasty was to prevent haematorna or haemarthrosis development. However the published literature does not support these practices and beliefs. Only 12 people said that their practice was evidence based. We therefore have to conclude that the majority of practising members of BASK do not practice evidence based medicine with regard to the use of drains in knee arthroplasty.


A Iorwerth N Topley I Pallister C A Wilson

Objective: It has been observed in previous studies of autologous blood transfusion in total knee arthroplasty, that this technique is associated with a lower infection rate, though studies have not been sufficiently large to demonstrate a significant difference. We hypothesised that autologous salvage blood contained high levels of pro-inflammatory mediators which may prime or augment the patients’ inflammatory response, and, in particular, the function of the polymorphonuclear leukocyte (PMN).

Methods: Patients were randomised after consent to those receiving autologous transfusion and those having conventional treatment which was homologous transfusion only if clinically indicated. PMN were then isolated from the patients pre-admission immediately after the operation and 24 hours post-total knee arthroplasty. Three different aspects of PMN activity were measured: 1) The respiratory burst activity; 2) the ability to phagocytose microbes using radiolabelled staphylococcus epidermis; 3) and the ability to migrate across a collagen coated porous inserts.

Results: 80 patients were studied, of whom 43 were in the autologous transfusion group and 37 in the first group. Of these 37, 6 had homologous transfusion. The study showed no significant difference between the phagocytic ability of the PMN from both groups. The main stimulus to transmigration is surgery itself. There was a significant increase in the production of reactive oxygen species by the PMN of those patients who received an autologous transfusion post-operatively.

Conclusions: Using molecular biology techniques to study the PMN directly, our study indicates that autologous transfusion alters the activity of PMN and this indicates a possible mechanism whereby the immune response to infection could be enhanced. This, in turn, would explain the observed differences in infection rate in previous studies.


R T Freeman G S E Dowd Z A A Duri

Objective: Many have advocated the importance of correcting posterolateral rotatory instability (PLRI) in injuries causing rupture of the posterior cruciate ligament and PLRI. However, there have been few studies comparing the results of reconstructing the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) in isolation with PCL reconstruction combined with stabilisation of the posterolateral corner. We set up a retrospective study to directly compare the results of an isolated PCL reconstruction with a combined PCL reconstruction and Larsen tenodesis.

Methods: Seventeen consecutive patients with symptoms of instability and chronic rupture of the PCL and PLS were identified from our database. There were 1 1 men and 6 women. Ten patients were injured while playing sport, six in road traffic accidents, and one was a result of a fall. The mean age of the patients at the time of surgery was 31 (range 21–47), and the interval from injury to surgery was a mean of 23 months (months–10 years). The mean follow up was 35 months (14–74 months). All patients had unstable knees, with significant posterolateral rotatory instability. In 12 cases the PCL alone was reconstructed, in 5 cases a combined posterior cruciate ligament and posterolateral corner reconstruction was performed. Prior to surgery all patients underwent a physical examination of both knees. Posterior draw, posterior sag and reverse Lachman tests were used to assess PCL function. Posterolateral rotatory instability was assessed by the dial test. Plain radiographs and either an M [RI or arthroscopy of the affected knee were performed. At follow-up patients underwent examination of both their knees. A subjective assessments of function was made using the Tegner, and Lysholm scoring systems

Results: At a mean follow up of 35 months, both groups had significantly improved compared to their preoperative status, as measured by Lysholm and Tegner scores and posterior draw test (P< 0.01). The group in which only the PCL was reconstructed had significantly lower scores compared to those who had the additional posterolateral corner reconstruction (Tegner P< 0.04, Lysholm P< 0.02).

Conclusion: The results of PCL reconstruction were significantly improved when combined with a Larsen tenodesis in patients with severe posterolateral rotatory instability.


D S Johnson A Macleod R B Smith

The aim of this trial was to assess the clinical examination findings commonly used for the ACL deficient knee.

For reliability testing and criterion validation 102 patients with ACL injuries were assessed by a single observer, 35 by a second observer and 47 again by the initial observer. For construct and criterion validation 30 patients were assessed pre-operatively and a mean of 1.7 years after ACL reconstruction. The Lysholm 11, Tegner and Cincinnati outcome measures were assessed along with instrumented knee laxity (Stryker test), the one hop test (OHT) and graded tests (including anterior draw, Lachman test, quality of end point, and pivot shift test).

The outcome measures were found to be reliable except the Cincinnati system. All examination findings were of unsatisfactory reliability, with the exception of the OHT and the Stryker test. Construct validation revealed a significant improvement in all outcome measure scores and examination findings following ACL reconstruction. Criterion validation revealed that of the examination findings only the OHT had a satisfactory correlation with the symptom of giving way and the Lysholm/Tegner measures. Comparison of the difference between the desired and actual Tegner activity levels with the examination findings revealed an improvement in all levels of correlation.

With the exception of the OHT, the clinical examination findings used for the ACL deficient knee are unreliable and correlate poorly with the functional outcome of the patient. They may, however, have some benefit in assessment of deficiency of the anatomical structures and the findings should be presented individually, rather than forming part of the functional assessment of the patient.


M Kelly AL Ruiz RW Nutton

We report on a minimum 5-year follow-up (mean 7 years) of 28 patients who underwent arthroscopically assisted ACL reconstruction using a patellar tendon graft. Knee function was assessed using Lysholm and Tegner scores and AP translation of the tibia was measured using a Stryker Laxity Tester, comparing the symptomatic with the normal knee. All measurements were made preoperatively and at the latest follow-up. In addition, all patients had standardised weight-bearing radiographs of the knee to assess joint space narrowing using the IKDC radiographic grading.

The mean preoperative Lysholm score of 71 (range 46–95) improved to 88 (range 57–100) at follow-up. The mean Tegner Activity score increased from 4.1 (range 1–6) to 7.2 (range 5–10). Preoperatively 17 patients had increased tibial translation of more than 5mm, 9 had 3–5mm and 2 had less than 3mm. At follow-up, 22 knees had less than 3mm tibial translation and 6 had 3–5mm. No patients had more than 5mm of tibial translation compared to the opposite knee. The IKDC radiographic grading of joint space narrowing revealed 14 patients with no narrowing, 11 with a joint space of more than 4mm and knees with a joint space of 2–4mm. Joint space narrowing was seen in patients who had partial or total meniscectomy before or at the time of ACL reconstruction.

These results indicate that the satisfactory outcome of ACL reconstruction using contemporary methods is maintained beyond 5 years. However, the 50% incidence of joint space narrowing associated with previous meniscectomy is a cause for concern.


A Kumar S Jones P Redman T Taggert Bickerstaff

Purpose: To determine if it is necessary to assess instability of the chronic anterior cruciate ligament deficient knee under general anaesthesia.

Materials and methods: 27 anterior cruciate ligament deficient knees in 27 patients were evaluated both subjectively using the Lachmanns and pivot shift test and objectively using the KT 1000 arthometer. This was done in the preoperative clinic (without the patient anaesthetised) and subsequently in the anaesthetic room with the patient anaesthetised (under general anaesthesia) prior to anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. The data was prospectively collected. Only data on 21 knees was available for analysis. There were 20 females and one male with an average age of 29 years.

Results: There was no statistical significant difference (using students T test) between the data collected using the KT 1000 arthometer with and without the patient anaesthetised.

A significant difference was noted both for the Lachmanns (p< 0.01) and pivot shift test (p< 0.001) between the results obtained with and without anaesthesia. This however did not change the management.

Conclusion: Assessing the chronic anterior cruciate ligament deficient knee using the KT 1000 arthrometer, Lachmann and pivot shift test under general anaesthesia is not necessary if these assessments have been carried out in clinic.


M F Bing S P Godsiff

We describe a previously unpublished and possibly unrecognised association between injuries to the posterior cruciate ligament and Osgood-Schlatter disease.

Over a two-year period the authors have treated thirty patients with isolated or combined injuries to the posterior cruciate ligament, confirmed with MR1 or examination under anaesthetic/arthroscopy. Five of these had previously suffered from Osgood-Schlatter disease as adolescents, leaving them with prominent tibial tuberosities.

We feel there may be a significant association between these two conditions and the importance of this association is twofold: – firstly, at the time of injury the prominent tibial tuberosity impacts first and results in increased posterior translation of the tibia rendering the posterior cruciate ligament more prone to injury – secondly, during examination of the injured knee, the prominence of the tibial tubercle may make a posterior sag sign less obvious thus obscuring the diagnosis unless one is diligent.

We believe that patients who have previously suffered with Osgood-Schlatter disease are vulnerable to posterior cruciate ligament injury and this should be borne in mind whilst examining them following knee injuries.


L A David J Pringle T W R Briggs

Introduction: Articular cartilage defects in the knee joint have poor capacity for repair. The purpose of this study is to analyse the short-term results of the treatment of deep chondral defects with autologous chondrocyte transplantation with the use of a collagen membrane.

Methods: This is a prospective study involving twentytwo consecutive patients receiving autologous chondrocyte transplantation. Chondrocytes from a non weight bearing area of the knee are harvested, then isolated and cultured in vitro. Re-implantation involves injection of the chondrocytes into the defect which is then sealed with a porcine I/III (Chondro-gide) membrane. Evaluation consists of clinical assessment, arthroscopy and histological examination.

Results: The patients were treated between July 1998 and December 2000. The age range of the patients was 15–51 years (mean age 31 years). Of the 22 patients treated, 13 had right-sided lesions, 11 had left-sided lesions with two patients receiving bilateral procedures. Solitary lesions were treated in 23 knees with two defects being treated in one knee (25 defects in total). The defects were located on the medial femoral condyle in 17 cases, the lateral femoral condyle in five, the trochlea in two and the patella in one case. The defect size ranged from 1–5.4cm2 (mean area 2.65cm2). The follow-up of the patients ranges from 1–28 months (mean 14 months). Thirteen patients have at least one-year follow-up. Of these patients, using the Brittberg Rating, two patients have excellent results at one year, with six good, four fair and one poor. The mean Lysholm and GilIquist scores improved from 50 pre-op to 72 one-year post-op and the mean Verbal Numerical Pain Scores improved from 7.2 to 2.6. Arthroscopy revealed that the transplants were level with the surrounding surface in most cases. Biopsy at one year confirmed the presence of hyaline cartilage in 10 out of 13 cases.

Conclusion: Although the results are short-term, autologous chondrocyte transplantation using the Chondro-gide membrane can provide, with careful patient selection, an effective treatment for cartilage defects of the knee. Chondrocyte transplantation may be the only procedure to allow regeneration of hyaline articular cartilage.


A N Murty M YEl Zebdeh J Ireland

Purpose: The radiological appearances of tibial tunnel enlargement following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction in the short and medium term have been described. This study compares the tibial tunnel appearances at 1 year and again at 8 years post-operatively in 44 patients, and correlates the findings with the longer term clinical outcome.

Patients and Methods: The study was conducted on 44 consecutive patients who had undergone isolated central anterior cruciate reconstruction using a four thickness hamstring technique. All patients were reviewed at one year postoperatively, the assessment including full clinical examination, arthrometer testing and weight bearing AP and lateral radiographs. They were reviewed again at a mean of 8 years (range 5–10 years) post reconstruction. At the 8 year review, full clinical examination, Arthrometer testing, Lysholm and IKDC scoring, Tegner activity level recording were done and standardised weight bearing AP and lateral radiographs were taken.

The Tibial tunnel diameters were measured by two independent observers on both one year and 8 year radiographs. The proximal tunnel measurement was made 5 mm from the tibial articular surface and the distal, 5mm from the lower end of the tunnel. Tunnel enlargement was calculated from the known drill size after correction for magnification. The tunnel enlargements were correlated with clinical outcome and the results were analysed statistically.

Results: There were 6 failures of stability for which an additional operative procedure had been undertaken. The remaining 38 knees were functionally stable. 28 (75%) had negative Lachman and jerk tests and 34 (90%) had a side to side arthrometer difference of less than or equal to 3mm.

The mean tibial tunnel enlargement at one year was 31% at the proximal and 23% at the distal end of the tunnel. At 8 years the enlargements were 20% at the proximal and 13 % at the distal end of the tunnel (p< .001).

There were 10 patients (26%) whose distal tunnel diameter at 8 years was less than the initial drill size. Only one of these had a positive Lachman test. This negative association was significant (p< .05). There was no significant correlation between enlargement at the proximal end of the tunnel, the Lysholm score or clinical stability at 8 years.

Conclusion: Cruciate ligament reconstruction persists at 8 years. However there was a previously unreported reduction in radiographic tunnel size at the 8 year review and this reduction was significant at the distal end of the tibial tunnel. There was no correlation between tunnel enlargement and functional outcome even at 8 year review.


P J Fules H K Jadeja A Newman-Sanders M A S Mowbray

Aim: MRI examination of tibial tunnel enlargement after hamstring ACL surgery.

Methods and Results: 101 primary hamstring ACL reconstructions were carried out employing a transtibial over-the-top route with fixation provided by the Soffix buttonhole polyester double loop device (1186 N mean UTL to failure with young human cadaveric STG tendons). 24 were reviewed and bony tunnel enlargement was evaluated. 18 prospective reconstructions at 4 months and 6 randomly selected cases at a mean of 14 months were subjected to MRI scanning performed perpendicular to the tibial tunnel axis and the cross sectional area (CSA) was calculated with a computer programme.

In 7 cases there was no enlargement, in 5 cases there was cylindrical enlargement, in 12 cases there was conical enlargement but no cavitation was noted. A maximum mean CSA of 33% ± 38.84 sd was noted at the upper tibial tunnel exit whilst the CSA increase at the distal tibial tunnel entrance was 13% ± 16.77 sd.

In addition the MRI scan showed no evidence of excessive granulation tissue ingrowth or synovial fluid between the graft and the tunnel wall. It would appear that micro-motion which is a major factor in tunnel enlargement is eliminated by the combination of a tight fitting graft, the strength and stiffness of the fixation device and highly accurate, low stress placement of the tibial tunnel. Post operative KT 2000 arthrometric testing of the mean side to side difference (SSD) was 1.71 mm ± 1.82 sd confirming that the graft remained stiff in vivo.

Conclusion: We concluded that our technique avoids excessive tunnel enlargement and leads to greater post-operative graft stiffness than that reported in other series, where hamstring reconstruction has been employed.


F Ali V Dickens H Gent A Rees

Background: In an effort to reduce the waiting times for outpatient appointments and surgery ‘Direct Access Arthroscopy Services’ have been set up in some centres whereby GP’s assess patients with acute knee injuries.

The value of a physiotherapist in the Back Pain clinic is well known, however their effectiveness in an Acute Knee Injury Clinic has not been documented despite the fact that they have already been used in some centres to triage these injuries.

Purpose of study: This study was therefore set up to determine if an experienced physiotherapist can accurately diagnose an acute knee injury and formulate a treatment plan.

Methods: 50 consecutive patients with acute knee injuries were seen in the fracture clinic. They were each assessed and a diagnosis made and treatment plan formulated by the consultant, an orthopaedic SHO and two experienced physiotherapists in random order. Evaluation was by history, examination and X Rays. Final diagnosis was based on arthroscopic findings, further investigations or response to conservative treatment.

Results: We found no statistically significant difference in the clinical diagnosis and treatment plans made by the consultant and the orthopaedic physiotherapist p> 0.05 (Mc Nemar’s Test). In addition the physiotherapist had a higher proportion of correct diagnoses compared to the SHO. Again this difference was not statistically significant.

Conclusion: The results suggest that an experienced physiotherapist can safely and effectively be used to assess patients with an acute knee injury in the outpatient clinic setting.


H K Jadeja P J Fules Mohan Lal M A S Mowbray

Aim: The purpose of the study was to assess the outcome results of an artificial bioprosthetic ligament used at Mayday University Hospital for ACL reconstruction in a cohort of patients after 1992 following the introduction of special instrumentation and to compare it with the results in an earlier cohort of patients. A high incidence of implant failure including rupture and stretching was noted in the early cohort with a 44% failure rate noted at three years following implantation. A mode of failure analysis led to the development of a modification of the implant, and introduction of new surgical instrumentation resulting in an improved implantation technique.

Method: The Fresh cohort of patients was reviewed after the introduction of the new surgical instrumentation in 1992. 80 out of 111 operated patients were available for follow-up. There was 21.6 % failure rate and the following objective and subjective parameters were used: side to side difference measurements using the KT2000 arthrometer, average Lysholm score, average Tegner score and average Mohtadi score. The mean SSD was 3.14mm, the average Lysholm score was 74.93, the average Tegner score was 4.72 and the average Mohtadi score was 45.32.

Conclusion: We were able to review 71% of patients operated on since 1992 using the above outcome measures. We concluded that the introduction of new surgical instrumentations and alterations in surgical technique since 1992 has improved the outcome following this type of surgery, although these results do not match the best reported for autologous ACL reconstruction.


A H Taylor M Stibbs A W Miles J Webb

Purpose: The study looked at different suturing configurations for hamstring reconstruction of the ACL to ensure that all four limbs of the graft were evenly tensioned at the time of insertion.

Method: Calf hoof flexor tendons were used as an animal model for the four strands of a “hamstring” ACL graft. They were sutured together at one end, which was clamped rigidly in a test rig. The free ends were then sutured altogether, in doubles or singly using 2 Ethibond. Miniature Variable Resistance Reluctance Transducers (DVRT) were then inserted into the tendons. The tendon construct was then loaded to 100N in 5N increments (with an initial I5N preload).

One hundred Newtons was decided on as the maximum force following measurements in theatre showing a force of approximately 75N were applied to a hamstring ACL graft at the time of fixation in the tibial tunnel. The DVRT’s allowed accurate assessment of the Load/Displacement of each tendon in the construct to be assessed. Repeatability experiments on the DVRT’s were performed. Ten specimens were prepared which were all tested in the different suturing configurations. Each test was repeated three times on each construct.

Results: The results showed that those tendons sutured all together did not load evenly with only one or two of the tendons in the construct showing any displacement throughout the loading cycle. When sutured as pairs, one of the tendons in each pair showed immediate displacement with the other tendon also showing displacement early in the loading cycle. When sutured individually the tendons all showed evidence of displacement early in the loading cycle, therefore showing more even tensioning and load sharing.

Conclusion: We recommend the use of singly sutured hamstring tendons in ACL reconstruction to allow more even tensioning and load sharing therefore reducing the risk of construct rupturing.


M A Hassaballa J H Newman

Purpose: This study analyses the kneeling ability of patients following Unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR), Patellofemoral replacement (PFR) and Total knee replacement (TKR).

Method: Data was prospectively collected on 272 knees (254 patients) that had undergone various forms of arthroplasty procedures for osteoarthritis of the knee. All patients completed the Oxford Knee Questionnaire preoperatively and 1 year postoperatively, thus graded their kneeling ability into one of 5 categories. Absolute values and change following arthroplasty were recorded. In addition the reported kneeling ability of 75 patients was checked by clinical examination.

Results: Preoperatively only 2% of all patients could kneel with PFR group being more able than the others (UKR 0%, TKR 0% and PFR 6%). In all groups the kneeling ability was better one year following replacement than preoperatively (23% of UKR, 18% of TKR and 9% of PFR) being able to kneel with little or no difficulty.

Conclusions: No form of arthroplasty used resulted in good kneeling ability, though this function was always improved particularly by UKR. Good range of movement and younger age appeared to correlate with better kneeling ability but many patients thought they had been told not to kneel and reported less ability than they demonstrated on examination. Instruction to avoid kneeling seems unnecessary.


M Zenios D S Johnson A D Clayson P Kay

The aim of this randomised prospective study was to establish whether the use of knee splints following total knee replacement is necessary.

The study included 81 patients undergoing total knee replacement who were randomised into a ‘splint’ and a ‘no splint’ group postoperatively. Patients in the ‘splint’ group had their knee splinted in extension in the early post-operative period but the splint was removed for the patients to do exercise. Splintage was completely removed when the patient could straight leg raise. Patients in the ‘no splint’ group had a wool and crepe bandage applied around their knee and allowed to fully mobilise from the first postoperative day. The following parameters were recorded: The range of movement preoperatively, 5 days post-operatively and 6 weeks postoperatively; the length of time to straight leg raise; the blood drained from the wound. and the amount of postoperative analgesia required.

Using the unpaired 2 tailed t-test it was found that patients in the four ‘no splint’ group achieved significantly greater flexion at 5 days and 6 weeks post-operatively but drained significantly more blood from the wound. Transfusion requirements were similar in the two groups. There was no other significant difference in the parameters measured between the two groups.

In conclusion we found no evidence to advocate the use of knee splints following total knee arthroplasty.


J Mahaluxmivala C H Aldam P W Allen

This study was conducted to assess the results in two subgroups:a) the effect of the PFC Sigma as compared to the PFC total knee replacement in lowering patella lateral release rates and b) the results of severe fixed flexion deformity correction with emphasis on some technical operative details.

Data is collected prospectively on all patients undergoing total knee replacements for an ongoing research programmer. As part of this project, we assessed the patella lateral release rate in 954 knees performed between April 1994 and January 2000.

Lateral release was reached in 55 out of 592 PFC knees compared with 25 out of 362 Sigma knees. The overall lateral release rate was 8.3%.

Using the Chi squared test, there is a statistically significant lower lateral release rate using the Sigma system and the study also demonstrated a low overall lateral release rate in our entire series. The biomechanics of the PFC Sigma system and some operative technical points will be discussed in the talk.

As regards the fixed flexion deformity group data was once again collected prospectively on the Knee Society Scoring form. The results are as follows:

Preoperative flexion deformity > 20 degrees = 53 knees, (Range 20 to 60 degrees),

Preoperative Mean Knee Score = 17.2,

Postoperative flexion deformity < 5 degrees=91%

Postoperative Mean Knee Score = 90.04.

These numbers and results are comparable to other large series and some technical operative details will be discussed in the talk.


A N Misra N J Fiddian C Blakeway G Newton

67 knees (47 patients) with a valgus deformity of more than 10° suitable for total knee replacement were randomised to two different approaches. One group (36 knees) had their knees replaced by the standard medial para-patellar approach, whilst the other (31 knees) received a modified lateral approach (without an osteotomy of the tibial tubercle and with repositioning of the contracted vastus lateralis). Both groups were well matched with a predominance of females and mean age of 67 years. The average follow up was 29 months.

Patients were assessed both pre and post operatively by the HSS (Hospital for Special Surgery) and Oxford knee scores, radiologically by weight bearing AP and lateral radiographs and by patient satisfaction scores on a scale of 10. The mean pre operative HSS and Oxford scores for the medial group were 35.3 and 46.3 respectively and for the lateral group were 35.3 and 46.3 respectively. The mean post operative HSS and Oxford scores for the medial group were 77.4 (mean improvement of 41.4 points) and 26 respectively and for the lateral group was 81.2 (HSS score, mean improvement of 45.9 points) and 26.8 (Oxford score). 79.4% of patients in the medial group and 88% of patients in the lateral group showed good to excellent results (using the HSS scoring system).

At two years none of the knees were radiologically loose or mal aligned. Average patient satisfaction on a scale of 10 was 7.9 for the medial group and 8.5 for the lateral group. One patient reported no relief of pain and an acute limitation of function at two years. She suffers from severe Parkinson’s disease and disabilities arising from multiple joint pathologies. There was no incidence of an early or late infection.

Pain relief, range of motion, deformity correction and stability were comparable in the two groups.

The results suggest that a lateral capsular approach for the replacement of valgus knees may give higher knee scores than a conventional medial approach. The differences between the two sets of results are not however statistically significant. There was no increase in wound complication in the lateral group despite incomplete closure of the capsule.

The lateral capsular approach is as safe and effective as the medial capsular approach for replacement of the valgus osteoarthritic knee.


A P Cohen L Robinson J G Bradley

A prospective, comparative study of two Total Knee Replacement systems was undertaken to compare the traditional end point of revision of the prosthesis with three other end points based on the British Orthopaedic Association Knee Assessment Protocol. These were an unacceptable pain score plus revision, Knee Score of 60% or less plus revision, and a fall to below the preoperative Knee Score plus revision. 182 Knees entered the trial (74 St Leger and 108 Miller-Galante 11 prostheses), and all were assessed for Knee Score pre-operatively. Patients were subsequently assessed for Knee Score at 6 months, 1 year and annually thereafter. 63 implants had reached the five year stage at the time of this study.

The results indicate that different patients are designated as ‘failures’ depending on the end point selected, and that different survivorship figures can therefore be calculated with up to 6% variation depending on the end point used. In addition, the most successful prosthesis varies with the end point selected. Although the 95% confidence intervals in this study did not permit us to draw any firm conclusions, we suggest that further investigation into the definition of failure in survivorship analysis is necessary in order to reflect the performance as well as the longevity of Total Knee Replacements.


J Murray PD Birdsall R Cleary D J Deehan J L-Sher

Aim: To prospectively determine whether social deprivation has an effect on the level of disability at presentation and the outcome from total knee replacement (TKR).

Method: A prospective outcome study was carried out between 1992 and 1996, recruiting over 2500 total knee replacements. All patients were assessed preoperatively and at 3 and 12 months postop using the Knee Society (KS) scores for clinical evaluation and the Nottingham Health Profile (NHP) to measure general health status. The Townsend Score was used as the index of social deprivation and was calculated for each patient on the basis of their address.

Results: There was no significant difference between either the Knee Society or NHP scores at baseline and the Townsend Score. This indicated that social deprivation has no effect on the level of the knee arthritis immediately prior to joint replacement, both in terms of patient disability and health status.

There was also no significant difference between either the Knee Society or NHP scores postoperatively and the Townsend Score. This indicated that social deprivation has no effect on the outcome from knee replacement.

Conclusion: This study shows that social deprivation has no significant effect on the level of disability at presentation and the outcome from total knee replacement. This is contrary to previously published reports which have shown worse outcomes in more deprived patients.


D S Barrett M Taylor

Purpose: Posters of study: To produce a virtual reality model of prosthetic knee joint motion, giving detail regarding contact area and contact pressures during the process of walking.

Method: Using serial CT scans and data regarding the material properties of bone, cartilage, ligaments and other soft tissue structures a computational “virtual reality model” of the knee has been constructed. This computational model which is a 3D dynamic representation of a human knee joint, may be programmed to replicate the standard gait pattern of the human knee.

This study details the development of this model and its validation against the accepted Stenmore Test Rig for modelling of knee joint movement and knee prosthetic wear. The validation results will be presented,

The model allows the calculation and representation of contact pressures and contact areas in the knee joint as it moves through the gait cycle. This study also shows the effect of uni-condular loading and varus mal-positioning which may occur at surgery and the effect this has on the contact area and contact pressures of a prosthetic knee in ambulation. The resultant gait pattern produced by uni-condular loading and exhibited by the virtual knee closely resembles that seen in In Vivo Kinematic Studies reported by other authors.

In conclusion we present this as a valid computational dynamic model of knee prosthetic wear and kinematics which represents an enormous advantage over standard mechanical testing and presents possibilities for rapid analysis in new knee joint designs and the effect of abnormalities of gait and wear.


J Borrill N Pradhan J Blan M Porter

Background: Opinions about hinged knee prostheses vary a lot in different studies. We wanted to examine our series to ascertain their continued need in treating severely unstable knee joints and look at the early results.

Methods: 30 rotating hinged knee prostheses were implanted in Wrightington Hospital by the senior author. 4 patients deceased and the remaining knees were retrospectively followed up for an average of 16 months and examined for clinical or radiological factors indicating the overall outcome.

Results: Preoperative diagnosis: Gross instability associated with 12 – aseptic loosening; 18 – infection (15 pseudarthrosis, 1 failed arthrodesis) 19

Preoperatively, 16 patients were wheelchair bound and using a frame as a walking aid and 10 used two crutches for ambulation. 5 patients needed plastic surgical input and 5 needed a whiteside’s osteotomy for exposure. Previous surgery on the knee:

2 patients – 1 surgery

13 patients – 2 surgeries

8 patients – 3 surgeries

5 patients – 4 surgeries

2 patients – more than 4 surgeries

In the latest review, excluding the deceased patients, there were 24 patients (89%) regarded as having satisfactory and 3 patients (11%) unsatisfactory results. 89% of the patients were subjectively satisfied with the operation, mostly because of a stable, mobile knee with minimal pain, in comparison to their pre-operative debilitating condition.

Conclusions: Apart from clinical and radiological examination, preoperative diagnosis, pain, mobility, the number of previous surgeries and need for plastic surgery can be used as factors to assess the preoperative severity/morbidity of the case. Taking into account the very poor initial status of these patients, we recommend the rotating hinged prostheses still to be used in severely unstable knees.


P B Carter R Finley R W Parkinson

We report the role of our advanced nurse practitioner (ANP) with particular relevance to cost effectiveness, patient satisfaction and data collection.

Our nurse practitioner has been involved in arthroplasty care since 1996. Her duties include preoperative assessment, health advice, informed consent, clinical follow up and maintenance of a database for research/audit. Follow up radiographs are reviewed regularly by the entire medical team in a teaching environment. Relative costs of this service were calculated using outpatient charging data. 100 postal questionnaires were used to assess patient satisfaction. Patients answered 13 questions relating to the service they received.

Knee arthroplasty follow up through the nurse led clinic was half the cost of follow up through the consultant led clinic. 80 patients returned the postal questionnaire. Responses were very supportive of the nurse practitioner service. 76 (95%) of patients were happy to be assessed by the ANP and felt that their problems were dealt with appropriately. 17 (21%) of patients felt they should be seen by a surgeon at some stage during their routine follow up. Overall, 75 (94%) of patients were very satisfied or satisfied with the service, 1 (1%) was dissatisfied and 4 (5%) did not answer this question.

Increasing patient numbers and demand for high quality care combined with a decrease in doctors hours worked has lead to a shortage of time for discussion of ‘prehabilitation’ and postoperative care. Long term clinical and radiological follow up leading to adequate research and audit must not be compromised. A trained nurse practitioner working in conjunction with the surgical team is a cost effective way of improving total patient care, audit and research within a department. We have found a high degree of patient satisfaction with this approach.


A Ullah C Esler

Aims: To assess the reasons patients’ state for dissatisfaction with their total knee replacement and to confirm whether current follow-up procedures of TKR patients alert their consultant to the patients’ dissatisfaction.

Methods and Results: Whilst 83% of TKR patients registered on the Trent Arthroplasty database are satisfied with their arthroplasty at one year, 17% are dissatisfied or uncertain with the results of surgery.

All knee arthroplasty patients are sent a questionnaire one year post surgery to assess satisfaction and detect any complications.

In 1997/98 828 total knee replacements were performed in Leicester. 60% of patients returned their questionnaire and analysis of these indicated that 8% were dissatisfied and 9% unsure whether their TKR was successful.

In a significant proportion of dissatisfied or unsure patients (30%) no clinically identifiable cause could be found. In another 30% of patients a clinical cause could be speculated for their dissatisfaction. Within this group 34% were unhappy with the final flexion achieved, despite an acceptable range of movement after manipulation. When comparing these figures with total hip arthroplasty questionnaires performed during the same period a significantly higher proportion of knee arthroplasty patients expressed dissatisfaction. The consultants were unaware of patient dissatisfaction in 11 % of the total within this group due to their current follow up regimes. We were unable to detect any preventable causes within the dissatisfied/unsure group.

Conclusion: We suspect that a significant number of patients’ have unreasonably high expectations of TKR surgery and these expectations could be met in the preoperative counselling period.

Not all problems detected presented initially to the respective consultants due to current follow-up regimes.


NW Thompson DS Wilson DE Beverland

In terms of function, range of movement is an important measure of outcome.

The purpose of this study was to determine whether or not stripping the capsule of the distal femur at the time of primary total knee arthroplasty had a significant effect on the range of knee movement achieved at the end of the operation. An improvement of 5 degrees or more was considered significant.

One hundred and twenty-five patients (47 males; 78 females) presenting for primary total knee arthroplasty were recruited. All operations were performed by the senior author using the LCS rotating platform system without patellar resurfacing.

Preoperatively, the tip of the greater trochanter, the lateral femoral epicondyle and the anterior border of the lateral malleolus were marked. Using a digital camera, images of the limb proposed for surgery were taken with the knee in extension, forced extension, flexion and forced flexion. Camera set up was standardised for all photographs.

Using a random numbers program, patients were randomised either to have release of the posterior knee joint capsule or not. The surgeon was informed at the time of the operation.

At the end of the procedure the digital images were repeated. Total arc of knee movement preoperatively ranged from 41° to 161° (average, 115°). Postoperatively, this varied from 95° to 157° (average, 124°).

Average arc of knee movement was 125° for the no release group and 123° for the released group. Of the 78 patients where the increase in total arc of knee motion was significant, 41 had been released and 37 had not. No statistically significant difference was noted.

In conclusion, we report that releasing the posterior capsule of the knee joint routinely during primary total knee arthroplasty conveys no significant advantage in terms of the range of knee motion achieved immediately following surgery. Consequently, it is unlikely to increase the long-term range of movement.


N W Thompson D S Wilson D E Beverland

Dislocation of the polyethylene-rotating platform is a recognised complication of LCS knee arthroplasty.

We report ten cases of rotating platform dislocation out of 2151 primary total knee arthroplasties (0.5%) performed to date in our unit.

Of the ten cases (3 male: 7 female), six patients had a preoperative valgus deformity, two had a varus deformity and the remaining two patients were in neutral alignment, although the wear was predominantly within the lateral compartment. Two patients also had a previous patellectomy on the side of the platform spinout.

Of the ten cases, six patients were symptomatic as a result of their platform dislocation. The remaining four patients were asymptomatic and mobilising without any difficulty. In these patients, the dislocated platform was diagnosed on x-ray at outpatient review. Time to detection of the platform dislocation ranged from six days to two years.

Three patients required revision of their original insert to a larger, deeper dish insert. Three were managed by open reduction of the original insert. Of the remaining patients, one was managed successfully by closed reduction, one required an arthrodesis and one had the tibial insert cemented to the tibial tray. All patients at latest review have a functional and stable knee joint.

In conclusion, we feel that surgical error was to blame for the majority of our ten cases. Furthermore, we emphasise the importance of producing equal and balanced flexion and extension gaps at the time of knee arthroplasty in order to prevent mobile bearing dislocation. A novel technique for reducing a dislocated rotating platform is also described.


C M Blundell L Shepstone S T Donell T Marshall

The positioning of components in knee replacement is related to outcome and for this reason a study has been conducted to compare the exact position of the tibial and femoral components in total knee arthroplasty with the placement as judged by the surgeon at the time of operation.

Operating surgeons of a range of grades completed a pro-forma immediately after operating on 25 patients having total knee replacement. Patients were entered into the study by consent providing that they had osteoarthritis and this was their first ever lower limb joint replacement. The form detailed where the surgeon considered he had placed the femoral component in the coronal plane and in terms of rotation upon the femur. They were asked to state what lines or angles of reference they had used and whether they had used intra or extra medullary jigs. Likewise for the tibia, implant position was detailed for coronal, sagittal and transverse planes. The proforma stated the grade of operating surgeon but were otherwise kept anonymous.

All study patients had pre and postoperative CT scans. These involved an AP scannogram and transverse sections, according to a protocol, through the femoral neck, femoral condyles, tibial plateau and ankle. By comparing bony landmarks seen on the pre-operative CT scans with lines of reference from the components post-operatively the exact position of the implant was determined in the transverse and coronal planes. For the sagittal plane (slope) the standard lateral X-ray was used.

For the femur all operations were carried out using intra-medullary jigs. For the femoral component the difference was not significant between the measured position and the surgeons estimate in any plane (p=0.937 for coronal and p=0.432 for transverse). The measured position of the component was not related to the grade of the operating surgeon nor to the axis nor technique of reference used.

For the tibial component, coronal alignment was significantly different (p=0.001) with the measured position being in more varus than was estimated. The range of transverse placement was from 4° of external rotation to 35° of internal rotation of the tibial prosthesis with reference to the tibial tubercle centre. This was significantly different to that estimated by the surgeon (p< 0.001). Estimation of slope in the sagittal plane was good. None of these differences were related to operator grade. For 15 of the TKR’s the tibail component was aligned using intra-medullary techniques. This was related to the accuracy of positioning of the prosthesis with significantly better estimation compared to those in which extra-medulary jigs had been used (p=0.002 for the transverse plane and p=0.065 for the coronal plane).

This study has demonstarted that surgeons are able to accurately judge the position of insertion of the femoral component in total knee replacement. Surgeons are poor at estimating the position of the tibial component in the transverse and coronal planes but better in the sagittal plane. Due to the difficulty in its assessment rotational alignment has been ignored in arthroplasty but as with alignment in the other planes it is likely to have a bearing on outcome. Improved techniques to help us judge placement of knee components are needed.


A Waly

Introduction: Arthroscopic ACL Reconstruction by semitendinosus tendon graft is widely used nowadays, especially, by using the single incision technique, and endobutons proximal fixation.

Material and methods: The study includes 60 patients that had ACL reconstruction 2 to 5 months after injury. The semitendinosus was harvested, triple folded and attached to the endobutton. After introduction of the graft, it was fixed distally by the use of two staples. Clinical assessment after an average duration of 20 months (range: 18–26 months) was performed according to Tegner and Lysholm scoring scale.

Results: According to Lysholm scoring scale, excellent results (95–100 points) were obtained in 26 patients (43.3%), good results (85–95 points) in 29 patients (49%).

According to Tegner scores, the average score increased from 3.2 preoperatively, to 6.1 postoperatively. 32 patients (53.3%) returned to the same sports.

Four early failures occurred (6.6%) after mild twisting injury. All four had lateral or posterolateral corner injury, which were not addressed at the time of ACL reconstruction.

One patient had ACL rupture after a significant tortional trauma.

Conclusion:

1) ACL reconstruction using triple semitendinosus tendon, is a viable technique compared to other studies.

2) Associated ligamentous injuries must be treated at the time of ACL reconstruction.

3) Preserving Gracilis tendon, decreases hamstring morbidity.


I D D M Spicer D L Pomeroy L Schaper W E Badenhausen J Curry K Suthers

The aim of the present study was to assess the outcome of revision surgery, using semiconstrained implants, in the management of tibiofemoral instability complicating primary total knee arthroplasty.

Between Feb 1987 and Oct 2000, 177 primary, unconstrained, surface replacement total knee arthroplasties were revised at our institution. Instability was the commonest reason for revision surgery and accounted for 22.6 % of overall revisions. Excluding tertiary referrals, instability necessitated revision surgery in 0.31% of 1918 primary total knee arthroplasties performed ‘in-house’ during the same period.

The results of 17 revision total knee arthroplasties using semiconstrained prostheses are presented. Six operations were performed for sagittal plane instability, 5 for coronal and 6 for multiplanar instability. 10 revisions were performed using the PFC ‘stabilised plus’ prostheses, and a further 7 with TC3 prostheses. 17 patients (13 F: 4 M), aged 48–83 years (average 67.8 years) underwent revisions, between 9–132 m from the date of the index arthroplasty. At an average follow-up of 36m, the Knee Society score had risen from 31.2 points preoperatively to 60.9 at last follow-up (LFU) [Joint score from 47.5 preop to 81.5 at LFU/Function score: from 14.4 to 39.7 at LFU]. Radiolucency rates were insignificant and at LFU no joints showed evidence of osteolysis, implant subsidence or polyethylene wear. One unresurfaced patella spontaneously fractured 10m postoperatively and one patella showed persistent subluxation. There were no other significant complications.

The present short term study attests to the efficacy of semi-constrained implants in the revision of unstable primary arthroplasties. However, in the longer term, implant longevity remains undetermined.


L A David D L Back S R Cannon T W R Briggs

Introduction: We discuss the use of the SMILES (Stanmore Modular Individualised Lower Extremity System) in revision knee arthroplasty and review the outcome of 32 cases.

Methods: The SMILES prosthesis incorporates a rotating hinge knee joint. It can overcome the major problems of bone loss and ligamentous laxity. 32 prostheses were used in 30 patients as salvage revision procedures between Sept. 1991 and Sept. 1998. Patients receiving surgery for tumours were excluded. The minimum follow-up was two years with a mean follow-up of 4 years and six months. The age of the patients ranged from 36–85 years (mean 68years and 6months). 18 of the patients were male. The original pathology was OA in 23 patients and RA in 7 patients. The number of previous arthroplasties ranged from 1–4. The main indications for a SMILES prosthesis were aseptic loosening, periprosthetic fracture and infection, in the presence of bone loss and ligamentous laxity.

Results: The patients were assessed using the Knee Society Rating Score. The mean knee score improved from 26 pre-op to 68 post-op while the mean fiction score improved from 27 to 75. Overall Knee Society scores improved from a mean of 26 to 72. The average range of motion was 60 degrees pre-op and 90 degrees post-op. Complications included: failure to eradicate infection in two patients, with one patient needing amputation; infection of the prosthesis leading to revision in one, and failure of the tibial component needing revision.

Conclusion: The Smiles has produced satisfactory results in the short to medium term, offering an alternative to amputation in some cases. The cost compares favourably with other designs and the use is increasing in frequency.


R Hussein J A N Shepperd

Aim of the study: To prove that tapered pegs are effective in reducing tibial tray subsidence in vitro and that this effect is related to the dimensions of these pegs.

Methods: The peg designs were drawn up mathematically to allow for a unified surface area – Three different designs were used. The pegs were made from cobalt chrome, were conical in shape with a cut off tip and had a variable base and height and an equal surface area. These pegs were fixed with screws to an IB 11 HA coated tibial tray.

Wet foam was used as bone substitute, this is an open cell foam that is fairly fragile but has the benefit of being constant and is cheap and readily available. This foam is not desired to have cancellous bone characteristics but is useful in observing the relative effect of adding these pegs. Two different settings in vivo were mimicked: that of a tibial tray and pegs resting fully on cancellous bone, in which case a central vertical force was applied, and that of the tray resting on the cortex on one side with a lateral vertical force applied over the other side in both the proud and flush setting (2& 4 pegs respectively). The investigation was undertaken using a home made system allowing a crude estimate of the forces producing initial subsidence, which was identified by initial fracture of the foam, and total subsidence which was identified as total failure of the foam. Each test was carried out three times. Controls were carried out on the tray with no pegs and on the pegs individually before attaching these to the tray and repeating the tests for each design.

Results: Using this crude approach, the mean control force for total subsidence of the pegs was as follows: Short with wide base 550.3 g (± 45.3 g), medium length and base 475.6 g (± 24.25 g), long with narrow base 364.5 g (± 24.25 g). The mean control force for initial subsidence of the tray without pegs when subjected to a vertical central force was 4.3 kg (4–4.5 ± 0.27 kg) and the total subsidence force for the tray was 7.32 Kg (5.5–8, ± 0.84 kg). The mean central vertical force for initial subsidence of the tray with the tapers mounted was 7.16 kg (7–7.5 ± 0.28), for the short wide pegs, 5.33 kg (5–5.5 ± 0.28) for the medium pegs and 5.33 kg (5–6 ± 0.57) for the long pegs. The mean central vertical force for total subsidence of the tray with the tapers mounted was 9 kg (8.5–9.5 ± 0.5) for the short wide pegs, 9.8 kg (8–11 ± 1.6) for the medium pegs and 9.6 kg (8.5–11.5 ± 1.6) for the long pegs. The mean lateral control force for total subsidence of the proud tray with pegs resting on the wooden ledge was 5 kg (4–6 ± 0.75). The mean lateral vertical force for total subsidence with all pegs mounted was 7.16 kg (7–7.5 ± 0.28) for the short pegs, 5.8 kg (5.5–6 ± 0.28) for the medium pegs and 5.5 (5.5–5.6 ± 0.05) for the long pegs. No definite initial subsidence force could be identified. The mean lateral control force for total subsidence of the flush tray resting on the wooden ledge was 13.16 kg (12.5–14 ± 0.76).

The mean lateral vertical force for total subsidence with pegs mounted on the foam side was 12.3 kg (11.5–13 ± 0–76) for the short pegs, 13.5 kg (12–15.5 ± 1.8) for the medium pegs and 13.83 kg (12–15.5 ± 1.7) for the long pegs. Again no definite initial subsidence force could be identified.

Conclusion: The addition of tapered conical pegs to the tibial tray increases the resistance to subsidence when subjected to a central vertical force with the tray sitting fully on foam. The initial subsidence resistance was more marked in the case of the short wide variety. In the case of the tray resting on the hard edge and a lateral force applied, the proud tray showed improved resistance to total subsidence with the short pegs while the flush tray did not show improvement with pegs and was marginally worse with the short pegs. This is probably due to a higher margin of observer error.


A N Murty M Y El Zebdeh J Ireland

Purpose: The management of disabling knee osteoarthritis of the knee following malunion of an ipsilateral femoral shaft fracture is difficult and controversial. The purpose of this study is to analyse the results of femoral shaft osteotomy at the level of the old fracture in seven such patients.

Materials and Methods: Seven patients with old malunited femoral shaft fractures presented with disabling knee osteoarthritis between 1992 and 1999. Knee symptoms and function were graded at presentation. All underwent open femoral shaft osteotomy at the apex of the deformity, with locked intramedullary nail fixation. The patients were followed up regularly until osteotomy union and reviewed clinically and radiologically with particular emphasis on knee symptoms and function.

Results: There were six males and one female. The mean age at presentation was 55 years and mean time from the fracture was 28 years (range 13–35 years). The mean preoperative knee alignment angle was 5.60 varus (range O′12′). The mean time to osteotomy union was 28 months. The mean postoperative knee alignment angle was 20 valgus (range 50 valgus -50 varus). All patients reported significant improvement in knee symptoms and function. One osteotomy was followed by a serious vascular complication and the patient now has a stiff but pain free knee. One patient with very advanced osteoarthritis underwent an uncomplicated total knee replacement after osteotomy union and nail removal.

Conclusion: These patients presenting with severe disability at an age which is worryingly young for total knee arthroplasty present a difficult management problem. Five out seven patients had excellent symptomatic and functional improvement following the femoral shaft osteotomy. The possible need for knee replacement was delayed by at least 5 years and the eventual arthroplasty is likely to have been made less technically difficult and more functionally satisfactory as a result of the alignment correction.


M Sawant A N Murty J Ireland

Purpose: Localisation of the femoral head is essential during total knee arthroplasty for assessing the overall alignment of the leg. The purpose of this study is to describe and report the accuracy a clinical method of estimating the centre of the femoral head.

Method: A line is drawn joining the anterior superior iliac spine and the pubic tubercle on the patient lying supine on the operating table. The point where femoral artery crosses this line is estimated. The Femoral head centre is marked 1.5 cm lateral to this point. This point was marked with an ECG electrode which has a radiopaque and prominent centre that is easily felt through the drapes. A radiograph was then made with the tube at 1 metre from the plate and centred over the hip marker.

The error in the hip marker placement is measured as the transverse mm (corrected for magnification) of the marker from the centre of the head, which is located on the radiograph using a template of concentric. The potential angle of error in coronal alignment of the associated knee replacement is calculated trigonometrically from femoral and tibial lengths.

Patients: The study group was comprised of 73 consecutive patients (100 knees) who underwent primary Total knee replacement. There were 36 males and 37 females.

Results: The average error was 8 mm (Range 0–30 mm). It was lateral to the femoral head in 47 patients and medial in 53 patients. The error was significantly greater in female patients (7mm:10mm, p < .05). The calculated potential error in coronal alignment was < 20 in 84% of patients and < 30 in 99% of the knees.

Conclusion: This is a clinically useful method of locating the centre of the femoral head for surgeons who find + 3 degrees of error in coronal alignment acceptable. For those striving for greater accuracy a preoperative hip marked radiograph may be more helpful.


J Murray P D Birdsall D J Deehan I M Pinder

Aim: To prospectively determine the functional outcome of revision total knee replacement (TKR).

Method: We carried out a prospective outcome study recruiting 65 consecutive revision total knee replacements carried out by the senior author between 1992 and 1995. The indications for revision were aseptic loosening in 40 cases, instability in 7, infection in 4, and 16 cases for other causes. All patient was assessed preoperatively and at 3 and 12 months postop using the Nottingham Health Profile (NHP) to measure general health status. As part of this ongoing study, followup data is available for 24 patient at 5 years.

Results: There were 65 revisions in 60 patients, 5 being bilateral. There were 37 females and 23 males, with a mean age of 63 years (range 29 to 86 years). The preoperative scores showed that the patient had significant disability related to their failed TKR. Three months postop, there was a significant improvement in the NHP scores for pain and social isolation. At 12 months, the level of pain was again significantly improved over the 3 month score.

At 5 years, the pain score for the revision group deteriorated but remained better than the baseline level. This is in contrast to post primary TKR, where the improvement in pain score was maintained from 3 months onwards.

Conclusion: This study shows a significant improvement in the level of pain following revision knee arthroplasty. However, patients remain significantly disabled afterwards and do not show the very marked improvement in general health seen after primary TKR.


N W Thompson D S Wilson D E Beverland

Many factors have been demonstrated to influence the range of knee movement that an individual can achieve.

The purpose of this study was to objectively demonstrate how range of knee movement is affected when the influence of pain is abolished.

Sixty-eight patients with degenerative joint disease presenting for primary total knee arthroplasty were recruited. Using a digital camera, images were taken before and after the induction of anaesthesia with the lower limb in four positions- extension, forced extension, flexion and forced flexion. Camera set up was standard and the range of knee motion was measured from the digital images.

Average arc of motion before anaesthesia was 96° (range, 41°–157°). After induction of anaesthesia, the arc of motion increased to 115° (range, 410–161°). Knee extension improved by an average of 5° (range, 0–15°) and flexion improved by an average of 16° (range, 0–65°).

In conclusion, these results demonstrate that pain has a significant inhibitory effect on the measured range of knee movement before surgical intervention.


A N Murty

Purpose: To study the clinical and radiological results and survival of hydroxyapatite coated femoral components in total knee arthroplasty at a mean follow-up of eight years.

Materials and Methods: Between 1991and 1992 36 consecutive knees with disabling arthritis were replaced with Freeman Samuelson Total knee prostheses with hydroxyapatite coated femoral components. These patients were prospectively followed up according to a standardised protocol for a mean period of 8 years. (Range 7–9 years). Clinical and radiological examination was done at each follow up. 1 knee was lost to follow up at 7 years. 4 patients (6 knees) died at 4 years (1), 7 years(2), 8 years (2), 9 years (l). None had been revised at the time of death. The radiographs were studied for signs of loosening and presence of lucencies.

Survival analysis was done using Kaplan and Meir’s method and with revision as the criterion for failure.

Results: There were 15 males and 14 females. The average age at operation was 63 years. Two knees (1 patient) were revised due to aseptic loosening, in both, of the femoral component. The alignment of the component in these was poor with an oblique joint line. The tibial component of one other knee was revised due to osteolysis in the medial tibial condyle. In the remaining knees there was no radiological evidence of loosening.

The survival of the femoral component at a mean follow-up of 7 years was 94% when 31.5 knees were at risk, with revision for femoral aseptic loosening as the end point.

91 percent of patients were pain free and 96% had an uninterrupted walking distance more than 10 minutes. The average alignment was 7.20 valgus (range 00–100 valgus).

Conclusion: The results of total knee arthroplasty with hydroxyapatite coated femoral components are encouraging in the medium term although not as good as those with cemented fixation.


S Qaimkhani F Ali H Gent A Rees

Background: The decision on how to manage a patient with an acute ACL tear diagnosed at arthroscopy is still very subjective. Since 1995 all such patients in a single surgeon practice were managed either surgically or conservatively based on a modification of criteria described by Daniel. This essentially takes into consideration the presence of associated injuries and the activity level of the patient.

Purpose: This study was conducted to determine if these criteria used were effective in selecting our patients for surgery or conservative treatment.

Methods: We randomly selected 100 patients treated with at least 2 years follow up. The operatively and conservatively treated groups were compared based on the Tegner activity scale, the Lysholm-II1 score before and after treatment and the IKDC score after treatment. These scores were calculated using information from case notes, X Rays, patient questionnaires and outpatient clinic assessments.

Results: There were 42 patients treated conservatively and 58 treated by ACL reconstruction. The average age was 32 years for the operative group and 34 years for the conservative group.

We found no statistically significant difference between the Lysholm-11 scores and the IKDC scores between the two groups.

Conclusion: The criteria used to determine the management of our patients with acute ACL injuries is effective and as such we recommend its use.


A S W Bruce C J M Getty J D Beard

Aim: Current teaching suggests that patients requiring a Total Knee Replacement (TKR) and who have absent pulses, or an abnormal Ankle Brachial Pressure Index (ABPI) should be referred for vascular investigation. The aim of this study was to see whether TKR was safe in such patients and its effect on ABPI.

Patients and Method: The ABPI was measured in both the dorsalls pedis (DP) and posterior tibial (PT) arteries with a hand held Doppler in 1 00 legs prior to TKR. Patients were excluded from the study if they suffered from active ulceration, rest pain or an absent femoral pulse, but claudicants were included. The ABPl was measured again 5–7 days post-operatively when the grade of surgeon, tourniquet time (if used) and procedure duration were also recorded.

Results: 73 patients (58 women and 15 men) were recruited with a mean age of 69 years. 27 underwent bilateral TKR and 46 unilateral TKR. A tourniquet was used in 92% of procedures. Pre-operatively 36% of foot pulses were impalpable. Hand-held Doppler detected arterial signals from 98% of arteries although 17.5% had an ABPI of < 0.9. Post-operatively there were no signs of limb ischaemia in any patient and the median ABPI’s actually increased significantly (p=0. 00 1 [DP], p=0. 003 [PT]).

Conclusion: From our series of 100 consecutive TKR’s it seems safe to proceed with surgery in patients with impalpable foot pulses or claudication, as long as the femoral pulse is palpable and there is no active ulceration or rest pain.


F M Hussain O O A Oni

We present the results of a retrospective study of 561 consecutive Total Knee replacements performed by one consultant between January 1990 and June 2000 on 456 patients. The groups included 500 PFC, 40 PROM and 21 Kinematic TKRs. These were assessed using two postal questionnaires, a clinical evaluation and radiographic investigation. 464 patients survived to follow-up of which 421 returned the questionnaires and 292 were seen in clinic. 89% had good to excellent Oxford and clinical scores. There were no radiographically loose implants at the time of evaluation. The three types of prosthesis were then compared and a review of those that had undergone revision surgery.


S Gidwani V G Langkamer

Three cases of posterior dislocation of the Kinemax Posterior- Stabilized total knee replacement are reported, and predisposing factors, including operative technique and prosthesis design, are discussed.

All three patients underwent posterior-stabilised knee replacement surgery at the Avon Orthopaedic Centre for osteoarthritis, between 1984 and 2000. In all cases the patient represented to the Emergency Department of a local hospital with posterior dislocation, at between 9 months and 6 years postoperatively. The mechanism for dislocation was hyperflexion of the knee.

The dislocations could not be reduced under sedation because of obstruction by the protruding tibial insert, and required general anaesthesia to disengage the components. In all cases posterior dislocation became recurrent problem, and further surgery was required to address the instability. Two of the three patients underwent exchange of their stabilised tibial inserts for thicker versions of the same design, in order to reduce the excessive laxity present in flexion. The third patient underwent exploratory surgery and it was found that his patellar button had separated from the underlying bone. The patella was therefore resurfaced, restoring the integrity of his extensor mechanism. No further dislocations have occurred in any of the three patients.

The causes of posterior dislocation of posterior-stabilized total knee replacements are multifactorial. They include malrotation of the tibial component, although this was not found to be the case in the three patients reported here. The design of the prosthesis may also contribute, and the upsloping and relatively shallow tibial spine of the Kinemax prosthesis (Howmedica) appears to be less forgiving than others. This is particularly the case if soft tissue lateral release or excessive resection of the posterior condyles has produced an increased flexiongap and therefore excessive flexion laxity. Our cases demonstrate the pitfalls that can produce this uncommon but serious complication, some of which can be predicted preoperatively, particularly in the patient with a valgus knee or deficiency of the extensor mechanism.


A N Murty M Y El Zebdeh J Ireland

Purpose: To compare the radiographic tibial tunnel enlargement at one year post operatively following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction in two patient groups one operated on soon after an acute injury and the other for chronic instability. Also, to correlate the radiographic findings with the clinical results.

Patients and Methods: The study group was of 42 patients who underwent isolated central anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with a four thickness hamstring tendon technique. 20 of these were consecutive patients with a mean injury to operation delay of 4.5 weeks. Twenty two were consecutive patients with chronic instability and a mean injury to reconstruction interval of 29 months. All patients were reviewed at year post-operatively, their assessment including clinical examination, Lachman and Jerk Tests, arthrometer testing, Tegner activity level recording and weight bearing AP and lateral radiographs.

Tibial tunnel diameters were measured by two independent observers at two points. The proximal measurement was made 5 mm from the tibial articular surface and the distal, 5 mm from the lower end of the tunnel. The tunnel enlargement was calculated from the known drill size after correction for magnification.

Tunnel enlargement was compared between the two groups, was correlated with the clinical findings and the results were analysed statistically.

Results: Tibial tunnel enlargement was seen in both groups (p< .001). The enlargement was significantly greater at the proximal end of the tunnel (34%) than at the distal end (25%) (p< .05). In the acute group the mean increase in the tunnel diameter at the proximal end was 31%. In the chronic group it was 36%. This difference however was not statistically significant. (P> .05). At the distal end the mean tunnel enlargement in acute and chronic groups was 24% and 27% respectively. (P> .05).

Tunnel enlargement was significantly higher in patients with persistent effusion at one year. (40%:31%) p< .05. We did not find any correlation between tunnel enlargement and clinical outcome.

Conclusion: Anterior cruciate reconstruction by an isolated central hamstring tendon technique, carried out sub-acutely following injury, does not significantly reduce the incidence of tibial tunnel enlargement as compared with knees operated on by the same technique for chronic instability. There was a significant association between tunnel enlargement and the persistence of effusion.


J R D Murray P D Birdsall D J Deehan D Weir I M Pinder

Aim: To determine the quality of life and radiological outcome of the rotating hinge total knee prosthesis as a salvage procedure for failed knee arthroplasty.

Methods: Forty-seven consecutive revision total knee arthroplasties, using the rotating hinge component, implanted between November 1983 and June 1997, were studied. The principal indications for surgery were pain with ligamentous laxity and gross bone loss. There were 43 patients, 11 males, 32 females, 19 left and 28 right, 21 with rheumatoid disease and 22 with osteoarthritis. The mean age at revision was 68 years, mean time from primary procedure to revision of 8 years and a mean number of previous knee procedures of 1.6 (range 1–5). The average time to final follow-up was 5 years. Quality of life was determined using the Nottingham Health Profile (NHP) combined with standard clinical and radiological assessment.

Results: Of the 47 revision procedures, full clinical follow-up information was available on 43 (91.5%), radiographic follow-up on 38 (80.9%). Complications occurred in 10 out of the 47 arthroplasties (21.3%) including 4 deep infections, 2 femoral fractures, 2 patients with clinically apparent aseptic loosening and 2 significant extensor mechanism problems. Survivorship analysis revealed a 5year cumulative implant survival of 89%. Significant improvements in quality of life (pain and physical mobility) were shown at 12 months post-operatively.

Discussion: This is a prospectively-studied series of salvage arthroplasty procedures. We regard quality of life as a key indicator of surgical success after knee arthroplasty. Rotating hinge arthroplasty offers objective and reproducible improvement in quality of life for failed knee arthroplasty with ligamentous instability.


M Rigby C Servant L Pozo

Objective: To assess the early results of the TC3 total knee prosthesis, a modular system with stems and augments, in difficult primary and revision knee arthroplasties.

Method: 13 index procedures were undertaken for gross varus or valgus deformities with severe ligamentous incompetence and/or major bone defects. 18 procedures were revision arthroplasties, 7 being undertaken for sepsis.

29 knees underwent full clinical and radiological review, using the Hospital for Special Surgery Score (HSS) and the Knee Society Score.

One patient was interviewed by phone with recent radiological follow-up. One patient died of unrelated causes.

Results: All patients were very pleased with the outcome of surgery. The mean pre-operative alignment for primary arthroplastles was 280 of varus and 320 valgus. The mean post-operative alignment was 70 valgus. The mean post-operative HSS was 72.4 for primary procedures and 72.7 for revision surgery. The mean Knee Society Knee Score was 77.9 for primary and 75.1 for revision surgery, and the mean function score was 60.8 for primary and 49.4 for revision surgery. The latter reflects the elderly age, multiple joint involvement and constitutional status (including rheumatoid arthritis) of many of these patients.

Conclusion: The TC3 knee system affords an excellent modular option to compensate for bone defects and ligamentous incompetence, achieving restoration of the joint line and satisfactory function in a very disabled group of patients.


P.A.E. Rosell J.B. Hull

Day case Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) reconstruction has recently become accepted as a safe and reliable technique. One major advantage of day case procedures is the reduction of cancellations due to bed availability leading to a more predictable admission for the patient. Traditionally this advantage has not always been available to service personnel due to the combined problems of distance from the hospital and lack of a suitable and safe environment for discharge. These problems can be overcome by the close cooperation with the local Medical Reception Station.

During 2000 a total of 29 day case ACL reconstructions were performed. There were no cancellations for non-clinical reasons. Of these 29, 12 were performed on service personnel of whom 8 were based at a significant distance from the hospital. A total of 6 patients were treated via the Medical Reception Station (MRS) for overnight stay after the operation. There were no significant complications at the MRS and all patients have returned to normal duty. There were no postoperative complications in this group of patients.

We suggest that the advantages of day surgery can be extended to servicemen by the use of the MRS as a temporary accommodation. This should prevent soldiers operations from being cancelled and reduce time away from operational units. This practice could be extended to all aspects of surgery suitable for day case procedures.


J. C. Clasper

A retrospective review of all patients presenting to the multinational integrated medical unit at Sipovo in Bosnia-Herzegovina during the period 1 June 2000 to 30 November 2000 was carried out. During this 6-month period, 203 new patients presented to the orthopaedic surgeon; these patients form the basis of this study. Of the 203 patients, 54 (26.6%) presented with chronic problems, but of these 18 (33.3%) had been exacerbated by sporting activities during the tour. The remaining 149 (73.4%) presented with acute problems, and of these sports injury was the most common cause. Traffic accidents, military training injuries, non-specific trauma (falls, crush injures etc) and acute orthopaedic problems such as sciatica accounted for the remainder of the causes. These data are presented in table 1.

Football was again the most common cause of injury accounting for 34.4% of all sporting injuries, and the lower limb, particularly the ankle, was the most common site of injury. The wisdom of allowing this sport, during operational tours, must be questioned. Only 5 (8.2%) of the patients presenting with sports injuries were discharged straight back to full duties. The majority (70.5%) received light duties (mean 14.4 days), but 13 patients (21.3%) required admission to hospital of which 9 were subsequently evacuated out of theatre.

The total number of patients used for this review was 203 of which 13 were trauma from traffic accidents, 61 were sporting injuries, 7 from military training, 52 were non specific trauma, 11, the cause was not recorded, 5 were acute non traumatic orthopedic problems, 18 were chronic and exacerbated by sport and 36 were not related to sport at all.


S. Venkatachalam S.P. Godsiff M.L. Harding

This is a retrospective comparative review of the clinical results of arthroscopic meniscal repairs between the use of meniscal arrows and sutures. The study group consists of 37 repairs in 35 patients carried out by 2 special knee surgeons over a five-year period.

The arrow group consisted of 23 repairs in 21 patients. There were 14 males and 7 females. The medial meniscus was repaired in 13 and the lateral in 10 cases. Associated anterior cruciate ligament injured was present in 11 patients, of whom 9 underwent concomitant reconstruction along with the meniscal repair.

The suture group comprised 14 cases. Ten were male and 4 female. There were 8 medial meniscal repairs and 6 lateral.

The anterior cruciate was also torn in 8 cases, of whom 6 had it reconstructed. The repairs were carried out use #0-PDS by an out-to-in technique.

The 2 groups were grossly age and sex matched. Tears were located in zone 0/1, mainly in the posterior third segment of the meniscus. The rehabilitation protocol was similar in both groups. Minimum follow up was 9 months. Patients were evaluated by clinical review; questionnaire based on the Lysholm score and case record analysis. The overall clinical success rate for the arrows group was 13/23 (56.5%) compared to 11/14 (78.6%) for the suture group. Complications noted were broken arrows – 4 cases, cutaneous nerve entrapment by suture – 1, and delayed portal healing due to suture irritation – 1.

In conclusion, arthroscopic suture repair provided better clinical healing rates than meniscal arrows. Arrow breakage is a significant factor contributing to non-healing of initial tear repairs.


A.L. Pimpalnerkar G. Myers D. Van Dellen M. Green D.J. Learmonth

Full thickness defects of articular cartilage have a poor capacity for biological repair and often progress to osteoarthritis. Various surgical techniques have been developed to overcome the inability of chondrocytes to heal injured cartilage. Arthroscopic lavage and debridement offer temporary symptomatic relief whereas marrow-stimulating techniques like drilling, microfracture and abrasion arthroplasty yield poor quality fibro-cartilage that is incapable of withstanding the mechanical stresses to which healthy articular cartilage is subjected.

We present our experience using the osteochondral graft transfer technique in the treatment of isolated Outerbridge grade 4 lesions of the knee. The study includes nineteen patients with a mean age of 29 years (range 17 to 40) presenting with symptomatic lesions of the knee with a mean defect size of 2.4cm (0.8 to 6). At a mean follow-up of 20 months (6 to 40) our results showed a significant improvement in patient function by a mean of 46 points or a 23% mean improvement as assessed by the Knee Society Score (P< 0.0001; One sample t-test). Similarly there was significant improvement in the Brittberg scores with a mean improvement by 2 clinical grades (p< 0.0001; Wilcoxon Rank test). Quality of life scores as measured by the Short Form 36 were dramatically improved by a mean of 24 points (p< 0.0001; Wilcoxon Rank test). In addition, there was significant reduction in pain post-operatively (p< 0.0001; Wilcoxon Rank test) with patients describing a mean improvement of 6 points as measured on the visual analogue chart. A significant number of patients (84.2%) were able to return to active sporting levels by 6 months (p< 0.0001;McNemar Change test).

The results of the osteochondral graft transfer technique, at relatively short-term follow-up, are encouraging with a high percentage of subjective satisfaction. This procedure proved to be a reliable and valid solution for treating isolated osteochondral defects of the knee, providing functional and durable cartilage that is critical to joint function.


L. Cannon R. Hackney

We describe the surgical treatment of 13 cases of chronic lateral ankle instability and concomitant anterior tibiotalor bony impingement of the ankle in servicemen, professional and recreational athletes. All patients had symptoms and signs of lateral instability and a painful block to dorsiflexion. Two patients presented with recurrence of impingement after a previous debridement alone without an ankle stabilisation. The anterior osteophytes were debrided arthroscopically and a Brostrom-Gould open stabilisation performed. After a mean follow up period of 12 months (range 4–23 months), all 13 patients had mechanically and functionally stable ankles. The mean improvement in range of dorsiflexion was 9 degrees and all but 1 had improvement with respect to a subjective and functional outcome assessment. There have been no recurrences of impingement to date. Our results suggest that ankle stabilisation performed in conjunction with debridement of osteophytes may reduce the recurrence of exostoses as well as improving the outcome.


S. Venkatachalam H. Pervez M. J. Parker

The gamma interlocking nail, designed combining the advantages of the sliding hip screw with the intramedullary nail, was initially introduced for the management of unstable proximal femoral fractures. However the unacceptably high incidence of lateral femoral shaft fractures led to the development of the long gamma nail.

This is the result of a prospective study of the use of the long gamma nail in 35 patients over a 7 year period till March 2000. The mean age of the patients was 69.9 years. There were 13 men and 22 women. All but two of the fractures had a subtrochanteric component. Ten were pathological fractures.

An identical size of nail was used in all cases. Elderly patients were permitted to mobilise without restriction, whereas partial weight bearing was imposed on the younger patients till some signs of radiological healing. Patients were reviewed at a hip fracture clinic. Mean clinical follow up was 381 days and radiological follow up was 244 days. Mean hospital stay 22 days. The post operative mortality at 30 days was 20%, rising to 45% at one year.

General complications that occurred were pneumonia – 3, fat embolism – 1, myocardial infarction – 1, and GI bleed – 1. Four cases had superficial wound infection, which resolved with oral antibiotics. Fracture related complications occurred in 4 cases. These were intra-operative femoral shaft fracture – 1, fracture at tip of nail – 1, nail breakage – 2. All went on to heal after exchange nailing.

The long gamma nail does not appear to have reduce the post-operative incidence of femoral fractures, which is most likely related to the large size of the distal locking screws and stress concentration at the tip of the nail. The two cases of nail breakage appear to reflect metal fatigue failure in the setting of delayed union in younger patients.


THE NASCIS TRIALS … Pages 169 - 169
Full Access
G. Ampat

To determine the current practice and to review the literature regarding administration of high dose Methylprednisolone for acute spinal cord injury (SCI).

Administration of high dose Methylprednisolone for Acute Spinal Cord Injury has been widely practised following the publication of the three National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Studies (NASCIS). NASCIS recommends a bolus intravenous dose of 30mg/kg of Methylprednisolone in 15 minutes, followed by a 45 min pause and then followed by a maintenance dose of 5.4 mg / kg / hr for 23 hours. This regime has been recommended by the Advanced Trauma Life Support. The Cochrane reviews also extol the three NASCIS randomised controlled trials. The mechanism of neuroprotection by Methylprednisolone is based on its inhibition of lipid peroxidation. Three hundred questionnaires were sent to Consultants practising Spinal surgery, Neurosurgery and Accident & Emergency to determine the popular thought regarding the use of Methylprednisolone for Acute SCI. A thorough review of current medical literature was also performed. The literature search showed contradictory evidence regarding the use of high dose Methylprednisolone.

The current popular thought, the diversity of responses between the three groups, the results of the 3 NASCIS trials and a recent review of literature is presented.


E. Stubbs S.A. Stapley M.F. Macnicol

Congenital Dislocation of the Hip (CDH) has been routinely screened for at birth using clinical tests since the early 60’s. In Edinburgh Macnicol (1) assessed the screening programme between 1962 to 1986. It particularly focussed on the change in incidence of late diagnosis when screening was undertaken by experienced staff in comparison to junior staff. The treatment of Orthopaedic conditions in children within the Edinburgh area was combined at the Royal Hospital for Sick Children in 1995. Therefore this paper aims to reassess the screening programme for CDH between 1995–1999 and compare it with the previously achieved results in the same population.

From 1 Jan 1995 to 31 Dec 1999 there were 34,597 live births at Edinburgh’s Maternity hospitals. An orthopaedic clinical assistant examined all infants within the first 24 hours with considerable experience in this field. In addition to the Ortolani and Barlow tests, skeletal and skin fold asymmetry, limitation of abduction and loss of the physiological flexion deformity present in the normal neonate were observed. FH, delivery and circumstances of the pregnancy were noted. Hips found to be clinically unstable were referred on to the CDH clinic where further assessment and ultrasound were performed in order to decide upon the further management of each child.

In 1995 there were 7179 live births, 2.93 of which were harnessed (incidence per 1000 births), 1.11 late diagnosis, (incidence per 1000 births) and 1.39 were operated upon (incidence per 1000 births).

In 1996 there were 7144 live births, 3.64 of which were harnessed (incidence per 1000 births), 1.40 late diagnosis, (incidence per 1000 births) and 1.82 were operated upon (incidence per 1000 births).

In 1997 there were 7065 live births, 2.12 of which were harnessed (incidence per 1000 births), 0.57 late diagnosis, (incidence per 1000 births) and 0.71 were operated upon (incidence per 1000 births).

In 1998 there were 6763 live births, 4.14 of which were harnessed (incidence per 1000 births), 0.59 late diagnosis, (incidence per 1000 births) and 0.30 were operated upon (incidence per 1000 births).

In 1999 there were 6446 live births, 6.12 of which were harnessed (incidence per 1000 births), 0.78 late diagnosis, (incidence per 1000 births) and 0.62 were operated upon (incidence per 1000 births).

Overall there were 34597 live births, 3.76 of which were harnessed (incidence pre 1000 births), 0.89 late diagnosis, (incidence per 1000 births) and 0.98 were operated upon (incidence per 1000 births).

The incidence of late diagnosis of CDH in Midlothian has increased from 0.5 per 1000 as reported by Macnicol between 1962–1986 to 0.89 per 1000 over the last 5 years. These results are clearly disappointing. Although Catford et al (2) has proposed that the incidence of CDH has been increasing this does not explain the size of the increase in late diagnosis seen. Further investigation is required in order to reduce this late presentation rate to that previously achieved.


S.A. Adams P.H. Loxdale G. Bruce

Achilles Tendon lengthening was carried out on six patients for the treatment of long standing neuropathic plantar ulcers in the diabetic foot. The results were reviewed after an average of 13 months. Alteration in gait pattern, mobility & resolution of ulcers were assessed. At the time of review, all patients showed complete ulcer healing, none reported any difficulty in mobilisation, despite off loading of the forefoot in each case.

Achilles Tendon Lengthening gives good results in selected patients, particularly those who have not responded to mechanical off loading techniques. The surgical principles & mechanisms of action of the procedure are discussed.


S. W. Sturdee P. A. Templeton N.J. Oxborrow

The aim of the study was to compared the various treatments of femoral diaphyseal fractures in children. The endpoints being length of hospital stay, clinical and functional outcome. The prospective part of the study started with the appointment of a dedicated children’s orthopaedic surgeon in 1999. Prior to this in patient traction was the main treatment. Now early hip spicas for the under 5 year old, Nancy nails for the over fives and external fixation for polytrauma are the treatments of choice.

Anyone under the age of fifteen sustaining a traumatic femoral diaphyseal fracture was included in the study. In both groups’ details of the injury, demographic details, other injuries sustained, treatment performed and length of hospital stay were recorded. In the prospective group clinical and radiographic assessments were made at three months and one year. The range of movement of the affected limb was measured and compared to the unaffected side.

There were 47 fractures in the retrospective group and 16 fractures in the prospective. In the retrospective group 94% were treated with traction, and in the prospective group the treatments were, early hip spicas 44%, external fixator 31% and flexible nails 19%. The mean hospital stay was 31 nights in the retrospective group and 16 in the prospective group. In the retrospective group 17% had a mal-union greater than ten degrees, and at three months in the prospective group this was 46%. Clinical follow up at three months in the prospective groups, they all had a full range of movement, and only two had any pain.

The use of varied treatments result in shorter hospital stay which allows children home earlier and reduces the demand on hospital beds. The children returned to normal function with a good range of movement using these modern treatments.


C. J. Hand M. Jackson R. M. Atkins

Much has been written about the use of different treatment modalities in the management of distal femoral fractures. These articles, however, do not include the use of the Ilizarov frame amongst the modalities described. We have experience in the use of the Ilizarov frame in the definitive treatment of both non-union and acute fracture of the distal femur. We report our experience and conclusions.

The medical records of all patients who had undergone Ilizarov frame management for acute distal femoral fracture or established non-union were reviewed. Demographic data, the complications of surgery, duration of treatment with the frame and recorded outcome were noted. All patients were further assessed (either in clinic or by telephone interview) and completed a Short Musculoskeletal Function Assessment Form.

We have treated 17 patients (11 male, 6 female), 8 were acute compound fractures and 9 non union/infected ORIF’s of the distal femur. All patients have had their frames removed and were united. The mean age at the time of frame application was 36.6 years (range 18.7–58.7). The mean time from frame application to union was 230 days (range 81–514). Noted major complications included refracture in two patients, persisting infection in one, chronic regional pain syndrome in one and limited range of movement in all (mean knee movement of 62 ranging from 2–100). Two patients have had above knee amputations and a further patient has requested above knee amputation. Short Musculoskeletal Function Assessment Form shows significant dysfunction with a mean score of 42.9/100 (range 8.15–82.85).

Treatment of distal femoral fractures is notoriously difficult. Other treatment modalities (i.e. Intra Medullary (IM) supracondylar nail) offer many advantages over Ilizarov frame use.


N. Farooq G. Ampat U.K. Debnath M.P. Grevitt

Advances in laparoscopic technology have popularised minimally invasive approaches to the anterior lumbar spine. The use of the balloon assisted retroperitoneal approach however has not been widely described; moreover there has been no direct comparison between this mini anterior lumbar interbody fusion (ALIF) and the conventional open method in the literature.

Comparison of peri and intra-operative parameters between the mini-ALIF (using the balloon assisted dissector) and the open midline approach for single and double level anterior lumbar interbody fusions in order to assess the efficacy of this procedure.

An independent retrospective evaluation of 35 patients who underwent single or double level ALIF. A single surgeon at the University Hospital, Nottingham, performed the procedures during the period from 1997 to 2000. The patients were split between those undergoing a mini-ALIF (balloon assisted retroperitoneal dissection) and the conventional approach via a larger midline incision. The groups were matched for age, sex and number of levels. Data was collated from the medical notes with regards to intra-operative blood loss, operative time, intra-operative complications, Patient Controlled Analgesic (PCA) requirements, time to mobilisation and length of hospital stay.

A statistically significant reduction in operative time (mean 178mins Vs 255mins) and time to mobilisation (mean 2.2 days Vs 3.7days) was found for the single level mini-ALIF. No other significant difference was detected for the other criteria between the two groups for either single or double level procedures. Complications in the form of vascular injuries were almost equal in both groups.

Although operating time was significantly shortened using the balloon-assisted dissector other perioperative parameters were not. The question of cosmesis of the surgical scar was not explored in this study, this may have been more favorable in the mini-ALIF group but given the above results one must question whether the added expense of this innovative device is justified when there was no detected difference in all other measured criteria.


Full Access
H. Pervez A. Khot K. Conn G. W. Varley

12 General Practitioners (GP’s) were invited to take part in a study in which the GPs would undertake training in outpatient techniques, to determine suitability of patients for arthroscopic surgery. The GPs would undertake to counsel the patients regarding the procedure itself and the postoperative rehabilitation. They were then referred by means of a set referral form, which included specific guidelines, which allowed patients to be put directly onto the consultant’s waiting list. The patients would then be sent for surgery directly and be seen immediately pre-operatively by the operating consultant and consented. This group of direct access arthroscopy patients (36) were compared to a contemporaneous consecutive series of patients who had been referred in the normal manner and were undergoing operation at the time of the study period (October 1998 to April 2000.

In the group of patient submitted for direct access arthroscopy three patients had improved such that when they were offered admission dates they declined. A further three patients were deemed unsuitable for direct access arthroscopy and the referral was rejected by the consultant. Two patients declined three separate admission dates and were discharged, and a final patient did not attend his admission date. This left 27 patients who were admitted for direct access arthroscopy service. Of these, one patient was cancelled pre-operatively by the consultant as she had recently been admitted for investigation of cardiac abnormalities and was therefore considered unfit for day case general anaesthetic procedure. Of the 26 patients who underwent arthroscopy all were discharged home the same day, and reviewed in the out-patient clinic at six weeks, and they were asked to complete a Patient Satisfaction Questionnaire, and were discharged from further review at that time.

When compared to a contemporaneous group of patients who had undergone arthroscopic surgery via the routine referral procedure, the group of patients admitted via the direct access route waited on average ten weeks (range 6 – 12) from GP consultation and referral to operation date. This compared to 41 weeks for the combined total outpatient and in-patient waiting times for the routine access group (range 18 – 132 weeks). Findings at arthroscopy were similar in the two groups with mostly meniscal lesions (18/26 direct access group compared to 15/26 routine access group). The therapeutic operation rate, i.e. procedures beyond simple diagnostic arthroscopy were undertaken, was high in both groups, 68% of the direct access group and 72% of the routine access group. Pre-operative diagnosis accuracy by the GPs was significantly higher in the direct access group of referrals. 65% of direct access referrals had the correct diagnosis made by the GP in the referral compared to 18% of correct diagnosis in the group undergoing routine referral. Post operative recovery in terms of return to work, return to activities of daily living and discharge from clinic was the same in the two groups. Patient satisfaction was comparable in both groups.

In conclusion direct access arthroscopy reduces significantly the time to surgery and the number of visits by patients to primary or secondary care physicians. GP diagnostic rates were comparable to previously reported figures for registrar/middle grade pre-operative diagnostic rates for patients undergoing knee arthroscopy. There was a high therapeutic operation rate suggesting few, if any inappropriate procedures were undertaken. The direct access arthroscopy service requires considerable time on the part of the consultant in both setting up the study and training the GPs to a reasonable standard and monitoring referrals and undertaking pre-operative screening of patients awaiting arthroscopy. There was a high inappropriate referral rate in that only 26 patients out of the 36 referred eventually underwent arthroscopic surgery. Although feasible we feel that direct access knee arthroscopy service needs refinement if it is to continue. We intend to introduce an orthopaedic practitioner who will accept referrals from GPs and then screen patients before placing patients on the consultant’s inpatient waiting list. Also the mechanism of extra lists needs to be put in place to ensure direct access patients do not “jump the queue” of patients who are already awaiting arthroscopic surgery.


D. Prakesh S. Brooks

The loss of bone stock is the main challenge at revision hip surgery. Uncemented total hip replacements have tried to address this problem, but have failed in the past due to inadequate stabilisation. The use of hydroxyapatite to coat a prosthesis is an interesting new concept to limit bone loss and add stability to the prosthesis.

In this retrospective study we assessed the radiographs 117 hips, in 99 patients, where the Furlong hydroxyapatite ceramic coated cementless threaded acetabular cups were used as part of total hip replacement. The average age of the patients was 53.44 years and the average period of follow-up 71.96 months.

We found that the radiographic evidence of loosening was present in 3.42% (four hips). Although in 2.56% (three hips) the acetabular cups had moved from the position they had been put in originally, they did not show any features of loosening later. The bone stock in all 117 hips was well maintained. It is concluded that the early results of this hydroxyapatite coated prosthesis are very encouraging.


M. .D Brinsden G. J. Charnley P. D. Hughes I. D. Rawlings G. H. Anderson

The work of Sloof, Ling and Gie has established allografting as a modern technique in revision total hip arthroplasty. The use of allograft enhances the local bone stock and provides a secure fixation for cemented components. Its association with the problem of heterotopic ossification has not been previously considered.

The records and x-rays of 114 patients after revision hip surgery were reviewed. All had been operated upon by three Consultant Orthopaedic Surgeons using standard techniques.

35 patients had undergone revision with impaction allografting of both the femur and acetabulum, 29 had allografting of the femur only, 18 of the acetabulum alone and the final 32 patients (acting as controls) had cemented revision arthroplasty without impaction allografting. Fresh frozen allograft was used in all cases and prepared using a bone mill.

No patient was given radiation or Indomethacin after their revision surgery, even if they had pre-existing heterotopic ossification.

The immediate pre-operative x-rays and x-rays at least a year post-revision were assessed independently by a musculoskeletal radiologist. He was blinded to the type of revision procedure and graded the heterotopic ossification according to the Brooker Classification.

Our results report the incidence of heterotopic ossification after revision hip arthroplasty with fresh frozen allograft when compared with cemented revision arthroplasty from our unit and other studies.


T. Rowlands I. D. Sargeant

The clinical results of acute repair rupture of the biceps tendon insertion using a two incision Boyd Anderson approach in four patients are described.

Four patients underwent acute biceps tendon repair using the Boyd Anderson approach and the tendon was secured to its anatomical insertion using a number 5 non-absorbable suture. One patient was immobilised in the postoperative period and the subsequent patients were allowed early mobilisation supervised by the physiotherapist.

All patients were male and surgery was performed within three weeks of the injury. Two patients sustained injury playing rugby, one was injured lifting a bag of coal and one was injured lifting a motorised Go Kart. In all four cases the tendon was found to be avulsed from its bony insertion rather than ruptured in it’s mid substance or musculo-tendinous junction.

There were no problems with wound break down or discomfort. The patient who was immobilised took longer to regain full range of extension, pronation and supination. All patients returned to the pre-injury employment, sporting and social levels.

Our results suggest that early two incision approach and repair is associated with good functional outcome and minimal morbidity in the post operative phase.


A.L. Pimpalnerkar R. Sloan A. M.C. Thomas

Impingement is a major part of the pathological complex of degenerative osteoarthritis of the elbow. It can be seriously disabling causing symptoms of pain, locking, swelling and reduced range of motion. Various surgical techniques, both arthroscopic as well as open, have been described which aim to remove the offending osteophytes and loose bodies in an attempt to improve elbow function.

Our study includes thirteen patients with a mean age of the 54 years (34 to 68) who underwent debridement arthroplasty of the elbow for degenerative arthritis using a modification of the Outerbridge-Kashiwagi trans-olecranon technique. This approach allows excision of posterior osteophytes, adequate clearance of the olecranon fossa,

removal of anterior coronoid osteophytes and loose bodies via a trans-olecranon fenestration and when required permits decompression of the ulnar nerve in the cubital tunnel.

At a mean follow-up of 37 months (3 to 96) the Mayo scores improved by a mean of 36 points with performance indices being rated as excellent in 5, good in 5 and fair in 3. Pain scores improved by a mean of 4 grades (2 to 8). The mean improvement in the flexion-extension arc was 28 (0 to 55). There was one complication of transient ulnar nerve neuritis, which responded to non-operative measures.

Though limited by the lack of a control group we were able to show the effectiveness and reliability of our technique in producing lasting benefit in improving range of motion and relieving pain in degenerative osteoarthritis of the elbow.


N.H. Shah G. Ong H.M. Malik M.E. Lovell

The results of hip injections for 63 patients with hip pain are presented. Injection of 80mg of methylprednisolone and bupivacaine by an anterior approach was performed with x-ray screening. Patients were noted as having either a normal x-ray (10), mild osteoarthritis (21), moderate osteoarthritis (13) and severe osteoarthritis (19), those in the severe group were generally unfit for hip surgery. Outcome was judged by an Oxford hip score, which was calculated pre-injection, at one month, and at three months. At three months all with a normal x-ray were improved, 19 with mild changes were improved 2 deteriorated, 9 with moderate changes improved, 2 stayed the same, 2 deteriorated and 13 with severe changes were improved, 4 deteriorated and 2 were unchanged. Improvements were with pain scores not function. Of those improved all thought the procedure worthwhile. Two patients described numbness and weakness at the anterior thigh area, which recovered quickly. We feel that this is a useful technique to give symptomatic relief in-patients not suitable for hip replacement.


S.R.C. Smith T.D. Scott

A single reviewer reviewed 184 consecutive wrist arthroscopies performed by one surgeon. Epidemiological data and clinical findings including outcome measures were recorded. It was noted that clinical assessment was more accurate than modern Imaging modalities in diagnosing wrist injuries apart from TFCC injuries. The results also showed a low intervention rate with 37 further procedures performed. There was a low complication rate.

Wrist arthroscopy is a safe and accurate diagnostic procedure.


K.T. Trimble D. McLean A.J. Sedman P.E. Watkins

The interaction of a blast wave with the thorax produces primary pulmonary blast injury by releasing energy at biological interfaces of differing acoustic impedance. This process is known as coupling. It was hypothesised that protective armour designed on the basis of an acoustic decoupler, may modulate the effect of thoracic blast.

Anaesthetised, spontaneously breathing male pigs (n=18) were allocated into two equal groups and exposed to whole body blast in free field conditions. All animals were provided with Kevlar® protection, but in addition animals in group 2 were provided with protective thoracic armour. Blood gas analysis was performed prior to and up to 1 h post-blast. The animals were killed at 1 h post-blast and a post-mortem carried out. Severity of lung injury, called the quotient of injury (QI) was calculated by comparing masses of injured lung with standardised uninjured lung masses.

All procedures complied with the Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986.

In group 1, PaO2 was reduced from a pre-blast mean of 9.7 kPa to a post-blast mean of 6.6 kPa, whereas in group 2 PaO2 fell from a pre-blast mean of 10.5 kPa to a post-blast mean of 8.3 kPa. The difference between the groups was statistically significant (p< 0.05). The mean QI in group 1 was 1.7 compared to a group 2 mean of 1.12, indicating severe injury in the unprotected animals (p< 0.01).

Decoupling protective thoracic armour ameliorated the effects of thoracic blast in this animal model. This will lead to the development of personal protective thoracic armour for frontline servicemen.


C.J. Hand G.E.D. Howell

To review the medium term results of acute repair of rupture of the biceps brachii insertion using a single incision bone anchor anatomical repair.

Three patients with acute biceps brachii tendon insertion ruptures and treated surgically using a single incision bone anchor anatomical repair underwent dynamometer strength assessment of both arms using a KinCom isokinetic dynamometer. This was performed shortly after completion of rehabilitation (7–12 months after surgery) and again at 3.3 years after surgery.

All patients were male (mean age 40.3 years, range 34 to 53). Surgery was performed less than 7 days post injury using the same technique. Isokinetic assessment was performed at a mean of 8.7 months post surgery (range 7 to 12 months) and again at assessment (maintained at medium term assessment). All patients had returned to their full premorbid occupation and level of sporting activity. Dynamometer results of a repaired dominant limb equated to approximately the strength of a normal non dominant limb, a repaired non dominant side equated to two thirds the strength of a normal dominant limb at early assessment. This relationship was maintained at the medium term assessment, however there was a substantial increase in strength in both affected and unaffected arms.

The one incision approach, using bone anchors, is recommended as the method of choice providing an optimal surgical repair with a reduction in the risk factors theoretically associated with anatomical surgical repair. Our short-term results are comparable with other quantitative results published (for both bone anchor and non-bone anchor procedure). The medium term results how a measurable increase in strength of the repaired limb although the strength relative to the uninjured side remains the same as at early assessment.


D.K.A. Smart C. Craig M.E. Lovell

Only 10–15% of those thought clinically to have a fractured scaphoid are confirmed as having fractures on initial radiographs. A further 1–20% of those who had initially negative radiographs go on to have fractures confirmed on subsequent radiographs taken 10–14 days later.

Fifty patients initially considered clinically to have scaphoid fractures were identified: 32 females and 18 males, with a mean age of 32 years, range 10–88 years, 68% were noted to have injured their dominant hand. Four patients, (8%), had scaphoid fractures identified on initial radiographs and only 1 patient, (2%), was found to have an occult scaphoid later. Three patients were found to have other bony injuries leaving 42 patients, (84%), having no fracture identified. Thirty-eight of this final group could be contacted and completed telephone questionnaires. The remaining 4 were lost to follow up. Patients were asked questions about employment, time off work, interference with other activities and general satisfaction with treatment.

The mean time in plaster was 16 days, range 9–42 days. Eighteen of those in work, (47% of the total, 66.7% of the workers), had time off work. The mean length of time off work was 18.4 days, range 14–42 days. Sixteen of these received full “sick pay” for their time off. Personal hygiene was affected in 84%, housework in 37.5%, sports/hobbies for 55%, driving in 76% and social activities in 11.8%. Only 2 patients overall, suffered personal financial loss which amounted to less than one hundred pounds each.

Only 3 people, (8%), expressed dissatisfaction with their management when directly questioned. All patients would have preferred an immediate diagnosis had this been possible. Alternative to this treatment including bone scanning and MRI are discussed.


Full Access
A.G. Rosenberg

The Acetabulum – In primary total hip arthroplasty the choices between cemented and cementless acetabular reconstruction are relatively simple. For the vast majority of surgeons now in practice cementing acetabular components is a relatively little practiced skill. Difficulty in minimising blood at the interface, pressurisation of the cement and the inability to easily use modularity makes this a less attractive option for most surgeons. That is not to say that good results cannot be routinely achieved and that there is anything wrong with this approach. Cementless fixation of the acetabulum is also reliable. Current controversies remain in the realm of adjuvant fixation techniques (degree of press fit, screw usage and other adjuvant fixation techniques.) Poly wear and concern with backside wear and rigidity of modular polyethylene capture remain concerns. In the realm of revision, cementless fixation has become the standard method for most revision surgeons and is employed in over 90% of cases. Here, the use of screws is less controversial. Cement is used almost exclusively to fix components to anti-protrusion cages.

The Femur – Fixation of the femoral component remains more controversial. Cemented stems currently available employ a wide variety of design features and surface finishes, and controversy regarding appropriate design and surface finish is extensive. However, the development of a symmetric cement mantle about the entire stem is considered an essential feature of modern cement technique. Cementless fixation has been shown to be effective in multiple settings including the aged and in patients with avascular necrosis and with inflammatory arthritis. Designs including proximally coated, extensively coated, and hydroxyapatite coated in straight, tapered and anatomic stem designs have all demonstrated good intermediate term results. The most concerning issue is the migration of particulates about the effective joint space and most implants attempt to create an ingrowth seal about the proximal part of the stem to prevent egress of particulates more distally. While concern remains about long-term stress shielding of proximal bone, there is little in the way of clinical data to support these concerns. Some data indicate that tapered stems, proximally coated stems with distal fixation features and extensively coated stems are more reliable at preventing thigh pain but, this issue appears significantly less problematic now than it did a decade ago.

Revision components are largely cementless and extensively coated though there is good evidence that roughened surface tapered components can be effective in the revision setting and that stem modularity, while adding potential long-term problems, may allow for greater intraoperative adaptability.


Full Access
L.D. Dorr

Total knee replacement (TKR) has always been one decade behind total hip replacement (THR). Successful changes have been slower to develop and less creative. The response to failures of the 1980s was to reduce risks with TKR, while in hip surgery the response was to raise the bar one or two notches higher in risk-taking. Part of the risks taken by hip surgeons who promoted non-cemented fixation during the decades of the 1990s was certainly different than that by proponents of non-cemented knee surgery and the resultant confidence level in the fixation in these two different joints is evident. Furthermore, data on results with total knee replacement, both cemented and non-cemented, has been less available in the decade of the 1990s for TKR as opposed to THR. Part of the reason for decreased creativity and risk taking with TKR is that cemented fixation of the knee has performed remarkably well for tota1 knee replacement. Almost all of the long-term results of success with total knee replacement, including the Total Condylar and the Insall-Burstein knee, have been with knee replacements that were performed with cement including cemented patella replacement. The survivorship of these cemented implants at 15–20 years remains nearly 90%.

Several factors influenced both the increased number of failures with non-cemented implants and the loss of confidence among orthopaedic surgeons for the use of non-cemented fixation with TKR. Firstly, the PCA knee had a high number of failures because of the bad plastic inserts that were used for the tibia. The heat pressed polyethylene delaminated fairly rapidly and created a significant number of failures that were associated with severe osteolysis which created a good deal of fear for non-cemented fixation. In addition, all the non-cemented implants were using metal-backed patellae, which resulted in 20–25% revision rates for at least the patella in PCA, Miller-Galante, and Ortholoc prostheses. Finally, the initial design of non-cemented implants including the PCA and the original Ortholoc knee were too flat-on-flat and this contributed to the high amount of wear and failures from instability over time with these knees. Combination of complications confounded the evaluation of the fixation of these non-cemented implants and the risks needed to improve the fixation method were not taken.

Presently, cemented fixation still dominates as the fixation of preference for orthopaedic surgeons performing total knee replacement. The confidence level with cemented fixation is very high and the results continue to be outstanding with the use of cemented fixation. One of the reasons for this is that the average age of patients who have a total knee rep1acement is 68 and therefore most patients that are 70 years of age or older can easily achieve the durability with cemented fixation that is necessary for them to have only one operation during their lifetime. At the present time cemented fixation is recommended for patients older than 70 years and the use of an all-polyethylene tibia is just as effective as a metal tray in these patients. In fact, with the data from Engh on particle formation with metal trays, the use of an all-poly tibia may be preferable.

In the last two to three years of the 1990s there was a resurgence of investigation into total knee replacement without using cemented implants. One of the most prominent of these was the treatment of the patella. There were several studies, including those of Whiteside, Barrack, and others that showed that the use of no patella button at all did give satisfactory clinical results, which were difficult to differentiate from patients with patella replacement. Secondly, the LCS mobile bearing knee reported results at 15 years that showed that non-cemented fixation actually had some areas of superiority to cemented fixation. These results did demonstrate to the orthopaedic community that a knee design which had a good articulation surface that did not cause accelerated wear and osteolysis could perform as well as knees with cemented fixation. Results with the Natural Knee also demonstrated that except for failures by wear in those patients who had thin polyethylene, the fixation of the implants was universally excellent at 10 years postoperative. Finally. Leo Whiteside settled on a central fluted grit blasted stem for fixation of the tibia and achieved excellent and immediate fixation with his Profix implants. The recommendation by me at this time is that non-cemented fixation is preferable for patients under the age of 60.

In revision knees the most common technique has been the use of non-cemented stems with cemented metaphyseal fixation. However, the problem with this fixation method is that the metaphysis often is very weak bone or has an absent bone and this results in poor rotational support for the metaphyseal implant. The non-cemented stem of the knee is not as stable in the diaphysis of the femur as is the proximal femoral stem in a press-fit situation. Therefore, if rotational constraint is lost at the metaphysis, the entire femoral implant has a significantly increased risk of being loose. Therefore in older patients I believe that a cemented stem is much more preferable. Older is defined as patients over the age of 70. The press-fit stem in the tibia provides more fixation than it does in the femur so that tibial fixation has more expectation of durabi1ity. However, again I believe the surgeon can use cemented fixation of the stem and the tibia in patients over the age of 70 with an expectation that it will be as durable as the non-cemented stem.

In the future, there will be an increased used of mobile bearing knees because of the theoretical benefit that in more active patients the wear would be better. Since these knees will be initially directed towards more active patients, the use of non-cemented fixation would also be desirable. The LCS knee has demonstrated that with a mobile bearing design, non-cemented fixation is durable. The use of fixed bearing knees is being expanded to a younger population also. Younger patients are asking for total knee replacements because of the successful use of this operation during the 1990s. In these younger patients, non-cemented fixation should be just as beneficial as it is felt to be for total hip replacement. The Natural Knee has proven that the fixed bearing designs can indeed be durable with non-cemented fixation. Finally, the success with hip replacement and the yearly increasing numbers of hip replacements that are performed by non-cemented fixation demonstrate that the orthopaedic community is gaining more and more confidence with non-cemented fixation. The increased knowledge of bone and the increased knowledge of the causes of osteolysis are helping to provide more and more success with non-cemented fixation. For these reasons, I believe that in the future non-cemented fixation will become the standard for total knee replacement.


Full Access
D.J. Berry

Prevention: Many periprosthetic femur fractures may be prevented by: (1) good patient follow-up, (2) timely reoperation of lytic lesions if radiographs suggest fracture risk, and (3) prophylactic use of longer stemmed implants or strut grafts to bypass cortical defects at revision surgery.

Treatment: Periprosthetic fractures can be treated using an algorithmic approach based on the Vancouver classification system. Fractures of greater or lesser trochanter (Type A)

Nonoperative treatment if displacement acceptable and if not associated with lysis

Operative treatment if displacement unacceptable or associated with progressive lysis Fractures of distal femur well distal to implant (Type C)

Treat as any other femur fracture, usually operatively

Fixation options: plate/retrograde nails Fractures around the implant or at its tips (Type B)

These fractures almost always require surgery. Nonoperative treatment is associated with high rate of malunion, nonunion, poor results. Treatment is according to fixation status of implant and bone quality.

Well-fixed stem (Type B1): ORIF with cable plate and/or strut grafts

Loose stem, reconstructable bone (Type B2): revise implant to long stem; usually use uncemented, distally fixed implant; occasionally long cemented stem (avoid cement extrusion)

* Principles: obtain fracture stability, implant stability, and optimise conditions for bone healing (use bone grafts, don’t strip periosteum)

Loose stem, unreconstructable proximal bone damage (Type B3): revise substituting for proximal femur with allograft prosthetic composite or tumour prosthesis


R.B. Bourne

Dislocation of a total hip replacement is a devastating event from the patient perspective. Patient (neuromuscular disease, DDH, revision), surgical approach, soft tissue balancing, and implant factors (head-neck ratio, neck design, offset) all play a role. Most hip dislocations occur early, but dislocation can often occur late due to wear-induced head/neck impingement. Early reduction and preventative measures are effective in preventing further dislocation in about 70% of patients. Revision surgery for dislocation is effective in only three quarters of patients. In elderly, low demand patients, constrained/ capture cups are an effective option. Prevention of dislocation is obviously the key and involves patient selection, preoperative planning, leg length/offset restoration, and choice of a total hip replacement, which minimises head/neck impingement.


Full Access
R.E. Booth

Following successful total knee arthroplasty, tibial periprosthetic fractures are rare and patellar fractures are sufficiently dependent upon vascular issues that they constitute a somewhat separate topic. Femoral periprosthetic fractures are extremely difficult to manage, usually producing flexion, internal rotation, and varus deformities. Malunion from insufficient stabilisation and stiffness from excessive immobilisation are the polar perils to be avoided. A variety of conservative treatment options will be discussed, ranging from casting and traction to open reduction and internal fixation. Within the latter category, recent enthusiasm has swayed the pendulum of therapeutic options towards intramedullary fixation. This can be accomplished using Rush rods, interprosthetic and intramedullary rods with fixation screws, and revisional knee arthroplasty techniques with large intramedullary stems. As a general rule, the more aggressive techniques provide the better results, although the severe technical difficulties of managing the osteopenic femoral medullary bone require special techniques and skills. Nonetheless, optimal results producing less than 5° of angulation and over 100° of motion are to be expected.


Full Access
J.P. Iannotti

Periprosthetic fractures occur in approximately 1–3% of case series. Periprosthetic fractures are associated with revision surgery with difficult exposure, osteoporosis, large canal filling non-cemented stem design, overreaming of the medullary canal, and excessive external rotation with inadequate exposure. Periprosthetic fractures can be intentional when removing a well-fixed humeral stem. In this circumstance a longitudinal unicortical osteotomy along the anterior length of the stem will allow for stem and cement removal without fragmentation of the humeral bone.

Periprosthetic fractures are classified as occurring intraoperative versus postoperative as well as the location of the fracture in relation to the stem. Most intraoperative humeral fractures and all diaphyseal fractures should be x-rayed at the time of their occurrence to determine the fracture configuration, the best exposure for repair, and the length of the stem required to internally fix the fracture. Under ideal circumstances the stem should be of sufficient length to extend two cortical widths past the distal most extent of the fracture site. For fractures limited to one or both of the tuberosities, the surgical neck, or metaphyseal-diaphyseal junction, a standard length prosthetic is sufficient. For diaphyseal fractures a long stem prosthetic is necessary. In the vast majority of fractures in which the fracture fragment is displaced, open reduction and cerclage fixation with heavy suture or wire is needed. For fractures in which the proximal bone is intact and of good quality thereby providing good prosthetic fixation and rotational stability, the diaphyseal fracture can be anatomically reduced and secured with two or three cerclage wires (Dall Meyers cables or the equivalent). In this case a non-cemented long stem prosthetic is preferred. When a cemented stem is used, it is necessary to insure that cement is not extruded from the fracture site. This is accomplished by having adequate surgical exposure of the fracture, an anatomic reduction, and secure fixation before you place the cement and stem. Extruded cement may result in nerve injury or nonunion.

Intentional longitudinal fractures require direct exposure of the length of the osteotomy to control its length and displacement. It is advised to pass the cerclage wires prior to making the osteotomy. In the humerus, the osteotomy is best made just lateral to the biceps groove with an osteotome. The osteotome is placed to the depth of the stem and through the cement mantle when this is present. When the osteotomy is nearly to the length of the stem the osteotome is placed at the proximal extent of the osteotomy at approximately the mid-level of the biceps groove to a depth of the stem and then turned. This will crack the cement mantle of the opposite side of the medullary canal and open the anterior cortex. It results in a stable fracture of the humeral shaft but allows easy removal of the stem and facilitates removal of the stem from both the proximal aspect of the medullary canal and from the osteotomy site. After completion of the stem and cement removal the cerclage wires are tightened and the new stem is inserted. When secure fixation is achieved with a periprosthetic fracture, regardless of the type of fracture, the postoperative rehabilitation is the same as a routine arthroplasty and the results and time for recovery is unchanged.

Nonoperative treatment of periprosthetic fractures are reserved for the postoperative fracture occurring below the stem in a patient with a well-fixed and a functioning prosthetic, or in patients that have medical contraindication to revision surgery. A functional hinged brace can be used to help in reduction of these fractures and immobilisation of the fracture site. The braces are difficult to use and are less effective in patients with a large soft tissue envelope. Skin problems and nonunions or malunions can occur. In most cases when there is an inadequate reduction, difficult immobilisation, or stem involvement, it is best to operate soon after the fracture as late revisions in the setting of a nonunion or malunion are difficult surgical challenges.


Full Access
L.U. Bigliani

Charles Neer designed his original prosthesis in 1951. It was made of cast cobalt chrome alloy and was only press-fit. There was not any significant loosening in his original series, but patients complained of easy fatigability. Neer attributed this to glenoid issues and that a glenoid replacement would eliminate this. The Neer II system was introduced with a glenoid component in 1973 and first generation cement fixation was used. Cemented glenoid components have been found to have radiolucencies in 26–100% with progressive radiolucencies in 0–36%. High rates of lucencies raise issues of fixation. Cementless glenoid components have been found to have fewer lucencies but require metal backing leading to higher stress concentrations. Greater bone stock is required and there are the problems of polyethylene dissociation and screw breakage prior to bony ingrowth. Rodosky reported a higher failure rate with a cementless design versus cemented glenoids. With humeral fixation, symptomatic loosening is not a problem with cement or coated press-fit fixation. Neer’s and Cofield’s long-term outcome studies with cemented stems have shown the incidence of humeral loosening to be low (0–2.5%). Cementing provides immediate fixation with the ability to place components in shafts with poor proximal bone stock. A recent literature review noted radiographic evidence of loosening in 12% of uncemented humeral components with only 0.3% of the patients having symptomatic loosening. Fixation of humeral components should be based on bone quality, patient age, prosthetic design and surgeon preference.


L.A. Whiteside

Ligament balancing is an integral part of total knee arthroplasty and is highly dependent on correct alignment of the knee in flexion and extension. The technique proposed begins with correct alignment of the articular surfaces of the femur both in flexion and extension so that the joint surfaces are perpendicular to the anteroposterior plane of the lower extremity. This is done separately on the femur and tibia in extension and flexion, irrespective of ligament contracture or stretching. Once alignment, sizing, and positioning of the implants are correct, the ligaments can be assessed. Only ligaments that are tight need to be released, thus minimising trauma and maximising stability of the knee.

Varus Knee: Knees that are tight medially only in flexion should first have the anterior portion of the medial collateral ligament (MCL) released, leaving the posterior oblique portion intact to provide stability in flexion and extension. Knees that are tight only in extension first should have release of the posterior oblique fibres of the MCL, and release of the posterior capsule if medial contracture persists in extension. This leaves the anterior portion of the MCL intact to stabilise the knee. Major destabilisation of the knee may occur if the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) is released after full release of the MCL, release of posterior oblique fibres of the MCL, and posterior capsule release.

Valgus Knee: Knees that are tight laterally in flexion and extension first have release of the lateral collateral ligament (LCL) and popliteus tendon for tightness in flexion, then the iliotibial (IT) band and the lateral posterior capsule for any tightness in extension. For knees that are tight laterally only in extension, only the IT band and the lateral posterior capsule should be released. For knees that are tight laterally only in flexion, the LCL is released first, then the popliteus tendon. If all static lateral stability structures require release, the biceps femoris muscle, gastrocnemius muscle, and deep fascia can support the knee until capsular healing occurs.


R.F. Warren

Shoulder instability following shoulder arthroplasty may be classified as posterior, anterior, superior or inferior. The basic causes include, malposition of the components, incorrect version of the glenoid or humeral cuts, soft tissue contractures or laxity, and cuff deficiency. These may be present and isolated as combined deficiencies.

As always, avoidance is best, but it is the most common complication of shoulder arthroplasty and this must be dealt with correctly. Recognition of the anatomic aetiology is critical. The proper evaluation with x-ray, CT and MRI will be critical to either avoid the problem or treat it correctly. Normally the glenoid is nearly perpendicular to the scapular while the humeral version is about 30° retroverted.

After defining the anatomic problem, proper component positioning, elimination of contractures, plication of capsular laxity and cuff repair or, replacement, will ensure the best opportunity for a stable shoulder.


J.P. Iannotti

The indications for use of a glenoid component are: 1.) sufficient degenerative changes on the glenoid to expose the subchondral bone 2.) the glenoid should have sufficient glenoid bone stock to allow for secure and longterm fixation of the component, and 3.) the rotator cuff should be intact or repairable and the humeral head should be centred within the glenoid component. Other factors that secondarily affect the decision to use a glenoid component, include the patient’s age and activity level, which should be such that they are not likely to result in multiple revisions for glenoid wear or loosening.

Given these factors most patients with osteoarthritis, the leading indication for prosthetic replacement for arthritis should undergo a total shoulder replacement. Patients with acute proximal humeral fractures, the overall leading indication for prosthetic arthroplasty, should have a hemiarthroplasty. Patients with rotator cuff tear arthropathy or crystalline arthropathy are indicated for hemiarthroplasty due to the massive irreparable cuff tears present in these conditions. Patients with rheumatoid arthritis have variable diseases affecting the rotator cuff and variable degrees of bone loss resulting in the need to individualise the indications for the use of a glenoid to the patient’s pathoanatomy. The reason for use of a glenoid component, when indicated, is the fact that pain relief and function is predictably better when compared to hemiarthroplasty for the same indication and pathoanatomy. Proper insertion of a glenoid component requires wide exposure of the glenoid fossa and bone preparation, which for most general orthopaedic surgeons is difficult and not reproducible. This is, in my opinion, the primary reason that hemiarthroplasty or bipolar arthroplasty is used for treatment of many patients with primary osteoarthritis. Both of these procedures result, on average, in a less favourable outcome than non-constrained total shoulder arthroplasty.

Osteoarthritis is characterised by flattening and enlargement of the humeral head and is associated with peripheral osteophyte formation. Loss of articular cartilage results in eburnated bone and on the glenoid side posterior bone loss. Capsular contracture results in loss of passive arcs of motion, particularly anteriorly with loss of external rotation. Posterior subluxation of the humeral head can occur, associated with anterior soft tissue contracture and/or posterior glenoid bone loss. The severity of this pathoanatomy is variable among patients with primary osteoarthritis and each of these factors will have a variable effect on outcome of shoulder arthroplasty as well as the indication for hemiarthroplasty versus total shoulder arthroplasty.

In a 2–7 year follow-up multicentre study using the DePuy Global Shoulder in 127 patients, those cases with osteoarthritis without humeral head subluxation, severe glenoid bone loss, or rotator cuff tears had the best results, for pain relief and function, with total shoulder arthroplasty. In patients with severe glenoid bone loss total shoulder has improved function when compared to hemiarthroplasty. This finding supports the data of others that demonstrate less favourable results of hemiarthroplasty for treatment of osteoarthritis in cases with eccentric glenoid wear. Patients with humeral head subluxation have less favourable results regardless of the use of a hemiarthroplasty or total shoulder arthroplasty. The presence of a full thickness reparable rotator cuff tear limited to the supraspinatus tendon does not adversely affect outcome or the ability to use a glenoid component. Patients with less than 10° of external rotation achieve statistically less postoperative forward flexion and external rotation than those patients with greater degrees of preoperative external rotation.


G.R. Williams

Introduction

Pathophysiology of glenohumeral arthritis differs depending upon type of arthritis

Osteoarthritis

Post-traumatic arthritis

Inflammatory arthritis (i.e. RA)

Arthritis of instability

Crystalline arthritis (Milwaukee shoulder, cuff tear arthropathy)

Avascular necrosis

Natural history as well as response to treatment are both pathology dependent

Soft-tissue involvement

Rotator cuff tear

Soft tissue contracture

Secondary osseous deformity

Regional osteopenia

Glenoid wear (concentric versus eccentric)

Humeral collapse

Surgical options

Joint-sparing techniques

Arthroscopic capsular release/ joint debridement/synovectomy

Open debridement, subscapularis lengthening

Open capsular interposition

Osteotomy

Glenoid

Humeral

Cartilage transplantation

Arthrodesis

Resection arthroplasty

Joint replacement

Unconstrained

Hemiarthroplasty

Total shoulder replacement

Constrained

Joint-sparing Techniques

These techniques are only useful in patients with early changes or who are too young and active for joint replacement

Arthroscopic debridement or capsular release

Young patients

Normal joint alignment

Severe asymmetric capsular contracture (i.e. arthritis of instability)

Open debridement

Large humeral osteophytes

Subscapularis lengthening

Open capsular interposition

Lateral edge of anterior capsule sutured to posterior labrum

Less severe degrees of contracture, subscapularis must be repaired anatomically

Osteotomy

Only useful in situations where there is abnormal humeral or glenoid alignment

Glenoid – posterior opening wedge for osteoarthritis in combination with posterior glenoid hypoplasia or increased retroversion

Humeral – most useful for post-fracture deformity (i.e. varus of the surgical neck)

Cartilage Transplantation

Very early experience and really only attempted in any numbers in the knee

Chondrocyte transplantation very expensive and tedious

Currently, the most popular techniques involve transplanting plugs or cores of articular cartilage, subchondral bone, and cancellous bone

Autograft- harvest from non-weight-bearing or less weight-bearing area the same or different bone

Lateral femoral condyle

Posterolateral humeral head

Allograft

Early attempts limited by chondrocyte viability after harvest

Improved processing techniques have recently improved chondrocyte survival to 60–70%

Offers the desirable option of being able to preoperatively match radii of curvature of implant to donor site

Arthrodesis

Fortunately, rarely indicated. Patients miss the ability to rotate the humerus

Indications

Brachial plexus injury

Combined deltoid and rotator cuff deficiency

Young heavy labourer

Sepsis

Severe bone loss

Requires functional trapezius and serratus anterior

Resectional Arthroplasty (Jones Procedure)

Even more rarely indicated than arthrodesis

Function is better if rotator cuff is attached to proximal humerus

Indications

Sepsis

Failed arthroplasty

Combined deltoid and rotator cuff deficiency

Conclusions

Hemiarthroplasty or total shoulder replacement with unconstrained implants is the surgical treatment of choice in the vast majority of patients with glenohumeral arthritis

Joint-sparing procedures are indicated in young patients with early, less extensive changes

Arthrodesis and resection arthroplasty are rarely indicated, except under unusual circumstances of soft-tissue deficiency, nerve injury, or sepsis

Cartilage transplantation shows promise in very select patients


J.J. Brems

More than 30 years ago, Neer opined that for shoulder arthroplasty to be successful, it must be considered a soft tissue procedure. Now, present day understanding of the sophisticated biomechanics of the shoulder only further reinforces this concept. The principles of joint stability, biomechanics, and kinematics must be considered, understood and respected in all human joint replacements. This is particularly critical in consideration of shoulder joint arthroplasty because the shoulder has the least intrinsic stability of any human joint and depends primarily on accurate and physiologically correct soft tissue tensions for stability, motion, and function.

Appropriate myofascial sleeve tension, balanced musculoligamentous structures and accurate reproduction of component version are critical to re-establish during shoulder arthroplasty if the surgeon is to reproduce those parameters which insure established biomechanical principals.

Because the shoulder is not weight-bearing, biomechanical principals are often thought to be irrelevant and unimportant. However, the shoulder is very much load-bearing and adherence to the biomechanical principles of muscle length-tension relationships and load transmissions across prosthetic interfaces ensures joint survival, maximal function, and patient satisfaction.

This lecture will review and discuss the most critical biomechanical principles as they relate to replacement arthroplasty of the shoulder. Specifically, the principles will be related to the most recent generations of shoulder implant designs, bone preparation, and cement techniques.


W.H. Seitz

Management of arthropathy of the glenohumeral joint has undergone an evolution from neglect to arthrodesis to arthroplasty over the past 30 years. Indications for total shoulder arthroplasty include severely symptomatic glenohumeral arthritis resulting from rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, a variety of inflammatory arthropathies, post-traumatic arthritis, chronic or multiple recurrent dislocation arthropathy, cuff tear arthropathy and even septic arthritis.

Each form of arthropathy has its own special indications and nuances regarding the successful performance of arthroplasty. With good bone stock and a healthy soft tissue envelope (comprised of deltoid, scapula support musculature and rotator cuff tendons), resurfacing of both the proximal humerus and glenoid has proven to be a very successful surgical procedure, affording reduction in pain, improved motion and function. This procedure has undergone an evolution from the early prosthesis designed by Dr. Charles Neer to the many modular prosthetic devices now available, providing the capability to closely resemble native anatomy in the form of size, version, and angulation. Although the prostheses themselves focus on the restoration of articular surfaces, the key to a successful operation lies in the appropriate tensioning of the soft tissues and recreation of a functional dynamic soft tissue envelope. When bone stock is limited (most commonly involving the glenoid or the glenoid neck), hemiarthroplasty with or without fascial resurfacing of the glenoid has been shown to be helpful.

In cuff deficient patients mobilisation and transfer of tendons around a hemiarthroplasty to provide stability and limited motion has proven to be a good alternative to total shoulder replacement. In the face of infection, debridement and staged reconstruction using an antibiotic impregnated methacrylate spacer with later exchange for a hemi- or total shoulder arthroplasty has been a successful solution and alternative to arthrodesis. Resection arthroplasty and/or arthrodesis are rarely indicated in the active individual but may prove to be viable “bail out” procedures in the patient with chronic infection, low demand or deltoid paralysis.

Arthroscopic debridement of a moderately arthritic joint in young patients has recently been described but its long-term efficacy and has yet to be demonstrated.

Participants should take away from this session an understanding of the indications and contraindications for total shoulder arthroplasty as well as appropriate alternatives in a variety of challenging clinical entities.


Full Access
G.R. Williams

Introduction

Definition-in this presentation, the discussion will not include reparable cuff deficiency, as this is handled with standard arthroplasty techniques combined with cuff repair

Factors that affect decision-making

Kinematics-fixed fulcrum or not

Bone loss

Deltoid integrity

Coracoacromial arch integrity

Age

Activity level

Options

Hemiarthroplasty

“ Extended head” hemiarthroplasty

Arthroplasty + tendon transfer

Constrained arthroplasty – currently not FDA approved in USA

Arthrodesis

Evaluation

History and physical examination

? Prior surgery

? Overhead function – does fixed-fulcrum kinematics exist even if the head is not centred

? Anterosuperior instability – lack of fixedfulcrum kinematics

Cuff strength

Deltoid integrity

Radiographs – bone loss, especially glenoid

Other imaging studies not necessary

Arthroplasty

Hemiarthroplasty

Best if fixed fulcrum kinematics exists – intact CA arch, intact deltoid, at or above shoulder elevation

Technical considerations

Preserve deltoid

Preserve coracoacromial ligament, acromion

? Preserve remaining subscapularis – make humeral cut superiorly, through the rotator cuff defect

Alternatively, take down subscapularis and capsule in one layer, mobilise and repair or transpose superiorly

Increase retroversion of humeral cut- be careful of posterior cuff (teres minor) attachment

Glenoid deficiency – especially if anterior or anterosuperior instability is present. May need to graft glenoid with head.

Humeral head size-the same size or slightly larger than the one removed; avoid overstuffing

“Extended head” hemiarthroplasty (CTA head)

Indications same as hemiarthroplasty

Advantages

Provides resurfacing of greater tuberosity, which is articulating with the acromion and often irregular

Potentially improves kinematics by providing a “pain free” fulcrum

Technical considerations

Difficult but not impossible to do through a superior, subscapularis sparing approach

Special jig required for cutting tuberosity

Preserve CA arch

Preserve deltoid

Increase retroversion (be careful of remaining posterior cuff attachment)

Glenoid deficiency – especially if anterior or anterosuperior instability is present. May need to graft glenoid with head.

Humeral head size-the same size or slightly larger than the one removed; avoid overstuffing

Hemiarthroplasty + tendon transfer

Indications

Complete subscapularis deficiency

Posterior cuff insufficiency with anterosuperior subluxation or dislocation

Techniques

Latissimus transfer – posterior cuff insufficiency

Pectoralis major transfer – subscapularis insufficiency

Deep to conjoined tendon (Resch)

Superficial to conjoined tendon (Rockwood and Wirth)

Combined

Constrained arthroplasty

Not FDA approved in US

Delta III – reverse prosthesis

Reasonable results with medium-term follow-up in Europe (5–10 years)

Rehabilitation

Limited goals

Primary goals are pain relief and stability

Passive flexion to 90°, passive ER to 30° for 4 weeks

Advance stretches and add active range of motion and active assisted range of motion (overhead pulley) at 4 weeks

Strengthening – 6 weeks

Results

Less predictable and less functional overall than most other disease categories (e.g., OA)

Average elevation in most series is 120°

Usually good pain relief except in patients with anterosuperior subluxation


J.P. Iannotti

The humeral offset has a medial-lateral and anteriorposterior dimension and can be defined as the distance of the central axis of the humeral shaft and the center of rotation of the humeral head. When using a canal filling prosthetic stem, inserted in a collinear alignment with the long axis of the humeral shaft, the placement of the humeral head within the anatomic boundaries of the humeral osteotomy surface will be dictated by how closely the prosthetic stem-humeral head offsets match that of the patient’s natural anatomic offsets. Given the fact that there are several millimetres of variation in the medial-lateral and anterior-posterior humeral offsets among the normal patient population, it follows that in many cases the prosthetic offset will not precisely match that of each patient when a canal filling medullary component is properly inserted. This mismatch in the humeral offsets can result in malposition of the humeral head within the confines of the humeral osteotomy surface when using a centred Morse taper humeral head.

Iannotti and Williams have studied, using the Polhemus tracking system, the biomechanical consequences and tolerances for a malpositioned humeral head using a prosthetic reconstructed human cadaver model (JOR in press). A 4 mm or greater malposition of the humeral head, particularly in an inferior or anterior direction (most common malposition) will result in a measurable decrease in range of motion, abnormal humeral kinematics and subacromial impingement. In addition, humeral head malposition (anterior and inferior) can result in impingement of the non-articular portion of the humeral component, rotator cuff or proximal humeral metaphysis on the glenoid component. This impingement can result in abnormal glenoid component wear (type 2 wear) or premature glenoid loosening.

Solutions for management of humeral head malposition include: 1.) variable stem offsets (not currently available), 2.) humeral component with an eccentric Morse taper (DePuy – Global Advantage, Tomier – Aequalis, Zimmer – Bigliani/Flatow) or an equivalent design (Stryker – Anatomica), and 3.) under-sizing and shifting the humeral stem to a centred position. The last option, best for monoblock humeral components (original Neer design), requires impaction grafting or PMMA cement to stabilise the under-sized stem in the centred position. Whatever solution is used it is important, in most cases, to select a head size which matches the normal anatomy and center it within the confines of the normal humeral osteotomy surface area.


R.F. Warren

Bone loss of the glenoid may preclude performing a glenoid replacement. In this setting a hemiarthroplasty will be the best option available. While the debate of hemiarthroplasty versus total shoulder replacement (TSR) continues, most would prefer to replace the glenoid if there is gross loss of articular cartilage and the cuff is intact or repairable. In order to ensure a lasting glenoid component adequate bone stock is critical. Neer noted in 463 TSR’s that the glenoid was able to be inserted in all but 2 patients. Bone grafting was necessary in 20 patients. Hill and Norris reported on 17 patients with bone grafting for glenoid replacement and found that only 53% of their patients had satisfactory results and 29% had revisions – often early.

In order to evaluate the adequacy of the glenoid satisfactorily, true AP and axillary views are important. Version angles can be difficult to evaluate on a standard axillary view, if rotated – so a CT scan will be useful. Defects may be central (cavitary) or segmental. Posterior lesions are common in osteoarthritis and central lesions in rheumatoid arthritis or after failure of a prior glenoid.

Management will be determined by the degree of bone loss. In glenoid central defects, bone grafting with morselised bone with possibly a fascial graft will fill the defect and present future options. Segmental or asymmetrical defects are managed either by asymmetrical reaming or bone grafting at the site combined with glenoid insertion. If gross loss of bone is present posteriorly the bone can be reamed and the humeral head inserted with decreased retroversion. If the glenoid has asymmetrical wear then reaming to a smooth glenoid will improve the results of a hemiarthroplasty as noted by Bigliani.

Humeral bone loss such as a removed tuberosity will create problems for cuff reattachment that may require allografts.

In reconstructing the humerus, restoration of length is critical to avoid inferior instability. This may require a custom prosthesis and an attempt to restore bone stock.


J.J. Brems

Reconstructing a shoulder fracture with an arthroplasty is analogous to solving a jigsaw puzzle. Before beginning the task of assembling the pieces of a puzzle, the final “picture” must be seen, as this will guide the proper location for the individual puzzle pieces. And, only when all the pieces are properly placed will the final picture be defined and recognised as a piece of art!

In the same way, following a three or four part displaced fracture of the shoulder, reassembly of the various pieces requires time and skilful appreciation of the three dimensional anatomy of bone, ligament and muscle. These tissues are like puzzle pieces which, when assembled according to the rules of anatomy and physiology, will lead to successful outcome measured by minimal pain and functional recovery of shoulder motion.

This presentation will examine each of these puzzle pieces – the bone fragments, the muscle, and the ligaments – individually and functionally integrated. We will review their importance in the overall scheme of shoulder reconstruction following a complex fracture. The critical concerns of humeral length, humeral version and myofascial sleeve tension will be discussed in detail. It is the recognition of these anatomic and physiologic necessities, which allow the final shoulder radiograph and the patient, to indeed resemble a piece of art.


W.H. Seitz

Septic arthritis of the shoulder or an infected arthroplasty are rare events, but when they do occur present difficult clinical challenges. Little can be found in the existing literature to provide guidance in managing these problems. Certainly early signs of infection are best treated aggressively with irrigation, debridement and appropriate intravenous antibiotic therapy. Early aggressive management can sometimes prevent formal septic arthritis, when a prosthetic implant is well seated may preclude development of deep infection and need for removal.

However, in the face of definitive septic arthritis or sepsis around a prosthetic shoulder implant, aggressive debridement including removal of infected bone, cartilage, and complete removal of prosthetic implants and cement has been shown to be the most reliable means of eradicating infection. Unfortunately, the resultant void leaves the patient with a fairly useless shoulder. Treatment options historically have included resection arthroplasty, late arthrodesis and more recently late attempts at prosthetic reconstruction.

Eight patients have been treated with staged exchange prosthetic replacement utilising tobramycin impregnated methacrylate spacers, shaped and fitted to the patient’s anatomy at the time of extensive debridement. Intravenous antibiotic therapy followed for a minimum of three months. At the end of six months the patients were evaluated for any clinical or laboratory signs of infection. When none were encountered, exchange prosthetic reconstruction was performed utilising standard implants fixed with antibiotic impregnated methyl methacrylate cement. There were three primary infections, (one following rotator cuff surgery) and five patients with infected total shoulder or hemiarthroplasties. Organisms included staph aureus in six patients and staph epidermatitis in two. No organism was methacillin resistant. Three patients had a revision to a total shoulder arthroplasty while five underwent hemiarthroplasty of the humerus with local capsular flap fascial covering of the glenoid.

All eight patients demonstrated substantial pain relief and improvement in function. Motion in all cases was significantly limited with total overhead elevation averaging approximately 70° with only one patient achieving 120°.

Staged exchange prosthetic replacement of the shoulder appears to be a satisfactory salvage procedure for managing sepsis both primarily and following shoulder arthroplasty with evidence of good pain relief but with significant limitations in motion and strength.


G.R. Williams

Introduction

The most difficult part of shoulder replacement

Important steps

Anaesthesia and patient position

Soft-tissue releases

Humeral bone removal

Retractor placement

Anaesthesia and Patient Position

Need full paralysis

Patient must be positioned laterally enough so that the scapula is unsupported

Arm is draped free so that it can be manoeuvred to find the position of optimal glenoid visualisation – usually this is slight extension, external rotation, and GH elevation to 45 – 60°

Soft-tissue Releases

Humeral side – make sure that the rotator interval is incised all the way to the glenoid margin and that the inferior capsule is released past the six o’clock position

Glenoid

Circumferential labral excision

Circumferential capsular release

Check for biceps glide

Humeral Bone Removal

Remove all osteophytes – inferior, anterior, and posterior

Make sure humeral osteotomy is through anatomic neck so that there is minimal bone protruding beyond the humeral cuff reflection

Retractor Placement

Retractors needed

Ring retractor (e.g., Fukuda) – both small and large

Other types of humeral head retractors (e.g., Carter Rowe)

Reverse Homan x2

Single prong Bankart retractor

Large flat retractor (e.g., Darrach)

Placement

Fukuda or Carter Rowe retractor – within the joint, levering on the posterior glenoid to displace humeral head posteriorly

Large Darrach – on anterior neck of scapula retracting subscapularis

Single prong Bankart or reverse Homan – superior glenoid under biceps anchor

Reverse Homan – inferior glenoid. Not always necessary.


Full Access
M. Kurosaka

The French word debridement means the removal of the foreign matter or devitalised tissue from a lesion until surrounding healthy tissue is exposed. Arthroscopic techniques facilitated the removal of the intra-articular torn menisci, loose bodies, degenerated articular cartilage, and osteophytes. However, debridement procedure itself cannot induce tissue regeneration thus, the basic goal of the procedure is relief of pain. If pain can be relieved by non-surgical means very few patients can be considered for arthroscopic management. Debridement of early osteoarthritic knees can be carried out with a minimally invasive procedure with extremely low risk of infection and morbidity. However, it should be understood that this procedure is basically indicated for early degenerative knee disease with mechanical problems such as torn menisci or flap lesion of the cartilage.

The general principle is to resect and remove less tissue and preserve the anatomical structure as much as possible. For example in the case of a degenerated horizontal tear of the medial meniscus, the torn fragment can be left alone as long as the remaining segment is not unstable. Arthroscopic removal and shaving of the fibrillated articular cartilage can minimise and reduce crepitation and abnormal sensation of the patello-femoral and tibio-femoral joint but the articular cartilage will not regenerate by this procedure. The longer-term knee function will be better if the anatomical structure is preserved as much as possible.

With increasing awareness of the important functions of the meniscus and the improved understanding of the operative procedure, arthroscopic meniscal repair has become a widely accepted method of treatment for the symptomatic peripheral meniscal tears in the younger athletic population. However, in the patients with degenerative arthritis this procedure is rarely recommended due to the degenerative nature of the repaired meniscus itself.

Recent studies and publications have shown that articular cartilage defects in the younger population can be managed by cartilage cell transplantation, periosteal or perichondral graft, osteochondral autograft, and osteochondral allograft. Good results can be expected by these procedures as long as the cartilage defect is contained and the rest of the cartilage is healthy. Unfortunately, this is not the story for most of the degenerative knee problems thus, excellent results are expected to be limited by arthroscopic treatment.

Relatively large chondral defects with associated degenerative change can be managed by arthroscopic drilling, abrasion arthroplasty, and microfracture. Although cartilage regeneration by these techniques is not predictable and consistent, reasonable results can be obtained in the selective cases with controlled postoperative management. The patients should not be too old and 4 to 8 weeks postoperative non-weight-bearing is needed. Cases treated with this type of approach will be presented and discussed in this presentation.


R.F. Warren

Cartilage deficiency has increasingly been a consideration for non-arthroplasty approaches – particularly for smaller, limited defects.

Initially, simple debridement was advocated by Pridie and subsequently by the late John Insall, with modest results and rarely regeneration of a joint space. Subsequently, articular grafting with plugs was suggested by Mueller and later on, Hangody. Mosaicplasty has been used by many for smaller defects of 1–2 cm and by a few with multiple grafts for large defects. Problems concern the source and the technique itself, since it is difficult to achieve a smooth configuration.

Presently, I utilise micro fracture for small < 2 cm defects in active patients. If there is bone loss then a mosaic is considered. Larger defects are managed with cell cultured chrondrocytes. If the bone loss is significant an allograft may be utilised. Micro fracture, if the postoperative protocol is carefully followed, appears to help ~75% of patients. All cellular techniques as described by Lars Peteson claim 80–85% success in the short term. Our own results are more in the 50% range. Younger, active patients with defects of 2 x 2 or larger may be candidates for ACI treatment. Our average defect size is ~460 mm2. Our major problem has consisted of periosteum over-growth in about 25% of our patients. Using thin periosteum and good surgical technique may decrease this problem.


Full Access
W.H. Seitz

Internal rotation contracture/tightness presents a functional problem for the patient and a technical challenge for the surgeon performing total shoulder arthroplasty most commonly occurring in cases of osteoarthritis. Internal rotation contractures result from a number of physiologic and biomechanical conditions. Osteophytes, which form around the head and neck of the humerus and glenoid provide a mechanical block to external rotation, which occurs over time. The inability to pass through a full excursion of external rotation tightens the anterior capsular structures over time and causes a contracture of the musculotendinous units (subscapularis and pectoralis major), responsible for internal rotation. The osteophytes themselves also change the vector of pull of the internal rotators and cause them to be “tented” anteriorly. Hence the issues causing an internal rotation contracture and inhibiting external rotation following total shoulder arthroplasty include a mechanical bone block, diminished tissue compliance and abnormal tendon excursion. Management of this problem has frequently been focused predominantly on fractional lengthening the subscapularis tendon, but all components must be addressed at the time of surgery to make sure that a functional range of motion in external rotation can be achieved following reconstruction. This video details the assessment of each of these components and their management.

Surgical technique includes: resection of all obstructive osteophytes which block rotation and which cause abnormal tendon excursion; adequate head removal and shaping to provide restoration of an anatomical arc of curvature of the humeral head in continuity with the metaphyseal support base, adequate release of upper pectoralis major tendon tightness, release of capsular contractures and adhesions about the subscapularis muscle and tendon; and fractional lengthening of the subscapularis muscle-tendon itself to allow adequate healthy reattachment of the subscapularis tendon to the more superior aspects of the rotator cuff without allowing anterior instability to occur. Attention to the myotendinous junction rather than thinning the tendon itself has proven to be important in achieving a healthy tendon attachment without significant attenuation. Appropriate seating of the humeral head in anatomic version is also important to prevent unnatural distention of the anterior structures. These surgical techniques should help the surgeon provide an anatomic restoration of motion and function.


D.S. Hungerford

Many of our most important pharmaceuticals have their origins in plants, such as digoxin, penicillin and coumadin. However, many physicians are deeply sceptical about the use of natural remedies. This scepticism is based on the concerns about patient self-diagnosis and treatment as well as the lack of scientific testing of claims. Nonetheless, a new class has emerged called nutraceuticals – nutritional supplements with pharmaceutical properties. Because these substances are relatively unregulated, there is no requirement for rigorous scientific testing prior to marketing. This lack of regulation also poses problems with purity and quality control. Even so, patients are being bombarded with, and responding to, claims of the results of these of herbs, nutraceuticals, and nutritional supplements.

Glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate sales alone in the USA are estimated at $600 million. Sales of all neutraceuticals and vitamin supplements in the USA exceeded $12 billion in 1999. Many physicians took offence at the title of the book by Theodaskis et al., The Arthritis Cure, because they know no cure exists. Patients, on the other hand, pushed sales of the book to the best-seller list. Moreover, glucosamine and chondroitin have been widely studied in tissue culture, animal models of arthritis, veterinary clinical trials, and human comparative or placebo controlled trials. No published study has failed to show a positive effect and no trial has shown significant side affects. These nutraceuticals have become our first line of treatment for osteoarthritis.


L.U. Bigliani

Prosthetic replacement of the humeral head for fracture remains an operative challenge to even the most experienced orthopaedic surgeon. Although most fractures of the proximal humerus are minimally displaced and treated conservatively, more complex fractures require operative intervention. In this respect, the four-part proximal humerus fracture and fracture-dislocation have been difficult to evaluate and manage. Results from conservative treatment have been consistently unsatisfactory while results from surgery have been more variable with some series reporting satisfactory results.

Treatment options for four-part fractures and fracturedislocations of the proximal humerus fractures include non-operative management, open reduction internal fixation, and humeral head replacement. Because of the poor results with non-operative, resection arthroplasty, and internal fixation, Neer in 1951 introduced prosthetic arthroplasty with tuberosity reconstruction for these complex fractures. Many reports in the literature have documented the successful results of this procedure. In our series of 65 shoulders there were 82% satisfactory results, 97% pain relief, and 85% good functional results. Therefore, prosthetic replacement of acute displaced fractures is technically demanding but offers a predictive result of a pain-free shoulder and functional motion through aggressive rehabilitation. Our goals in this video are to provide stepwise, comprehensive information on the techniques and guidelines for humeral head replacement in the treatment of complex proximal humerus fractures. Careful preoperative planning, patient evaluation, imaging, meticulous operative techniques, and a closely supervised rehabilitation program are necessary to produce a successful functional shoulder after prosthetic reconstruction.


Full Access
R. Sekel

Osteotomy is an alternative treatment for unicompartmental disease (UCJD) of the knee with or without patellofemoral disease. Untreated, UCJD does progress. The ideal patient is young, with progressive early disease, high activity and a high pain threshold. Preoperative planning is essential and should include arthroscopy.

In genu varum, the aim is to transfer the weight-bearing axis from the medial to the lateral compartment. This is best achieved by a high valgus closing wedge, which corrects close to the deformity and has a high union rate. At 5–7 years, good or excellent results vary from 75–85%. Better results are achieved with a low adduction moment, metaphyseal bowing, early disease, low body weight in younger patients; over correction to 5° is important.

Complications and poor outcomes have been reported, but recent long-term follow-ups show that an incomplete osteotomy with precise jigging, compression fixation, early mobilisation, and weight-bearing eliminates many of these problems. Recent studies have shown that the outcome of post-osteotomy TKA is no worse than primary TKA that patella baja is related to postoperative immobilisation and that uni’s are more difficult to revise because of bone loss.

Supracondylar osteotomy is preferred to HTO for genu valgum. Correction should be to beyond 6° of mechanical varus. A lateral opening wedge using a toothed plate is preferred, as it allows easy access to the lateral compartment through the same incision and is more precise.

Osteotomy, far from being obsolete, has an increasing role in joint resurfacing procedures, is less of a gamble, and certainly deserves a “seat at the table”. It may be combined with other reconstructive procedures.


R.E. Booth

The current growing enthusiasm for unicompartmental and “minimally invasive” arthroplasties is in no small part predicated on the appeal of a mini-incision. While the quest for ever less intrusive surgical procedures is certainly laudable, the appropriate focus should be more on the quality of the procedure and its results, than on cosmetics and recuperative time. The marketing appeal of a “mini-incision” is undeniable, although it is often used as a “bait and switch” technique for attracting surgical candidates. It is undeniable that expense, pain, and time out of work may be less with these procedures. On the other hand, performing an arthroplasty through a minimal incision increases the complexity and difficulty for surgeons, a reality, which is usually inversely proportional to the quality of the result. Our societal quest for speed may divert our attention from the fact that these are temporising procedures at best, whose longterm success in the general marketplace is completely unknown and which may suffer the fate of other such minimally invasive techniques as interpositional skids, viscosupplementation, and abrasion chondroplasty. The extremely high and long lasting success rates of conventional total knee arthroplasty are difficult to approach, and we are indeed sending a mixed message to our patients when we attempt to sell lesser technologies based on small scars. As we all know, size does matter!


G.A. Engh

In 1972, unicondylar arthroplasty (UKA) was introduced, along with total knee arthroplasty (TKA), as an option for managing gonarthrosis. Although the early clinical results with the first generation of implants were equivalent to those of total knee arthroplasty, little interest in UKA was sustained. If unicondylar arthroplasty is to realise a role in the management of degenerative arthritis, even as a temporising procedure, the results must be predictable and reproducible. Patient satisfaction must be equivalent to or better than that of TKA. Finally, the conversion of UKA to TKA must be uncomplicated, avoiding complex reconstructive procedures and the use of revision implants.

UKA achieves these goals. As documented by such things as reduced blood loss and risk of infection, morbidity has always been less with unicondylar arthroplasty. Patients with both a UKA and a TKA on the contralateral side generally prefer the unicondylar knee. This is partly because a UKA provides a superior range of motion and better function with such activities as stair climbing. Adapting the surgery to an outpatient operative procedure using a minimally invasive incision has enhanced patient satisfaction.

In most studies, the revision of a failed unicondylar arthroplasty using primary TKA components has been predictable and durable. Osteolysis has not been reported with failed UKA; therefore bone defects usually are minimal. If major tibial bone defects are present, a revision tibial component and proper bone defect management will achieve excellent results.

In conclusion, we cannot only justify UKA as a temporising procedure, but also as a definitive procedure with long-term results that are comparable to TKA for gonarthrosis.


T.P. Sculco

The indications for unicompartmental replacement are quite specific. Overall there should be involvement of one tibiofemoral compartment, mild malalignment, and ligamentous stability. In a review of 250 osteoarthritic knees these pathologic findings were present in 9% of patients. If the average orthopaedic surgeon performs 25 total knee replacements per year only 2–3 patients will be ideally suited for this procedure. Technique, despite improvement in instrumentation, is still more demanding than tricompartmental knee replacement and therefore failure to achieve an optimal arthroplasty is higher. Overall results with unicompartmental replacement in the literature have been inferior to tricompartmental replacement (82% versus 97%). The concept that unicompartmental replacement is a temporising procedure is not a valid one in that the patient has to undergo another arthroplasty with all the risks of revision arthroplasty surgery. Tibial osteotomy remains the procedure of choice in the younger, active patient with unicompartmental replacement and tricompartmental replacement in the older, lower demand patient.


S.A. Romagnoli

Mini-invasive technique relies on mini skin incision: 5–8 cm long, no tourniquet, no Hoffa’s fat pad, and patellar tendon stress. The incision has to allow the inspection in flexion of the contralateral compartments and the inspection–treatment of the patella in extension (osteophyte removal). During the procedure it is mandatory to check the proper position of the prosthesis components. In case of varus or valgus degeneration, we can perform a parapatellar medial or lateral minimally invasive approach.

In my own experience, from 1984 to 1996, I performed 1067 unicondylar knee replacements (UKR) by the traditional approach. From 1997 to 2001, I operated using the mini-invasive technique on 1091 UKRs. The comparison between these two groups of patients has shown less postoperative pain, quicker recovery and shorter hospitalisation time in the mini-invasive group. There were no differences between groups for shortterm results. For long-term results, in March 2001 we evaluated 112 patients with a UKR (AllegrettoTM – Sulzer Medica) and a relative standard approach with 8–10 years follow-up.

These implants were performed between November 1990 and March 1993, in 105 cases in the medial compartment and in seven cases in the lateral. The preoperative indications were: 98 arthritis, four HTO sequelae, four condyle osteonecrosis, three post-traumatic sequelae, three UKR revision, in eight cases the ACL had degenerated. At follow-up, seven patients were dead, 0 were lost, three revised and two submitted to an arthroscopy (lateral meniscus degeneration). The cause of three revisions (2.5%) was one femoro-patellar degeneration and two aseptic loosening, no septic revision. We think that these survival rates cannot be modified by a minimally invasive technique.

Technically, the mini skin incision needs the observance of some basic rules. A preoperative plan is mandatory to address the thickness and slope of bone cuts as well as prosthesis size. Prosthesis instruments and hardware must be designed to be suitable for minimal bone exposure. With experience we can utilise free hand surgical technique; this technique reduces the operative time and invasiveness. Skin landmarks have to be easily recognised on the anatomical region to preserve the soft tissue around the approach. Skin incision is para-patellar medial or lateral. It starts proximally 1 cm below the superior margin of the patella. It ends distally within 1 cm below the joint line. To expose the femoral condyle it is not necessary to dislocate the patella, but it should be relatively subluxed. When the prosthesis is fitted, the mini-incision allows for a reliable check of stability, alignment, and prosthesis component relation.

The mini-invasive technique permits faster surgery and is particularly suitable for one-stage bilateral UKR procedures and patients with systemic heart and vascular disease. Concerns may arise: the learning curve. The mini para-patella skin incision, among the superior and inferior geniculata arteries, allows a safe and straight approach to the knee.


Full Access
A.E. Gross

Articular defects in the knee can be managed by surface treatments, cartilage cell transplantation, periosteal grafts, osteochondral autografts, and osteochondral allografts. The factors, which determine the most appropriate treatment, are the size of the defect, and the associated bone loss. If there is an associated deformity, all of the aforementioned techniques would be combined with osteotomy.

Chondral defects with no significant bone involvement can be managed arthroscopically by surface treatments like debridement and drilling, abrasion arthroplasty, and microfracture. Chondral defects can also be managed arthroscopically by osteochondral autografts (mosaicplasty) or by cartilage cell transplant or periosteal grafts, both of which are done by open surgery. The arthroscopic surface treatments are best reserved for small defects but cell transplantation and mosaicplasty have been used for defects up to 2 cm in diameter. Periosteal grafting can be used for large defects affecting an entire condyle, but clinical experience with this procedure is limited and it is still considered experimental.

Articular defects that involve bone can to some degree be treated by mosaicplasty if the bone defect is contained and less than 1 cm in depth.

Larger osteochondral defects are managed by osteochondral allografts (uncontained defects greater than 3 cm in diameter and greater than 1 cm in depth). The disadvantage of osteochondral allografting is that it requires an open procedure and there is the potential for disease transmission.

The author has published a series of 126 knees in 123 patients with major post-traumatic osteochondral defects treated by allografts. At an average follow-up of 7.5 years the success rate was 85%. Retrieval studies have confirmed hyaline cartilage.

In a recent study of 40 patients with femoral condylar grafts for trauma or osteochondritis dissecans, at an average follow-up of 11 years, the survivorship was 80%.


L.A. Whiteside

Instrumentation is advocated for implantation of a unicompartmental total knee replacement because:

Intramedullary instrumentation in the femur and tibia provides highly reliable alignment of the implants and extremities.

Resection of the peripheral rim of the tibia doesn’t compromise primary fixation or later revision.

Results of a laboratory study published in 1992 revealed that intramedullary instrumentation accurately and reliably restored the knee to correct alignment and kinematics. In five adult human cadaveric lower extremities, anteroposterior radiographs were used to evaluate valgus angle and position of the center of the knee relative to the mechanical axis of the lower extremity. Intramedullary instrumentation returned the knee to normal alignment in all cases. The greatest valgus angle change was 3°, and the position of the center of the knee relative to the mechanical axis was not significantly altered. In five fresh-frozen adult knee specimens, kinematics were evaluated and found to follow the predicted pattern of normal stability in extension. Slightly less varusvalgus laxity was seen at 30°, 45°, and 60°.

A review of results obtained with unicompartmental total knee replacement reveals that excellent alignment and long-term fixation have been achieved and maintained over the past 10 years.


R.S. Laskin

Instruments are crucial to performing a knee replacement however they must be used properly.

Cutting guides may be solid blocks or slotted blocks. For the former the blade must be held on the surface of the block. A surgical peanut pressing the blade against the block helps. Slotted guides obviate this problem however the saw blade should be chosen so as not to bind in the slot, nor to be so thin that the blade wobbles in the slot. The most difficult resection is the posterior femoral resection. Because of the problem of holding a saw blade up against a cutting block, a slotted guide is best in this area. The cut should be checked twice since the hard bone in the posterior femoral condyles may cause the blade to deviate and result in an under-resection.

When blocks or guides are pinned to bone they should be inserted first through the convex side of the deformity (on the lateral side of a varus knee for instance). Often the bone on the concave side of a deformity is sclerotic and the pin may deviate changing the position of the block. A headed pin on the convex side will stabilise the block so that this will not occur.

Intramedullary femoral alignment rods should extend up to and slightly through the isthmus. The entrance point is NOT in the midline but slightly medial to this (it should be templated on the preoperative x-rays). Extramedullary guides for hip must be referenced from the femoral head; normal clinical evaluation for this is inaccurate and preoperative radiographic evaluation is usually necessary.

Intramedullary tibial alignment rods should enter at a point slightly anterior and medial to the midpoint of the tibia and should extend down to the level of the old distal tibial epiphyseal plate. The preoperative x-ray should be evaluated to ascertain the diameter of the canal. In some patients with a small intramedullary diameter a thinner rod may be necessary.

An extramedullary tibial alignment guide should be centred slightly medial to the mid malleolar point distally. In the lateral plane the reference landmark is the fibular shaft. A rod parallel to the fibular shaft will also be parallel to the midaxis of the tibia.

When any intramedullary guide is used the canal must be aspirated and washed to minimise the potential of fat embolisation. The rod should be fluted, the entrance hole large, and the insertion rate slow so as to avoid pressurisation of the medullary contents.


Full Access
M. Kurosaka

Currently available knee prostheses can provide 100 to 110° of knee flexion and this is generally good enough to ascend and descend stairs, arise from a chair, and perform most of the daily life activity. However, in certain situations like gardening, sitting on the flat floor and activities that require a squatting position, deep knee bends are required. In some countries, such as Japan, deep knee flexion is very important for the activity of daily life such as leading a life on a Tatami mattress and using a Japanese style toilet. There are several crucial factors, which influence postoperative knee flexion. Those are 1.) preoperative range of motion, 2.) surgical technique, 3.) prosthesis design, and 4.) postoperative rehabilitation.

If a patient has longstanding, poor, preoperative range of motion, then the extensor mechanism itself became stiff in addition to the periarticular fibrotic change of the soft tissue and severe destruction of the bony structure. In this circumstance, it is awfully difficult to obtain deep knee flexion with currently available prostheses and surgical techniques. This indicates that we cannot wait for the last minute to perform TKR if a patient desires to gain deep knee flexion after the surgery.

Surgical technique influences postoperative range of motion significantly. Anatomically the structures that get tight in knee flexion are the extensor mechanism and PCL. Thus, to obtain more flexion you should recess tight PCLs if you choose PCR type prostheses. Since the appropriate amount of PCL recession is not always easy, PCS type prostheses generally yield better flexion. To reduce tension of the extensor mechanism you should resect more patella than usual but this may cause postoperative patellar fracture. Or you can deepen the patellar groove by prosthesis modification but we should remember that both of these techniques will cause loss of the extensor lever arm and power. All posterior overhanging bone should be knocked out after trial reduction of a femoral prosthesis. Slightly flexed positioning of the femoral component and posteriorly tilted positioning of the tibial component can provide better flexion although too much of this positioning causes postoperative extension block.

Regarding the prosthesis design, PCS type prostheses can provide more predictable postoperative knee flexion. Other alternatives are a femoral component with a smaller AP dimension and deep patello-femoral groove. However, both of these will cause weaker extensor power. Posterior lip of the tibial polyethylene decreases the contact pressure in knee flexion but will prevent posterior roll back of the femur and can cause impingement in deep knee flexion. In the normal knee, extreme internal rotation of the tibia occurs in deep knee flexion and this rotation cannot be achieved by a currently available knee design. Mobile bearing prostheses may be needed to achieve better kinematics.

Aggressive postoperative rehabilitation is advised to prevent postoperative contracture of the soft tissue. Finally, although getting deep knee flexion is needed it should be remembered that ensuring postoperative stability and long-term survivorship should always be the most important goal for successful TKR.


T.H. Mallory

The overall success or failure of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is predicated upon the successful combination of appropriate patient selection, proper meticulous surgical technique, and correct prosthetic design. The majority of discussions regarding the outcome of TKA seem to be focused on the hardware utilised and the surgical technique employed. Little attention is given to choosing the correct patient for this operative intervention. Consider some intuitive examples: 1.) patients with a diagnosis of osteoarthritis are less prone to perioperative complications than patients with rheumatoid arthritis; 2.) the greater the degree of preoperative combined varus/valgus deformity and flexion contracture, the more difficult the operative intervention and subsequent postoperative physical therapy and rehabilitation; 3.) it has been well documented that preoperative range of motion, as well as pre-existing flexion contractures, are the best determinant of postoperative range of motion; 4.) the presence or absence of secondary gain via manipulation of loved one or the status of a worker’s compensation claim will have a direct effect on the patient’s ability to recover successfully from the operative intervention; and 5.) the ability of the patient to participate in the postoperative physical therapy and rehabilitation program, as determined by either motivational status, postoperative depression, or cognitive ability will directly impact the result of the TKA. These examples are illustrative of the importance of optimising the doctor-patient relationship and of providing additional resources to the patient, especially a well-organised team.

The patient must be informed that the ultimate outcome of TKA is multi-factorial and that he/she plays a significant role in determination of that outcome. The ideal candidate for TKA is the patient who presents with incapacitating pain resulting in alteration of lifestyle in spite of the utilisation of conservative modalities. Clinical evaluation documents the presence of effusion with a painful range of motion and antalgic gait pattern. In addition, roentgenographs reveal advanced arthrosis. Complete preoperative medical evaluation is mandatory to delineate co-morbidities and to optimise the patient’s preoperative status for the surgical intervention. Careful assessment of the preoperative norvascular status of the extremities may serve to prevent postoperative complications. Preoperative evaluation and discussion should focus not only on the actual operative intervention and perioperative complications, but should also include a thorough discussion of postoperative pain management, as well as the expectations that will be placed upon the patient. The importance of motivation to participate in the postoperative physical therapy and rehabilitation program and to follow the directives of the physician, nurses, and physical therapist must also be stressed. Patients should also be cognizant of the fact that there is a delicate balance between over activity and under activity in the postoperative period. The patient’s experience may only be fully appreciated when the physician becomes a patient and experiences the consequences of TKA firsthand. This offers the surgeon a greater insight into patients’ expectations, the importance of preoperative counselling, the severity of perioperative pain, as well as the difficulty in dealing with postoperative swelling, mobilisation, range of motion, and the struggle to the return to activities of daily living. In summary, the quality of the outcome of TKA is dependent on the harmony that exists between the patient’s perioperative status and expectations, the physician’s diagnostic, surgical, and motivational skills, and the characteristics of the prosthesis.


J.A. Repicci

The use of jig instrumentation has significantly improved the reproducibility of total knee replacement (TKR). The establishment of mechanical axis, femoral rotation and joint line can be considerably enhanced by jig instrumentation. Soft tissue balance is less amenable to the jig solution. Medial compartmental osteoarthritis can be considered extension gap disease; there is no defect in the flexion gap. Although the radiographic studies demonstrate loss of joint space, the biologic defect includes laxity of the ACL and MCL with a lateral tibial thrust in the extension gap with no ligament imbalance in the flexion gap. It is critical to rebalance the ligaments to restore knee function.

Statistical studies have demonstrated 8–10 year 90% survivability with unicompartmental arthroplasty; however, statistics beyond 10 years have been disappointing. It can be assumed a significant number of uni patients will come to revision. It is therefore necessary to preserve bone for future TKR. The major difficulty in converting a uni to a TKR is loss of medial tibial buttress. Preserving a rim of medial tibial bone, the medial tibial buttress, by inlay technique simplifies conversion to TKR. It is also necessary to preserve adequate sclerotic bone to support the prosthetic system.

The major advantages of jigs when performing TKR, establishing mechanical axis, femoral rotation and joint line do not apply to uni technology, while the major requirements for a successful uni, medial tibial buttress preservation, sclerotic bone preservation and soft tissue balance are not improved by the use of jigs.

Whereas jigs may have limitations, the procedure is not without guides. The usual articular surface defect in the extension gap is 6–8 mm while there is no defect in the flexion gap. The prosthetic components are approximately 10 mm thick. The bur utilised is 5.5 mm in diameter, a useful reference point. Various sized femoral and tibial guides are utilised. Ligament tension can be palpated, while a thin shim can be used to check ligament tension in the flexion and extension gap.

The various anatomical reference points, guides, their advantages and disadvantages will be discussed. With due regard to the limitations of guide and jig instrumentation, consistent reproducibility requires a reasonable degree of surgeon experience with the procedure.


Full Access
R.E. Booth

As defined by body mass index (body weight in kilograms divided by height in meters squared) one out of three Americans is “overweight”. The excuses and reasons for this situation are genetic, dietary, cultural, and physiologic – occasionally related to the severity of arthritis, which precludes normal activity. Scandinavian literature has shown a higher incidence of gonarthrosis in obese patients as well as some indication of decremental surgical results. Patient selection requires identification of the distribution of the obesity and its implications for knee surgery. Anaesthetic techniques should stress regional approaches, oxygenation, and modified postoperative regimens. Surgical incisions should be midline, longer than normal, and involve eversion of the patella within its fat envelope. Increased tourniquet length as well as width is mandatory. Wound complications are certainly more common, while the overall statistics from knee arthroplasty in the obese are not discouraging. Greater pressure is placed on the surgeon to achieve perfect alignment and balance, less the patient’s weight unmask the imperfections of the arthroplasty. Sadly, only 18% of people lose weight after joint replacement.


G.A. Engh

A previous incision, usually near the midline, is always present and should be used whenever possible. It is preferable to use the most recent and/or most lateral longitudinal old incision. In addition, the surgeon should follow general principles of surgical exposure; i.e., avoiding isolated strips of tissue and crossing transverse incisions at right angles. Whenever adherent skin or marginal skin is present, a sham incision, tissue expansion, and tissue transfer should be considered.

Protecting the patellar tendon from avulsion is essential during revision surgery. In routine revision cases, a 15.75 mm pin should be placed in the center of the tibial tubercle to avoid distal avulsion. To avoid interfering with the stem location of a revision component, the pin should be directed toward the lateral plateau. Whenever the patient has less than 90° of knee flexion, the extensor mechanism has lost its elasticity and must be relaxed either proximally, by dividing the quadriceps tendon, or distally, by performing a tibial tubercle osteotomy.

The classic rectus snip is performed at the musculotendinous junction of the rectus femoris. The rectus snip may improve knee flexion at the expense of a minor extension lag. If the extensor mechanism is relaxed distally, the tubercle osteotomy should be 4 to 6 cm in length, taking care to preserve the fascial attachments on the lateral side of the osteotomised segment. After surgery, the fragment is reattached with heavy gauge wire. A disadvantage is that the osteotomy is subcutaneous and postoperative wound drainage in this location can be problematic.

In some instances capsular scar is extensive. The scar must be excised and the medial and lateral gutters cleared to achieve knee flexion. In extreme cases, the knee may need to be destabilised in flexion to gain exposure. This is accomplished either with a peel of the capsule and ligaments from the medial side of the femur, or with an epicondylar osteotomy that detaches the collateral ligaments from the medial condyle. The osteotomised bone wafer is reattached with heavy sutures to the medial condyle prior to closure.


Full Access
F.F. Buechel

Post-traumatic knee arthritis can cause malalignment and severe disability depending upon the extent of injury. Despite young age of the patient, joint replacement may be needed to restore alignment and function when neurovascular structures and the extensor mechanism have been spared.

The types of injuries that are of main concern can be categorised as: articular crush, condylar split, shaft involvement, ligamentous deficiency or a combination of these. Implant choices depend upon the severity of the bone or soft tissue involvement and would fall into 3 main options: 1.) resurfacing type; 2.) modular type with or without osteotomy; and 3.) modular varus- valgus constrained or rotating-hinge type with or without osteotomy. Patello-femoral options include: patellar resurfacing or patelloplasty; patella tendon graft in patellectomised knees; and repair or allograft of the extensor mechanism.

Good or excellent clinical outcomes have been appreciated in the majority of such cases treated over the past 20 years using these guidelines.


Full Access
T.P. Sculco

Inciting events leading to deep vein thrombosis occur primarily intraoperatively. Therefore, if at all possible, intervention should be performed at the time of the operative procedure. It has been demonstrated in hip replacement surgery that DVT is significantly reduced with epidural hypotensive anaesthesia, which may or not be augmented with intraoperative small doses of heparin (500–1000 units). Reduction of extreme limb position with occlusion of the femoral vein during hip replacement surgery reduces the stasis effect, which promotes clotting. In the hip, overall DVT rates have been reduced to 7% and proximal DVT rates to 2% using these intraoperative techniques.

Mechanical devices work by a myriad of mechanisms: 1.) venous turbulence is created in valve pocket areas and this reduces clot formation; 2.) there is an increase release of endothelial relaxing factor (EDRF) which inhibits platelet aggregation; 3.) intermittent compression stimulates fibrinolysis by inducing release of urokinase and tissue plasminogen from the venous endothelium. Randomised trials have demonstrated a reduction in DVT to levels similar to pharmacologic agents (20–27%) without the risk of postoperative haemorrhage. However, compliance with use of these devices is crucia1, as a positive relationship has been demonstrated between time of use and DVT rates. Although plantar pump devices tend to be well tolerated with occasional complaints of foot and skin irritation, calf compression devices with or without sequential foot compression applying at least 50 mmHg of external pressure at a frequency of at least once per minute and an inflation rate of less than 1 second tend to be the ideal device for DVT prophylaxis.


J.D. Blaha

Placing total knee components in the proper position in all three planes (frontal, sagittal and transverse) is important for correct functioning of the arthroplasty. Appropriate position for the femoral component is parallel to and equidistant from the “average flexion extension axis” of the knee. An axis drawn from one epicondyle to the other is an appropriate approximation for the average flexion-extension axis of the knee. Surgeons have experienced problems, however, finding the epicondyles with certainty making this set of landmarks difficult to use. A line down the trochlear groove (AP axis – most often attributed to Whiteside, sulcus axis, Eckhoff)) usually intersects the TEA at right angles. Using both the palpated epicondyles and the AP axis should make finding the proper position easier, but still there is a need for instrumentation that can readily and reproducibly find the correct position of the flexionextension axis.

Kinematic work (Blaha, Simons et al.; Eckhoff et al.) has confirmed that the average flexion-extension axis of the human knee, for the majority of the flexionextension arc, is very nearly parallel to the TEA though slightly displaced from it. The knee joint then moves in a plane perpendicular to the flexion-extension axis. This functional plane is neither coincident with the anatomic axis (i.e., shafts of the bones) nor the mechanical axis (i.e., femoral head – center knee – center ankle). Rather the plane intersects four critical functional points: the lateral border of the acetabulum (origin of the rectus femoris muscle), the trochlear groove, the tibial tubercle, and the neck of the talus. These points now define a different axis for the knee joint: the functional axis. Finding the functional axis will appropriately position the components of a total knee replacement so that the axis of the replaced knee matches that of the native knee.

The AP clamp attaches to the femur at the most posterior- superior part of the intercondylar notch* with an acutely curved portion and to the trochlear groove with a more gently curved portion. Tests in our laboratory have determined that the clamp finds the functional plane (and thus the functional axis) with less than 1° of variability. A line drawn perpendicular to the clamp parallels the flexion-extension axis of the knee and is thus the proper rotational axis (transverse plane) of the femoral component as well as varus-valgus axis (coronal plane). The clamp has been used in both cadaver and live operating situations and has been found to correctly determine not just the rotational position of the components but also the position in the frontal plane. Clinical experience with the clamp has confirmed that when a total knee prosthesis is placed in the proper position relative to the flexion-extension axis the limb will have correct alignment, stability and kinematics.

Having not found a specific name for this part of the femur the name suggested by S.A. White is used: the intercondylar shelf.


Full Access
A.D. Hanssen

Severe patellar loss, which precludes adequate fixation of another patellar implant, may be treated by patellectomy, retention of the remaining patellar bony shell (resection arthroplasty), gull wing osteotomy, or patellar bone grafting. In contrast to other treatment alternatives, patellar bone grafting uniquely imparts the potential for restoration of patellar bone.

Technique: It is helpful to retain the pseudomeniscus of scar tissue and most of the peripatellar fibrosis tissue to facilitate suture fixation of the tissue flap to the patellar rim. The patellar shell is prepared by removing all fibrous membrane in the crevices of the remaining patellar bone. The tissue flap is created from one of several sources including large flaps of peripatellar fibrotic tissue or a free tissue flap obtained from either the suprapatellar pouch or the fascia lata obtained in the lateral gutter of the knee joint. The tissue flap is sewn to the peripheral patellar rim and peripatellar fibrosis tissue with multiple, nonabsorbable size zero sutures to provide a watertight closure. A small purse string opening is left in one portion of the tissue flap repair to facilitate delivery of bone graft into the patellar defect.

Cancellous autograft is harvested from the metaphyseal portion of the central femur during preparation of the femur for the revision implant. In the absence of locally available cancellous autograft, cancellous allograft bone can be used. The bone graft is prepared by morsellising the bone into small fragments of approximately 5 to 8 mm in height and width to facilitate tight impaction of the bone graft into the patellar shell-tissue flap construct. The bone graft is tightly impacted through the opening of the fascial flap into the patellar bone defect with enough volume so that the height of the final patellar construct has a final height measuring more than 20 mm. The tissue flap is then completely closed to contain the bone graft within the patellar shell. The peripatellar arthrotomy is provisionally repaired with several sutures or towel clips to mould the patellar construct in the femoral trochlea as the knee is placed through the full range of motion. Postoperative rehabilitation is not altered from the usual revision knee arthroplasty protocol.

In contrast with the treatment alternatives of patellectomy or retention of the bony shell, this new surgical procedure uniquely imparts the potential for restoration of patellar bone stock and may improve the functional outcome in these patients by facilitating patellar tracking and improving quadriceps leverage. The procedure is simple to perform and does not require sophisticated instrumentation or a long learning curve. Based on the current satisfactory short-term to mid-term clinical results, this surgical procedure provides an important addition to the armamentarium of the revision knee arthroplasty surgeon.


Full Access
M.A. Ritter

The incidence of pain postoperative total knee replacement runs somewhere between 2 and 4% and is related initially to infections, patellar subluxation or dislocation, fractures, collapse, extensor mechanism rupture, referred pain, and reflex sympathetic dystrophy. Causes for pain after six months is usually associated with infection, loosening, instability, fractures, and referred pain. Trying to understand what causes the problem helps us to be able to evaluate the patient with postoperative pain and offer a resolution.


Full Access
J.P. Garino

Impaction grafting has been used for both femoral and acetabular defects quite successfully for over 15 years. Sloof, Ling and others have demonstrated consistent remodelling of the morselised allograft in both locations as well as long-term survivorship in a high percentage of difficult revisions. The application of this concept to the knee is somewhat novel, although there have been a few scattered reports, but bone loss in revision knee surgery can also be profound. Like its counterpart in the hip, it relies heavily on meticulous technique for success. Key aspects of the technique: the use of crushed cancellous fresh frozen allograft; tight packing of the graft; containment of the graft with mesh when necessary; and secondary packing with proper instruments to ensure stability of and load bearing on the graft. The need for polished tapered stems remains in question, as RSA techniques in the hip have indicated that motion is less commonly linked with stability. Subsidence, mechanically speaking, will not be tolerated as well at the knee as in the hip and will, in most cases, lead to loosening or gap mismatching with accompanying instability.

Patients with greater than 50% loss of cancellous bone stock volume, tibial height at or below the fibular head, and/or distal femoral loss to or beyond the epicondyle(s) are ideal candidates. Augments usually have difficulty restoring the joint line in these massive loss cases and usually add nothing that can potentially serve as a foundation for new implants should yet another revision be necessary in a patient’s lifetime. Impaction grafting at the knee has the potential to augment the bone stock in such cases substantially.


Full Access
W.J. Maloney

Range of motion after total knee replacement is an important outcome variable. Motion impacts the patient’s ability to perform a variety of activities of daily living. In addition, a stiff knee is also a painful knee secondary to continuous soft tissue irritation. Appropriate knowledge in terms of variables that effect range of motion as well as evaluation of the stiff knee are therefore important in the practice of total knee arthroplasty.

The most important and consistent factor in determining postoperative flexion is preoperative flexion. Other factors that have been invariably associated with flexion after knee replacement include weight of the patient, age, preoperative diagnosis, and implant design. In terms of implant design, cruciate substituting designs have been reported in several studies to have better motion than cruciate retaining designs. Recent data also suggests that patients with a high visual analogue scale for pain also had poor range of motion following total knee replacement.

In analysing a patient with a stiff knee it is thus first important to try and determine what the patients preoperative range of motion was. This helps in determining what the biologic capacity for range of motion after knee replacement. Evaluation of the preoperative x-ray is important in determining factors such as elevation of the joint line and matching the tibial slope especially in cruciate retaining implants. Failure to appropriately match the patient’s tibial slope leads to a tight flexion gap and a decrease in flexion. Malrotation of the components and stuffing the patello-femoral compartment with a thick patellar reconstruction can also decrease postoperative flexion.

Balancing of the posterior cruciate ligament in cruciate retaining designs is obviously critical. It is difficult to tell based on physical examination whether the cruciate ligament is in fact tight as secondary contractures develop. If preoperative evaluation determines that the implants are well-positioned manipulation under anaesthesia is a viable option. In both cruciate retaining and posterior cruciate substituting designs this can be safely done up to three months after surgery. For patients who present late after total knee replacement with significant complaints of stiffness, an arthrotomy with debridement of the of the suprapatellar pouch, recreation of the medial and lateral gutters and resection of the posterior cruciate ligament can be successful. Finally implant revision is sometimes required.


A.G. Rosenberg

Avoidance of extensor mechanism complications is best obtained by using components with an appropriately designed femoral trochlea and patellar component and where internally rotated components are avoided. Residual valgus deformity may also lead to patellar dislocation or more subtle subluxations, which may manifest as pain along the medial patellar retinaculum. Because rotational abnormalities are difficult to detect on plain x-ray, CT scans are a useful way to diagnose this problem. Peripatellar crepitation may cause symptoms and can be avoided by aggressive peripatellar synovectomy at the time of surgery. In its most severe form, the patellar clunk syndrome, most commonly seen in posterior stabilised knees, arthroscopic debridement of the offending fibrous nodule may be needed. Patellar fracture is best treated on the basis of residual extensor mechanism function. Maintenance of active extension following fracture (with no loss of component fixation) is a good sign that conservative therapy will yield better function than ORIF. Loss of extension indicates that surgery will be required. In this setting restoration of extensor continuity is more important than retention of the patellar component. Patellar tendon avulsion can be avoided by careful attention to the tendon during surgical exposure. Intraoperative repair alone is rarely successful and should be reinforced by semitendonosis, or fascia lata grafting. Late rupture may be treated by this type of grafting alone. But if the patella is necrotic or the failure results in a high riding patella, mechanism transplant is preferred. In this setting attention to fixing the graft in full extension is mandatory to prevent severe extensor lag, as the allograft will stretch out overtime.


M.D. Ries

Skin necrosis after total knee arthroplasty can rapidly lead to infection of the prosthetic components. Risk factors for the development of skin necrosis include rheumatoid arthritis, steroid use, immunosuppression, malnutrition, peripheral vascular disease, and multiple prior scars.

Vascularity of the skin over the knee will affect the rate of healing postoperatively and risk of necrosis. Johnson measured transcutaneous skin oxygen tension and found that the oxygen tension decreases for the first two to three days after surgery and then increases. In addition, the lateral skin edge is more hypoxic than the medial edge. This suggests that when multiple prior scars are present, the most vertical lateral incision should be used to minimise skin hypoxia.

Constant passive motion further decreases skin oxygen tension. Particularly for patients with multiple risk factors for developing wound complications, avoidance or delayed used of early range of motion exercises may be beneficial in reducing the development of skin necrosis.

If skin necrosis does occur after total knee arthroplasty, early recognition of the problem and treatment will minimise the risk of deep infection of the prosthetic components. Necrosis of the proximal wound including the area over the patella may be treated by local wound care and skin grafting. However, necrosis over the tibial tubercle or patellar tendon requires muscle flap coverage to prevent infection involving the patellar tendon. If the patellar tendon is not viable and the extensor mechanism disrupted, the medial gastrocnemius flap can also be used to augment the extensor mechanism. The tendon of the gastrocnemius is repaired to the quadriceps tendon maintaining continuity between the tibia and extensor mechanism.


S.D. Stulberg

Bone loss can be treated in one of two general ways. Missing bone can be replaced either with bone graft applied to the host bone or augmentations attached to the revision implants. The ideal treatment of bone defects during revision TKR surgery: 1) makes immediate full weight bearing possible; 2) provides longterm support for the implants; 3) Restores original bone stock.

Bone grafts achieve these goals when the defects are CAVITARY. Therefore, bone grafts rather than metal augmentation devices are the surgical treatment of choice when these types of defects are encountered during revision TKR surgery.

Although bone grafts may achieve these goals when the defects are SEGMENTAL, the results are uncertain and more difficult to achieve. Metal augmentations make possible immediate full weight bearing and provide reliable long-term support for revision TKR implants. When these augments are made of Tantalulm, a metal with 80% porosity, the restoration of bone stock is also possible.

There are advantages and drawbacks to each approach. The advantages of bone grafts are that they: 1) restore bone stock; 2) are relatively inexpensive (especially if autogenous graft is used); 3) can be applied with relatively simple instrumentation; and 4) allow defects of a wide variety of sizes and shapes to be treated. The disadvantages of bone grafts are that they: 1) have limited application in large, segmental defects where structural support is necessary; 2) do not always unite predictably, particularly when the host bone is osteopenic or when angular deformities exist; 3) are shaped and inserted without the benefit of precise instrumentation; and 4) may require limited weight bearing or restricted activity for a period of time following surgery. The advantages of augmentation devices are that they: 1) can be manufactured in a wide variety of shapes and sizes; 2) provide immediate stable fixation; and 3) can be inserted using precise cutting instruments. Therefore, the indications for metal augmentation devices are: 1) uncontained defects (segmental) that require structural support for the knee implant; 2) knees with osteopenic bone or large angular defects; and 3) older patients in whom the importance of immediate mobilization and unrestricted weight-bearing is more important than the restoration of bone stock.


L.A. Whiteside

Block allografts traditionally have been used for massive bone deficiencies, but their complication rates are high, and the destructive effects of allograft rejection can limit their long-term success. Large segments of allograft also heal slowly, are never replaced by new bone, and weaken as the ossification and vascularisation front proceeds. In contrast, morselised allograft has proven structurally reliable for both small and large defects while supporting new bone formation. Morsels that are 1 cm in diameter maintain their integrity long enough to act as a substrate for new bone formation. Morsels less than 0.5 to 1 cm in diameter tend to be resorbed while those larger than 1 cm incorporate slowly, if ever, and tend to collapse.

Rejection can be a major problem with allograft because marrow is immunogenic. However, marrow elements can be thoroughly removed from morselised allograft to prevent the inflammatory response and loss of graft and to capitalise on the osteoconductive potential of the demineralised bone and autologous marrow. The allograft acts as scaffolding for new bone growth, and although it is not osteoinductive, demineralised bone (mildly osteoinductive) and bone marrow aspirate (highly osteoinductive) can be added to the allograft to enhance bone formation. The surrounding bone structure supplies most of the osteoinductive activity because metaphyseal bone has a rich blood supply and maintains the capacity to heal even after repeated failed arthroplasty.

Grafting preparation and placement: Fresh-frozen cancellous allograft in morsels measuring 0.5 to 1 cm in diameter is soaked for five to ten minutes in normal saline solution that contains polymyxin 500,000 units, bacitracin 50,000 units, and cephazolin 1 g/l. The fluid is removed and 10 cm3 of powdered demineralised cancellous bone is added to each 30 cm3 of the cancellous morsels. Bone fragments and diaphyseal reamings are added to improve the osteoinductive potential. This mixture is packed into the bone defects, then the implants are impacted so as to seat on the remnant of viable bone while compacting the morselised bone graft.


R.S. Laskin

Preoperative templating essential

Make the right skin incision: most lateral, leave appropriate skin bridge from older incisions, be prepared for plastic surgical consultation for skin expanders or flaps

Release scarring in the medial and lateral gutters

Elevate a proper medial capsular sleeve

Release scarring between patellar ligament and front of tibial plateau

Pin the patellar tendon

Perform a quadriceps release OR a tibial tubercle osteotomy in the very stiff knee

Extract the prior components in an axial direction

Use intramedullary guides to align the cuts

Localise the joint line position by the level of the patellar tendon


D.A. Dennis

Bone loss options in revision total knee replacement include prevention (earlier revision before extensive osteolysis, tedious prosthesis removal), prosthetic substitution, and bone grafting. Massive bone loss options include arthrodesis, custom total knee replacement, amputation, or revision with structural allograft-prosthesis composites. Advantages of structural allografts include their biologic potential, versatility (shape to fit host defects), relative cost effectiveness, potential for bone stock restoration, and the potential for ligamentous reattachment. Potential disadvantages include the risk of disease transmission and graft nonunion, malunion, collapse, or resorption. Extensive preoperative planning is required to rule out infection as well as properly select both the type and size of allograft and prosthetic implant. Fresh frozen allograft specimens are most commonly selected due to superior strength. Implant designs with diaphyseal-engaging stems and increased prosthetic constraint are often required. Extensive surgical exposure is often needed including proximal quadricepsplasty or tibial tubercle osteotomy in some cases. Both the host site and allograft require meticulous preparation both to maximise surface contact between host and allograft as well as mechanical interlock of the allograft with the host. Allograft fixation must be rigid to allow for incorporation. Diaphyseal-engaging stems, screws, and/or plates are often required to obtain this. The favoured method of fixation is cementing the prosthesis to the allograft with the addition of diaphyseal- engaging stems into the host medullary canal. Equivalent results have been obtained with either cemented or press-fit stems. Ligamentous reattachment to the allograft is more successful when done via a bone block technique. Wound closure difficulties may be encountered, particularly in the tibial region. Relaxing incision techniques as well as rotational muscle flaps are occasionally necessary to obtain soft tissue closure without excessive tension. Short-term results have shown union rates at greater than 90% when rigid fixation is obtained. In the author’s series of 32 cases, 86% good to excellent results were obtained at an average follow- up period of 50 months. More common complications include instability and graft collapse. Use of more constrained prostheses with long intramedullary stems will lessen these complications.


K.A. Krackow

The variety of case factors and the myriad choices in prosthesis types and accoutrements make the process of performing the best implantation seem impossible. Furthermore, one can easily become confused while considering all of the options.

A few simple considerations and an empiric method simplify the entire process.

Consider femoral component size. It is essentially never going to be bigger than what was taken out. If nothing else, one has great difficulty closing the wound. Therefore, we are usually at the same size or one size smaller.

We almost always will want to use at least a small to medium sized stem. Many of the times, probably most of the time, we will be using a PS set of components. The tibial size needs to cover the remaining tibial surface as well as possible. This requirement used to be quite challenging; but, today with offset connectors, it is possible to get better coverage without introducing overhang of the tibial baseplate.

Part of the bone preparation becomes easier if one recognises the issues of “stem dedication”. By this I mean the fact that the use of even medium sized stems that are at all “press-fitted” will dictate the varus-valgus position of the component, and, to a major degree, the anterior-posterior position of a femoral component. This fact alone should get us to the use of similarly stemdedicated instrumentation, which can be much easier to use than more traditional measured resection, cutting block-fixed implements.

In fact, the tibial cut, for me, is most easily made after reaming the tibial shaft and then assembling a trial baseplate. The baseplate and stem are then used as a visual cutting guide for the tibial clean up cut.

A primary femoral component is now crudely placed over the existing femur to get a vague assessment of the equality of the flexion versus extension gaps. This point is necessary before one does much distal femoral preparation. It is not appropriate to trim away a lot of bone if the extension space is already equal or large compared to the flexion one.

Limited or “no” preparation of the intercondylar region for the intercondylar “box” can serve to hold a stemmed, trial femoral component distally for better assessment.

Newer stem-dedicated instruments make preparation of the intercondylar region and a match up of the stem to the distal femur much easier.

It is important to appreciate the potential difficulty of handling an enlarged flexion space. An initial thought is to move the femoral component posterior. The first point to appreciate is that one cannot go very far posterior with the first selected size until the trochlear flange begins to sit below the anterior cortical bone. The natural response is to select a larger sized component. Even if we have stems with substantial offset capability we still need to be aware of the next points.

1.) The femoral components’ A-P dimensions only increase by 2 to 4 mm per size change, which is not too much, considering the gap inequality that one is likely to find; 2.) We still have the various problems associated with implanting bigger and bigger components, i.e. medial-lateral overhang and just being too large for closure as well as proper patello-femoral tracking; 3.) and posterior augments or platforms are, by themselves, not an additional factor as they reside within the envelope of the condyles, which we are already thinking about.

A more basic question is why the flexion gap may be so much larger than the extension one. Ordinary bone loss should not really cause this situation. If it exists, one needs to be particularly careful as to whether this inequality exists because of loss of collateral ligament integrity. There may, in extreme cases, be questions as to whether a PS or even CIP (constrained intercondylar prosthesis [a generic term]) can be used safely.

The majority of cases, though, will be handled quite expeditiously with a minimally tedious trial and error method starting from the steps outlined above.


A.D. Hanssen

An acute infection in the first few weeks postoperatively or an acute haematogenous infection in a previously well functioning and well-fixed prosthesis can be managed with open debridement and postoperative intravenous antibiotics for 4 to 6 weeks. Infrequently, elderly patients with a well-fixed prosthesis, absence of drainage, and acceptable pain can be treated with aspiration and chronic oral antibiotic suppression. Treatment of chronic infection requires implant removal and assessment of functional requirements, soft-tissue envelope status, extent of bone loss, and the integrity of the extensor mechanism. Disruption of the extensor mechanism or a poor soft-tissue envelope usually suggests arthrodesis. Definitive resection arthroplasty or above-the-knee amputation is rarely required.

If the decision is made to proceed with reimplantation, a delayed two-stage approach is preferred and strongly recommended. After resection, antibiotic-impregnated spacers are implanted using an antibiotic that will be effective for the offending organism. The most common antibiotics used include a combination of vancomycin and tobramycin in a ratio of 3 g of vancomycin and 3.6 g of tobramycin powder per 40 g batch of bone cement. Most patients are treated with a 4–6 week course of intravenous antibiotics and also receive erythropoeitin alpha to improve their haemoglobin level between the time of resection arthroplasty and reimplantation.

Reimplantation of another prosthesis is performed as soon as it is convenient after the conclusion of the intravenous antibiotics. If there is concern about persistent infection, aspiration or debridement for retrieval of tissue culture, with delayed implantation until culture results are available, can be performed. Most patients are empirically reimplanted based on the appearance of tissues at revision surgery and histological analysis of fresh-frozen tissue samples. Antibiotic-impregnated bone cement is used for prosthesis fixation with the antibiotic choice based on sensitivity tests from the original offending organism(s). Vancomycin and tobramycin are most commonly used in a ratio of 1 to 2 g per batch of bone cement as higher dosages weaken the mechanical strength of the cement.

Currently, most reimplantation prostheses are posterior stabilised or constrained condylar designs. Bone graft is avoided if possible. Postoperatively, antibiotics are continued until results from intraoperative cultures are available and if negative, all antibiotics are discontinued. Positive cultures with the same organism are treated with a 4-week course of intravenous antibiotics. If positive culture results are deemed to be a laboratory contaminant, additional antibiotics are not recommended. Patients are evaluated with annual clinical examinations, erythrocyte sedimentation rate, C-reactive protein level, and plain radiographs. Currently a success rate of 90% is likely with a two-stage technique.


Full Access
T.P. Schmalzried

To further extend the longevity of total hip replacement, bearings with better wear characteristics are desirable. Despite generally inferior clinical results with metal-on- metal total hip replacements, many metal-on-metal implants lasted over two decades or are still functioning in patients who received the implant at a young age. Acetabular component wear and loosening limit the survival of hips. Because of this, long-term survival rates of the Charnley hip and the McKee-Farrar are similar. Consequently, there is renewed interest in metal-on- metal bearings for total hip arthroplasty.

Aseptic loosening of early metal-on-metal prostheses was not uniform due to the metal-on-metal bearings or due to wear. There is evidence indicating that some metal-on-metal bearing couples were poorly designed and/or manufactured leading to high frictional torque and/or excessive wear which could have been the cause of failure. Very low wear has been observed on metal-on- metal bearings retrieved after more than 20 years of use. The wear characteristics are a function of materials, design, and manufacturing. Polar bearing is preferred to reduce frictional torque, but excessive radial clearance is associated with higher wear. As has been demonstrated in hips with metal-on-plastic bearings, clinical success and failure are multifactorial. The chance of success with new metal-on-metal bearings is increased when the bearing is combined with well-established femoral stems and acetabular shells. As has been seen in hips, which have metal-on-polyethylene bearings, loosening of hips with metal-on-metal bearings can occur due to other factors such as suboptimal stem and/or cup design, manufacturing or implantation technique.

Studies of the levels of cobalt and chromium in the hair, blood, and urine have shown that metallic content in patients with metal-metal total hips are generally higher than in patients with metal-UHMWPE articulations. While the release of cobalt and chromium ions from metal-metal total hips has been verified, the clinical significance of this finding is still unclear. Cobalt and chromium wear particles have been shown to induce carcinoma in animal models, giving rise to the concern that such alloys could have the same effect if present in sufficient amounts in human tissue for a sufficient length of time. Overall, the available epidemiological data do not demonstrate an increase in cancer risk following total hip replacement. At the same time, it is important to recognise the limitations of the available data with regard to sample size, length of follow-up and lack of stratification for other co-morbidities.

The issue of delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH) to the main elements in metal-metal total hips – cobalt, chromium, and nickel. Skin patch testing is unreliable for the assessment of hypersensitivity to implants, however, this type of testing has shown that cobalt, chromium, and nickel are associated with contact dermatitis. Because there is a higher reported incidence of metal sensitivity in patients with loose components, the association between metal sensitivity and loose implants has fuelled a long-standing debate: does hypersensitivity cause loosening or does loosening cause hypersensitivity? A small number of patients with metal-metal total hips develop an adverse local tissue response and present with unexplained pain and chronic effusions that resolve when the metal-metal bearings are exchanged for metal-UHMWPE hips. The histology of abundant lymphocytes and plasma cells is highly suggestive of an immune response. Caution should be taken in the implantation of a metal-metal bearing in patients with a known sensitivity to metals.

Further investigations of the local and systemic effects related to the wear of the primary articulating surfaces are needed. It should be emphasised, however, that clinical success is multifactorial. Patient selection, surgical technique, component fixation, and the other aspects of the prosthetic joint will influence the clinical performance of any articulation.


Full Access
M.D. Ries

During the past five years, much research has focused on the effects of sterilisation on UHMWPE wear and mechanical properties. Gamma irradiation sterilisation of UHMWPE causes polymer chain scission and oxidation, which adversely affects both wear and mechanical properties. However, gamma irradiation can also produce crosslinking of the polymer chains, which improves wear resistance. Enhanced polyethylenes or highly crosslinked polyethylenes have been developed to further improve the wear resistance of the material. Highly crosslinked polyethylenes demonstrate markedly improved wear behaviour in hip simulator studies, but they also have a decrease in mechanical properties (yield strength, ultimate tensile strength, and fatigue strength). In a highly conforming joint such as the hip where contact stresses are relatively low due to the large surface area of contact, surface wear mechanisms (abrasion and adhesion) predominate while in a less conforming joint such as a fixed bearing knee replacement, where contact stresses are high, fatigue wear mechanisms occur more typically (delamination and pitting). Modifications to improve the wear resistance of UHMWPE such as the highly crosslinked materials may therefore be more appropriate for hip replacements than for fixed bearing knee replacements.

Gravimetric wear measurements of UHMWPE from hip simulators have been used to predict in vivo behaviour of new materials. However, UHMWPE implants absorb fluid so that measurements of weight loss from wear simulators must be corrected with use of fluid soaked control specimens. There are still some inaccuracies in this technique leading to negative reported wear rates for some highly crosslinked polyethylenes.

The biologic response to particulate debris may be more dependent on the size and number of particles rather than the volume of debris generated. The average particle size appears to decrease with greater amounts of crosslinking suggesting that for some highly crosslinked polyethylenes the number of particles may be greater than for non-crosslinked polyethylene, even though the volume of wear debris is decreased.

Previous efforts to improve the wear behaviour of polyethylene such as the addition of carbon fibres (carbon reinforced polyethylene), hot isostatic pressing (Hylamer), and heat pressing have not demonstrated improvements in vivo. While current joint simulator studies may predict in vivo wear behaviour, clinical studies will ultimately be necessary to determine if highly crosslinked polyethylenes enhance the longevity of total joint arthroplasty.


Full Access
J.J. Callaghan

Historically we know that all femoral, cemented stems have not performed the same. The Muller stem with its sharp comers did not perform as well as the Charnley femoral component. Titanium femoral components have not performed as well in the cemented situation as have stiffer chrome cobalt components.

Today we have come to recognise that the durability of a cemented femoral component is dependent on a number of variables to include stem geometry and surface finish as well as the cement technique.

Since several designs including the Trapezoidal-28, the Exeter, and the Iowa have incorporated various surface finishes over time, the issue of surface finish is one that some investigators think is relatively important. Components with rougher surface finishes adhere better to cement, decrease cement strains, and when they become loose are more likely to abrade cement. Components with smooth surface finishes do not adhere to cement, place cement under compression and when they become loose they are less likely to abrade cement. When these three stems were evaluated with both smooth and matte finishes the smooth surface finish stems have always demonstrated better results with less loosening and less osteolysis. However some matte finish designs have performed well including the CAD and the HD-2. Whatever prosthesis is utilised all investigators agree that it is optimal to have the prosthesis surrounded by cement, hence the use of centralisers.

Hence today all would agree that the surgeon should use a torsionally sound stem and place an adequate cement mantle around that stem at the time of surgery .If that can be achieved all stems may be equal, however if cement mantle defects are inevitable a smooth surface finish probably has better durability.


Full Access
S. Romagnoli

A good primary mechanical stability is a prerequisite for secondary cementless stem fixation by osseointegration. The construction, basic shapes and their development, as well as the nature of the surface in the CLS system are thus directed towards this goal.

The biomechanical concept of the CLS stem is characterised by the three-dimensional V-form, the strongly accentuated ribs in the proximal region and the all-round conical form of the distal part of the stem. The construction uses the adaptable trabeculum for the primary fixation. The features that characterise the CLS stem are found both in the classical version and the varus version.

The fixation of the stem in the proximal area should guarantee that transmission of force is retained within this area. The interposition of the cancellous structures reduces the danger of the bond between the bone and prosthesis becoming stiff. On introduction, the axial ribs exercise a cutting action and promote stability. In order to avoid tension peaks, the surfaces of the distal part of the stem are well rounded. The shape of the distal part of the stem is kept relatively slender, thus direct contact with the cortex is avoided. This means reduced incidence of pain for the patient, plus the new trabecular structures can form between the cortex and the implant, which eventually result in osseointegration.

To what extent and how quickly an implant becomes integrated is not just a question of primary stability. Important factors that have an influence also include the material and the surface structures of the prosthesis. It is generally the case that new bone grows preferentially on protruding parts such as prosthesis ribs or edges, and also on existing trabeculae, such as those altered by the surgery. The formation of new bone tissue in association with the CLS prosthesis was thoroughly investigated in many histological studies. The coarse-grained titanium alloy is, to a great extent, osteophilic. This is demonstrated by the fact that bone marrow or new bone can form directly on the surface of the CLS prosthesis.

The indications can be calculated on the basis of four key parameters: age, sex, the degree of osteoporosis, and the morphology of the femur. The morphological-cortical index (MCI) is used as an instrument to determine the shape of the femur. This provides a reliable method of classification of one of three basic morphological types: trumpet-shaped, cylindrical, and dysplastic.

The first 300 consecutive primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) procedures (299 patients), from Dec. 1983 to Apr. 1985, using a collarless, three-dimensional tapered, straight, titanium alloy stem with a grit-blasted surface, were evaluated clinically and radiographically in up to 16 years of follow-up. Radiographic evaluation assessed Engh’s implant-bone femoral fixation score, implant-bone demarcation, and periprosthesis osteolysis. The average duration of long-term radiographic follow- up was 12.6 years (10–16 years).

Patients were evaluated clinically by the HHS system. At last examination, five hips were lost to follow-up and 69 patients had died. The femoral revision rate was 7% (two aseptic loosening, five septic, 12 osteolysis). Femoral component survivorship was 95% at 10 years and 90% at 14 years. Femoral implant-bone fixation was stable, bone ingrowth in 97% stable, fibrous fixation in 1% and unstable, fibrous-fixation in 2% of the cases revised for acetabular mobilisation.

The grit-blasted, press-fit, collarless, tapered femoral component continued to perform well. While considering a “first-generation” cementless stem, CLS is still in use without virtually any design modifications.


J.P. Garino

Ceramic-ceramic articulations have been in used in total hip arthroplasty (THA) since 1970. Although the problems of wear were well recognised in the early days of hip replacement, early ceramic-ceramic implants were plagued by poor design, fixation problems and component fractures. Early designs were often uncemented with no biological coating to augment fixation. Loosening of one side of the joint or the other was common-place.

Improvements in ceramic manufacturing were made and included improved purity, hot isostatic pressing and proof testing. The grain size, an indicator of toughness had dropped from 4.5 um in the 1970’s to 1.8 um in the 1990’s. Ceramic ball heads were approved in both alumina and zirconia in the late 1980’s for use on polyethylene. The hardness and toughness of ceramic pieces had now reached a new level of reliability, worthy of routine use in total hip replacements. Taper technology was also enhanced, resulting in proper load transfer to the ceramic parts. Fracture rates are estimated at 4/100 000. Stem fractures occur at a rate of 35 times higher.

Wear studies label ceramic-ceramic bearings among the lowest in debris generation, up to 200 times less than metal on conventional polyethylene. Modern alumina-alumina ceramic THAs were developed and clinical trials began under the auspices of several FDA Investigational Device Exemptions (IDE). Two have been completed and await full approval from the FDA. With a much better understanding of the aspects of design coupled with successful fixation, both cemented and uncemented, ceramic components can be coupled with these implants with the potential for optimal survivorship. America, brace yourself for the next generation of THA that is truly new and improved.


Full Access
C.A. Engh

Since 1977, all total hip arthroplasty (THA) patients at Anderson Clinic have been considered candidates for porous coated stems, unless the geometry of the femoral diaphysis precludes initial press-fit stability. Over the last 23 years, more than 99% of all hip replacements at the Clinic have been cementless.

Among all primary THAs performed at the Anderson Clinic between 1977 and 1998, we are prospectively evaluating the outcome of 3363 porous coated stems. This includes 1800 extensively AML, 1098 extensively coated Prodigy and 465 proximally coated AML stems. Each of these femoral components features a beaded surface for bone ingrowth and a straight, cylindrical, non-tapered distal stem geometry.

Among the 2898 extensively coated stems, 17 (0.6%) have been revised including nine (0.3%) for failure to achieve initial bone ingrowth with subsequent clinical loosening. Among 465 proximally coated stems, 10 (2.1%) have been revised, including six (1.3%) for failed initial ingrowth and subsequent clinical loosening. Using revision for any reason as an endpoint, the probability of survival at 15 years was found to be 97.1 ± 1.2% for extensively coated stems and 96.5 ± 1.2% for proximally coated stems.

Due to a higher occurrence of thigh pain and a slightly reduced incidence of bone ingrowth with proximally coated stems, we currently prefer to use extensively porous coated stems for all patients. The advantage of extensive porous coating is that biologic fixation via osseointegration can occur over the entire length of the stem. Coating the distal part of the stem is particularly important because it is the distal part of the stem that fits and most consistently conforms to the shape of the femur. We have learned from our analysis of autopsy cases that the cortical bone of the femoral diaphysis demonstrates superior ingrowth characteristics and is of greater strength than cancellous bone.

Our analysis of serial radiographs has taught us that postoperative canal fill is the best predictor of subsequent bone ingrowth among extensively coated stems. Consequently, preoperative templating using standardised anteroposterior radiographs obtained with the femur in 20° of internal rotation and Lowenstein lateral views are used to estimate the size of the prosthesis that will fill the femoral canal. Extensively coated stems should obtain at least five and ideally 10 cm of diaphyseal “scratch-fit” fixation. For this reason, it is important to remember that the final selection of implant size is based not on the templating, but on the feel derived from preparing the femoral diaphysis with progressively larger diameter intramedullary drills that engage progressively longer segments of the intramedullary canal.

Among implants achieving bone ingrowth, we have not observed late aseptic loosening. We conclude that porous coated femoral stems offer a means to reliably obtain durable long-term fixation using a relatively easy, reproducible surgical technique.


Full Access
C.S. Ranawat

Cemented stem fixation is a proven technique in total hip arthroplasty (THA), however, aseptic loosening is a noted complication. Cementless fixation is also popular in THA, however thigh pain and osteolysis are known problems with short-term and long-term follow- up, respectively. In order to improve the initial development and durability of the osseointegration of porous coated cementless implants, hydroxyapatite (HA) has been claimed to provide a biological adjuvant for femoral stem fixation in THA.

There is no prospective, randomised long-term study comparing clinical radiographic findings between proximally HA-coated and non-HA coated surfaces of an identical stem design. We investigated 177 patients (199 hips) who received either HA-coated or non-HA coated stems. Clinical information from 163 patients (181 hips), including walking ability, thigh pain, sports activity, and overall patient satisfaction was collected. Evidence of radiolucencies, stem migration, and canal fill was measured on AP and lateral radiographs. In addition, tension trabeculae on the lateral aspect of the proximal stem and stress-induced remodelling of cancellous bone against porous surface (SIRCAP) were noted as signs of bone ingrowth.

Both groups of patients performed well on the basis of HSS scores, walking ability, sports activity, and overall patient satisfaction. However the non-HA group demonstrated a significant increase (p< 0.05) in activity- related thigh pain. There were no significant radiographic differences between patient cohorts with all stems demonstrating bone ingrowth. In our prospective, randomised study, we conclude that the use of HAcoated stems results in increased clinical satisfaction to the THA patient.


T.P. Schmalzried

Modular polyethylene acetabular bearings were initially introduced in conjunction with a metal-backed component designed for fixation with cement. It was anticipated that aseptic loosening would be eliminated by the new metal-backed component. A modular liner would allow a simple exchange of the bearing when it was worn. Although this technique has rarely been used with cemented sockets, the concept of modularity had merit for cementless sockets. Early studies of cementless sockets indicated that initial implant stability and increased bone ingrowth occurred with screw fixation. A modular liner allowed screws to be placed through the socket.

First-generation modular components were variably plagued by mechanically insufficient locking mechanisms, insufficient support of the poly by the metal shell, insufficient polyethylene thickness (variably oxidized) and excessive motion between the liner and the shell leading to an array of complications including frank dissociation of the liner, back-side wear, generally higher wear rates and more osteolysis, especially retro-acetabular.

There is nothing inherently good or bad about modularity; it wholly depends on how it is done. More recent offerings have, at least in theory, addressed the limitations of earlier designs. Current designs are characterised by stronger locking mechanisms and reduced liner-shell motion. Most systems offer choices for initial fixation (press-fit, screws, spikes, etc.), bearing diameters, and face geometries (neutral, face-changing, lipped or hooded). Some systems offer a choice of bearing material (polyethylene(s), metal, ceramic). It will simply take time to learn which material, design, and manufacturing advances translate into long-term clinical success.

In an era of hip arthroplasty featuring more wear resistant bearings, it is reasonable to question whether or not modularity is necessary. If satisfactory fixation can be obtained with a simple press-fit and the wear resistance of the bearing is high enough to last the patient’s lifetime, why not use a non-modular component? Modularity allows intraoperative flexibility at the primary surgery and in the event a revision is required. Further, it is not yet known if any or all of the new bearings will demonstrate the anticipated in vivo wear resistance.


H.U. Cameron

A mild degree of femoral deformity can be accommodated in total hip replacement by using a small, cemented stem, but this results in abnormal mechanics and potentially early failure. Minor degrees of rotatory and angular deformity proximal to the lesser trochanter can be handled by a custom or modular implant, which will allow changes in version and offset. Deformities below the lesser trochanter should be corrected by osteotomy. This is true of rotational and angular deformity. Where there is a leg length problem, a shortening osteotomy can be carried out at the subtrochanteric region.

To achieve angular stability after osteotomy, full canal fill over 5 cm or more is preferable. The rotational stability can be achieved by step cuts, side plates, etc. If the implant is distally fluted with thin, sharp flutes and if it is capable of giving proximal rotational control then simple horizontal butt joint osteotomy is all that is required. The osteotomy should be carried out at the summit of the deformity and proximal and distal prophylactic cerclage wiring is advised.

If the gluteal muscles are weak as they may be in a high DDH case, a subtrochanteric osteotomy will allow leg length balancing, correction of proximal anteversion, and if the proximal fragment is retrograde reamed exiting through the neck cut rather than the periform fossa, lateralisation to increase the gluteal power can be achieved.


Full Access
T.P. Sculco

The major failure mode of cemented or non-cemented acetabular fixation is osteolysis produced by polyethylene debris and biologic reaction to this material. A monoblock acetabular non-cemented component offers advantages in reducing the failure mechanism of acetabular cups. First, because the polyethylene is fixed to the metal shell there is no motion between the shell and the liner as is seen with modular components. Therefore extra-articular polyethylene wear debris is not generated. Secondly, there is no need for a locking mechanism which may fail and from which metallic debris may be produced. Thirdly, no screw holes are present on the back of the monoblock cup increasing the surface area for ingrowth and eliminating an entrance point for wear debris to access the floor of the acetabulum. Avoidance of the use of screws also prevents the possibility of neurovascular injury during screw insertion. Fourthly, by adding an elliptical configuration to a monoblock cup the dome of the shell is the same dimension as the reamed diameter allowing for improved coaptation of shell to acetabular floor. By increasing the diameter at the rim secure press fit is achieved without sacrificing contact at the dome.

There are disadvantages to a monoblock cup and these include the need for a revision liner mechanism should there be a need to replace the polyethylene liner. Additionally, if secure stabilisation is not achieved, the cup cannot be converted to screw fixation.

In a radiologic review of 661 acetabular components, 5.1% of cups were noted to have a polar dome acetabular gap of greater than 1.5 mm on the immediate postoperative radiograph. These patients were followed for a minimum of two years and there was noted shift in implant position in only one patient. Gaps tended to lessen in degree and fill in with bone in almost all cases. The clinical result was not compromised by the presence of a dome gap.

In a short-term follow-up of 6 years, 1843 elliptical monoblock acetabular cups have been inserted with greater than two-year follow-up in 972 hips. There have been no mechanical failures requiring revision. Two patients have been revised for instability and one for infection. The need to convert to a cup with screw fixation because of poor press fit is less than 2%.


Full Access
D.S. Hungerford

Osteonecrosis (ON) of the femoral head is a condition that afflicts approximately 20 000 new patients per year, at an average age of 38. Twenty-five percent of the patients seen in our institution are under 25. Without treatment, most of these patients can be expected to need a total hip replacement (THR). However preservative procedures have a significant failure rate, and some, significant morbidity.

It is desirable to avoid or delay THR, because most of the patients with ON will outlive the prosthesis, at the current state of the art. There are four issues that need to be weighed to arrive at a reasonable algorithm for the preservative treatment of ON; patient risk factors, morbidity of the proposed procedure, size of the lesion, and stage of the lesion.

Risk – risk of outliving a THR. Age, sex, weight, general health, associated diseases, and level of activity all influence the longevity of a THR. The greater the risk, the greater the indication for a preservative procedure.

Morbidity – There is a big difference between core decompression and a complex osteotomy. The overall risk of the procedure and the impact on THR must be considered.

Size – Large lesions do much worse than small lesions at any stage.

Stage – Pre-collapse lesions do better than post-collapse lesions.

Using the above issues might lead the surgeon to do a THR on a 25-year old with a large post-collapse lesion or a core decompression on a 60-year old with a small symptomatic pre-collapse lesion. All of the issues must be considered to make sense out of a complex clinical situation.


Full Access
A.E. Gross

For the surgical approach a trochanteric osteotomy should be utilised if lengthening is to be carried out. The leg can be lengthened up to 4 cm but the nerve should be monitored by exploration, a wake up test, or electrical monitoring.

Bone grafting for reconstruction of the dysplastic acetabulum in total hip arthroplasty has certain distinct advantages. It provides bone support for the acetabular prosthesis at the correct or near correct level. It restores anatomy and corrects leg lengths. It restores bone stock for future surgery. The alternatives, the high hip center, or medialisation are acceptable if adequate bone stock is available and leg lengths are not a problem (i.e. bilateral disease). The potential problem of these two techniques is that they do not restore bone stock for future surgery.

Cemented or uncemented components can be used. Small straight stems must be available in order to fit the dysplastic femur. Most implant designs carry CDH components. The dysplastic femur is not only small in diameter, but also excessively anteverted. If an anatomic stem is used it will be too anteverted. A straight narrow stem allows the surgeon to position the stem correctly.

Between May of 1982 and May of 1994, 67 hips in 58 patients underwent total hip replacement for congenital dislocation with the use of bulk autograft to augment the acetabulum. The average follow-up was 10 years. The revision rate for the cups was 16% (11 hips), and for the stem 6% (four hips). The clinical and radiographic failure rate for the 67 hips was 25% (12 revised, one waiting revision, and four definitely loose). The Kaplan-Meier survivorship for the cups at 14 years was 78%, and the stem 85%. There were three graft nonunions all of which required revision. Resorption of over one-third occurred in 10% of grafts (seven grafts), with four requiring further revision, but only one requiring another structural graft.


J.J. Callaghan

With dislocation, prevention is more optimal than treatment. Causes of dislocation include patient compliance, soft tissue tensioning, and component malpositioning problems. Dislocation can occur from bone impingement, component impingement, and spontaneously.

Most work on dislocation has evaluated the differences in the propensity for dislocation based on head size. The larger the head to neck ratio the more motion that can be obtained before cup neck impingement occurs. Skirted modular femoral heads decrease the head to neck ratio and in addition the modular necks must be wider because of strength issues. Because of modularity propensity for dislocation has been on the rise.

As wear has been associated with larger head sizes and thinner polyethylene when conventional polyethylene is used, use of larger head sizes was not considered an option for dislocation prevention and treatment. Constrained liners and bipolar components were used instead. If the newer hyper crosslinked polyethylene components do markedly reduce wear it will be possible to use larger head sizes to prevent dislocation. However, there may be problems with bony impingement associated with larger head sizes.


Full Access
C.S. Ranawat

Leg length inequality, both actual and functional, is the most important cause of disappointment for the surgeon and his patient.

The reported incidence of leg length inequality of 1 cm has been reported to be between 23% and 50%, and half of these patients require a lift in their shoe. In the author’s opinion, there is a relationship between leg length and stability of the hip. Increase in leg length and offset improves soft tissue tension and reduces the dislocation rate.

The goal at surgery is:

To restore the center of rotation for the hip

To restore offset, i.e. abductor moment arm

To restore hip center to lesser trochanter difference

The various tests for hip stability, soft tissue tension and contractures:

Assess component position

Assess for anterior impingement

Assess for tight anterior capsule

Assess for tight iliotibial band (Ober’s test)

Assess for tight rectus, iliopsoas and adductors

Correct soft tissue balance

Leg length inequality is caused by:

Increase in anatomic leg length or offset or both

Tight anterolateral structures, which include:

IT band

Anterior and lateral capsule and gluteus maximus

Adduction contractures of the opposite hip

Spinal deformity causing pelvic tilt

Excessive trochanteric advancement causing abduction contracture


Full Access
T.H. Mallory

Perioperative pain involves both neurogenic and inflammatory mediators. The neurogenic component is produced by the intense stimulation of the surgical procedure itself. However, inflammatory mediators resulting from tissue damage and the release of certain cytokines provoke the inflammatory response. Both the neurogenic and inflammatory elements create central nervous system (CNS) excitability. While conventional pain management responds to pain as it occurs, rather than anticipating it, a more appropriate protocol may involve pre-emptive administration of analgesic medication. By beginning this administration prior to surgery and continuing it throughout the rehabilitation process, CNS pharmacological agents are utilised to achieve the following goals: 1.) decrease the neurogenic component at the wound site; 2.) depress afferent pathways; and 3.) decrease central sensitisation in the spinal column.

Our experience with such pre-emptive analgesic clinical trials have included implementation of three different protocols in three groups of patients, Groups A-C. In Group A, a continuous epidural for 72-hours was utilised. A short-term epidural for 2–3 hours, followed by the use of scheduled opioid drugs and the use of anti-inflammatory medications, was used in Group B. Finally, Group C included spinal analgesia with shortacting morphine and the continued use of patient-controlled analgesia (PCA) pumps. In all groups, patients were monitored for the return of motor function, respiratory depression, ileus, pain relief, efficacy in analgesia maintenance, and cost. The following trends were observed among the variances: 1.) approximately equal length of stay in all three groups; 2.) decreased motor function in the continuous epidural group (Group A); 3.) increased ileus in the spinal group (Group C); 4.) equal pain relief in all three groups; 5.) high maintenance in the continuous epidural group (Group A); and 6.) decreased cost when continuous epidurals (Group B) were utilised.

In conclusion, of the three methodologies implemented, the continuous epidural had a high failure rate (26%). While spinal analgesia is technically easier and less expensive to perform, it has a poorly defined dose response curve and is associated with an increased incidence of ileus. The scheduled opioid medications proved effective. Pre-emptive analgesia not only significantly suppresses pain, it also provides protective sensation. Our recommendation for pre-emptive pain management consists of the use of multi-modal analgesics attacking various sites along the pain pathway, including regional blocks, oral and parental opioids, topical anaesthetics, and ice. However, ongoing study is required to further delineate appropriate protocol, thorough assessment of consequences, and complications associated with all methodologies. Future protocols to be evaluated at this practice include the local injection of bupivacaine hydrochloride prior to wound closure, in addition to assessing the postoperative integration of rofecoxib into the pain management regime.


Full Access
M.A. Ritter

We need to look for transfusion alternatives because transfusion or blood products is not without risk. Allogenic blood carries a small risk of disease transmission, but also causes immunomodulation, which increases infectious complications and hospital stay after total joint replacement surgery. Auto donation is extremely expensive and overutilised because so much is discarded. One important fact about auto donation is that it does not stimulate erythropoesis unless the patient’s haemoglobin drops below 10 g or 2 units are donated within the same week. Another important fact is that the patients who need to donate auto blood, at least in unilateral joint replacements, cannot donate enough to decrease their allogenic risk. These are the patients with pre-op haemoglobin between 10 and 13. Patients with haemoglobin above 13 can donate, but generally don’t need to because their allogenic risk is low. We recently reviewed two series of patients at our institution with almost 300 patients in each group and showed that we could decrease the allogenic risk of the patients to below 10% without auto donation by increasing pre-op haemoglobin to above 13. This is most easily accomplished with the use of recombinant human erythropoietin and iron supplementation. In our series, knee replacements have an average haemoglobin drop of 3.85 g with a standard deviation of 1.4 g and hip replacements have an average haemoglobin drop of 4.07 g with a standard deviation of 1.7 g. Thus, we are now able to look at our patients and determine the lowest level of haemoglobin that we feel comfortable with for that patient, determine their pre-op haemoglobin, and then plan the best haemoglobin management option, whether it be auto donation, intraoperative blood salvage, or erythropoietin.


Full Access
J.M. Cuckler

Total hip arthroplasty following pelvic or femoral trauma presents the joint surgeon with challenges not dissimilar to that of revision surgery. Careful preoperative evaluation and planning, and realistic assessment of risks and expectations is necessary.

Complex acetabular fractures present the surgeon with a variety of challenges in conversion to total hip replacement (THR). Bone stock is the critical factor in achieving a stable acetabular reconstruction, particularly with regard to the posterior column. In patients who have undergone prior open reduction and internal fixation, routine radiographic examination will often be inconclusive as to the status of healing of fractures due to the presence of metal, and CAT scans will be similarly obfuscated by metal artefact. Therefore, the surgeon must be prepared for the possibility of bone stock deficiency at the time of reconstruction.

Subclinical infection following ORIF is possible; all patients should be screened for this possibility with preoperative determination of the ESR and C-reactive protein. If these studies are elevated, aspiration of the hip under x-ray or ultrasound guidance should be considered. At the time of surgery, it is suggested that cultures be obtained prior to the administration of systemic antibiotics, and consideration given to intraoperative frozen section examination of tissue if infection is suspected. Removal of internal fixation devices, debridement, and second stage reconstruction after appropriate antibiotic therapy will be necessary in these cases.

Exposure of the hip will be complicated by scar tissue. Particular care is required to avoid sciatic nerve injury during the exposure and hardware removal. Extension of the hip and knee during posterior exposure of the acetabulum and internal fixation devices will aid in retraction and avoidance of neuropraxic sciatic injury.

Stainless steel screws and plates should not contact titanium alloy implants in order to avoid the possibility of fretting wear and corrosion of dissimilar metals. Intraarticular exposure of screws or plates mandates removal of the device. In the absence of such exposure, hardware may be left in place.

Post-traumatic hip arthritis is frequently associated with avascular necrosis of the femoral head. It is not unusual to see advanced bone loss and collapse of the femoral head, with associated limb shortening. If internal fixation has been performed in the proximal femur, consideration of the appropriate femoral component length is necessary to bypass any stress risers. Calcar replacement implants will be necessary in the face of proximal femoral deficiency.

The risk of dislocation following THR in the setting of post-traumatic arthrosis is increased in the presence of soft tissue defects, abductor dysfunction, or neuromuscular deficit. Postoperative bracing may be necessary to assure stability of the reconstruction. The use of a THR orthosis set at 10–15° abduction, 30–60° flexion for 12 weeks following surgery has been successful in preventing dislocation in the setting of abnormal soft tissues.


Full Access
A.G. Rosenberg

Several centres have reported short-term (minimum 18–24 months) follow-up using cancellous impaction grafting with cement for femoral component revision, most often using stems of a similar geometry. The technique was described using the Exeter stem (Howmedica, Rutherford, NJ and Howmedica International, Staines, Middlesex, England), which is a double-tapered, highly polished, non-collared device; another implant commonly used for the procedure, the CPT stem (Collarless Polished Taper; Zimmer, Warsaw, IN), is similar in appearance. Advocates of the technique using these devices state that subsidence does not automatically lead to clinical loosening because the stem’s so-called “self-tightening geometry” allows re-stabilisation within the cement mantle as subsidence occurs. Cold flow of the cement mantle may help the stem to subside without becoming symptomatically loose. Subsidence of the wedge-shaped stem may also provide a beneficial compressive load to the bone graft.

However, other authors have raised concerns about the supposed benign nature of stem subsidence, and impaction allografting has been performed using stems that resist subsidence. Implants with a rough surface finish and polymethylmethacrylate precoating have been used.

When evaluating the published reports on impaction allografting, two important issues limit comparisons between clinical series. The most evident limitation is the inconsistent use of inclusion criteria in those papers. While many series have attempted to limit inclusion to femurs with more advanced stages of bone stock deficiency, others have specifically excluded some of those patients, as one of the originators of the procedure has expressed concerns about expanding the indications for impaction grafting to the most challenging femoral revisions. Some have been groups of consecutive patients undergoing femoral revisions, while still other studies do not define any criteria for inclusion at all. Another important limitation to consider when comparing clinical reports on this technique is the impressive number of variables that may impact on outcome in a femoral revision using impaction allografting. Two series using similar implants and similar inclusion criteria may still differ with respect to cement (technique, type, viscosity), allograft (source, consistency, pretreatment with radiation or freeze-drying), surgical approach, and aftercare, to name but a few potentially important factors. The effects of most of these variables on results in this especially complex technique have yet to be described.


H.U. Cameron

In using the S-ROM proximally supported, modular stem for hip revision surgery, the hip is classified into three types after previous implant removal. Type I is an intact isthmus, i.e. the area below the subtrochanteric region. This can be handled with a primary stem. Type II is significant damage to the isthmus and requires a long stem. Type III is no proximal femur over a distance of greater than 70 mm. This requires a long stem with a proximal femoral allograft cemented to the sleeve. A long-term cohort prospective study has been carried out on these cases.

There were 99 in Group 1 (primary stems) with a mean age of 63. Five died at less than two years and four were lost to follow-up. No stems have been removed or revised. The Harris Hip Score is 61.1% excellent, 22.2% good, 10% fair and 6.7% poor. In Group 2 (long stems) there were 157 cases with a mean age of 70. Thirteen died at less than two years and four were lost to follow- up. Seven stems required removal or revision, five for sepsis (mainly in previously septic cases) and two for aseptic loosening. The Harris Score was 58.6% excellent, 18.8% good, 8.3% fair and 14.3% poor. In general, the Harris Hip Score reflects more the function of the glutei. Those with a severe limp can never score excellent. In Group 3 there were five cases, none of which have required stem revision or removal.

In long-term cases polyethylene wear has not been a major feature doubtless reflecting decreased activity level. Osteolysis was also not proved to be a significant problem. There are no cases of osteolysis distal to the sleeve.


Full Access
D.J. Berry

The fixation concept of a fluted, conical, tapered grit-blasted titanium stem has been employed successfully in Europe, but the experience in North America with implants of this design is more limited. The most commonly studied stem of this design, the Wagner stem has been reported to provide good pain relief function and implant stability in several aeries, although large series with long-term follow-up are lacking.

Implants with a similar distal geometry but modular proximal features were introduced in an attempt to solve one of the practical difficulties of using a stem of this design: determining where the implant would seat was difficult, trialing options were limited, and accurate leg length and soft tissue balancing were difficult. Modular implants are more user-friendly but have the theoretical disadvantage of introducing the potential for modular junction failure (failure due to fatigue or fretting). To date, there are only limited (but favourable) short-term reported results on the efficacy of this form of revision.

Implants of this design can be used when rotational stability, axial stability, and long-term implant fixation must be gained primarily from the distal diaphysis of the femur. Examples include patients with periprosthetic femur fractures and patients with marked proximal bone thinning but good diaphyseal bone.

From the practical viewpoint, the fluted section of these implants must be straight (to allow milling of a cone-shaped diaphysis) and thus anterior cortical perforation is a potential complication. Anterior extended osteotomy as described by Wagner accomplishes the goal of femoral exposure and helps prevent distal anterior femoral perforation.


J.M. Cuckler

Acetabular osteolysis not infrequently presents the hip surgeon with the daunting and conflicting challenges of bone stock restoration and implant stability. Recognition of the size, position, and extent of the defect preoperatively is necessary for safe navigation of these difficult seas!

Routine radiographic examination is the single most useful preoperative test, as techniques such as CAT scans or MRI examination will be frustrated in the presence of metal-backed devices because of metal artefact. A careful review of the preoperative x-rays will allow the surgeon to properly and accurately anticipate the type of bone defect.

Revision of the failed acetabulum when the peripheral rim is intact, with small (< 2 cm) medial defects, and in the absence of large cavitary defects may be reliably managed with simple hemispheric porous ingrowth prostheses, with adjunctive cancellous allograft. However, at least 50% of the prosthesis should be in contact with viable and stable host bone for reliable outcomes. In the absence of this, a revision ring is indicated.

The presence of medial wall defects, as indicated by the protrusion of the implant beyond the iliopectineal line on the AP radiograph, indicates the probability of an uncontained central defect. Consideration should be given to the use of a protrusio ring with allograft in these cases, particularly when the defect is larger than 2 cm in diameter. If significant rim defects also exist, the use of a revision cage with allograft in indicated.

Rim defects should be suspected in cases of implant “breakout”, or in the presence of implants significantly larger than the apparent diameter of the contralateral acetabulum. Rim defects may contraindicate the use of an oversized porous socket, particularly when more than 2 cm of implant is exposed posterosuperiorly, because of the difficulty in establishing a stable implant-bone interface. In these situations, use of a revision ring is advised.

The presence of large “blowout” lesions in the ileum or ischium will indicate the need for substantial quantities of cancellous allograft, which may make the use of a simple porous acetabular shell questionable. Frequently, these lesions will lead to severe peripheral rim defects, requiring the use of a reconstruction ring.

Acetabular defects can be recognised reliably with routine radiographs. However, the revision surgeon is advised to be prepared for unanticipated defects by having available reconstruction rings, allograft, and a variety of revision acetabular implants.


W.G. Paprosky

Long-term success of cementless femoral revision is dependent on achieving initial axial and torsional stability by maximising canal fill at the time of implantation. We report on a minimum 10 years clinical and radiographic follow-up of 170 patients with extensively coated cementless revision femoral components.

With a range of follow-up of 10 to 16 years and a mean of 13.2 years, a survivorship of greater than 95% was reported. Clinically, the average Postel-D’Aubigne pain and walking score improved from a preoperative score of 5.4 points to 10.8 points postoperatively. Eightytwo percent of the hips had radiographic evidence of a bone-ingrown prosthesis and 13.9% had evidence of stable fibrous fixation. Four percent of stems were unstable as seen on radiographs. Six stems were revised to larger extensively coated stems and one stem is causing pain and is unstable but has yet to be revised. The overall mechanical failure rate was 4.1%. Stress shielding was greatest in patients with stems larger than 16.5 mm and in osteoporotic bone (Dorr Type C). Nine percent of patients had significant thigh pain including all of the patients with unstable stems.

In the presence of bone loss in the proximal metaphyseal region of the femur, fixation of the femoral component is predictable when optimising prosthetic-bone fit in the diaphyseal region of the femur using an extensively porous coated femoral component.


R. Sekel

A femoral stem using a double threaded cone locking mechanism has been developed down under. Over 400 prostheses have been implanted as primary, revision and replacement prostheses over the last 4 years. Stem insertion is achieved by a gentle screw home mechanism and does not use the “hammer and nail” insertion principle.

Design

The prosthesis has two components:

A cone shaped stem

The stem body externally is a slowly tapering hydroxyapatite coated cone, with a distal pilot and two differing speed external threads. The parallel threads strongly resist derotation of the prosthesis in the bone and impart rotatory stability. The cone shape imparts excellent vertical stability.

A modular neck

The neck component is available in various horizontal offsets and vertical height options and allows the femoral ball to accurately find the “sweet spot”, the center of the acetabulum

Full four-vector adjustability is available at the end of stem preparation:

Vertical height (leg length)

Horizontal offset

Anteversion neck angle

Neck/ball length

Design Advantages

The locking mechanism gains immediate and longterm vertical and torsional stability in the femur.

Immediate full weight bearing is possible, especially in primary total hip replacements.

The locking mechanism grips equally well in the metaphysis and proximal or distal diaphysis of the femur.

Bulk structural allograft may not be necessary even in the severely deficient proximal femur.

The prosthesis can be used in wide medullary canals.

The early clinical experience with this prosthesis will be presented.


A.E. Gross

Roof reinforcement and reconstruction rings have facilitated bone restoration in revision arthroplasty of the acetabulum. These rings are used when there is not enough bone to support a conventional cemented or a standard sized or jumbo uncemented cup. Both rings may be used with morselised or structural allograft bone. Roof reinforcement rings are used for contained defects but contact must be made with host bone superiorly and infero-medially. For more global contained defects where most of the acetabulum is filled with morselised allograft bone, contact with host acetabulum infero-medially is impossible. Under these circumstances a reconstruction ring that extends from ilium to ischium must be used.

Uncontained (segmental) bone defects reconstructed with structural allografts are bridged and protected by reconstruction rings that extend from ilium to ischium.

In 43 acetabular revisions, roof reinforcement rings were used with morselised allograft bone for contained defects. At five years average follow-up the survivorship was 88% (one re-revision and four definitely loose).

In 13 patients with massive uncontained acetabular defects, reconstruction rings were used in conjunction with structural allografts. At an average follow-up of 10.5 years, the survivorship was 77% (10 hips have not been re-revised and have a stable implant).


F.F. Buechel

Dislocation after primary total hip replacement (THR) can occur within days or weeks after the index procedure because of malpositioned components or be of late onset years later due to trauma or excessive wear.

Regardless of timing, the culprit causing dislocation is catastrophic neck-cup impingement, which levers the prosthetic head out of the prosthetic socket. Prosthetic range of motion (P-ROM), which is determined by the diameter of the femoral neck at the ball-neck junction and the distance to the edge of the prosthetic cup, must be considered during initial THR insertion to allow internal and external hip rotation of 45° at 90° of hip flexion in neutral abduction-adduction. Failure to achieve satisfactory P-ROM by accurate placement of the acetabular cup and femoral component may result in multiple re-dislocations, especially if periprosthetic capsular reformation is interrupted by an initial dislocation, which disrupts the primary surgical repair.

If component position is satisfactory but traumatic disruption of the periprosthetic capsule results in recurrent posterior THR dislocation, a posterior capsular reefing and reinforcement with mersilene tape can be used. A postoperative 30° hip abduction brace with a 60° flexion stop is recommended for continuous use for 6 to 12 weeks. If component position is unsatisfactory or excessive wear causes impingement, removal and repositioning of the acetabular cup in 30° anteversion and 60° abduction with 15° of femoral neck anteversion is recommended.


J.D. Blaha

Why

Revision arthroplasty is done for:

Loosening of components

Breakage of components

Infection

Dislocation of components

Wear of components

Osteolysis

Wherefore

Removal and replacement of the cup is done for:

Loose cup

Broken cup

Infection

Malpositioned cup for which there is no salvage

Wear of the cup for which there is no salvage


R.B. Bourne

Acetabular bone defects are common in revision total hip arthroplasty and are usually worse than depicted on routine radiographs. These defects may be cavitary, segmental or both. For cavitary and segmental defects with more than 50% host support, our preference is to use a cementless revision acetabular component, supplemented by the use of screw fixation and morselised bone graft. For cavitary and segmental defects with less than 50% host support, the use of an anti-protrusio cage, morselised bone graft and a cemented all polyethylene socket is preferred. Our use of structural allografts is much less common. Indications would include absence of the acetabular dome or posterior column. Our preferred technique is use of the “reverse 7” distal femoral allograft. Whenever a structural allograft is used, we would reinforce this with the use of an anti-protrusio cage. This approach has yielded predictable excellent clinical results.


D.J. Berry

Uncemented hemispherical sockets are the implant of choice for most acetabular revisions. Several studies at mid-term document good clinical results, and furthermore, the implants are both versatile and technically straightforward to insert. When bone loss is present, the indications for uncemented sockets are expanded by using jumbo uncemented cups or uncemented cups placed at a high hip center. The main limitation of uncemented hemispherical cups is the need to place them on sufficient host bone to provide initial mechanical stability with a high, long-term likelihood of biologic fixation. The amount of host bone needed to meet these criteria has been debated. One rule of thumb that has been used is 50% surface area contact of the shell with host bone. However, for large sockets with a large surface area, a smaller percentage of the surface in contact with host bone may prove acceptable, provided the shell has host bone support in key areas including a peripheral rim fit and support in the dome of the socket.

When these criteria cannot be fulfilled, an alternative method of acetabular reconstruction must be considered. These alternatives include structural bone grafts, impaction grafting, and anti-protrusio cages. Anti-protrusio cages have the advantage of distributing forces over a large surface area of native bone, resisting migration, and being compatible with either bulk or particulate graft in massive acetabular deficiencies. These implants do not provide for biologic fixation and thus their use probably is best restricted to situations in which porous coated implants are not likely to work.

Pelvic discontinuity is a specific form of acetabular bone deficiency in which there is a transverse fracture of the acetabulum. Usually this occurs in association with marked acetabular bone loss and represents a stress fracture through deficient bone. Preoperative findings suggestive of pelvic discontinuity include: medial/lateral offset of the superior pelvis relative to the inferior hemipelvis, malrotation of the inferior hemipelvis relative to superior hemipelvis, or visible fracture line demonstrating the pelvic discontinuity. Judet films and true lateral radiographs of the hip can be helpful to delineate the presence of pelvic discontinuity.

The treatment principles for pelvic discontinuity include the following: 1.) gain stable fixation of the new acetabular implant. When the bone deficiency is relatively modest this may be possible with a hemispherical uncemented socket. Frequently, however, bone deficiency is massive and an anti-protrusio cage is necessary; 2.) restore pelvic continuity and stability. Usually this is possible with just a posterior column plate; 3.) bone graft large defects using particulate versus structural bone graft. In massive deficiencies structural bone grafts have the advantage of bridging the discontinuity and allowing healing of the native pelvis to the structural graft inferiorly and superiorly which may promote healing of the discontinuity.

The results of treatment of pelvic discontinuity are dependent on the severity of bone loss and whether or not the pelvis had previous therapeutic radiation; milder bone loss is associated with better results; and more severe bone loss and previous therapeutic pelvic radiation with worse results.

Surgery for pelvic discontinuity is complex and the most common complications include recurrent instability, infection, and sciatic neuropathy.


W.G. Paprosky

From 1992 to 1996, 142 consecutive hip revisions were performed with the use of an extended proximal femoral osteotomy. Twenty patients had insufficient follow-up or were followed elsewhere and were excluded from the review. The remaining 122 revisions included 83 women and 39 men. Average age at time of revision was 63.8 (26–84) years. Indications for revision were aseptic loosening (114), component failure (4), recurrent dislocation (2), femoral fracture (1), and second stage re-implantation for infection (1).

The extended proximal femoral osteotomy gave easy access to the distal bone-cement or bone-prosthesis interface in all cases. It allowed neutral reaming of the femoral canal and implantation of the revision component in proper alignment. Varus remodelling of the proximal femur secondary to loosening was handled with relative ease implementing the osteotomy. Average time from the beginning of the osteotomy procedure to the complete removal of prosthesis and cement was thirty-five minutes. There were no non-unions of the osteotomised fragments at an average post-op follow- up of 2.6 years with no cases of proximal migration of the greater trochanteric fragment greater than 2 mm. There was evidence of radiographic union of the osteotomy site in all cases by 3 months. Stem fixation with bone ingrowth was noted in 112 (92%) of 122 hips, stable fibrous fixation was seen in nine (7%) and one stem (1%) was unstable and was subsequently revised.

We have found that use of the osteotomy is an efficient, safe, and reliable technique in revision hip arthroplasty. The advantages include easier access to the fixation surface of the failed prosthesis without compromising the remaining bone stock, alteration of proximal bone deformities to allow neutral reaming of the femoral canal, predictable healing of the osteotomised fragment, proper tensioning of the abductors with distal advancement, decreased operative time, and enhanced exposure of the acetabulum.


Full Access
L.D. Dorr

A polyethylene liner can be cemented into a well-fixed and well-oriented acetabular component with success. This technique has been used by us for over 5 years. In the last year, we have used this technique in patients that are considered to be unlimited community ambulators and who participate in vigorous exercises as well as sports such as golf and skiing. These cemented inserts have therefore functioned in patients who have activity levels, which vary from a household ambulator to an unlimited community ambulator.

We have reviewed 17 patients with 18 hips that have follow-up beyond 2 years. Ten of these patients had the cemented insert performed because of dislocation and a constrained liner was inserted into the shell. Seven of these patients had a liner cemented at the time of revision because either the locking mechanism of the cup was not good enough to replace the liner or a new bearing surface was desired by the patient. Twelve of the liners that were cemented into the shells were constrained and five were standard polyethylene articulation surfaces (without constraint). Two of these were crosslinked polyethylene liners. At the time of revision eight hips also had stem revision and in nine hips only the modular femoral head and insert were exchanged.

There have been three revisions of these 18 hips. In the second hip replacement performed, the size of polyethylene used was too large and the ledge of the polyethylene rim was not abutted against the metal rim of the shell (the poly stood proud). This polyethylene disassembled within three months and a revision of this cup was done to a constrained cup and liner. The second revision was in a patient who had a cup changed with a standard polyethylene liner for dislocation. The dislocation persisted so that this patient was reoperated five months later and a constrained liner was cemented into the acetabular shell, which successfully stopped the dislocation. The third was a patient who had a constrained liner cemented into a cup, but continued to dislocate even with the constrained liner. There was no loosening of the cemented constrained insert. This patient had the entire cup revised to a ring support with a new constrained liner. In all three of these patients there was profound gluteus medius muscle absence of function.

Radiographic review of these acetabular reconstructions show that in those patients who had screw holes in the acetabulum there are no radiolucent lines apparent around the cement “puffs” which are visible in the acetabular bone. In those cups that did not have screw holes, the inner aspect of the acetabular cup was roughened with a Midas-Rex and there is no visible cement outside these cups. All of the acetabular plastic liners had the backside roughened with the Midas-Rex prior to being cemented into the metal shell.

Lever-out strengths of cemented polys into metal shells have shown that this is stronger than that provided by a regular locking mechanism.


Full Access
S.D. Stulberg

Introduction: The impaction grafting technique appears to be a very useful method for revising failed THA with extensive cavitary proximal femoral bone loss. However, its use with short, polished stems has been associated with femoral fractures, stem subsidence and instability. This study describes a new surgical impaction grafting technique and reports the results using blasted femoral stems of variable lengths, with variable head-neck offsets and lengths.

Methods – Results: Fifteen revision THA using an impaction grafting technique were performed. Minimum follow-up was five years. Preoperative diagnosis was aseptic loosening of cemented femoral stems in 11 cases, and uncemented stems in four cases. Thirteen of the 15 revision cases with impaction grafting were cemented. Three revision cases were performed using stems less than 150 mm in length, the remainder utilised stems from 165 mm – 315 mm in length. Neck lengths of the revision implants ranged from 40 – 80 mm, including four calcar replacements. Intraoperative fractures occurred in two cases and were successfully treated with cerclage wires. There were two postoperative fractures, both in patients with stems less than 150 mm. Both were successfully treated with plates and onlay allografts. At most recent follow-up, all patients were pain-free. All patients were ambulating unlimited distances. Two patients required canes. All stems were well fixed radiographically with no evidence of progressive radiolucencies or subsidence. The graft appeared to be incorporating. The surgical technique consists of: 1.) removal of previously failed implant and cement; 2.) placement of cerclage wires around femur into which graft will be impacted; 3.) introduction of impacted allograft; 4.) radially impacting with tapered, polished, smooth straight impactors to a distance into femur that permits firm engagement with endosteal cortex for a distance of at least 3 cm; 5.) use of polished, smooth broaches to create final shape of cavity; 6.) trial reduction using polished broaches; and 7.) insertion of implant with or without cement.

Discussion – Conclusions: This report describes a new technique for impaction grafting in revision THA. This study suggests that the use of rough surfaced, long femoral stems with variable head-neck lengths and offsets in conjunction with the impaction grafting technique may reduce the incidence of subsidence, femoral fractures, and dislocations that can occur when this revision technique is used with short, polished stems.


C.A. Engh

Reconstructing severe acetabular defects in revision total hip arthroplasty remains a challenge. When bulk allografts are used alone to support components, high failure rates are reported within five years. But satisfying results are obtained in most cases when a reinforcement cage and cement are used in combination with bulk allograft.

This video demonstrates a technique used at Anderson Orthopaedic Institute that employs an anti-protrusio acetabular support ring with particulate allograft. Considered a salvage procedure, the approach provides an option when a hemispheric acetabular component cannot be adequately placed or properly positioned on host bone. It is recommended for low-demand, elderly patients or those with multiple failures in which no other reconstruction alternative is viable.

The partial-pelvic reconstruction ring used in this case has a caudal flange. It comes in multiple sizes and also has flexible flanges that can be contoured to the ilium. The caudal flange secures fixation to the ischium. The acetabular cage enables re-creation of a normal hip center and, thus, improved hip joint stability. Disadvantages are the extensive exposure required and lack of opportunity to trial reduce components.

As shown in the video, unique aspects of the surgical exposure are: sciatic nerve exposure to prevent injury during surgery; a trochanteric osteotomy to mobilise abductors and allow exposure and fixation of the cage to the ilium; extensive mobilisation of the femur to visualise acetabular defects; and exposure of the ischium for inferior fixation of the cage.


P.C. Birch N.J. Downing B.J. Holdsworth

To discover the long-term outcome of internal fixation for displaced fractures of the distal adult humerus, we have re-assessed a cohort of 57 patients studied 10 years ago. Forty patients (70%) were identified, 13 had died, leaving 27 adult patients at an average of 17 years after operation (14–20 years).

Eighteen were Müller type C, (five open), eight type B and two type A. All were treated with stable internal fixation. Early active mobilisation was mandatory. The majority were approached using a chevron olecranon osteotomy. The patients were assessed radiographically and using a modification of the Mayo Clinic Performance Index for the Elbow. The patients were also asked about their perception of the outcome of surgery, and overall satisfaction. Based upon the Mayo Score, 33% had an excellent result, 63% good and four percent fair. None had a poor outcome.

Pain was generally only mild if present at all, with only three stating that it interfered with hobbies or work. Only one required regular use of analgesics. Sensory abnormalities were found in eight patients, four in the ulnar distribution, one median, two whole hand and one whole arm. None considered this unpleasant or a problem. Discomfort attributed to the metalwork was found in four patients, six have had some or all removed. All but one was able to attend to all activities of daily living without problems. Patient satisfaction was excellent or good in 83% and satisfactory in 17%.

This study is the first to demonstrate that early stable internal fixation of distal humeral fractures by an experienced surgeon, gives excellent long term results with few complications, together with high rates of patient satisfaction and little functional morbidity.


J. Garcia R. Mykula D. Stanley

Cobb and Morrey (1997) reported the use of Total Elbow Replacement (TER) for patients with distal humerus fractures. In this paper, 48% of the patients had a previous history of inflammatory arthropathy. Our aim was to determine the role of TER as treatment for complex distal humeral fractures in elderly patients with no previous history of inflammatory arthropathy. These patients have greater functional demands.

The complexity of the original injury was graded according to the AO Mullers’ classification of supracondylar humeral fractures. All patients were reviewed clinically and radiographically. Their daily activities and general post-operative quality of life was estimated with the Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand (DASH) questionnaire. The Mayo elbow performance score was used for functional evaluation. Implant survivorship was assessed.

Fourteen patients (11 female and three male) underwent a Coonrad-Morrey TER via a standard posterior approach for humeral fractures. Their mean age was 73 years (range 61–84 years) at the time of injury. Ten patients had suffered a C3 injury, two a B3 and two an A3 according to the AO classification. The mean time to surgery after their injury was 8 days (range: 1–21 days). Complications: one myocardial infarct and one superficial wound infection.

Mean time to follow-up was three years and two months (range: 9–66 months). Nine (64%) reported no pain, four (29%) had mild pain with activity and one had mild pain at rest. The mean arc of extension-flexion movement was 24°–125°. Supination: mean = 90° (range: 70°–100°). Pronation: mean = 70° (range: 50°–110°). No elbow was unstable. The mean DASH score was 22.6 (range: 0.92–63.3). Zero reflects no disability, 100 reflects most severe disability. The mean Mayo elbow performance score was 90 (range: 80–100). X-rays revealed that all implants were well fixed with no evidence of loosening. One patient had severe hypertrophic bone.


I.J. Harding I.M. Morris

The purpose of this study was to identify aetiological factors that may determine prognosis in ulnar nerve lesions at the elbow and to evaluate the role of non-operative treatment.

One hundred and thirty consecutive patients (92 male) with 152 electrophysiologically proven (by nerve conduction and electromyography) ulnar nerve lesions at the elbow were identified from the departmental records. Patient details, symptoms, known aetiology and treatment profile were recorded. Each patient was then contacted by telephone and / or questionnaire between one and six years after electrodiagnosis to determine clinical progress and outcome. In patients with sensory symptoms alone or non-progressive painless motor symptoms, non-operative treatment was commenced. This involved advice on activity modification and protection with a tubipad bandage or night splint with continued clinical and electrophysiological surveillance.

Sixty-one percent of lesions were idiopathic with no clinical aetiological factor. Defined causes included deformity and/or synovitis from arthritis of the elbow (11.2%), injudicious intra-operative pressure (9.2%), injury/trauma (8.5%) repeated pressure (4.1%), medial epicondylitis (2.9%) and benign space occupying lesions (2.9%). Twenty-two patients had expected bilateral lesions whereas 15 had contralateral lesions that were not symptomatic. Eighty-three percent of patients received non-operative first line treatment. Twenty-one percent of these required operative intervention (simple decompression) following further clinical and electrophysiological assessment. Partial or complete recovery occurred in 88%, 80%, 67% and 52% of the arthritis, intra-operative, idiopathic and injury cases respectively (P< 0.05).

We conclude lesions of the ulnar nerve at the elbow predominate in males and the majority can be treated non-operatively providing clinical and electrophysiological monitoring is possible. Bilaterality is not uncommon and should be excluded. Lesions due to injury have a worse prognosis than those caused by arthritis of the elbow, direct continuous or repeated pressure or where no aetiological factor exists.


Full Access
C. Wigderowitz D. Allen O. Hilmi J.A. Dent

The Souter-Strathclyde total elbow has been used in our unit since 1989. The current study reviews the results of the first 10 years of practice and compares them with reported results. Pain relief, complication rate, functional outcome and patient satisfaction were evaluated.

The primary indication for replacement was pain in the presence of advanced rheumatoid destruction of the joint on radiography, classified according to Souter (1989). Complications had been dealt with as appropriate, reviewed retrospectively and classified according to Dent et al (1995). Pain, activities of daily living and overall satisfaction were assessed by questionnaire. They were measured clinically for range of movement, power, stability and elbow performance using the Mayo Elbow Performance Score. Follow up x-rays were assessed for evidence of loosening. Fifty elbows were replaced in 43 patients, 34 female and nine male. There were 24 right and 26 left elbows. All patients had rheumatoid arthritis; one patient had an associated traumatic injury to the elbow. The pre-operative radiographs available for review were 10 grade 3, 12 grade 4 and 17 grade 5. The mean age of the patients was 65 years (range: 33–83 years). The average follow up was five years (range: 1-10 years). Fourteen patients died and one was lost to follow up, leaving 33 elbows in 28 patients. There were 12 complications, eight were type A, four elbows had a transient radial palsy, three had ulnar neuritis and there was one pressure sore. The only type B complication was a persisting subluxation in extension. There were three type C complications with early revision, a humeral fracture revised to a humeral resection implant, a subluxated joint revised to an ulnar retentive prosthesis and one deep infection revised to an excision arthroplasty. Twenty-four had no pain, six had occasional pain, one got pain with heavy use and two had pain at night. For ADL, two patients could not reach their mouth with difficult feeding and five had trouble toileting. All were able to dress themselves and turn taps. The preoperative range motion was 110° (±23.1°) Flex., 40° (±11.5°) Ext., 45° (±12.2°) Pron., and 46° (±36.9°) Sup. Postoperatively the mean ranges were 131° (±13.1°) Flex., 32° (±16°) Ext., 81° (±14°) Pron. and 72° (±32°) supination. By the Mayo performance score 67% had excellent results, 8% had good results, 17% fair and 8% poor. 67% of patients were extremely pleased with their results and only one was dissatisfied. No elbows had radiological evidence of loosening requiring revision.

There was substantial pain relief and an increase in the range of motion. The number of complications was acceptable and the patient satisfaction level was very high. The Souter-Strathclyde elbow arthroplasty is an appropriate option in rheumatoid patients with elbow destruction.


N.W. Emms J.D. Moorehead S.C. Montgomery P. Brownson

The aim of this study was to investigate if the rotational axis of normal human shoulders moves during flexion in the sagittal plane.

Twenty four shoulders were measured in twelve normal volunteers, aged 25-42, height range 1.65-1.88 m and weight range 63–120 Kg. Each subject had surface markers placed on their iliac crests, mastoid processes and upper arms. Joint movement was video recorded as shoulders were actively flexed and extended in the sagittal plane. For each joint, a typical flexion sweep was selected and replayed into a computerised imaging system, where still frames were captured at 20 degree intervals from 20 to 120 degrees. These images were analysed to extract the co-ordinates of each marker. The coordinates were then processed to determine the Instant Centres of Rotation (ICR) for each angle of flexion. These ICR’s were then plotted to derive the Rotational Axis Pathway (RAP) for each shoulder joint.

The results indicate that throughout the flexion arc, the rotational axis is located in the region of the humeral head. At the start of the arc the rotational axis is in the anterio-superior part of the shoulder joint. As the shoulder flexes forward the rotational axis moves posteriorly following a curved pathway. In 18 cases the RAPs moved posterio-inferiorly and in six cases the RAPs moved posterio-superiorly. The pathways can be quantified in terms of their curved pathway lengths and the displacements of their end points from their start points. In the case of the 18 posterio-inferior pathways, the mean pathway length was 98.3 mm (SD=31.5) and the mean posterior/inferior displacements were 59.6 mm (SD=34.7) and 43.2 mm (SD=24.6) respectively. In the case of the 6 posterior-superior pathways, the mean pathway length was 109.4 mm (SD=40.2) and the mean posterior/ superior displacements were 94.7 mm (SD=43.9) & 20.9 mm (SD=11.1) respectively. The variation in inferior-superior displacement of the axis may be due to normal variations in scapula movement during forward flexion.

This investigation indicates that in normal subjects, the rotational axis moves posteriorly during flexion.


W.H. Bliss L.A. James J.R. Williams

Shoulder active range of flexion, abduction and external rotation was measured with three devices in 33 subjects using a blinded protocol. The aim was to compare the accuracy and interobserver reliability of the goniometers. The devices used were the routine clinical goniometer as used clinically with and without the elbow flexed to 90 degrees, differential goniometers incorporated into a tightly fitting brace holding the elbow at 90 degrees flexion, and the Isotrak II electromagnetic coupling laboratory equipment which was used as the reference tool and in addition was used to make simultaneous measurements of trunkal movements.

For the measurement of flexion and external rotation, there was no significant difference in interobserver reliability between the goniometric methods. There was a small difference when measuring abduction with the brace mounted differential goniometers being the most accurate. The striking finding was the poor accuracy and over-measurement error of both goniometric methods, over-measuring by 34 degrees for flexion, 43 degrees for abduction, and 15 degrees for external rotation. Trunkal movements are shown to account for part of this error but humeral rotation was also noted.


G.D. Karatzas A.J. Graham A.J. Carr

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the outcomes of treatment of rheumatoid elbows with Kudo Total Elbow Replacements.

Between 1993–1997 we performed 39 Kudo Total Elbow Replacements in 35 patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis, aged 39–81 years old (mean age: 60,7 yrs). Eleven patients (13 elbows) were male and 24 (26 elbows) were female. Twenty-eight (28) replacements were performed on the right side and eleven (11) on the left. All the patients were evaluated clinically (pre-op and post-op, using Mayo score system) and radiographically. In seven elbows another procedure (radial head excision (three), radial head excision & synovectomy (three), arthroscopy & interposition arthroplasty(one)) had been performed previously for the rheumatoid arthritis. Eight elbows seemed to have ulnar nerve problems pre-op. We followed-up 31 patients (35 elbows). Mean follow-up was 5years (range: 4–8 years).

The pre-operative pain had been reduced significantly in almost all patients. In the majority, the movement had also been improved post-operatively. Two elbows were unstable (one subluxated, one dislocated). Both presented early postoperatively. Only one patient developed a postoperative ulnar nerve problem and that resolved. One elbow had a delay in wound healing. Radiolucency appeared around both the humeral and ulnar components in five elbows, around humeral component in two and around ulnar component also in two. Five elbow replacements were revised. Four of them due to aseptic loosening and one due to instability problem (dislocation). No deep infection was noticed in any elbow.

In our hands, Kudo Elbow Replacements seemed to have aseptic loosening rates comparable to other series and low dislocation rates.


M. Oakley J. Williams

The purpose of the study was to compare three shoulder scoring systems with the aim of assessing their ability to identify disability over a spectrum of disease within a routine shoulder practice.

Considering our aims three systems were chosen for investigation; General Oxford Shoulder Questionnaire (GOSQ), Simple Shoulder Test Questionnaire (SST) and Hospital for Special Surgery System for Assessing Shoulder Function (HSS). Each was completed by 108 consecutive patients referred to our shoulder clinic, representing a spectrum of disease. These were compared with a pain and function score derived from the UK SF-36 Health Score. A subset of 27 patients repeated the questionnaires twenty four hours later to test repeatability of the scores. Agreement was calculated using Bland and Altman’s statistical method for assessing agreement between two methods of clinical measurement. This analysis was done both on the group as a whole and divided into five subgroups by diagnosis: instability (subgoup1), cuff tears and impingement (2), adhesive capsulitis (3), arthritis (4) and miscellaneous (5).

Reproducibility as a standard deviation (SD) of the difference between the scores after 24 hours: HSS 9.9, GOSQ 8.8, SST, 15.5 and SF-36 11.1.

Using the Bland and Altman method for assessing agreement, the scores both for repeatability and in comparison with the SF-36 are disappointing. It would appear that out of the three scores tested the HSS gives the most consistent results over a range of shoulder problems.


A. Malone A.J.N. Taylor I.S. Fife

This study assesses the clinical performance of the Souter-Strathclyde elbow arthroplasty with a standardised index and long term survivorship analysis.

We undertook assessment of 68 primary Souter-Strathclyde total elbow replacements. Of 53 patients assessed with pre-operative Souter-Strathclyde charts, nine died and one was lost to follow-up, 43 had radiographic and telephone review, and 38 (88%) had clinical examination according to the Mayo Elbow Performance Index.

Survival of the 43 elbows was to a mean of 72 months (range: eight to 187 months) with improvement in pain, motion, stability and function. Eight of 10 elbows in deceased patients had satisfactory scores at the last assessment. Ulnar neuropraxia occurred in eight elbows (12%), persistent sensory deficit in two (3%) and motor deficit in one. Two triceps abscesses required local skin flap cover. Revision was undertaken in 14 elbows (20%) for instability (six) bony injury (three), loosening (three) and intraoperative problems (two).

The survivorship at 13 years was 74% with 62 (91%) of all elbows achieving a satisfactory Mayo score.


C.M. Coapes A. Rangan

We aimed to devise a simple and reproducible method of shoulder strength measurement with reference to the Constant and Murley shoulder score.

Fifteen male and 15 female patients were tested. The average age was 32 years. None had previous shoulder pathology. We used a simple spring balance and an electronic load cell to measure force. The system was attached to the floor and connected to the patients arm with an adjustable strap. Strength was measured at 90 degrees of flexion and abduction (in the plane of the scapula), with both dominant and non-dominant limbs. The strap was placed on the upper arm a fixed distance from the tip of the acromion. In addition measurements were taken with the strap attached at the patients wrist. Measurements were repeated after a rest period.

There was no significant difference between strength measured in abduction or flexion or between dominant and non-dominant limbs. The mean measurement for females (13.38kg) is 56 of the male mean (23.92kg). The mean measurement with the strap at the wrist was 47.6 of the mean measurement with the strap on the arm for females and 56.25 for males.

In their original description Constant and Murley use the method described by Moseley to measure shoulder strength. This involved the examiner pulling down on a spring balance held at arms length by the patient. The value assigned to the scale (0.5 kg scores one point to a maximum of 25) is arbitrary. By placing the strap on the upper arm the lever arm is shortened and a higher strength measurement is obtained, the position is standardised by measuring a fixed distance from the tip of the acromion. By adjusting the scoring scale accordingly a greater margin for error and thus greater accuracy and reproducibility can be obtained. In addition there is a large difference in mean strength between males and females that is not taken into account in the Constant and Murley score. A simple multiplier could be used to correct this factor.

We suggest minor modifications to strength measurement for the Constant and Murley score could improve accuracy and reproducibility and correct scoring differences between the sexes.


A.L. Wallace E. Sharp C. Zaina J.S. Yeap I.T. Jones A.J. Forester

Although the epidemiology and pathomechanics of shoulder injuries in throwing athletes has been wellstudied, less is known about shoulder injuries in other sports where significant loads are carried by the upper limb. We evaluated 90 professional gymnasts who participated in a regular performance schedule during the millennium celebrations in the calendar year 2000. The gymnasts were divided into Group I (n=60) who were selected and trained for 18 months, and Group II (n=30) who were ‘fast-tracked’ through recruitment and training in the final six months before performance.

At the conclusion of the performance year, athletes were assessed using a subjective questionnaire, the SF-12 general health instrument, the Oxford instability questionnaire and the Constant score. They also underwent clinical examination, hypermobility scoring and fatigue testing.

Of those surveyed, 46% complained of pain in one or both shoulders, and the majority of these received nonoperative physical therapy during the year and were able to continue performing. Five patients (6%) had refractory pain, demonstrated signs of hypermobility, abnormal joint translation and positive relocation tests, often in the absence of symptomatic instability. All were in Group II, presented in the final six months of performance and required arthroscopic treatment for complex tears involving the anterior and superior labrum, including the biceps anchor.

These results indicate that the incidence of shoulder injury is very high among professional aerial gymnasts. The underlying cause is likely to be multifactorial in these hypermobile athletes, but the findings are consistent with the concept of cumulative microtrauma to the capsulolabral complex. Acute-on-chronic injury appears to be associated with complex labral pathology which presents with pain rather than with overt instability. Our observations suggest that training and performance schedules should be carefully monitored, incorporating extended preparation and recovery, in order to reduce the risk of shoulder injury. Further work on kinematics of the shoulder during dynamic loading of the weightbearing upper limb is required.


H Mullett D Byrne S Byrne D Selvey J Colville

The pathogenesis of frozen shoulder remains unclear. Fibroblast proliferation has been implicated in the pathogenesis with subsequent fibrosis of the capsule. We studied patients undergoing manipulation under anaesthesia for frozen shoulder. All fitted Codman’s criteria for the diagnosis. Normal saline was injected and then aspirated from 15 patients undergoing manipulation under anaesthesia for treatment of frozen shoulder and from 15 patients undergoing shoulder arthroscopy for other pathology. Human fibroblasts were cultured from sections of human anterior abdominal wall obtained from patients undergoing elective surgery. The effect of frozen shoulder aspirate versus normal control on human fibroblast proliferation and apoptosis was measured. Cellular proliferation was determined using the Promega celltitre 96TM non-radioactive cell proliferation assay.

Proliferation of human fibroblasts was significantly increased in the cells treated with aspirate obtained from frozen shoulder patients versus both negative control (growth medium only) and control (normal shoulder aspirate) at concentrations of 105, 25% and 50%. This increase in proliferation was in a dose dependent manner, with the most significant increase seen in cells treated with a 505 concentration of frozen shoulder aspirate. Apoptosis was upregulated at all concentrations of shoulder aspirate, but only achieves statistical significance at 255 and 505 concentrations.

This study supports the hypothesis that frozen shoulder results from alteration in fibroblast regulation.


D. Prince J. Spencer S.M. Lambert

To devise an operative approach to the management of acute posterior fracture-dislocation of the shoulder which restores or retains normal proximal humeral anatomy and allows the early restoration of a complete, stable range of motion.

Since 1996 we have treated four male patients (five shoulders) aged between 19 and 54 years at the time of first dislocation with autogenous iliac grafting of the anterior humeral head defect for acute and acuteon-chronic posterior dislocation of the shoulder. Two patients had epilepsy: one of these patients had bilateral dislocations. Two patients had motorbike RTAs. The deltopectoral approach with vertical division of the subscapularis tendon was used in all cases. The defects comprised 20– 25% of the volume of the humeral head at the equator after preparation for grafting. Grafts were fixed with compression screws. The subscapularis tendon was repaired anatomically. Active-assisted rehabilitation was started immediately, restricting external rotation to the neutral position for six weeks, thereafter allowing full rotation and elevation as comfort allowed.

The patient with bilateral dislocations died of unrelated causes 18 months after surgery. He was reported to have had no further dislocations, complete pain free functional use of both shoulders and no complications of the procedure. The remaining three patients were reviewed at a minimum of 20 months after surgery (average 35 months). All grafts had incorporated. There was no graft collapse or boundary arthrosis. The absolute Constant scores were 85.1, 90.9, and 89.2; the subjective shoulder scores were 98%, 90%, and 99%; the Oxford rating scale for pain scores were 14 out of 60, 13 out of 60, and 14 out of 60; and the Oxford rating scale for instability scores were 14 out of 60, 15 out of 60 and 15 out of 60. There were no redislocations, or complications of the procedures.

Posterior stability appears more dependant on surface arc of contact than on capsular integrity, in contrast to the anteriorly unstable shoulder. Restoration of the articular surface arc of contact by segmental autogenous grafting retains normal humeral anatomy, allows normal motion with excellent cuff function, and a return to normal daily activities. The procedure has been shown to be safe at a minimum of 20 months.


F. Lam H. Ahn D. Mok

The purpose of the study was to evaluate the functional outcome and recurrent dislocation rate in patients who have undergone arthroscopic shoulder stabilization with a bioabsorbable fixation device, Suretac (Acufex Microsurgical). The role of thermal capsular shrinkage was also investigated.

Between June 1996 and June 2000, 78 consecutive patients (80 shoulders) at our hospital underwent arthroscopic stabilization with Suretac fixator by our senior author (DM). Twenty-one performed for acute post-traumatic dislocation (defined as first time dislocation), 41 for recurrent dislocations, 14 for SLAP lesions and four atraumatic multidirectional instability. Patients were followed up by an independent observer (FL) after a mean of 35 months (range: 9–62 months). The follow up examination included the modified Rowe and Zarins score, the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons score and the Constant score. The strength of lateral elevation as advocated in the Constant score was measured by the Nottingham Mecmesin Myometer.

The overall re-dislocation rate after surgery was 14% (11 patients). This occurred after an average period of 23 months (range: 12–37 months) following the initial stabilization procedure. One patient also reported recurrent subluxation though without frank dislocation. The re-dislocation for patients with acute dislocation was 9%, 15% for recurrent dislocation, 14% for SLAP lesions and 25% for those with atraumatic multidirectional instability. 3 of the 19 patients who underwent arthroscopic stabilization and thermal capsular shrinkage also re-dislocated. Four of the 10 patients who were aged 18 or under at the time of surgery, re-dislocated after an average period of 18 months following the operation.

Our study shows that the functional outcome and recurrence rate of Suretac stabilization compare favorably to other arthroscopic repair techniques using nonabsorbable suture anchors. The results appear to be better in patients with acute post traumatic dislocation. We do not recommend its use in younger patients (18 or under) especially with multidirectional instability. There is not enough evidence in our study to support the theoretical benefits of thermal capsular shrinkage.


B.N. Muddu B.B. Peravali B. Ferns M. Nashi K. Subbiah

We conducted a prospective evaluation of patients with anterior dislocation of the shoulder associated with a fracture of the greater tuberosity.

Thirty-four anterior dislocations of the shoulder with greater tuberosity fractures were reviewed with a minimum follow-up of one year from the time of injury. Eight required open reduction. The final outcome with regard to pain, range of movements, and function was assessed in 34 patients. In open reduction, there were five good results, one fair, one poor and one patient died.

In the non-operative group, results were good in 11 patients, fair in eight, poor in one, not assessed in five and one patient died. Two patients have died in this series, one in the open reduction group. Associated injuries are: axillary nerve damage (three), brachial plexus injury (one), loose fragment under the acromion (one) and stiffness of the shoulder (three)

Anterior dislocations of the shoulder with fracture of the greater tuberosity do not always lead to good results. Close observation after reduction is important to check for later displacement of the fractures.


I. Mersich R.H. Hartley A. Neumann W.A. Wallace

Shoulder surgery is associated with moderate to severe post-operative pain. A pain free post-operative period is desirable and appreciated by both patients and therapists and is essential for early rehabilitation. Analgesia can be provided either locally or systemically or by combining the two.

A prospective, randomised double blind study was designed to assess the effectiveness of an existing postoperative local analgesic method: using Marcaine through subacromial catheter.

Thirty-nine patients were included in the trial. All patients had simple arthroscopic subacromial decompression and no additional pathology to the shoulder. At the end of the operation a standard epidural catheter was inserted into the subacromial space under visual control. Sixteen patients had 0.25% Bupivacaine and 23 patients had normal Saline given in 10 ml boluses six hourly, until required. All patients had access to conventional pain relief (paracetamol, non-steroids, minor opioids, morphine). VAS scores were taken before and one hour after the study bolus was given. In addition the patients were assessed for quality of sleep, opinion about the analgesia provided by the catheter and VAS of pain prior to and post physiotherapy sessions. The physiotherapist also recorded the active forward flexion of the operated shoulder. The number of doses required and all additional analgesic medication were recorded.

The use of subacromial local anaesthetic provides significantly better pain relief (P=0.029). However, patients with subacromial local anaesthetic


S.N. Massoud O. Levy S.A. Copeland

The purpose of this study was to report the results of the vertical apical suture Bankart lesion repair.

Fifty-nine patients (52 men and seven women) with a mean age of twenty-seven years (range, 16–53 years) underwent this procedure. The mean duration of instability was 4 years and mean follow-up was 42 months (minimum of two years).

A laterally based T-shape capsular incision is performed with the horizontal component directed towards the glenoid neck and into the Bankart lesion. A vertical apical suture through the superior and inferior flaps of the Bankart lesion, tighten the anterior structures to allow them to snug onto the convex decorticated surface of the anterior glenoid.

At final review, according to the system of Rowe et al., 94.9% (56 patients) had a rating of good or excellent. Three patients had a recurrent dislocation due to further trauma.

The mean loss of forward elevation was 1 degree, external rotation with the arm at the side was 2.4 degrees and external rotation in 90 degrees abduction was 2.2 degrees. Of forty-four patients participating in sport, thirty-five (79.5%) returned to the same sport at the same level of activity, even returned to the same sport at a reduced level of activity and two patients did not return to sport.

The vertical apical suture repair offers a 94.9 percent success rate in terms of stability, a maintained range of motion and a 79.5% return to pre-injury level of sporting activity. It is technically less demanding than the Bankart procedure. All sutures used are absorbable. Complications related to non-absorbable implants and absorbable anchors and tacks are avoided.


I.T. Jones A.L. Wallace U. Hansen A. Sandison

Radio frequency (RF) electrothermal capsulorrhaphy has potential to enhance the results of arthroscopic stabilisation. However, early clinical reports have shown variable results when compared with open stabilisation. Numerous experiments have shown that the mechanical properties of thermally treated tissue are mechanically inferior to normal tissue during the early phase of remodelling. Ultimately, the real issue is how thermally treated tissue compares with tissue shortened by surgical plication, as would occur in an open procedure.

Using a validated technique the tibial insertion of the medial collateral ligament (MCL) of the knee was shifted proximally to induce abnormal laxity in 30 mature NZ White rabbits. Bipolar RF shrinkage was applied to the MCL in 15 rabbits, while in the remainder the MCL was surgically transected and plicated with a nonabsorbable suture. Unlimited mobilisation was permitted until euthanasia at 12 weeks after surgery. Bone-ligament-bone complexes were harvested and underwent low-load (viscoelastic) and high-load (tensile failure) analysis on an Instron mechanical testing apparatus. Specimens from intact MCLs were also collected for polarised light microscopy and transmission electron micrography. Quantitative analysis of collagen fibril morphology was performed on the TEM images.

There were no significant complications postoperatively. In both groups there was evidence of ligament healing and remodelling with a thin layer of scar tissue surrounding the MCL. Preliminary analysis has demonstrated that the cross-sectional area of the thermally treated MCLs was increased compared with the plicated MCLs. Somewhat surprisingly, the plicated group had greater vascularity and cellularity in the healing zone than the thermal group. Although crimp patterns remained disorganised in both groups, the collagen matrix appeared more organised in the thermal group.

These results support the concept that the thermally denatured matrix may act as a scaffold for rapid remodelling of the MCL, resulting in a larger mass of ‘scar’ tissue at the site of shrinkage. Since scar tissue following surgical transection is known to be materially inferior to normal ligament tissue, the increased volume in the thermal group may confer an advantage in structural terms. Mechanical testing is presently underway in our laboratory to determine this issue.


D.A.T. Silver P. Dekimpe T.D. Bunker

The purpose of this study was to assess the clinical outcome of two non-invasive techniques used in the treatment of calcific tendinitis of the shoulder.

Over the eight month period April 2000 to November 2000 sixty patients who were referred to this hospital with symptomatic calcific tendonitis were treated either with extracorporeal shockwave therapy (ESWT) using the Storz Medical Minilith (Storz Medical AG, Kreuzlingen, Germany) or by barbotage (needle puncture, aspiration and lavage under ultrasound control). All the patients had a long history of shoulder pain (average 42 months), caused by a radiographically evident calcific deposit, that had been unresponsive to conservative treatment including physiotherapy, steroid injections and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory tablets.

15 patients were treated with ESWT and 45 with ultrasound guided barbotage. The patients undergoing ESWT had the application head positioned under real time ultrasound or flouroscopic control. Patients had from one to three treatments with up to 2,500 shocks per treatment at incremental energy levels from 0.1 to 0.2 mJ/ mm2. Patients undergoing real time ultrasound guided barbotage had a single treatment. Clinical outcome was evaluated after a three month period with a postal questionnaire.

Thirty-two of 45 patients (71%) in the barbotage group had a marked reduction in symptoms at three months compared to nine out of 15 (64%) of the ESWT group.

Shockwave therapy (ESWT) and ultrasound guided barbotage are simple non invasive outpatient procedures which are effective in 64% to 71% of patients. These simple outpatient techniques should be considered for chronic pain due to calcific deposits that have been unresponsive to conservative treatments, and surgery reserved for those who fail to benefit.


S.A. Qaimkhani M. Wilbourne M.S. Bhamra

This retrospective study was carried out to study the outcome of the modified Bosworth technique for Tossy Type III Acromioclavicular Joint (ACJ) dislocation; good or excellent results were obtained in 91% of cases.

Thirty-six patients were operated for Tossy Type III ACJ dislocations over a period of five years. Thirty-five patients were available for follow-up, one was lost to follow-up. All patients were operated upon using a modified Bosworth technique. Through a strap incision medial to the ACJ, the subperiosteal flaps of trapezius and deltoid were raised along the longitudinal axis of the clavicle. The ACJ was reduced and a partially threaded, cancellous, screw with washer was used under vision to lag clavicle to the coracoid process. The shoulder was immobilised in a collar and cuff sling for six weeks. The screw was removed at between six and eight weeks in 94% cases and the shoulder was mobilised. Patients were assessed using the modified Constant Score (muscle power assessed clinically using Medical Research Council’s grading). Thirty-one patients were operated upon acutely (with in an average of eight days), two sub acutely at four and seven weeks and two chronically at 15 and 24 months. The average follow up was 35 months (range: seven to 60 months). The average age was 35 years (range: 25– 62 years).

Using the modified Constant score: 26 patients (74%) scored 100; five patients (14%) scored 90–99 and one patient (3%) scored 87 (against a score of 96 on the other side due to gross obesity). Three patients (9%) scored poorly.

The first patient scored 49 and she needed reinsertion of the screw at two weeks as following a fall the screw loosened and backed out. She underwent a coracoacromial ligament transfer and another lag screw at 12 months. The second patient scored 59; however, this patient was on oxygen therapy, corticosteroid therapy and heparin for asthma. The third patient scored 79 but also suffers from cervical spondylitis and is an intravenous drug abuser.

In our experience the modified Bosworth technique has proven to be a reliable method for treating Tossy III dislocations of the ACJ. This has applied to all ages and both acute and chronic dislocations. We conclude that this technique can produce good to excellent functional results and hence we recommend its use for Tossy Type III ACJ dislocation.


R. Dodenhoff D. McLelland

Arthroscopic subacromial decompression for shoulder impingement syndrome is one of the commonest procedures performed by the shoulder surgeon. Although much has been written on this procedure since Ellman published in 1985, very little work has been carried out on the rate of recovery after surgery, despite this being one of the main concerns of the patient. This prospective study describes the early functional results after this procedure and the rate of recovery seen.

Sixty-eight patients underwent arthroscopic subacromial decompression for shoulder impingement syndrome between January and November 2000. All patients had suffered pain for at least six months prior to surgery, and all were diagnosed on the basis of clinical findings, radiographic evidence, and a positive response to Neer’s impingement test, i.e. abolition of pain after an injection of local anaesthetic into the subacromial space. All patients were evaluated preoperatively, at three weeks and three months post operatively using the Constant score to obtain an objective assessment of shoulder function. Surgery was carried out via an arthroscopic technique using the Dyonics power shaver with the 4.5 mm Helicut blade (Smith & Nephew). Immediate post operative physiotherapy was allowed, together with the encouragement of activities of daily living.

Sixty-eight patients with a mean age of 45 years (range: 30–77 years) underwent surgery over a 10 month period. Male: female ratio was 60:40, and the lateral clavicle was affected in 33 cases, resulting in the need for an acromioclavicular joint resection to be performed arthroscopically at the same sitting. Mean preoperative Constant score was 46.5 (34–67), at three weeks 65.8 (40–86), and at three months 82.4 (50–99). Sixty-five out of 68 patients returned to full activities, including heavy manual work where necessary, by three month review. There was no correlation between the impingement grade, presence of a cuff tear, or acromioclavicular joint involvement, and a significantly poorer outcome. In particular, no patient was made worse by surgery, and at the latest review of the cohort the improvement seen has not deteriorated.

Arthroscopic subacromial decompression is a reliable method of improving the functional ability of patients with subacromial impingement syndrome, with a 20 point increase in the Constant score at three weeks post surgery, rising to a 40 point increase at three months. Patients can therefore be counseled that they will make a significant functional improvement in a short time after surgery.


A. Iossifidis J. Wood

This study is designed to assess and evaluate the results of arthroscopic acromioclavicular joint (ACJ) minimal excision arthroplasty.

Twenty-two patients with ACJ arthropathy underwent an arthroscopic limited excision of the ACJ preserving the superior ligamentous complex. The patients were assessed pre and post operatively using the Constant score. The average time from surgery to review was five months (three to nineteen months). A self assessment questionnaire was also used, evaluating outcome measures such as activities of daily living, shoulder function and patients satisfaction.

The mean preoperative Constant score was 28 and postoperative score was 71 with an improvement in pain from 15% to 80%, the subjective score from 22% to 45%, and the range of motion from 37% to 84%. The preoperative self assessment score was 25.9 and postoperative score was 83 with an improvement in activities of daily living from 28% to 78%, and shoulder function from 34% to 87%. Twenty patients were very satisfied, one was moderately satisfied and one patient was dissatisfied although his shoulder function increased from 20 to 60%.

This study suggests that this technique is well accepted by the patients and results in a good improvement in shoulder function. The results are comparable with those reported in the literature concerning the standard ACJ arthroplasty. We therefore believe that a limited excision of the ACJ is adequate and a reliable alternative to conventional techniques.


S.N. Massoud O. Levy S.A. Copeland

The aim of this study was to assess the outcome of subacromial decompression alone for small and medium size rotator cuff tears.

Between January 1996 and Mach 1999, one hundred and fourteen patients had a subacromial decompression for small and medium cuff tears. They were sixty men (63 shoulders) and fifty women (51 shoulders) with a mean age of 61 years (range, 37 to 87 years). The mean duration of symptoms was 25 months (range, 3 to 225 months). There were 31 manual workers, 28 sedentary workers 55 were retired.

There were 26 small and 88 medium size tears. The mean follow-up was 40 months (range, 24 to 62 months). Patients were assessed using the constant score and a patient satisfaction scale. The mean (SD) Constant score was 70 (+/−16.8). The procedure was considered a failure, if the patient had subsequent surgery or was dissatisfied with the result. There were 29 (25.4%) unsatisfactory results. Twenty-five patients (21.9%) had revision surgery.

An unsatisfactory outcome was related to manual work (p< 0.001) and symptoms of more than 12 months (p< 0.05). Results were unsatisfactory in 40.4% of patients under the age of 60 years and 12.9% over the age of 60 years (p< 0.001). Unsatisfactory results were not related to arm dominance, sex, history of trauma, tear size, biceps pathology or presence of acromio-clavicular osteophytes (p> 0.5 for all).

The mean duration between subacromial decompression and subsequent surgery in 25 patients was 13 months (range: three to 35 months). At revision surgery, three (42.8%) of seven small tears had progressed to medium size tears and three (16.6%) of eighteen medium tears had progressed to large size tears.

Subacromial decompression for small and medium sized tears has an unsatisfactory outcome in patients under the age of sixty years and manual workers but may be a suitable alternative to cuff repair in patients above the age of sixty years. Some small and medium sized cuff tears progress in spite of adequate subacromial decompression.


V.A. Dickens J.L. Williams M.S. Bhamra

The purpose of this study was to assess the value of physiotherapy in the treatment of patients with subacromial impingement syndrome

Patients with subacromial impingement syndrome were identified. Those who had not previously had any physiotherapy and had failed to respond to non-surgical management were selected and placed on the waiting list for subacromial decompression. Patients were randomised into two groups. One group was referred for physiotherapy while waiting for surgery. The control group had no intervention prior to surgery. The patients in the physiotherapy arm underwent assessment and treatment by a single physiotherapist. All patients were evaluated independently at three and six months. The Constant Score was used to assess all patients initially and at each visit.

For the physiotherapy group, all patients (n=42) increased their Constant score. Eleven of the 42 patients improved to an extent that surgery was no longer required (26%). In patients not requiring surgery, the mean improvement in Constant score was 25 (12–45). In patients requiring surgery (n=31), the mean improvement was 21 (3–34). Patients not requiring surgery had a higher initial Constant score, 65 (30–84) than those requiring surgery 48 (17–59). Patients not requiring surgery also tended to be younger 52 (27–68) than those requiring surgery 59 (48–68).

For the control group, all patients (n=23) went on to have surgery. The mean improvement in Constant score was two (−16 to 12)

All patients with subacromial impingement syndrome improved with physiotherapy when compared to a control group that did not receive physiotherapy. Some patients in the physiotherapy group improved to the extent that surgery was no longer required (26%)


T.D. Bunker K. Baird O. Levy R. Emery I.G. Kelly W.A. Wallace

This study was carried out to investigate the outcome of rotator cuff repair surgery in 14 centres in th UK in a randomised controlled trial. It also looked at a comparison of a long-acting absorbable suture (Panacyrl) and a non-absorbabable suture (Ethibond).

All patients were treated with open repair of their rotator cuff tear with modified Mason-Allen sutures used in 83% of cases. One hundred and fifty-nine patients were included in the analysis. patients had Constant scores carried out pre-operatively, six and 12 months as well as ultrasound real time dynamic scans at eight weeks, six and 12 months.

Constant pain scores, total constant scores and re-tear rates were measured. There was a significant improvement in the Constant score after rotator cuff repair surgery. However for large tears, the re-tear rate at six months is approximately 50%. Despite this high retear rate there was still a good benefit from surgery. Is the improvement in those cases with a re-tear a consequence of the sub-acromial decompression (SAD) and what would have been the outcome with an ASD alone?


J. Keenan T. Bunker

Traditionally rotator cuff has been repaired to bone using bone tunnels. However these are the weakest link (Gerber 1994), are time consuming to construct, and may cheese-wire leading to gap formation at the intended repair site. We have developed a novel technique which overcomes these traditional problems.

The first method was a laboratory study. Pull out studies were performed using a Monsanto tensiometer on the strength of bone tunnels of varying lengths from 1 to 4cm, reinforcing devices such as the cuff-link and finally the capstan screw.

In the second method, the technique was used in 30 consecutive rotator cuff repairs to determine whether the perceived advantages were real.

Laboratory study. The bone tunnels failed at 16N to 153N (dependent upon the length of the bone tunnel). In our studies augmentation with the cuff-link device failed to significantly increase pull out strength. The capstan screw never pulled out, the simulating the suture failing at an average of 900N. In 30 consecutive rotator repairs the screw was deemed quick and easy to use. There was one insertional problem but no problems once implanted.

This novel form of fixation of the rotator cuff allows as many sutures as are needed to be run to a single powerful screw in a similar manner to the cords in a parachute leading down to the parachute harness. The method is simple, quick, inexpensive and attractive. It allows the creation of a large footpint of insertion for even the largest of tears, compared with the spot welds of traditional methods and, because of its massive strength, allows a degree of tolerance against the best intentioned but ill judged excesses of the patient or therapist.


S.V. Sonanis N. Bhasin B.C. Smith J. Burbridge C.J. Chadwick

The aim of the study was to analyze the results of the Bayley-Walker Fixed Fulcrum Total Shoulder Replacement done at our institution.

We present a retrospective study of 13 Bayley-Walker Total Shoulder Replacement (BWTSR) with a short follow-up of three to 38 months. Indications for the surgery included severe pain, and all the patients had a dysfunctional rotator cuff not considered to be amenable to surgical repair. Five patients had had previous failed rotator cuff repairs. One patient had a shoulder dislocation following a rotator cuff repair. Not all patients had glenohumeral arthritis. Five males and eight females were treated with BWTSR with a mean age of 66.5 years. Eight patients had left sided BWTSR and five patients had right shoulders replaced. A McKenzie approach was most commonly employed. Post-operatively in most cases early assisted active mobilisation was encouraged.

The Oxford shoulder assessment questionnaire was used in the postoperative subjective assessment. Constant functional assessment score improved on average from 24.3 preoperative to 64.5 postoperative. Complications include significant glenoid fracture during surgery in three patients. One patient had significant infection which responded to treatment, the joint survived and the patient has a good result. One patient had dislocation of the UHDPE liner due to faulty technique.

We conclude that BWTSR is a reliable procedure in a painful rotator cuff deficient shoulder. In suitable patients better results can be achieved than with non-constrained prostheses. The worst results of BWTSR are comparable to the poor results of unconstrained replacement.


N.N. Shah S.C. Deshmukh

Rotator cuff pathologies are related with higher incidence of morbidity in the modern society in young patients. Although it is well known that rotator cuff is sandwiched between the acromion and humeral head during various movements of the shoulder joint, only few studies have investigated this looking at the humeral head as a culprit for the rotator cuff pathology.

We carried out the cadaveric study of 15 shoulder joints to find out the influence of the humeral head anatomy on the rotator cuff pathology. We dissected 15 shoulder joints and looked at the rotator cuff tears. All the specimens were examined and photographed digitally from the superior aspect of shoulder joint. All these images were entered into a computer and using special software, we carried out 3D reconstruction of these images. With this software, the outermost point of intersection of humerus head with acromion decided. We calculated the area of the humeral head in an outside the acromion and correlated with the rotator cuff tear.

We found that the area of the humeral head outside the acromion is variable, ranging from 18% to 50% of diameter of humeral head (mean 34%, median 33%, mode 20%, 33%, 45%). When the area of humerus head outside the acromion is less than 32% of the diameter of head (i.e. humerus head was more under the acromion and less outside the outer most point of acromion), those specimens had either incomplete or complete rotator cuff tear.

We conclude that when the area of humeral head, covered under the acromion is more than 68% of the diameter of the head, they have more chances of developing rotator cuff pathology as compare to other individual.


O. Levy S.N. Massoud S.A. Copeland

The aim of this study was to assess the medium-term results of the Copeland cementless surface replacement of the shoulder for rheumatoid arthritis.

Between 1986 and 1998, 75 patients with rheumatoid arthritis had a cementless surface replacement. They were 58 females and 17 males with a mean age 60 years (range: 24 to 88 years). The mean follow-up was 6 years (range: 2 to 14 years). The functional outcome was assessed using the Constant score and a patient satisfaction scale. The mean Constant score was 53.4 points for total shoulder replacements (76 age/ sex adjusted) and 47.9 points for hemiarthroplasty (71 age/ sex adjusted). Forward elevation improved from 50 degrees to 104 degrees for total shoulder replacements and from 47 degrees to 101 degrees for hemiarthroplasty. Seventytwo patients (96%) considered the shoulder to be better or much better. 3 patients (4%) felt the shoulder was the same.

The deltopectoral approach was used in 38 while the antero-superior (Mackenzie) approach was used in 37 shoulders. The rotator cuff was intact in 24 shoulders, thin but intact in 21 shoulders, had a full thickness tear in 26 shoulders and a massive tear in four shoulders.

Sixty-eight patients were available for radiological review. Fifty-six (82.4%) humeral components showed no lucent lines. Eleven (16.2%) showed localised lucent lines < 1mm and one was loose. Of the 39 glenoid components, 19 (48.7%) showed no lucent lines, 19 (48.7%) showed lucent lines < 1mm and one was loose. No lucencies were observed in the hydroxyapatite coated implants.

Two patients in the total shoulder group with massive cuff tears required revision for component loosening. One patient in the hemiarthroplasty group was revised to a total due to pain, with complete pain relief.

The results of CSRA are at least comparable to stemmed prosthesis in rheumatoid arthritis. However, CSRA preserves bone stock and allows easier revision in this relatively young group of patients. It also reduces the risk of humeral shaft fractures compared to a stemmed implant, especially when an elbow replacement is needed.


R. Pollock T. Briggs S. Cannon G. Blunn J. Pringle

The aim of this study is to evaluate the early results of gleno-humeral reconstruction after tumour excision with a new design of endoprosthesis.

The prosthesis is a fixed fulcrum gleno-humeral replacement consisting of a hydroxyapatite (HA) coated glenoid component with a polyethylene liner and a cemented stem with HA coated collar. Between 1997 and 2000 we inserted the prosthesis into 15 patients with primary bone tumours of the proximal humerus. There were nine males and six females with a mean age of 38 years (range: 8–71 years). Twelve stems were cemented and three uncemented. Two skeletally immature patients had an extendible stem inserted, one subsequently having a successful lengthening procedure. The mean follow-up was 28 months (range: 12–41 years). Functional outcome was assessed using the Musculoskeletal Tumour Society (MTS) scoring system.

There were two early dislocations and one superficial wound infection. Three patients died of their disease and one underwent forequarter amputation for local recurrence. The remaining eleven had satisfactory functional outcomes with a mean MTS score of 81%. Radiologically there has been no evidence of early loosening. Microscopic analysis of the components in the amputated arm showed excellent osseointegration around the HA coated components.


S. Thomas G. Sforza O. Levy A. Copeland

The aim of this studdy was to examine the effect of cementless surface replacement shoulder arthroplasty (CSRA) on proximal humeral anatomy in eroded shoulder joints.

AP radiographs of 39 shoulders in 37 patients that underwent CSRA for arthritis were examined for geometry of the glenohumeral joint with correction for the magnification of our apparatus. Thirty-two were hemiarthroplasties and seven were total shoulder replacements (TSR). Average age was 70 years (range: 29–88 years). Mean clinical and radiological follow-up was 38 month (range: 24–72 months) and 16 months (range: 10–65 months) respectively. We measured reliable values on the proximal humerus and the lateral glenohumeral offset (LGHO) relative to the coracoid base. Preoperative and last follow-up Constant scores were recorded.

Based on anatomical data with respect to humeral head radius there was a mean 6mm preoperative loss in LGHO (95% CI 3.6–8.8, p< 0.01). The mean value of 53mm increased postoperatively to 59mm and was 57mm at last follow-up. The mean changes were an increase of 6mm (95% CI 4.4–8.5, p< 0.01) and then a decrease of 2mm (95% CI 0.1–5.4, p=0.04) respectively. The lever arm, measured from the greater tuberosity to the centre of instant rotation, increased a mean 5mm post-operatively (95% CI 3.8–6.4, p< 0.01) with no significant fall at last follow-up. Humeral head size and medial offset relative to shaft width increased by 13% and 30% respectively. The humeral head centre moved superiorly relative to the glenoid a mean 2mm after operation (95% CI −0.2–3.5, p=0.08) and a further 1mm at last follow-up (95% CI −0.1–3.0, p=0.07). Forward flexion and abduction improved from 66′ and 58′ preoperatively to 124′ and 112′ postoperatively, with age/ sex-adjusted Constant scores increasing by 53 (95% CI 43.0–64.4, p< 0.01) from a mean 25 preoperatively to 79 at last follow-up.

For hemiarthroplasty the LGHO increased by 9% and for TSR by 24%, with greater increases in flexion and abduction in the latter group.

The Copeland CSRA is centred on the native humeral neck for head version and offset. This preserves maximal bone stock and avoids the need for modularity which some modern stemmed prostheses use to reconcile differences between proximal shaft and humeral head anatomy. The inherent limitation is the requirement for preservation of sufficient humeral head to permit resurfacing. In this group with fairly marked degrees of joint erosion the CSRA, using autogenous bone graft and prostheses of variable width, achieved statistically and clinically significant increases in the lever arm. The improved biomechanics and soft tissue tension correlated to a good clinical outcome with no evidence of significant early subsidence.


A. Modi W.A. Wallace L. Neumann

The aim of this study was to assess the results of bone ingrowth into the glenoid component of one design of Total Shoulder Arthroplasty (TSA) in which hydroxyapatite (HA) coating of the glenoid baseplate was introduced since 1997.

Glenoid loosening is one of the most important complications of both cemented and uncemented TSA. Between May 1993 and April 1997 over 140 uncemented, porous coated, metal backed glenoid component were used in our Unit. By 1997 it had become clear that a significant number of these glenoid components had developed mechanical loosening and some required revision. We therefore started using an HA coated glenoid component for our TSAs from April 1997.

One hundred and seventy-four shoulder arthroplasty procedures were performed between April 1997 and October 1999 of which 37 were TSAs using the HA coated uncemented glenoid. The indications included osteoarthritis (22), rheumatoid arthritis (nine), revision TSA (three), avascular necrosis (two) and cuff arthropathy with cuff reconstruction (one). The minimum follow-up was 18 months. The X rays were evaluated using the MLS (Migration, Lucent lines, Screw problems) system, which had been developed and reported previously. This system of evaluation has been shown to be reproducible for assessment of glenoid fixation.

There was one case in which the glenoid liner became displaced and had to be replaced. Our early results at a mean FU of approximately 2 years show an improved radiological fixation compared with those glenoids inserted without HA.


J. Pooley R.K. Singh

An inclusive classification system is required if valid comparisons are to be made between the various types of implants used for total elbow replacement (TER). The aim of the study was to consider the characteristics of the prostheses developed for TER in order to classify these into clearly defined categories.

A descriptive term such as ‘surface replacement’ is unhelpful as this would embrace every design.A classification based solely upon degree of resistance to movement –‘constraint’-is untenable. ‘Constrained’ or ‘fully constrained’ accurately describes a uni-axial hinge, but the term ‘semi-constrained’ defies description.

The terms ‘unconstrained’ or ‘non-constrained’ applied to a joint defy understanding. If articulating surfaces offer no resistance to movement as these terms imply, then there can be no contact between those articulating surfaces.

A definable, inclusive classification can be formulated by considering the mechanical characteristics of the articulating surfaces of each design.

Every design of TER can be classified into one of two broad groups, Linked or Unlinked. We define linked components as those offering resistance to distraction which includes snap-fit designs. Each of these two groups can then be sub-divided into ‘congruous’ or ‘non-congruous’ designs depending upon the shape of the articulating surfaces.

This classification can therefore be summarised as: Linked Congruous – original uni-axial hinge, snap fit designs; Linked Non-congruous – ‘sloppy hinge’; Unlinked Congruous – eg. Capitellocondylar,Souter/ Strathclyde,Roper-Tuke etc; and Unlinked Non-congruous – Kudo, iBP


R.K. Singh J. Pooley

We studied 12 patients (13 elbows) who underwent total elbow replacement (TER) using the Kudo Mk IV or V prosthesis between 1989 and 1997. There were eight females and four males (mean age: 61 years, range: 38–74 years). The diagnosis was Rheumatoid arthritis in 10 patients and osteoarthritis in two patients. In each patient the initial result was classified as either excellent or good. All these patients then reported the recurrence of severe pain at a mean of four years from the time of the primary operation. Radiographic examination demonstrated fracture of the humeral stem in 10 elbows and subluxation of the joint in three elbows. The fractured humeral components were exchanged for long stem components. The three subluxated elbows were found to have undergone delamination and loosening of the ulnar components which were revised. One of these required revision to a linked prosthesis due to bone loss.

In each case metallosis was found involving principally the synovial tissues which were as far as possible excised. Each patient regained a similar range of movement to that following the primary arthroplasty but continues to experience episodes of pain requiring anti-inflammatory medication. This is in contrast to our patients requiring revision procedures for implant loosening or instability who have become pain free.

We conclude that the development of metallosis complicating mechanical implant failure predisposes to persisting symptoms following revision arthroplasty and recommend that this should be undertaken sooner rather than later when mechanical failure is detected.


R. Kulkarni P. Roberts M. Lewis

We describe the technique of open reduction and fixation of displaced 2 and 3 part proximal humeral fracture, in which, two ‘figure of 8’ heavy braided sutures are passed through drill holes deep to the bicipital groove and passed through the fracture fragments and the cuff in a tension band fashion.

A series of 12 patients, with a mean age of 65 years (range: 44–75 years), were reviewed at an average of 16 months (range: 4–18 months) after fracture fixation. The patients were assessed clinically, and radiographic evaluation of fracture healing, avascular necrosis and malunion was performed. Any complications of treatment were noted.

All fractures united with no evidence of avascular necrosis. There was some varus deformity in two cases. There was one early loss of reduction but stability was re-established at re-exploration. Good or excellent clinical results were obtained in 10 patients according to the Constant score. Active abduction > 120° was achieved in 75% (nine patients).

Paired suture fixation is an effective means of achieving stabilisation after open reduction of displaced two and three part proximal humeral fractures, with a low rate of non-union while preserving a good functional range of motion. The advantages of this technique are the minimal soft tissue stripping and the avoidance of complications associated with metalwork.


A Ali R J Hutchinson D Stanley

Three and four part fractures of the proximal humerus can prove difficult to treat and results are generally poor. We used a Polarus Nail technique to treat seven consecutive patients who had sustained an isolated fracture to the proximal humerus. According to Neers classification, four patients had sustained a three-part fracture and three patients a four-part fracture. One patient had a fracture dislocation.

At review, six of the seven patients were assessed using the Constant and Dash scoring systems. One patient had died, but at last review had been discharged with a satisfactory result.

The average age of the patients reviewed was 62 years (range 48–79). The dominant hand was affected in 2 patients.

All six patients were followed up to fracture union and were happy with the result of treatment. All patients had mild or no pain. The average Constant score was 83 (range 59–98) and average Dash score was 131 (range 8–300)

When comparing our results to other methods of treatment already described, we found that fixation using a Polarus nail provided a satisfactory alternative method. In fact, our patients appeared to have less pain and a higher score to all elements of the Constant score.

We conclude therefore that the use of the Polarus Nail should be considered as a treatment option in this group of patients.


A. Graham G.D. Karatzas A.J. Carr

From 1985 to 1998 we used the Souter implant for elbow replacement in the rheumatoid population. We have followed this cohort prospectively, and present simple outcome measures including initial pain relief, early complication rates, radiological changes with time, and survivorship.

We performed 71 Souter elbow replacements in 62 rheumatoid patients (51 female, 11 male). The average age at surgery was 61 (range 38–79). All patients had end stage arthropathy. Early results and complications were assessed in all patients. Subsequently, ten cases were revised for loosening, and eight patients (10 elbows) died before recent follow up, leaving 51 cases for long term study. Clinical and radiological data were obtained.

On early follow up, 94% had no or minimal pain. Thirty-one percent suffered a complication. Overall, 18% cases had ulnar nerve problems and 7% dislocated in the first year. Seven percent had wound problems, including two deep infections. At mean long term follow up of 6 years (range: 2–15 years) there were high rates of satisfaction in patients with retained prostheses. Progressive radiolucency around the humeral component was common and treated expectantly. Late instability was not seen. Pain relief was maintained.

There have been few long-term reports on the Souter elbow replacement. This group of patients from a single centre has been followed prospectively. Infection and ulnar nerve complications are comparable with other series, and are less related to prosthesis. The rate of humeral component loosening in this series is high. The rate of dislocation, however, is low. This prosthesis sacrifices stability to transmit forces through the soft tissues. Although stability is acceptable there is no beneficial reduction in loosening.


C. Robinson A. Rangan

A pilot study of a physiotherapy led shoulder clinic was initiated in January 1999 as a direct response to increasing orthopaedic consultant out-patient clinic waiting times.

The orthopaedic consultant reviews letters from GP’s to the orthopaedic clinic. Patients with benign musculoskeletal shoulder problems are referred to Shoulder Assessment Clinic (SHAC). The physiotherapist completes a subjective and objective assessment and a shoulder score is recorded using Constant and Murley Shoulder (Constant and Murley 1985). The scoring system has a maximum of 100 points indicating perfect, pain-free movement and function. The Constant and Murley Shoulder score remains most widely used and validated scoring system in Europe for the shoulder.

A total of 130 patients were referred to SHAC between January 1999 and December 1999. Sixty-six patients were treated and discharged by physiotherapy alone with an average increase in shoulder score of 40 points. Twenty-seven had surgery, 19 had steroid injection. Overall waiting time to be seen in SHAC was 58 days. Since this initial pilot, 320 patients have been assessed and treated in the SHAC.

Our experience of physio-led shoulder clinic shows patients can be assessed and treated with a far shortened waiting time, and the improved shoulder scores suggest effective treatment. This allows more patients of an appropriate type to be seen in the outpatient orthopaedic clinic.


D. McClelland S. Krishnamurthy R. Dodenhoff

The Constant score is widely used as a measure of assessing outcome from surgery. The pre and post-operative Scores are usually compared to assess outcome. The expected Scores for an age-matched population however are not known.

Patients attending fracture and general orthopaedic clinics with lower limb problems only were assessed. Age, handedness, occupation and Constant Score results were recorded. The score for differing sections of the Constant score were reviewed and analysed in combination with the above parameters.

The overall Constant Score decreased with age, as one would expect. However the decrease in the strength measurement was out of all proportion to that of the remainder of the Score-79% of total strength in the under 40 year age group compared with 11.2% of total strength in the over 80 year age group. This compared with a percentage of 97.8% for the remainder of the Score in the under 40 year group compared to 70.4% in the over 80 year age group. If one is using the Constant Score as a measure of surgical outcome one should be aware of the expected age-matched figures and in particular the poor strength measurements in the older populations. We suggest that a more useful measurement would be one without strength and just score out of 75.


R Jari K T Boyd L Neumann W A Wallace

The aimof this study was to assess proprioception in multi-directional instability of the shoulder before and after a new surgical treatment.

A cross-sectional pilot study assessing shoulder proprioception in asymptomatic controls (n=6), pre-operative patients (n=7) awaiting surgery for atraumatic, multidirectional instability having failed a comprehensive rehabilitation programme and post-operative patients (n=7) having undergone thermo-capsular shrinkage of the shoulder and post-operative rehabilitation. Data were obtained using the Proprioception Assessment System developed at this centre following a standardised protocol to record both threshold to detection of passive movement (TTDPM) and reproduction of passive position (RPP) in three positions of rotation. Means and standard deviations are presented.

There were no differences between shoulders in controls and post-operative patients. Despite the small numbers, pre-operative patients showed significant differences (p< 0.05) between shoulders in 2 of the 6 test protocols. Post-operative shoulders had means similar to controls suggesting thermo-capsular shrinkage may help regain shoulder proprioception after injury.


R.Y.L. Liow A. Rangan

We investigated the accuracy of clinical signs for the diagnosis of rotator cuff disease. Fifty patients with history suggestive of rotator cuff disease (subacromial impingement syndrome or rotator cuff tear) were examined by two observers to determine the accuracy of commonly used clinical tests for the condition. The observers were a consultant (cons.) with an established shoulder practice and a senior registrar (reg.) with an interest in shoulder surgery. The clinical signs of impingement syndrome we evaluated include the painful arc, the drop arm test, Neer’s sign and Hawkins’ sign. For rotator cuff pathology we evaluated the strength of abduction initiation and at 90 degrees abduction for supraspinatus, Speed’s and Yergason’s tests for biceps, strength of shoulder external rotation for infraspinatus and the Gerber lift-off test for subscapularis. We compared our clinical accuracy against a positive subacromial injection test for impingement syndrome, and the findings of rotator cuff tears at arthroscopy.

The consultant and the registrar did not differ significantly in their assessments (paired t-test, p> 0.05). The highly sensitive tests have poor specificity. The most sensitive tests for impingement syndrome were the Hawkins’ sign (cons:100%, reg: 97%) and the Neer’s sign (cons: 94%, reg: 81%). The Hawkins’ sign also had high negative and positive predictive values. The painful arc and the drop arm tests both had low sensitivity and specificity. Testing the supraspinatus strength at 90 degrees abduction was more sensitive for full thickness cuff tear than testing strength of abduction initiation (cons: 100% vs 67%; reg: 90% vs 50%). These tests were poor at differentiating partial thickness tears from full thickness tears.

Our findings echoed the conclusions of other papers in that the Neer’s and Hawkins’ signs are the most sensitive for impingement syndrome. Testing the supraspinatus at 90 degrees abduction was more sensitive than abduction initiation for full thickness supraspinatus tear.


L. Lough A. Mackie J. Upton W.A. Wallace L. Neumann

Thermal shrinkage of the shoulder capsule requires postoperative joint immobilisation with the humeral head centred in the glenoid fossa for optimal proprioceptive recovery. Routinely applied commercial slings hold the arm internally rotated and lengthen the posterior capsule. The aim of our study was to develop and test the clinical effectiveness of a splint that would maintain the shoulder in an optimal position of neutral rotation after posterior capsular shrinkage.

To our knowledge, no splint has been described for this purpose. We developed a new design fabricating the splint using thermoplastic material. The design was then modified to ensure ease of fitting and patient comfort.

The custom-made splint is fashioned preoperatively and fitted in the operating room after the dressings are applied. Our study group consisted of 18 cases of multidirectional or posterior shoulder instability who were splinted for a period of three weeks after thermal capsular shrinkage. The comfort and compliance of the splint were assessed using a patient questionnaire. Constant scores for the study group were retrospectively compared with a similar patient group managed with a ‘polysling’.